PUBLISHER & IMPOfVTER 



,.. ^ ^■^, 






^':'\''. 






jhi'. ..;/...'.. 

THIS BOOK IS THE PROPERTY OF THE 



It 



> <Tri1 



It is for Reference only, and is not to be taken 
from the Room. 














*^J» "V' 






i 









]c.:^; 









K*. 



v> 



^^ 












ft* 



>^ ♦-, 



<'y 



iA^ 



* ■, # 







•<M 












^m': 



4# 









"'^i:^. 



>• 't 



.-'vVf^*^ 



>*: 






•*♦*!> 









? '•.•i 



fjAi^A 






A MANUAL 



OF 



Engineering Specifications 



AND 



Contracts, 



DESIGNED A3 A 



TEXT BOOK AND WORK OF REFERENCE FOR ALL WHO MAY BE ENGAGED IN 
THE THEORY OR PRACTICE OF ENGINEERING, 



LEWIS M. HAUPT, 

v\ 

PROFESSOR OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, TOWNE SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, UNIVER- 

SITY OF PENNSYLVANIA; DIRECTOR, FRANKLIN INSTITUTE DRAWING 

SCHOOL; IN CHARGE, GEODESY OF PENNSYLVANIA; MEMBER, 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE MINING ENGINEERS; FRANKLIN 

INSTITUTE; PENNA. HISTORICAL SOCIETY, Etc., Etc. 



" Scientiarum omnium robur instar fascis illius senis ; non in singulis bactllis 
sed in omnibus vinculo conjunciis. — BACON. 



SECOND EDITION. 



PHILADELPHIA: 
Published by J. m. Stoddart & Co., 723 Chestnut Street. 

18 81. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, A. D., 1878, by L. M. Haupt, in the office of Librarian of 

Congress, at Washington. 



N KAi^HANUft 






PHILADELPHIA : 

Printed by William Syckelmoore;, 

No. 1420 Chestnut Street 



5?-<???. 



y / 



TO THE HONORABLE, 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES, 

OF THE 

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA* 

AND 

CHARLES J. STILL^,LL.D. ■ 

PROVOST, 

THIS WORK IS 

VERY RESPECTFULEY 

DEDICATED 

BY 

THE AUTHOR. 



INTRODUCTION. 



In preparing a piece of work for letting, the duties of 
the Engineer are manifold. He must first of all have a 
clear conception of the thing to be done, and must give 
graphical expression to this idea, both by drawings and 
writing. It then becomes necessary to inform himself as 
to the probable cost of the proposed work, and if within 
reasonable limits, and he desire to let it, he must next 
notify contractors, and others, by such public announce- 
ments as will reach the largest number of reliable parties. 

It is thus seen that the preparation of the drawings, esti- 
mates, specifications and advertisements are all. duties 
of the Engineer, which he has heretofore been allowed to 
learn as necessity required, and often on the spur of the 
moment. But his duties do not end here ; to insure the 
rapid and faithful execution of the work, he generally 
prepares the form of bid, with certain "instructions to 
bidders," giving restrictions with which they must comply 
to render their bids valid, and finally, to adopt a form of 
agreement which shall be approved by both parties to the 
contract. 

The duties of the contractor are simply to examine 
drawings and specifications, or the site of the work, 
present his bid, and, if successful, sign the contract and 
furnish the required securities. The construction of the 
work is foreign to the object of this book. These six 
steps are developed more fully in the corresponding 
chapters which follow. 



PREFACE. 

♦«» — 

In the course of their professional career, Engineers 
are frequently called upon to prepare papers connected 
with the letting of work by contract. Often devoid of 
Instruction, without experience and with no works of 
reference at hand, it frequently happens that their efforts 
result in inconvenience and loss. Essential points are 
sometimes overlooked, and too great confidence is re- 
posed in the good intentions of the parties. To aid In pre- 
venting such unfortunate results and to meet an acknowl- 
edged want in our schools for Engineers, the author has 
been Induced to prepare this monograph on Engineer- 
ing Specifications and Contracts, and has aimed to 
make it equally useful as a text book and work of refer- 
ence. An effort has been made to present clearly all the 
essential elements connected with .the letting of work by 
contract. 

The several operations required have been systemati- 
cally arranged, and the principles involved stated in their 
proper connections, and illustrated by a few typical forms 
carefully selected from the most reliable authorities. 

To accomplish this object most effectively the entire 
operation has been divided into Its six elements, as given 
under the headings to the several chapters. 

It is not Intended to make this work an exhaustive 
compendium of every possible form and condition, but 
to exhibit in the most concise manner the governing- 



VI 11 PREFACE. 



principles in all operations between two or more parties. 
Hence a careful analysis of the several cases presented 
has been made, showing the items and essentials which 
should enter into ordinary contracts with the manner of 
uniting them to form a complete instrument. This analy- 
sis is rendered more apparent by the use of marginal re- 
ferences throughout the work and by a series of questions 
on the contents of each chapter. 

Considerable difficulty was experienced in preparing 
the Code of Artisans' Rules for measuring work, since the 
little that exists in print on that subject is in such form 
as not to be generally applicable. The rules as given 
are the result of much correspondence and many inter- 
views with experts. As prices for labor and materials 
are so variable no effort has been made to prepare lists, 
but an illustration is eiven of their use in the fifth section 
of the second chapter. For more complete information 
on this subject the Inquirer is referred to the third volume 
of a work published by J. Haviland, in Philadelphia^ 1^29^ 
entitled *' The Builders' Assistant, including The House 
Carpenter's Book of Prices and Rules for Measuring and 
Valuing all their different kinds of Work" and also to the 
"Architects' and Builders' Companion:" Phila. 1875, by 
Frank W. Vogdes, Architect. 

In the Engineering Specifications, Chapter III, cited 
as examples, much technical information is given which 
is not to be obtained from text books. It is therefore re- 
commended that students should read them carefully, and 
for explanations of terms refer freely to the glossary 
specially prepared to accompany them. The questions 



PREFACE. . IX 

Upon this chapter will be found very useful in a general 
review of the coursS. 

To render the instruction as practical and interesting as 
possible, it has been the custom to require students at 
the University of Pennsylvania to perform all the oper- 
ations for a special piece of work, such as the con- 
structions of the model of a bridge, a tunnel, or other 
object, on a scale of about 1-24. Students should make 
the drawings, estimate quantities, and prepare bills of 
material, specifications, bids, and contracts. The bids 
may then be opened in presence of the section or 
class, and the work awarded to some member, selected 
as foreman to superintend its execution. It is not, how- 
ever, necessary to carry the practice so far as the con- 
struction of models. Where facilities for such work do 
not exist it is recommended that the students be given 
special problems in constructions, as of a culvert, section 
of railway, either road bed or laying track, bridge or roof 
trusses to make estimates upon and prepare for let- 
ting. Such exercises prove very instructive, and compel 
an active interest in all collateral studies, by developing 
at once their practical applic#itions. In conclusion the 
author gratefully acknowledges the information furnished 
by Genl. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers, U. S. A.; 
Col. Peter C. Haines, Secretary U. S. Light House Board; 
Genl. Wm. F. Raynolds^ U. S. E. Engineer, Fourth Light 
District ; Richd. K. Betz, and Jno. McClure, members of 
Carpenters' Company of Phila. and professional measur- 
ers; Messrs. Wilson Bros. & Co., Engineers and Archi- 
tects; Hazel Wilson, C. E. Chief Eng. Penna. R.R.; Henry 



X PREFACE. 



S. Drinker, E. M.; Saml. L. Smedley, Esq. Chief Engineer 
and Surveyor, of Phila.; Rudolph Hering, C E. Assist.; 
Jas. G. Hill, Supervising Architect, Washington; Wm. J. 
Twining, Maj. of Engineers, and many others ; with such 
works of reference as Haswell, Trautwine, Spon, Moles- 
worth, Hurst, Vogdes, and other hand books; Johnson's 
Universal Cyclopedia, Parson's Laws of Business, Vogdes' 
Mensuration, Tracy's Commercial Arithmetic, Robertson's 
Engineering Notes, Col. Lee's Tables, &c. 

L. M. H. 

University of Penna. 

TowNE Scientific School; 
October tj/A, 1877, 



PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION. 



In submitting this Second Edition of his work to the pro- 
fession, the author desires to acknowledge with thanks the 
many expressions of approbation that have been called forth 
by the first, and to state that he has carefully revised the entire 
work and added in Appendices A and B some new matter, which 
it is hoped will be found useful. 

With these addenda and improvements this edition is offered 
to Engineers and Students — in the belief that the demand, which 
has established beyond a doubt the need of such a work in the 
past, will be continued, and even increased in the future. 

L. M. H. 

University of Penna., 

Phila. t Jan. 3, 1881. 



CONTENTS. 



CHAPTER I. 
Drawings. 

Defined ; form ; scale ; shades and shadows ; three projections ; working drawings ; 
dimensions marked ; papers ; profiles and cross sections ; section lines ; colors ; code of 
conventional colors; sizes of paper; requirements of drawings for contracts ; for maps; 
Law requiring plans and estimates for government works. Questions on this chapter, 

CHAPTER II. 

ESTIMAIES AND MEASUREMENTS. 

Necessity for preliminary estimates; elements of estimates ; Secfion /—Formulas 
for computing lines, surfaces and volumes. Section II. — Standard units and their 
functions, with U. S., British, French and Spanish tables of Weights, Measures and 
Capacity; Time; Eight hour law; Miscellaneous tables; Book sizes. Section III. — 
Notes on the measuring of Artisan's work and materials; Lumber; Timber; Carpen- 
ters' and Joiners' work ; Excavators' work ; Plastering ; Painting ;'. Roofing ; Plumbing ; 
Paving. Section IV. — Specific Gravities : definition ; formulae ; Full table of Specific 
Gravities, arranged alphabetically. Section V. — Estimate for one mile of R. R. Super- 
Structure ; Estimate for an Art Building at the International Exhibition. Questions. 

CHAPTER III. 

Specifications : 

Definitions, suggestions, &c. ; Examples for special cases. Specifications for River 
and Harbor Improvements : Dredging sand and mud at Cedar Keys, Florida ; for 
Granite Rip Rap for Breakwater at Block Island, R. I. ; for dredging rock at Hell Gate, 
N. Y. ; for a Cribwork Breakwater at Cleveland, Ohio; for an Iron Landing Pier 
at Lewes, Del. • for the removal of Snags from the Minnesota river ; for the construction 
of five Canal Locks on the Tennessee river ; for a Dam of masonry on the Kanawha 
river; for a Lighthouse at Southwest Ledge, Long Island Sound. Municipal Works: 
Specifications for a Main Sewer; for a Reservoir at Wilmington, Del. ; for a College 
Building at Philadelphia. Railrofid Engineering : Specifications for a Passenger Depot, 
B. & P. R. R., Washington, D. C. ; for Masonry of a Railroad Bridge, (two) ; for 
Superstructure of a Wrought Iron Bridge ; for Grading a Drive ; for Macadamizing an 
Avenua ; for Graduation and Masonry P. R. R. and P. & R. R. R. ; for Superstructure 
and Track Laying ; for a Tunnel P. R. R. ; for Graduation, Masonry, Tunnels, Founda- 
tions, Bridges, Viaducts, Trestle- Work and Rails on the Cincinnati Southern R. R. ; 
Ohio River Bridge Specifications, C. S. R. R. for Freight and Passenger Locomotives; 
for Rolling Stock, Empire Transportation Co. Questions on this chapter. 



XU CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER IV. 

Advertisements. 

General instructions ; object of advertising ; headings ; U. S. law ; the information 
to be given. Forms of Advertisements for the specifications already given under-River 
and Harbor Improvements ; also for a Sewer ; for opening Trenches for Water Pipe ; for 
a Bridge ; removal of a portion of a pier at Staten Island; for Gravel ; for Stone for the 
East River Bridge abutments ; for furnishing Steam Power for Machinery Hall, U. S. 
Centennial Buildings, and for Shafting. Questions. 

CHAPTER V. 

Bids or Proposals. 

Definitions ; Straw Bids ; Forms to be prepared by engineers ; Instructions for Bidders 
for government work ; Law relating to transfer of contract ; Law concerning opening of 
bids ; Forms of proposals for Removing Snags ; Building Canal Locks ; constructing a 
a Dam with guaranty ; form for erection of Lighthouse, with bond, bondsmen's oath and 
certificate ; form for a Sewer, filled out with prices actually bid per lineal foot, with cer- 
tificate of City Solicitor ; tabular form for submitting bids for Railroad Graduations ; 
Tunnel Work, Masonry, Macadamizing, Drain Pipes, Foundations, Wood Trestles, and 
Girder Bridges used on Cincinnatti Southern R. R. ; forms for Graduation Masonry and 
Tunnels used on P. R. R. ; proposal of Keystone Bridge Company for an Iron Bridge 
on Easton & Amboy R, R. Opening the bids : Method of proceeding; tabulating and 
comparing prices ; form for Sewer filled out, giving comparative prices per lineal foot 
and totals ; proposed modification of same ; another form where bids are made by 
quantity of material and work ; notice of award served ; results of bids published. 
Questions. 

CHAPTER VI. 

The Contract. 

Definition ; component parts ; classification ; the four essential constituent elements : 
1, the parties ; 2, mutual consent; fraud, offers on time, by correspondence ; 3, the 
consideration ; definition; necessity for, adequacy of, illegal, if worthless ; 4, subject mat- 
ter ; anything not illegal or immoral ; meaning must be clear; nature of a perfect con- 
tract ; oral evidence, when admitted; usage; obscure contracts; other conditions; 
general duties of parties stated separately; payments ; risks; certificates ; penalties for 
delays ; time ; limitations for actions at law ; guaranty, its requirements ; written con- 
tracts ; appropriations required by U. S. Law before contract can be signed ; forms of 
agreements used by U. S. Engineers and U. S. Light-House Board with bond and 
bondsmen's oaths ; form in use in Philadelphia for a Sewer ; contract for a Reservoir at 
Wilmington, Del., filled out ; form for Iron Water Pipe ; agreement for College Build- 
ing ; general form for contractors and builders ; for grant in fee of Right of Way ; prelim- 
inary agreement for Right of Way ; deed for same ; form for Graduation and Masonry. 
Questions on chapter VI. 

APPENDIX A. 
Specification for an Iron Draw Bridge. 

APPENDIX B. 
Nomenclature and Classification of Masonry, 



CHAPTER I. 



The Drawings. 

Drawing is the art of representing graphically, Drawing defined, 
objects or ideals, as they exist or appear to exist. 

The representation of objects as they exist, Classification. 
showing their forms, sizes and positions, is included in those sub- 
divisions of the art known as Orthographic Projections, Isometri- 
cal Perspective y and Shades and Shadows. The representation of 
objects as they appear to exist is known as Scenographic Projec- 
tioHy Linear or A erial Perspective. 

To draw correctly, therefore, involves a thorough Vaiue of Descnp. 
knowledge of Descriptive Geometry with its appli- study.^°™^^^^ * 
cations to the Arts and Manufactures. Its study should be in- 
sisted upon in all Technical Schools, as in addition to its direct 
use, it is particularly valuable in developing the inventive and 
perceptive faculties, which of all others are most useful to the 
practical engineer. 

All objects possess two general characteristics — Form and color. 
form and color ; but the color, which serves merely to give 
variety and expression to the object, is limited by Form, the chief 
and contained within the form. It is to the latter ject^ 
therefore to which our chief care and attention should be di- 
rected in all drawings. 

Form is an universal language, and hence the ne- Language of form, 
cessity of resorting so largely to it in the repre- "^'^^^'sai- 
sentation of all tangible and visible objects. It avoids much 
ambiguity and a multiplicity of words, and is intended in the 
drawing to be a representation in miniature of the idea or thing 
to be delineated. 

The scale is the expression of the ratio of the Scaie defined. 
drawing to the object. 

The value of a drawing depends, therefore, principally upon 
the accuracy of its outline, which should be made simplicity and ac 

, , • , t , ^ curacy of outline, 

on as large a scale as convenient and not be con- required. 
fused by a mass of details. 



2 THE DRAWINGS. 

To make a complete representation of a solid, at j^^^ ^^^^ ^^^.^^^ 
least three projections are necessary, the plan^ eleva- ^°"^- 
tion and section, but frequently many more are required, and in 
complex constructions there should be shown, firstly, the general 
views of the various parts properly assembled as a whole, either 
in linear or isometrical perspective or in projection, and secondly, 
the three or more projections of each of the parts or details, 
usually on a larger scale. To this latter class belong Working drawings, 
all " working drawings " which are always made to a scale, and 
to prevent any mistake which might arise from errors in the 
drawings, all distances and dimensions should be Dimensions should 
carefully written upon the parts to which they Remarked. 
belong. The space intended to be embraced by the figures is 
indicated by dotted arrows extending outward from them, thus : 

|< 24' 6'' >| 

l< 29' >| 

Should it happen that the dimensions marked do written dimension, 
not correspond with the distances given by the {horftyin^'cases^f 
scale, and it is impossible to determine from any ^°"^*- 
source which is correct, preference should be given to the nu- 
merals, unless they are manifestly in error, and the work con- 
structed in accordance therewith must be accepted. 

The scale should be so large that the least di- selecting the scale 
mension may be distinctly represented. It is desir- rSL ^ t?^'dia5ing 
able also to construct it upon the same sheet of constant 
paper with the drawing, that it may be subjected to the same varia- 
tions from changes of temperature, moisture and other causes, 
and thus the ratio of the two remain constant. A detached scale 
upon a piece of paper of the same quality will be found very 
convenient and more accurate than the dividers, objections to the 
which are liable to slip or spring back as well as to ^^^'le'^s. 
injure the drawing. For small measurements the other scales, 
diagonal scale is the most accurate. Triangular box- wood scales 
are also very useful. 

Constructions in Architecture, Machinery or any Decimal and duo- 

. . -i t .• 11 1 decimal systems 

works executed by artisans are usually represented when used. 

by the duodecimal scales, whilst those for the engineer are ex- 



THE DRAWINGS. 3 

pressed in the decimal or metric system, but tlie rule is not ab- 
solute, and either may be used. 

The vertical and horizontal scales are not always Vertical and hori- 
the same, as it is frequently desirable to magnify queSiy'different. 
the irregularities of surface lines as in profiles or longitudinal 
sections of earth, either above or under water, and to represent 
fluctuations of various kinds, as prices of materials, pressures, 
&c. For such purposes "profile" paper, ruled in D,,,ripri,„ ^f pro. 
various forms is published either in sheets or con- ^^ papers, 
tinuous rolls. For profiles of earthworks, the ratio of the vertical 
to the horizontal scale is usually as one to one*hundred, but may 
be taken at one to fifty ; one to ten or any other convenient 
fraction. 



Sample, (The original is in red or green.) 



Cross section paper is ruled in large and small Cross section paper. 
squares, the ratio of the scales being as one to one. It is found 
very convenient for sketching and computations of sections, and 
is frequently bound up in book form for field work. 



1 

'_ ^ ; _._ - ■ ■ _' -. ■ i 

I rl I I I I I I I M 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I iM 



THE DRAWINGS. 









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































« 
































































































































































































[ 


















I 




































1 





■^ I » » ■ ______ __ __^__ 1 .^__ _^ .^_ _. — —J — — — —— — 

'■ ~— ' '■ ^— '— — — 

















1 




















































1 






































































































































1 







































Samples. (The originals are in blue, green or red.) 



A new style of drawing paper recently patented isometricai paper, 
has been designed to aid in making isometricai drawing. It is 



THE DRAWINGS. 



5 



printed in pale colors so as not to confuse the eye, and is covered 
by a net-work of full and dotted lines, as per sample : 




Sample. (In pale drab.) . 

To avoid errors in reading or making drawings, some knowl- 
edge of the effect of light is necessary. It is gen- Light. 
erally assumed in linear representations of objects that the par- 
allel rays of light enter from the upper left hand Direction of. 
corner at an angle of 45°, so that all objects which project above 
a plane surface will cast shadows upon that plane, whilst all de- 
pressions in the plane will receive shadows from their edges. 
The edges casting the shadows are lines of shade ^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ ^^_ 
and should be drawn heavier than the remaining ^°^'^- 
lines of the drawing. By carefully observing this Application, 
distinction it is possible to determine at a glance whether a por- 
^tion of a surface projects or recedes, for example: — 



Jf- 



^ 




SWWWWWW^ 



Illustration. 



I 



6 CONVENTIONAL COLORS. 

In the first panel the centre and the borders are Explanation, 
raised and in the second depressed, as shown in the sections. 

A general law is also deduced from these princi- j^^j^^ ^^^ drawing 
pies, namely, that m drawing projections^ the right ^^^^^ ^^^ 
hand and bottom lines should be the heavier ^ and in recesses the 
left hand and upper lines the heavier. 

To render drawings still further intelligible all section lines or 
sections of solids should be shaded by a series of Patchings. 
parallel lines called section lines or hatchings, drawn at regular 
intervals. In curved or irregular surfaces, the effect may be 
shown by parallel lines drawn at irregular intervals. 

To represent timber and metals of various kinds, colors are 
sometimes used with good effect, but they are not coiors— not 
generally required, as the specifications should in- ^^^^ required, 
dicate with sufficient clearness the nature of the materials. 

To secure uniformity in the use of colors when desired, a 
code is hereto annexed : — 

Conventional Colors. 



■p C Exterior Gamboge 

^■"^^^ ) Interior Dark Indian Yellow 

Tj • 1 f Exterior Lt. red with carmine 

cnc ^ Section Crimson lake or carmine 

Brushwood Green and bt. sienna, marbled 

Buildings Crimson lake 

Buildings, shadows of. .Indigo, bt. sienna and lake 

Cast iron Payne's gray 

Clay or earth Burnt umber 

Concrete work Sepla 

Copper Gamboge and crimson lake 

Cultivated land Bt sienna 

Earth and clay Bt umber 

Fir timber Indian yellow 

Granite Violet, carmine 

Grass Hooker's green 

Gravel Yellow ochre dotted with bt. sienna 

Gun metal Dark cadmium or orange 

Iron^^^^* •• Payne's grey 

Wrought Prussian blue and indigo 



Mahogany Indian red 

Meadow land Hooker's green 

Mud Sepla or India Ink 

Oak timber Bt. sienna, grained 

Roads and streets Yellow ochre 

Sand Yellow ochre 

Sky Cobalt 

Slopes Sepia withbt. umber 

Steel Indigo or Prussian blue and lake 

Stone Sepia and yellow ochre 

f Light.. -Gamboge and bt. sienna f on a 
Trees < Shade Gamboge and Indigo < green 

t Shadows. ..Bt. sienna and indigo t ground 
Uncultivated land. . Green and bt. sienna, marbled 

Vineyards Purple 

Water Indigo 

Wood \ ^'^terlor Yellow ochre or raw sienna 

5 Sections Bt. sienna 

Wrought iron Prussian blue and indigo 



Sizes of Drawing Papers in Sheets. 



Antiquarian 53x31 

Atlas 34x^6 

Columbier 35x23^ 

Demy 20X15X 

Double Elephant 40x27 

Elephant 28x23 



Emperor 68x48 

Imperial 30x22 

Medium 22^x1 7 y^ 

Royal 24x19 J^ 

Super Royal 275^x19 J^ 



DRAWING PAPERS. 7 

Paper is also manufactured in continuous rolls of 36, 42, 54 
and 59 inches in breadth and of various weights, qualities and 
colors. The light brown manilla is extensively used for work- 
ing drawings. Hot pressed papers have a smooth ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ 
surface; cold pressed, rough. The latter are gener- P'^^^sed. 
ally preferred. 

The drawings to accompany a contract should Requirements of 
be so full, complete and accurate as to leave noth- trTcTs."^^ 
ing to the imagination or discretion of the contractor that may 
be shown on paper. All the sheets should be carefully desig- 
nated by letters or numbers for convenience of reference, should 
contain a title, a scale, the date when finished, and name of the 
person who may be consulted in cases of doubt or errors, should 
they arise. 

In addition to the above, maps should always For maps. 
show a meridian and the magnetic variation when it is possible 
to determine it. These last requirements are frequently over- 
looked. 

Every piece of work, however small, should be Necessity for draw- 
represented by drawings, that the artisan may have '"^^• 
a distinct idea of what is to be done. 

For Government works, the law of 15th July, 1870, is very 

explicit. It provides that, 

" Before any new buildings for the use of the United Law requiring 
States are commenced the 'blans -axidi full estimates \h.Qx^ior plans and estimates 

•* -^ for (jovernment 

shall be prepared and approved by the Secretary of the work. 
Treasury, the Postmaster General and the Secretary of the Interior ; and 
the cost of each building shall not exceed the amount of such estimate."* 

The above law requires not only drawings but complete estimates 
estimates in full, which shall be equal to the cost of ^^1^"^^^ 
the proposed structure. It is important therefore that the engineer 
or architect should have sufficient prescience based upon expe- 
rience to include and provide for every item or contingency that 
may arise in the progress of the work, that his estimates may not 
fall short of the actual cost, as is too often the case. The prin- 
cipal items entering into estimates with the manner of working 
them up will be found more fully developed in the succeeding 
chapter. 



* Revised Statutes U. S. Section 3734, 



8 QUESTIONS. 



QUESTIONS ON THE FIRST CHAPTER. 

Page I. Define drawing. What are its sub-divisions? State the gen- 
eral characteristics of all objects. Which is most important ? Why is s(v 
much stress laid upon correct outline ? What is the scale ? 

Page 2. What are the views given in projections ? What are working 
drawings ? How are dimensions indicated ? How are the correct dimensions 
determined? How is the scale determined and where should it be placed? 
Why are dividers objectionable? When are decimal and duodecimal 
scales used ? 

Page 3. Why are the vertical and horizontal scales sometimes different ? 
What are profiles ? What are cross sections ? 

Page 5. In what direction is the light supposed to enter? What is the 
distinction between shade and shadow ? 

Page 6. Give the rule for drawing shade lines. What are section lines ? 
When may colors be used ? 

Page 7. What are the requirements in drawings for contract work? for 
maps? Why are drawings necessary? What is the U. S. law conce)^pv*ig 
drawings and estimates ? 



CHAPTER 11. 



*^ For which of you intending to build a tower, sitteth not down first, and countetk 
the costy whether he have sufficient to finish it. Lest haply, after he hath laid the 
foundation, and is not able to finish it, all that behold it begin to mock him, saying, 
This m.an began to build, and was not able to finish. " — St. Luke xiv: 28, 29, 30. 



Estimates and Measurements. 

That the engineer may be able to present the case properly in 
hfs advertisements as well as to determine for his ^^^^ ^^ ^ preiimi- 
own guidance in letting, the amount of work to be nary estimate, 
done, it will be necessary for him to prepare from the drawings 
or from surveys approximate estimates of quantities as well as of 
costs. . In making up such estimates it must not be forgotten that 
there are other items of expense than mere cost of ^. ^ ^ , 

•J^ -^ Elements to be em- 

maierials s.nd labor. To these must be added the bodied in estimates. 
expense of engineering, supenntendence^ the tools, machinery, in- 
struments, buildings, &c., known as the ^' plant," interest of money 
invested, a fair allowance iox contractor's profit, wear and tear oi 
tools and machinery, z>^^2/ra:;2<r^ if necessary, and a percentage for 
contingencies^ such as damage to property or to the work itself 
from the elements or from accidents. 

Some of these quantities are functions of others which are 
very variable, as prices and animal power, systems of working, 
&c., so that such tables of stati.^tics would be an incumbrance to 
this work, especially as they can be so readily referred to in num- 
erous engineering hand-books, but the more constant data used 
in the calculation of quantities will be found serviceable for 
reference in this connection, and are therefore introduced in as 
condensed a form as possible. 



10 FORMULA FOR COMPUTING 

Section I. 
FofmulcB for Computing Lines ^ Surfaces and Solids, 

Lines. 

Ratio of diagonal to side of square 1 : 1/2=1.414=^ nearly. 

Side of inscribed square :R :: 1/2: 1. 

Side of inscribed equilateral triangle: R :: 1/3 : i. 

Side of inscribed regular hexagon=R. 

Side of inscribed regular decagon=o.6i8 R. 

For any part of triangle a\b ox cv.^aw K\ sin B or sin C 
r a^ b, <r=sides. 
\ A B C=angles opposite. 

Circle, 

Ratio of circumference to diameter=3.i4i5926-|-=Yr|=^' 
Circumference=2 tt R,=- D where R^radius, D=diameter. 

Length of arc=^^, where ^=the number of \^^l^ ^f^circum- 

8c'— c 
degrees in the arc; or nearly= c being the 



chord of the arc and c' (the chord of half the arc)=:j/Jc2 -fver 
sin 2. 

Diameter(=2R)=^i^S^^=^^^^=3^fff6. Diameter. 

Ellipse. 



Perimeten=-|^ TT 7/^(^2 _|_ ^2^ nearly; a and b Length of EUipse. 
being axes. 

Parabola, 

Length of arc cut off by a, double ordinate= Length of Parabola. 
21/72 _|_4. ^'i ^ where jK=the ordinate and ;j:^=the abscissa referred 
to the vertex as an origin. 

Hyperbola. 
Length of arc: 2 >^ :: (19 a'^^2\ b'^) ^+15 a b'^:{g a'^-\-2i b'^) x 
-I-15 ab'^ where ;r=abscissa, 2j/=double ordinate, l ^j^ of Hyper- 
a and <5=transverse and conjugate axes respectively. ^°^^ 



lines, surfaces and solids. ii 

Surfaces. 

1 Area of Triangle= — where <^=base and ^=height. 

2 Area of Trian^le=^ , a and <5=sides, C Triangle. 

included angle. 

3 Area of Triangle^=V s{s — a) {s — b) {s — c) : a^ b and <f^sides, 
.f=their half sum. 

1 Area of Pai'allelog7'am=.b h, where <5==base, >^=height. 

2 Area of Parallelogram^a b sin C, a and b sides Parallelogram. 
C included angle. 

3 Area of Parallelogram=^2\/ s(s — a) (s — b) {s — c) where c is 

the diagonal joining extremities of a and b and s the half sum. 

b ^ b' 

1 Area of Trapezium=-'^^ — h, b and /^'=parallel Trapezium. 

bases. 

h^b' 

2 Area of lrapezium==- — ^ — / sin C where /=length of one of 

the oblique sides; and C the angle between it and one of the bases. 

^\~\ <^=length of one side. 

Any Regular Polygon= ^-^ 

tan ^ ° ;2=number of sides. 
n 

Area of Circle=- R^, R= radius, 7^=3.1416. Circle. 

Area of Ellipse=~ a b; 2 ^3:=transverse, 2 <^=con- EiHpse 
jugate axis. 

Surface of Right Cylinder, excluding bases^2 tt R ^ Right Cylinder. 

Surface of Sphere^\ - R^. Sphere. 

Surface oi Zone of two bases=2 - R h^ /2=t=height. Zone. 

Surface of Zone of one base=- c'^ where ^=the chord of the 
arc generating the zone. 

Surface of Right Cone=- R /, /=slant height or Right Cone. 
element. 

Frustrum of Co?te=-r: I' (R-|-r), /'=slant height Fmstrum of Cone. 

Volumes. 

Of any Prism=^ h, B=:area of base, /^=height. Prism. 
Of a Rectangular Parallelopipedo7t=aXby.c= Rect- paraikiopip- 
product of edges. 

Of a Cube^=a^, Cube. 



12 FORMULA FOR COMPUTING 

B h 

Of a Pyi'amid=' — , B=base, /^=^height. Pyramid 

Of a Cylinder^- R^ h, /^=height. Cylinder. 

Of a Cone=^— , ^=^height. * Cone. 

^ h 

Of a Frustrum of any Cone^~ (B+34-)/B<^), B FrustrumofCone. 

and ^=areas of bases. 

Of a Frustrum of a Regular Pyramid^ (same as Fmstrum of Pyra- 

I V mid. 

above.) 

Of an Ungula^ when the section passes through unguia. 

the opposite extremities of the bases= — ~ \ D h .2618 

\j — a. 

where D and ^/=:diameters of lower and upper bases, ^=height. 

Of the Wedge or cunetis=(2 /+^)->-, where /= Wedge. 

length of back or base and b its breadth ; ^=the length of the 
edge and ^=the height. 

Of the Prismoid'^ Prismoid. 

= {(^+r/^')>%'+(5+r/0;%-f4(* + ''X'^')^'}g 

<5=breadth of road bed ; /^=perp. depth of cut at higher end ; 
//'=same at lower end ; /=distance between sections and r= 
ratio of height to base of slope. 

Of the Sphere— D^ or AiL^^ d==(2 R)= Sphere, 
diameter. 

Of the Segjnent of a Sphere - (R^ -|- r'^ ) h -\- Segment of Sphere. 

\ Tz h^^ where R and r^ radii of the bases and //=height. If but 
one base, r becomes zero. 

Of. the SpJin-ical Pyrainid=^\ R i", j=^area of Spherkai pyramid. 

spherical polygon forming the base and R=radius of sphere. 

- a^ b ' 
Of the Spheroid= — ^ — , a=\\\Q, revolving, b the Spheroid. 

fixed axis. 

Of the Frustra of Spheroids. Frustraofs he- 

(A) When the ends are cut off by planes perpen- ^''^^^■ 

dicidar to the axis of rotation=(<22-|-<f2) 1_. <3i=revolving axis 
r=diameter of either end ; /^length of frustrum. 



* For a much simpler formula recently discovered the student is referred to a work on " Formulae 
for R. R. Earth Work," by Davis. For sale by D. Van Nostrand, New York, 1877. 



LINES, SURFACES AND SOLIDS. 1 3 

(B) When the sections are made by planes parallel to the axis 

7Z h 

of rotation and to each other=(2 ab^c^(T) — ; a and b are the 

diameters of the middle and c and d of the end sections. 

Of the Paraboloid of Revoluiion= — ; B=area of Paraboloid, 
base, ^=height. 

Of the Hyperboloid of Revolution {a^h)\{a-\-^h) Hyperboioid. 

:: :x, <3:=trans. axis of generating hyp; ^5=height; ^=rad- 

ius and ;i;=required volume. 

The Five Regular Solids, 
Of the Tetraedron .11785 s ^=—1/2. Regular poiyhed- 

' -' 12''^ tons. 

Of the Ifexaedron-=S ^. 
Of the Octaedron^.4y 1 404 S ^. 
Of the Dodecaedron=y .66^,1 S ^. 

Of the Icosaedron=^2.iSiy S ^ where s=length of one edge. 
Of the Ci7^cular Ring- D^Th^ X 2. 462 4 where De circular ring. 
=exterior diameter, Tji=thickness of ring=(R — r).* 



Section II. 

Standard Units and their Functions. 

In all contracts for quantities of material no ambiguities are 
allowable, but the precise amounts should be clear- ^^^^^ amounts 
ly set forth. There is much room for misunde'r- should be stated. 
standing in the ordinary use of terms, as for instance, a ton may 
be 2240 or 2000 lbs; a perch, 22, 24^ or 25 cub. Ambiguities. 
ft. ; a' month, lunar or calendar ; a year, Julian or Gregorian ; a 
bushel, heaped or struck; a working day, 10 or 8 hours, or **from 
daylight 'till dark," &c. To prevent any uncertainty as to the 
meaning of the terms it is necessary to refer all a weii defined 

.- Ml. • -11 11 Standard should be 

amounts, 11 possible, to some mvanable standard adopted. 

linit as a lineal, square or cubic yard or foot, a pound or an hour. ^ 



* The above are the formulae most frequently referred to in mensuration. They are compiled chiefly 
from Col. Lee's Table=, Professional Papers No 12, Cnrps of Engineers and Vogdes' Mecsuration. 
For additional information see Trautwine or Haswell's Hand Books. 



H 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 



There are certain conventional methods of measuring Artisans* 
work requiring allowances to be made for workmanship, which 
will be explained hereafter. 

The United States and English measures of u. s. and British 

y ,1 1 • 1 . r .^ 1 •• measures of length 

length and weight, of the same denommation are and weight 
practically equal, but there are wide differences between the 
same denominations of liquid and dry measure. 

The British standard of length, the simple seconds pendulum, 
39.1393 ins. long, having been destroyed by fire in 1834, it was 
found practically impossible to restore it, so that the British yard 
is about 1-14 of an inch in 100 ft. or 3^ ins. in a ^.^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ 
mile shorter than that of the United States, thus *^^"'' 
accounting for the difference between the British and American 
scientists' estimates of the length of a metre, a degree of longi- 
tude, a nautical mile, &c. 

To convert British linear dimensions into Ameri- ^ . r a - 

Kule for reducing 

can, multiply by i.oooo58,and American into British, °"^ ^° the other. 
multiply by .999942. 

U. 5. Measures of Length. 
The standard unit is \ki^ yard, 

TABLE OF EQUIVALENT LENGTHS. 



Ins." 


Feet (Ft) 


Yards. 


Poles 


Furlongs. 


Statute Miles. 


League. 






(Yds) 


(Ps) 


(Fs) 


(Ms) 


(L) 


12 


I. 


0-333 


0.0606 


0.001515 


0.00018939 




36 


3- 


I. 


O.1818 


0.004545 


0.00056818 


. 


198 


16.5 


5.5 


I- 


0.025 


0. 003125 




7920 


660. 


220. 


40. 


I. 


0.125 




63360 


5280. 


1760. 


320. 


8. 


I. 




190080 


15840. 


5280. 


960. 


24. 


3- 


I. 



Miscellaneous. 
A points 1-72 of an inch. A line=6 points=3^ inch. A 

palm=3 inches. A hand=4 inches. A Span=9 Miscellaneous equi- 

inches. A fathom=6 feet. A cable's length= 120 ^^'*<=^*^°^^*'"eth. 
fathoms=72o'. 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 



IS 



K statute or land mile:=7^ cables==.86755 nautical miles= 
1609.315 metres. 

A geographical or nautical mile or " knot "= i min. of longi- 
tude on the equator, at the sea level= i . 1 5 2664 statute miles= 
1855. 1 1 metres=2028.69 yds.=6o86.07 ^^ 

One degfee at the eq.=69. 16 or 69^ statute miles. 

One minute of latitude at the equator (sea level)=6o46 ft. 

One minute of latitude at the pole (sea level)=6i07 ft, giving 
a mean of 6076^ ft. which is sometimes used. 

The length of a degree of longitude decreases towards the 
poles as the cosine of the latitude and may therefore be found by 
multiplying 69^ by cos L., (or for table of computed values see 
Trau twine p. 75.) 

For land measures the Gunter's chain 6^ ft. long is generally 
used, consisting of 100 links of 7.92 inches each, but for road, 
railroad and canal surveys the engineers chain of 100 or 50 ft. is 
taken as the unit. The parts of the Gunters chain are, 



TABLE OF SURVEYORS MEASURE. 



Inches. 


Feet. 


Links. 


Poles. 


Chains. 


Furlongs. 


Miles. 


7.92 


0.66 


I. 


0.04 


O.OI 


O.OOI 


0.000125 


198. 


165 


25- 


I. 


0.25 


0.025 


0.003125 


792. 


66.0 


100. 


4- 


I. 


0.1 


0.0125 


7920. 


660. 


1000. 


40. 


10. 


I. 


0.125 


63360. 


5280. 


8000. 


320. 


80. 


8. 


I. 



As the Metfic System was legalized by an Act of Congress, 
dated July 28, 1866, as a recognized standard of Metric System. 
Weights and Measures in this country, it is thought proper to 
introduce it here, although it has not yet come into general use. 
The metre is the unit. 



i6 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 
FRENCH MEASURES OF LENGTH. 



tr. 
■t-> 

C 

13 


Millim. 


Centim. 


Decim. 


Metre. 


Decam. 


Hectom. 


Kilom. 


Myriam. 


> 


o.ooi m. 


o.oi m. 


0.1 m. 


I. m. 


10. ms. 


100. ms. 


1000. ms. 


loooo.ms 


W 

In. 
Ft. 

Yd. 
Ms. 


.0393704 
&c. 


•393704 
.0328 &c 


3.93704 
.328087 


39.3704 
3.28087 
1.09362 


393.704 
32.8087 
10.9362 


&c. 

109.362 
.06213 


1093.62 
.6213 


10936.2 
6.2134 



Road measures. 



Spanish Measures of Length. 

In Mexico the metric system was established in 1856. The 
old measures are Spanish ; the legal unit being the vara of Burgos 
=32.91 inches or 835.9 m m. The vara in actual use in Amer- 
ica is, however, 33.385 in.=:847.96 m m.=.84796 ms„ 

TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS. 



Puntos. 


Lineas. 


Polgardas. 


Sesmas. 


Pies. 


Varas. 


Estadal. 


U. S. Inch. 


12 


I 












0.077 


144 


12 


I 










0.927 


864 


72 


6 


I 








5-564 


1728 


144 


12 


2 


I 






II. 128 


5184 


432 


36 


6 


3 


I 




33.385 


20736 


1728 


144 


24 


12 


4 


I 


133.540 



(Note. For equivalent itinerary measures in the principal foreign coun- 
tries see Lee's Tables, Pages 18 and 19.) 



Two Dimensions. 



Surface Measures, 

The unit for small areas is a square foot. Superficial units. 

The umt for extensive areas is an acre or a square mile. 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 1 7 

Square Measure is composed of the following equivalents : 

TABLE FOR SQUARE MEASURE. 



Sq. ins. 


Sq. feet. 


Sq. Yds. 


Poles. 


Roods. 


Acres. 


Sq. M. 


144. 

1296. 

39204. 

1568160. 

6272640. 

4014489600. 


I. 

9. 

272.25 
10890. 
43560. 
27878400. 


O.IIII 

I. 

30.25 
1210. 
4840. 
3097600. 


0.00367 

0.033058 

I. 

40. 

160. 

102400. 


0.0000918 
0,0008265 
0.025 
I. 

4. 
2560. 


0.00002296 
0002066 
0.00625 
0.25 
I. 
640. 


I. 



Miscellaneous. 

16 sq. rods or p0leS=^\ sq. chain. 2]/^ sq. chains Miscellaneous rela- 

=1 rood. IO sq. chains=i acre. 

A Government Section of land is one mile square and contains 
I sq. mile=27,878,400 sq. ft.=(528o)^ &c. 

An acre is=to a square whose side is 208.71 ft. long. 

A half acre is=to a square whose side is 147.581 ft. long. 

A quarter acre is=to a square whose side is 104.355 ft. long. 



French Measures of Sufface, 
The square metre is the unit. 

TABLE OF FRENCH SURFACE MEASURES. 





Val.in Sq. Metre. 


InU. S. sq. 
ins. 


Sq, ft. 


Sq. Yds. 


Acres. 


Sq. Millimetre. 


.000001 


.001594 


.00001076 


.0000012 




Sq. Centimetre. 


.0001 


.154988 


.00107631 


.0001196 




Sq. Decimetre. 


.01 


15.4988 


.10763058 


.0119589 




Sq. Metre orCen- 












tare. 


I. 


1549.88 


10.763058 


1-195895 


.000247 


Sq. Decametre 












or are. 


100. 


154988. 


1076.3058 


119-5895 


.024709 


Hectare 


lOOOO. 




107630.58 


11958-95 


2.47086 


Sq. Kilometre. 


1 00000. 


.38607sq.m. 


10763058. 


I195885. 


247.086 


Sq. Myriametre. 


I 0000000. 


38.607 « 






24708.6 



i8 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 



Spanish Surface Measures, 



The unit is ^^ fanegada^N\^\Q\\ 15=1.5871 acres==o.642563 
hectare. 

The multiple being 50 fanegadas^^l yugada=79.355 acres. 



Three Dimensions. 



Cubic or Solid Measure, 

The standard unit for mineral substances generally ^|- ""*** °'" '*'°'- 
is the cubic yard. 

The units of capacity are : for liquids, the gallon^ and for dry 
measure, the busJicl. 

TABLE OF SOLID MEASURE. 



Cub. Ins. Cub. Ft. 


Cub. Yds. 


Cords. 


123= 1728 
46656 
221 184 


I 
33=27 

128 


I 

4 20-27 


I 



Notes. 

I cord of fire wood piled, is 8 ft. long, 4 ft. wide JJiSures"*°"' 
and 4 high making 128 cub. ft. 

I chaldron of coal^57.25 cub. ft.=36 bushels. 

The U. S. Government Engineers generally esti- Ynits.^' ■^"^"'^"^ 
mate stone by the cord ; sand and earth by the cubic y at d ; timber 
by the cubic foot \ sawed titnber, }oists, planks, scantling, &c., by 
the superficial foot board measure ^ b. m. containing 144 cub, in. ; 
and if on by the pound, 

A. perch of masonry by quarrymen's measure is ^menT^nd^^^I 

16>^ ft. long, I^ ft. wide and I ft.thick=24j^ cub. son's measures. 

ft. in the pile. It is generally taken at 25 cub. ft. ; and some- 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 



19 



times at 22 as in mason's measure where it is 16^ ft. long, 16 
ins. wide and \2" high measured in the wall. 

Stone walls less than \6" thick are assumed to brSth"?^'^^^ 
have that breadth in estimating workmanship. To 
avoid any misunderstanding it is better to express the yar^ds^orloTds^"^'*^ 
volumes in cubic yards or cords, which are becoming recognized 
standards in contract work instead of in perches as formerly. 

Measures of Capacity. 

The standard units are the Winchester bushel and ^"'*^ °^ capacity, 
the wine gallon. 

The bushel is a cylindrical vessel 18^ ins. in ^^^X^""^^' ^"^'"^ 
diameter and 8'' deep, containing 2150.42 cubic inches or 
1.24446 cub. ft. of distilled water, and weighing 543,391.89 stan- 
dard grains or 77.627413 lbs. Avoirdupois. When "heaped" 
the cone must be at least 6" high making the Heaped bushel 
heaped bushel^^\y^ "struck" bushels=5 pks.= i.555 cub. ft. 

The relations in Dry Measure are, 



TABLE FOR DRY MEASURE. 



Pts. 


Qts. 


Pks. 


Bush. 


I6Z 

64== 


I. 

8. 

32. 


0.125 
I . 
4- 


0.03015 

0.25 

I. 



The gallon in Dry Meas- 
ure contains 2684 cub. in., 
but is seldom used. 



The relations in Liquid Measure are, 

TABLE FOR LIQUID MEASURE. 



Gills. 


Pts. 


Qts. 


Gal. 


Hhd. 


Pipes. 


Tuiu 


4- 


I. 












8. 


2. 


I. 










32. 


8. 


4- 


I. 








2016. 


504- 


252. 


63. 


I. 






4032. 


1008. 


504- 


126. 


2. 


I. 




8064. 


2016. 


1008. 


252. 


4- 


2. 


I. 



20 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 



Notes. 

Tht gallon contains 231 cub. in. of distilled water gXn"^'°"^ °^ ** 
weighing 58,372.2 grains or 8.3389 lbs. avoirdupois. ■ 

In Beer Measure 54 gallons make i hhd. 

A barrel of oil contains 42 gallons. 

In Massachusetts 32 gallons make a bbl. In some States 31^, 
and in others from 28 to 32. 

Ktierce^Af2 gallons and two tierces=one punch- Jj^^"^"** punch- 
eon. 

Apothecaries divide the gallon into 8 pints ; the j^eS^re""^^ ""^"'"^ 
pint into 16 ounces ; the ounce into 8 drams; and the dram in- 
to 60 minims or drops. 

French Measures of Capacity, 
The litre is the unit=6i.oi65 cub. in. 

TABLE OF EQUIVALENTS. 



Names. 


1 
No, of Cubic ft. 


Cubic mea- 


Dry measure. 


Liquid measure. 




litres. 




sure. 






Mvriolitre or De- 












caste re. 
Kilolitre orStere. 
Hectolitre or De- 


10,000 
1000 


353.105 
35-3105 


10 cub.metres. 
I « 


283.742 bush. 
1.3078 cub. yds. 


2641.41 gals. 
264.141 " 


cistere. 
Decalitre or Cen- 


100 


3-53105 


0.1 '< 


2.83742 bush. 
283742 « 


26.4141 « 


tistere. 
Litre or cubic 


10 


•353105 
Cubic ins. 


ID decim. 




2.64141 « 


decimetre. 


I 


61.0165 


I « 


.908 quarts 


1.05656 quarts. 


Decilitre. 


0.1 


6.10165 


0.1 « 


{ .1816 pints. 
' 6.io22cub.ins. 


.84525 gills. 


Centilitre. 
Milliliire or cub. 


.01 


.610165 


locub.centim. 


.01816 pts. 
.61022 cub. in. 
'' 001816 pts 
0612 cub. in. 


.084525 « 


centimetre. 


.001 


.061016 


I « 


.00845 « 



Spanish Liquid Measures. 

The cantara or arroba is the uriit. 

The arroba mayor, for wine=4.079 gals.=i5.44 litres. 



FOREIGN MEASURES. 



21 



The arroba menor, for oil=3.i86 gals.=i2.o6 litres. 
The submultiples are, 



Copas. 


Quartillos ) 
Cuartillos. ) 


Azumbre. 


Arroba. 


4 

i6 

128 


I 

4 

32 


• 

I 
8 


I 



Spanish Dry Measure. 
The fanega, the unit is=i.555i bushs.=54,8 litres. 



Ochavillos. 


Racious. 


Quartillos. 


Medios. 


Almudes. 


Fanegas' 


Cahiz. 


U. S. bushels. 


4 


I 












0.0081 


16 


4 


I 










0.0324 


32 


8 


2 


I 








0.0648 


64 


16 


4 


2 


I 






0.1296 


768 


192 


48 


24 


12 


I 




1-5551 


9216 


2304 


576 


288 


144 


12 


I 


18,6612 



Weights. 

The standard unit of weight is the pound avoir- Units of weight 
dupois ; the only legalized unit is the pound Troy. 



AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT. 



Drams. 


Ounces. 


•Pounds. 


Quarters. 


Cwt. 


Tons. 


16 


I 


0.625 


.025 


.00625 


.0003125 


256 


16 


I. 


.04 


.01 


.0005 


6400 


400 


25- 


I. 


'^S 


.0125 


25600 


1600 


100. 4. 


I. 


•05 


51200 


32000 


2000. 1 80. 


20. 


I 



22 



FOREIGN WEIGHTS. 



Notes, 

The ton of 2240 lbs. known as t\\Q old or long ton oid and new ton. 
is the standard used at the custom houses of the U. S. Govern- 
ment but the short ton is now the one intended unless otherwise 
specified. Iron is sold by the long ton. 

The avoirdiLpois pounds of Great Britain and the ^^^\ e^uivSenJ 
U. S. are equal to each other and to the weight of 27.7015 cub. 
inches of distilled water at its max. density — barometer 30 ins. — 
volume (3.0258 ins. 2). 

Troy Weight, 

TABLE OF TROY WEIGHT. 



Grains. 


Pwt. 


Ounce. 


Pound. 


24 

480 

5760 


I 

20 

240 


I 
12 


I 



The pound Troy, in both the U. S. and Great Pound equivalent 
Britain, is equal to the weight of 22.7944 cub. inches of distilled 
water — barometer 30^^ 

It is used in weighing precious metals. 

Apothecaries Weight. 



TABLE OF APOTHECARIES WEIGHT. 



Grains. 


Scruple. 


Dracm. 


Ounce. 


Pound. 


20 


I 




• 




60 


3 


I 






480 


24 


8 


I 




5760 


288 


96 


12 


I 



The apothecary pound is the same as that in Troy Pound equivalent 
weight, the only difference in the table being in the subdivisions 
of the unit. 



FOREIGN WEIGHTS. 



French System of Weights 



FRENCH EQUIVALENTS OF WEIGHTS. 



23 





No. of Gfummes, 


Weight of what quantity 


Equivalents in Avoir- 






of warer at max. density. 


dupois weight. 


Milligramme. 


.001 


I cub. millimetre. 


.01543316 grains. 


Centigramme. 


.01 


10 «* " 


.1543316 '^ 


Decigramme. 


.1 


o.i " centimetre. 


1. 543316 


Lrramme. 


I. 


i.o'' «* 


15-43316 


Deca gramme. 


10. 


10. " « 


.02204737 pounds. 


Hecto « 


100. 


I decilitre. 


.2204737 


Kilo 


1000. 


I litre. 


2.204737 


Myria " 


10,000. 


10 litre. 


22.04737 


Qunital « 


100,000. 


I hectolitre. 


220.4737 


Millier or Tonneau. 


1,000,000. 


I cub. metre. 


2204.737 " 



Spanish Weights. 

The legal unit is the libra of Castile=i.oi43 lbs. Avoirdupois. 
=460 grammes. 

TABLE OF SPANISH WEIGHTS. 



Granos. 


r/5 

'a 


Adarmes. 


> 




S) 

Pi 



t/5 
)-i 
-^ 

I 

2 

5" 
200 

4000 


h1 


r/5 

1 

< 


o5 

■3 

0^ 


.— 1 




U.S. Ounces 
Avoirdupois. 


12 

36 

72 

576 

4608 

9216 

220400 

881600 

17632000 


I 
3 

6 

48 

384 

768 

19200 

76800 

1536000 


I 

2 

16 

128 

256 

6400 

25600 

5 1 2000 


I 

8 

64 

128 

3200 

12800 

256000 


I 

8 

16 

400 

1600 

32000 


I 

25 
100 

2000 


I 

4 
80 


I 

20 


I 


0.0211 
0.0634 
0.1268 
1. 01 43 
8.1144 
16.2288 

15-3575 lbs. 
61.4280 " 
1228.56 " 



24 



DIVISIONS OF TIME. 



Divisions of Time, 



Seconds. 


Minutes. 


Hours. 


Days. 


Weeks. 


Julian 
Years. 


60 

3600 

86400 

604800 

31557600 


I 

60 

1440 

10080 

525960 


I 

24 

168 

8766 


I 

7 
365 X 


I 

52/s- 


I 



The Mean Solar or Gregorian year is the interval <^efeorian year. 
between two successive passages of the sun over the Vernal equi- 
nox, and is=365d, 5h, 48m, 49.7sec.=the Civil Year:=365. 2422 18 
days. The Gregorian Year was instituted by Pope Gregory 
XIII in 1582, and is now the Civil or Legal y^diV. It contains 
365 days for 3 successive years, and on the 4th, 366, excepting on 
those centennial y^divs "whosQ number cannot be exactly divided 
by 400. Thus the error is only I day in 3866 years. The Julian 
year contains 365^ days, which is too great by Julian year. 
Iim., 10^ seconds, or I day in 120 years. 

The Common year extends through 365 days from Common year. 
midnight December 31, excepting on a leap or bissextile year, 
when there are 366 days. 

A leap year is one whose number is divisible by Leap year. 
4, except those divisible by 100 but not by 400. e:g\ 1800. 

A siderial year is the interval between two sue- sideriai year, 
cessive arrivals of the earth at the same point of the celestial 
sphere. The 1st point of Aries is usually taken. 

A month is the interval of one lunation or 29 ds., a month. 
12 hs., 44 m., 2.84 sec, or nearly 29^ days, and is called a lunar 
month, but for business purposes the calendar months of 28, 29, 
30 and 31 days are sanctioned by custom. 



MISCELLANEOUS TABLE. 



25 



A working day for government employees con- a working day. 
sists of eight hours.* With engineers and farmers it is fre- 
quently from sunrise until sunset. 

— Revised Statutes, % 3738. June 28, 1868. Eight hours 
shall constitute a day's work for all laborers, workmen and ^•^- "2^°""^^^^^" 
mechanics who may be employed by or on behalf of the Government of 
the U. S. 



Fourteen days=one '' fortnight ^ 
Ten years=l decade. 



Fortnight. 



Miscellanepus Table. 



12 units=i doz. 
12 dozen=i gross. 
12 gross=i great gross. 
20 units=i score. 

24 sheets of paper==I quire. 
20 quires=i ream. 

2 reams=i bundle. 
5 bundles=i bale. 

25 lbs. of powder^ I keg. 
300 lbs. cement=i barrel. 
100 lbs.=i quintal. 



3^ cub. ft.=3 bush. (struck)= 

I barrel. 
14 lbs. of metal=i stone. 
21^ stones=i pig. 
8 pigs=i fother. 
18 inches=i cubit. 
3odegs.=i Sign of the Zodiac. 
12 Signs=The circle of the 

Zodiac. 
90 degrees=i quadrant. 
60 degrees=i sextant. 



Folio, 



A sheet of ''medium paper" 24x38 doubled gooksi^es. 
once forms a folio ; doubled twice, making four ^'^• 
leaves, a quarto ; doubled thrice, making eight leaves, an octavo ; 
folded into twelve leaves, a i2mo. ; into eighteen leaves, an 
i8mo. ; and into 24 leaves, a 24mo. 



* The Attorney General decides now (1877) that contracts may be made with laborers, and others 
for ten (10) hours per day, and that if they elect to work (8) hours they are to be paid pro rata. 



26 artisans' work and materials. 



Section III. 

Notes on the Measuring of Artisatts' Work and Materials. 

Lumber is sold by the square foot of surface one Lumber 
inch thick known as board measure (b. m.). One foot b. m. there- 
fore contains i/pf cubic inches^ which is the unit of Unit, 
measure. 

If the material be more or less than an inch thick, find its 
cubic contents in inches and divide by 144. Should R^ie for calculating 
any one of the dimensions be expressed in feet contents. 
divide their product by 12; and any two dimensions expressed 
in feet multiplied by the third in inches will give the contents in 
feet b. m. 

Round timber may be measured either by the Round timber. 
number of lineal feet of a given cross-section the How measured, 
stick will square ; by the number of cross-ties or fence rails it 
will make ; the number of feet b. m. it will furnish or the amount 
of cord wood that may be cut from it. 

All spruce and white pine spar timbers under 1 1 gp^^^^ inch and 
inches in diameter are called ** inch spars /" those p^^'^^- 
over it, ^^ piece spars'' 

For the volume of round timber take the girth at ^^ find volume o 
the middle, and multiply the square of one-fourth ''^""^ ""''^^''• 
of it by the length. If ash or beech, deduct J^ in. from the 
quarter girth before squaring, for the bark, if any ; and from i to 
2 inches for oak, elm, fir, &c., according to thickness. 

Hewn Timber. 

Straight pieces are estimated either by the run- straight pieces. 
ning^ superficial or solid foot. 

Keel pieces by the running foot. Keei pieces. 

Wharf and crib timbers are measured on the face 
or upper side of the log, and sold by the superficial 
foot; whilst crooked, curved, and all pieces hewn jrreguur pieces and 
to a particular shape are sold by the piece. If pur- 



Wharf and crib 
timber. 



knees. 



ARTISANS* WORK AND MATERIALS. 2/ 

chased by the government they are all measured by the solid 
foot, except knees^ which are bought by the inch ; \ of the 
smallest girt of the arm in inches is considered the contents of 
the knee in feet. 

Sawed timber=lumber, by the looo ft. (per M.) 
b. m. 



Sawed timber or 
lumber. 



Carpenters* and Joiners^ Work^ 

Includes all the woodwork in buildings, which is loosq. ft. the««zv. 
usually measured by the square of lOO superficial ft. 

Door and window frames, &c., are measured by ^^^^ and window 
the lineal foot at prices varying with the nature and fr^^^es. 
amount of the work. 

Partitions are measured superficially by the PartiUons. 
square, according to actual dimensions. 

In roofs multiply the girth by the length of the Roofs, 
building, both in feet, and reduce the product to squares. 

Doors and outside shutters are estimated by the Doors and shutters. 
square foot and the prices regulated according to thickness, num- 
ber of panels and finish. 

Mouldings and architraves, 8ic., are estimated for Mouldings. 
by the lineal foot at prices varying according to the width and 
thickness. 

Sash are measured by the light, according to the Sash. 
size of the glass and thickness of sash. 

Weather boardings by the '* square " at prices Weather boarding. 
varying according to the width of the boards. 

Stairs are measured by the lineal foot and the stairs. 
price graded according to the breadth of the stairway from wall 
to nosing and to the number and height of the risers. 

Handrails are so much per lineal foot, depending Handrails. 
upon the material, size and finish. 



* MoiU than a century ago the Carpenters' Company, of Philadelphia adopted a scale of prices and 
system of measuring which has been tbe basis of all their measuremenis to the present time. Every 
detail of a building was carefully analyzed and the price fixed by the quantity of material and amount 
and kind of labor and finish. To adjust this list to the numerous changes produced by the introduction 
of wood working and other machinery the estimate is made by actual measurement on the original basis, 
r.nd a percentage, previously agreed upon, is then deducted. The code is contained in a large volume 
which is a lettre de cachet to all but the master builders, who are members of the Society. 



28 ARTISANS* WORK AND MATERIALS. 

Excavators' Work. . ' 

• Excavators' work is estimated by the cubic yardy Excavations b 
usually in situ, and the limits of the lead or haul ^^ ^"^'^ y^^- 
should be stated. Beyond a certain stipulated length of lead the 
material is paid for both as exoavation and embank- For long hauls. 
ment, or an allowance made for each additional loo ft. of haul. 

Trenches, for the bed of a foundation are meas- Trenches. 
ured separate from the general excavation. 

In dredging it is customarv to measure the sand, Dredging. 
mud, gravel, &c., in the dump scow by the displacement due to 
the load. For this purpose gauges are attached by an inspector 
who notes the effects of various weights placed in the scow by 
the contractor, and at his expense. The cubic contents of the scow 
may also be taken as the measure. 

Rock is computed by the cubic yard. Rock work. 

Clearing and grubbing by the acre ; large stumps bearing andgmb- 
and snags by the piece, according to size. ^^°e* 

Mason^ Work, 

Masons generally compute the contents of a wall ^^^^^'^ ^o^k in 
m perches of 22' ft. All walls less than \6" thick p^'^'^^^^- 
are considered of that thickness, but if more the excess is 
charged for. Walls having angles are measured on Measuring for ma- 
the outerside, and for the ;;^^/m<3:? allowance is made serial for work. 
for openings ; but in computing the woi^k the wall is measured as 
if solid when the openings are less than four feet. 

Columns or blocks of stone are measured by Columns. 
the solid foot or piece, but chimney pieces, slabs, Fiat work, 
flags, and other flat work by the square foot. 

Cut stone masonry and coping composed of di- Dimension stone. 
mension stone is measured before the stones are laid. 

Concrete and rubble are usually measured after Concrete and rub- 
being placed in position. 

Curb stone is measured by the lineal foot, and the Curb stone, 
corner stones by the piece. 

The most reliable unit for mason's work is the Best units, 
cubic yard or the cord. 



artisans' work and materials. 29 

Rules for Measuring Hammered Granite Stone ^ adopted 
at Boston^ Aprils 18 2g, 

Preamble. — To prevent misunderstanding between stonecutters, masons, 
and their employers, in relation to measurement of hammered granite 
stone, it was deemed expedient that a meeting be called of those engaged 
in the business, to endeavor to agree upon some uniform system that shall 
be equally intelligible to all parties ; said meeting was held in March last, 
when a committee of eleven persons was chosen, to take the subject into 
consideration, and report at a subsequent meeting. At a meeting in April, 
said committee reported that they had attended to the duty assigned them, 
and, after mature deliberation, have agreed on the following rules, which, 
if adopted, will, in their opinion, greatly promote the interest as well as the 
harmony of all concerned in the business, whether purchaser or vender ; at 
which meeting said rules were adopted by the unanimous vote of all present, 
who then affixed their signatures to the same, since which others have sub- 
scribed their names. 

RULES. 

Section i . Ashlar Stones are to be measured on their fronts, quoin-heads, 
and reveals 2L^2iXx\st doors, windows, and recesses. 

Section 2. Headers or binders, that make the thickness of the wall, are to 
be measured as ashlar-work, adding their beds, or builds. 

Section 3. Double-headed Quoins, not less than nine inches each head, 
are to be measured as ashlar- work, adding their beds or builds. 

Section 4. Window-caps, for ashlar-work, are to be measured on their 
fronts, under sides that show, and reveals. 

Section 3. Window-sills, for ashlar-work, are to be measured on their 
tops and fronts, the whole thickness of their rise, and half their under sides. 

Section 6. Belt Stones, for ashlar or brick-work, from seven to nine inches 
rise, and the usual thickness of ashlar-work, are to be cast at the rate of a 
superficial foot to each foot in. length. 

Section 7. Arch Stones, in ashlar-work, are to be measured their extreme 
lengths by their extreme widths, adding the returns and reveals. 

Section 8. Ashlar Stones, for pediments or gable ends of buildings, and 
other similar purposes, are to be measured their extreme lengths by their 
extreme widths. 

Section 9. Plinths are to be measured on all parts that show, and half 
the rough-hammered parts. 

Section 10. Pilasters are to be measured on their fronts, returns, and 
reveals. ' 

Section 11. Imposts are to be measured on their fronts, ends, and beds, 
or builds. 

Section 12. Posts or Caps are to be measured on four sides, and the ends 
of caps that show. 



30 ARTISANS WORK AND MATERIALS. 

Seccion 13, Posts in or out of square are to be measured on four sides, 
squaring from their extreme points. 

Section 14. Door-sills, under posts, are to be measured on their tops, 
fronts, and ends, and half the parts hammered under the ends. 

Section 15. Window-sills between posts, are to be measured on their tops, 
under sides, and their whole rise. 

Section 16. Arch Caps and Blocks, that make the thickness of the wall, 
are to be measured on four sides, the extreme lengths by their extreme 
widths. 

Section 17. Belt Stones, that make the thickness of the wall, are to be 
measured on their fronts, beds, and buildr., and ends that show. 

Section 18. Courses of Stones, that make the thickness of the wall, are to 
be measured on their fronts, beds, and builds. 

Section 19. Door-steps are to be measured on their tops, fronts, and laps, 
and the ends that show, which ends are to be measured at the rate of a 
superficial foot to each foot on the width.' 

Section 20. Returns for steps, from six to ten inches rise, are to be 
measured at the rate of a superficial foot to each foot in length. 

Section 21. Platform Stones are to be measured as steps; when two or 
more are required, half the edges for joints are to be added. 

Section 22. Spiral Steps are to be measured their extreme length by their 
extreme width, rise, and laps, and ends that show. 

Section 23. Fence Stones are to be measured on their fronts, tops, and 
inside, where hammered, and ends that show. 

Section 24. Posts, that stand in the ground, are to be measured on four 
sides and tops, and half measurement of the rough parts in the ground, 
according to the dimensions of the hammered parts. 

Section 25. Cellar-door Curbs, are to be measured on their tops and 
inside, or rise, the whole length of each stone; the rabbits are to be 
measured the length of each stone by the running foot. 

Section 26. Cellar-window Curbs are furnished by the piece. 

Section 27. Well Curbs are to be measured oh the outside and tops, where 
hammered with the jogs and corresponding ends. 

Section 28. Cesspool Curbs are to be measured as Cellar-door Curbs. 

Section 29. Gutter Stones are to be measured on the top side by the 
superficial foot ; cutting gutters to be charged extra. 

Section 30. Edge Stones are to be measured by the running foot, double 
measure when circular. 

Section 31. Cutting Scrolls, Jogs, Rabbets, Grooves, Gutters, and Drill- 
ing Holes are extra work, and do not add to or diminish from the measure- 
ment of the work. 

Section 32. Vault Stones are to be measured on three or four sides, as 
may be hammered, and the ends that show. Floor and Ceiling stones, 
more than nine inches in thickness, are to be measured on one side and two 
edges, and the ends that show; when nine inches or less thickness, on one 
side and the ends that show. 



artisans' work and materials. 31 

Section 33. All Stones not included in the foregoing specifications, on 
account of their irregular form or unfrequent use, should be measured as 
nearly as possible according to the rules applying to those which resemble 
them. 

Section 34. Those which differ in all respects . muse be furnished by the 
piece. 

Section 35, The two foregoing observations apply to Ornamental Work, 
the parts of which are so minute, and generally of such complicated forms, 
that no system of rules sufficiently short, and comprehensive can with any 
utility be adopted ; with regard, however, to two or three parts of Orna- 
mental Work, in common use, it may be well to state, that Cornice is usu- 
ally furnished by the running foot ; Bases, Columns, and Capitals, by the 
piece. 

Section 36. All Circular Work to be charged extra, and the mode of 
measurement should be agreed upon at the time said work is contracted for. 



Bricklayers' Work, 

Bricklayers' work is often measured by the rod, variable units in 
applied only to the surface, the price being regu- "^^• 
lated by the thickness. But the dimension of the rod being var- 
iable, as that of 16^ feet square=272j^ sq. ft; that of 18 ft. sq. 
or 324 sq. ft. ; that of 16^ sq. ft. and that of 63 sq. ft., it is bet- 
ter to adopt the other systems of measuring hy the standard by the 
thousand or by the cubic foot or yard. thousand. 

The dimensions of bricks vary slightly, but a Dimensions of 
cubic foot is assumed to contain twenty bricks ^"*^^^- 
Zyi" yi^' X 2]/^ ; a cubic yard, 600 ; and a perch of 22 feet, 500 
in the wall. 

When brickwork is done by the rod it should be reduced to the 
standard thickness of a brick and a half or "13 inches." 

To find the number of bricks required for a wall lo find the number 
of given dimensions allow ^ of the volume for oJ"^bricks m any 
mortar and deduct all apertures for doors and win- 
dows. 

Brick work in tunnels and arches is usually meas- Tunnels and arches, 
ured by the cubic yard or perch of 25 feet. 

It is customary to estimate the number of bricks Number, of bricks to 
in a wall by allowing a certain number, for each certain volumes. 
superficial foot, varying with the thickness ; thus a 4'' inch wall 



32 artisans' work and materials. 

contains 7 bricks per sq. ft. ; a 9 inch wall contains 14 bricks per 
sq. ft. ; a 13 inch wall contains 2 1 bricks per sq. ft., &c , increas- 
ing by multiples of seven. A square foot of paving takes about 
5 bricks. 

Plastering, 

Plastering on th^Jiaf is usually measured by the unit for plastering 
square yard, sometimes by the "square" of 100 sq. is the square yard, 
ft. It is of two kinds, that on laths known as ceiling^ (,^yj^g ^^ ^^^^^j^^, 
and that on walls, as rendering, "*£• 

Cornices, mouldings, &c., are estimated by linear comices.&cwhen 
measure, and an additional foot is added for each more than i ft. wide, 
mitre. When more than X2 inches in girt, the square foot is 
taken as the unit. 

Deduction is made for doors and windows. Deduction. 

One cent extra is usually allowed for each lineal Extras, 
foot of corners, and chimney breasts which project less than 9 
inches are assumed to be of that width in measuring. 

Whitening, coloring or kalsomining arc measured Coloring, 
in the same way as plastering. 



Painting, 

Painters' work is computed in square yards. Unit=a sq. yd. 

Every part is measured where the color lies, and How measured. 
the measuring line is forced into all the mouldings and corners. 
It is sometimes computed by the number of pounds of paint 
consumed. 

Double measure is allowed for carved mouldings. Allowances. 

Windows, sash frames, sky lights, &c., are done Piecework. 
by the piece. 

For balustrades take the length of 'the hand-rail Balusters. 
for one dimension, and twice the height of the balusters upon the 
landing plus the girth of the hand-rail for the other. 

In trellis or lattice work double the area of one Xreiiiswork. 
side is often taken as the measure of both. 



artisans' work and materials. 33 

Glazing, 

Glaziers compute their work by the square foot, blazing by the sq. 

in which case the sash is included, or by the light. foot-or%ht. 

For circular and oval windows take the extreme Q^cuiar and oval 

dimensions, and their product will be the area as windows. 
computed. 



Roojing, 

Slaters and tilers compute the contents of their Area of roofs, 
work by multiplying the length of the ridge by the girth or "girt" 
from eave to eave. 

In taking the girt for slating the line must be to take the girt for 
extended under the eaves until it meets the wall, slating; for tiling. 
but for tiling it is only brought to the eaves. 

Double measure is allowed for hips, valleys, gut- Extras. 
ters, &c., and no deductions are made for chimneys, skylights, 
&c., unless expressly stipulated. 

The area may be expressed in sq. yds. or squares. Sq. yds.=unit. 



Plumbing, 

Plumbers* work is estimated by the pound or Theib.=umt. 
hundredweight (the number of lbs. being expressed.) 



Paving, 
Pavers' work is done by the square yard. The sq. yd.=unit. 




34 SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



Section IV. 



Specific Gravities. 

The Specific Gravity of a body is the ratio of its gpedfic Gravity 
weight to that of an equivalent volume of distilled ^^fi^^^i- 
water at its maximum density and a barometric pressure of 30 
inches. 

If, therefore, the weight of a cubic foot of water, which is»iooo 

ounces, be denoted by w, and that of an equal volume of the 

. W 

body by W, the specific gravity (S. G.) of the latter will be=^ 

From this equation we have W=z£/ S. G., or the Formula, to find the 
weight of a cubic foot of any body expressed in t^^^k^l^tZi\t^ 
ounces, is therefore 1 000 times its specific gravity; and z/zV* z/^r^a 
also if tlie weight of a cubic foot be known in ounces, the specific 
gravity is found by dividing by 1 000. 

It is only necessary, therefore, to find the weight General rule, 
of a volume of water equal to that of the substance whose specific 
gravity is to be determined. This is done by finding the weight 
(W) of the body in air and also (W) its weight in distilled 
water ; the loss (W — W) will be the weight of the displaced 
equal volume of water or w' . Then the weight in air or W di- 
vided by zv' will be the specific gravity as before. 

As some bodies are lighter than water, or soluble in it, it is 
necessary, frequently, to employ an auxiliary solid To find the specific 
whose weights both in air and water are known. Ughter than water. 
This is attached to the lighter body and the compound weighed 
in air and water. Find the loss in weight of the light body by 
subtracting that of the heavy body from that of the compound, 
then divide the weight of the light body in air by this difference 
for its specific gravity. 

The specific gravities of two bodies vary as the to find the specific 

vV - c^tr^ I gravity of a fluid. 



weights of equal volumes, for S G=— and S G'= 

W^ ^S G W 

— dividing one by the other we have cTq/^w? hence to find the 



SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 35 

specific gfavity of a fluid, weigh a body whose S G is known, 
both in the air and in the fluid. The loss cf weight will be that 
of an equal volume of the fluid, then as the weight of the body 
(W) is to the loss (W), so is the specific gravity of the body to 
that of the fluid. 

The annexed table will be found of value, in connection with 
the formulae of Section I, in enabling the engineer to compute 
ihe weight or volume of various substances. It is arranged 
alphabetically and compiled from numerous authorities,* that it 
may be as complete as possible. The weights are computed 
from the specific gravity by multiplying by looo and dividing by 
16 to reduce to pounds. 



Chiefly Brande, Jos. P. Cook, Haswell, Hurst, Molesworlh, Spon and Trautwine. 



36 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



ALPHABETICAL TABLE 



OF 



WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



Acacia wood 

Acetone 

Acid, acetic, monohydrated 

" " greatest density 

" arsenic 

" arsenious 

*" benzoic 

" boracic, cr^'stalized 

" " fused 

" carbonic 

" chlorohydric, concentrated, 

liquid 

" citric 

" cyanohydric 

" formic 

" fluoric 

" hydrocloric, (muriatic) 

" hjTXjnitric 

" hyposulphuric, most concen 

" molybdic , 

" nitric, fuming 

" " of commerce 

" " tetrahydrated , 

" oleic 

" phosphoric, liquid 

solid 

" silicic, quartz 

" " agate 

" " opal sil. hydrate 

" sulphuric, most concen tra'd, 

" sulphurous 

" tannic 

** tartaric 

'* telluric 

** tellurous 



Sp. Gr. 



Agate. 

Air 



Alabaster , 

Alcohol, absolute 600 

" greatest density. 

*' of commerce 

" proof spirit 

Aldehyde 

Alder wood 

Alum 

( corundum. 

Alumina, < sapphire, 
t ruby, 
" emery 

Aluminate ot magnesia, (spinel) . 
" of zinc 

Aluminium 

Amber 

Ambergris 

Amethyst^ common 



im, ^ 



•750 

.792 

1.068 

1.079 

3 391 
3.782 
.667 
1.479 
1.803 
.00197 

1.208 
1.034 
.696 
i.ii6 
1.060 
1.200 
1.451 

I 347 
3.460 

I-45I 
1.220 
1.420 
.898 
1-558 
2.800 
2.653 
2.615 
2.250 
1. 841 
2.210 



Weight 
of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



2.615 

,001205 

2.700 

.792 

.927 

■834 
.916 

•79° 

.800 

1.714 

4.160 

3.900 
3.700 
4.700 
2.600 
1 078 
.866 
2.750 



465 

49-4 

66.37 

67-3 
212. 

233- 

41-7 

92.44 

112. 7 
.123 

. 75-5 
64.67I 

43-5| 
70 
66.25 
75.00 

84 
216.25 
90 7 
76.25 

88.75 
56- 125 

97-37 

175 

165.6 

163 

140.6 

115 o 

138 



163-4 

•075 

168.75 

49 5 
58.0 
52.1 

57-25 

49-4 

50. 

107.1 

260.0 

243-75 
231.25 

293-7'5 
162.5 
67.37 

54-1 
172.0 



Amethyst, oriental 

Amanthus, .313 to i.ooo 

Ammonia, aqueous . 

Antimony, cast, 6.67-6.75.. 

" native 

Apple wood 

Aqua fortis, double 

" " single 

Arragonite 

Arsenic 

Asbestos, starry 

Ash, perfectly dry, average. 
" American, white, dry. 

Asphaltum, .905 to 1.65 

Azure, stone 



B 



Bamboo 

Barytas, Sulphate of 4. — ^4.558... 

" carbonate of 4.1 — ^4.6 

Barium , 

Basalt 2.421 — 3.000 

Bath stone (Oolite) 

Baytree wood 

Beech " .852 — .690 

Beech " perfecdy dry 

Beer 

Beeswax 

Beryl, oriental 

' occidental 

Bichloride of mercury 

Bismuth 

Bisulphide of mercury 

'tin 

Birch 

Bitumen, liquid 

Blood, human 

Blood, crassamentum of 

Borate of magnesia, boracite 

Brandy 

Brass (copper and zinc) cast av. . . 

' cu. 67, zinc 33 parts 

* " 84, tin 16 

* rolled or plate 

* wire 

Brick, pressed 

' common, 1 367 — 1.40 

' fire 

* work in cement 

' " in mortar 1.6-2 ... 

* soft 

Bromine 

Bronze, Cu. 8 parts, tin 1, gun 

metal 



Sp. Gr. 



3-391 

-657 

-857 

6.710 

6.670 

-793 
1.300 
1.200 
2.900 
5-673 
3-073 
•752 
.610 
1.277 
2.850 



.400 

4.279 

4-350 

.470 

2.710 

2.100 

.822 

.771 

.624 

1.034 

•965 

3-594 

2.723 

5.420 

9.822 

8.124 

4-4^5 

.567 

.848 

I-053 
1.245 
2.500 

.924 
8 100 
7.820 
8.832 
8.380 
8.214 
2.400 
I 633 
2.201 
1.800 
i.Soo 
1.600 

3.00 

8.500 



Weight 
of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



212.0 

41. 1 

53-6 

41937 

417-9 

490 

81 25 

75.00 

181.25 

3546 

192.1 

47.0 

38-15 

80.0 

178.15 



25.0 

267.3 

272.0 

29.4 

169.4 

131-25 

51-4 

48.2 

39- o 

64.62 

60.31 

223.4 

170.2 

33875 
614.0 

507-75 
276.0 

354-4 
53.000 

65-875 

778 

156.25 

57-75 
506. 

488.75 
552.0 
524.0 

5134 
150.0 
102. 1 
137.6 
X12 5 
112. 5 
100. o 
187.5 

531^5 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



37 



B 



Bullet, wood 

Butter 

Butternut wood. 



Sp. Gr. 



C 



C-admlum 

Calcite, transparent 2.52-2.73 

Calcium 

Campeachy wood 

Camphor 

Caoutchouc (India rubber) 

Carbon, diamond 

" graphite 

Carbonate of Baryta 

" " Iron (iron spar) 

" "lead (white lead).... 

" " lime, arragonite 

" " " Iceland spar 

" *' magnesia, giobertite. 

" "manganese 

'* " strontia 

Camelian (speckled) 

Cedar, wild 

" Palestine 

'* Indian 

Cement, Am. hydraulic Rosendale, 

loose 

Cement, Am. hydraulic, well 

shaken 

Cement, Am. hydranlic, thorough- 
ly shaken 

Cement, a struck bus. loose, 75lbs. 
" " well shaken, 88 lbs. 

** " packed for sale 100 

" I bbl. contains 3 struck 

bushels, or 3^ cub. ft. packed 

Cement, ■. — 

" Portland ? about no C av. . 
" Roman 3 lbs. bush. { av. . 

Chalcedony, common, 2.6-2.65 

Chalk, 2.752-2.657 

Charcoal of pine 

** fresh burned 

" of oak 

'* of soft wood 

" triturated 

Cherry 

" well seasoned 

Chestnut, perfectly dry 

Chromium 

Chloride of ammonium (sal. am- 
monia) 

Chloride of barium - 

■' calcium 

" silver 

*' sodium 

" potassium 

Chromate of lead 

" of potash 

Chrysolite, 2.782-3.400 .. 

Cider 

Cinnabar 

" from Almaden 

Citron wood 

Clay, dry potters, i . 8-2. i 

*" " in loose lumps 

Clay, with gravel 

Coal, anthracite, i. 436-1. 64 

" asohdyard makes i^ yds. 
when broken for use 



.928 
.942 
•376 



8.690 

2.620 

1.580 

.913 

.998 

•903 

3.530 

3-500 

4.300 

3850 

6.730 

2 046 

2.723 

2.880 

3-550 

3-650 

2.613 

•596 

.613 

1-315 



1.300 
1.560 
2.625 

2-454 
.441 
.380 

1-573 

.280 

1.380 

•715 

.672 

.660 

5.900 

1.520 

3.900 
3.200 
5548 
2.100 
1.836 
6.600 
2.700 

3-091 
I 080 
8.098 
6.920 
.726 
X.900 



2.480 
1-538 



Weight 
of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



58.0 

58.875 

23-5 



543-7 
163- 75 

9^-5 
57- 00 

62 4 

56 4 
220.6 
218.75 
268.7 
240.6 
420.6 
184. 1 
170.2 
180.0 

222. 
228.1 
163-3 
37-25 

38.3 
82.157 

60. 



70. 
80. 



81.25 

97-25 
164 

153-4 
27.562 

23-75 

98.312 

17-50 

86.25 

44-7 

42.0 

41.25 

368.75 

95.0 

231-5 

200. 

346-75 
131.25 

"4-75 
412.5 
168.7 
193.2 

67-5 
506.1 

432-5 
45-4 
119 

63- 
155-0 
96. 



Coal, cannel, 1.238-1. 318 

" caking 

" bituminous, 1.2-1.5 

" broken, loose 

■' a heaped bush. 70-78 lbs. . 

'• a ton occupies from 43-4 

cub. ft 

Cobalt 

' cast 

Cocoa, wood 

Coke 

' ' loose, of good coal 

■' National of Va 

" a heaped bush., 35-42 lbs. . 

'' a ton, 80 to 97 cub. ft 

Columbium 

Concrete, mean 

Copper, cast 

" rolled 

" wire 

Copal 

Coral, red 

■' white 

Cork.. 

Cornelian 

Corundum 

Crab tree 

Cypress tree. 

" " well seasoned 



D 

Deal wood, Christiana 

Deutiodide of mercury 

Deutoxide of mercury 

" copper 

tin. 

Diamond, oriental colorless. . . 

" " colored, av. 

'.' Brazilian 

" " colored.... 

Dog wood 

Dolomite, 2.54-2.83 . . 

Dragon's blood (a resin) 



£ 

Earth, dry common loam, loose. 

" " soil 

" loose dry 

" " slightly moist 

" shaken, more " 

" fluid mud 

" moist sand 

" mould, fresh 

" rammed 

" rough sand 

" with gravel 

Ebony, American 

" Indian 

Egg 

Elker wood 

Elm, perfectly dry 

Elm 

Emerald 

Emery 

Ether, acetic 

' chlorohydric 

* muriatic 

' nitric 

* sulphuric 



Sp. Gr. 



I 278 
1.277 
1-350 



8.600 
7.812 
1.040 
1. 000 



• 746 



6.000 
2.000 

8.788 

895 

8 88 

1045 

2.700 

2.550 

.240 

2.613 

3.710 

.765 

.644 

.441 



.689 
6.320 
11.000 
6.130 
6.700 
3-521 
3-536 
3-444 
3 550 

-756 
2.685 
1.204 



1.280 
2.194 
1.500 



2.050 
2.050 
1.600 
1.920 
2.020 

1-331 

1.209 

1.090 

.695 

• 570 

.671 

2.680 

4.000 

0.868 

.874 

•729 
.Q08 

•715 



"Weight 
of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



80. 

79-8 

84.4 

47- -52. 



537-5 

488 25 

65.0 

62.5 

23.-32. 

46.62 



375-0 
125.0 

549-25 
560.0 
555-0 

65.3 

168.75 

160.0 

150 
163.3 
232.0 
47.81 
40.25 

27.6 



43. 

3950 

687.5 
383.12 

418.75 
220.1 
221.0 

215.25 
222.0 

4725 
168.0 

75-25 



72.-80. 
137/^ 
93-75 

70.-76. 

75--90- 

104-112 

128^ 

128^ 

100. 

120. 

126 J< 

&6ye 

68.0 
43-4 
35-6 
42.0 
167.5 
250. 

54-1 
54-6 
45.6 
56.75 
44-7 



38 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



Fat of beef 

" hogs 

" mutton 

Feldspar, 2 .438-2. 700 

Filbert wood 

Fir, Norway 

Firestone 

Flint, blacK 

■' white 

Fluoride of calcium (fluor spar). 

Fluorine 

Fusel oil 



Gamboge 

Garnet, precious, 4.-4.23 

" common, 3.576-4 

Glass, 2. 50-3 .45 - - - 

" bottle 

" common window, crown 

'■ thick flooring 

" green 

" flint, 2.76-3.00 

" optical 

" white 

Gneiss, common, 2.62-2.76 

" in loose piles 

" hornblendic 

Granite, Egyptian red 

" Patapsco 

" Old Dominion, Va. 

" Quincy - - 

" Scotch - - 

" Susquehanna, Pt. Deposit. 

Gravel, about equal to sand 

Greenstone, ftrap) 2.8-3.2 

" in loose piles 

Grindstone 

Gold, cast pure, 24 carat. 

" native pure , 

* * hammered pure» 1 9, 4r-i 9 • 6 . . 

" 22 carat 

'• 20 'I , 

Gum Arabic 

Gum tree, blue 

" water... 

Gimpowder loose 

" shaken 

" ^oM\lf^ 

Gutta percha 

Gypsum (plaster of Paris) av 

" in lumps 

" grou"nd, loose (st. bush. 

70 lbs.) , , 

Gypsum, ground, well shaken, 80 

lbs 

Gypsum, ground, thoroughly sha 
ken, 90 lbs 



H 



Hackmatack wood. 

Hazel " .- 

Hawthorn *' : 

Heliotrope (bloodstone) < " ^ ? 

Hemlock ,. . . . 

Hickory, pig nut 

" shell bark 



Sp. Gr. 



•923 

•936 

•923 

2.569 

.600 

.512 

1.80 

2.582 

2.504 

3.200 

1.320 

.808 



1.222 

4-"5 
3.288 
2.975 
2.732 
2.520 

2530 
2.642 
2.880 

3-450 
2.892 
2.690 



2.8 
2.654 
2.640 
2.630 
2.652 
2.625 
2.704 
1.749 
3.00 



2.I4J 

19.258 
19.32 
19.50 
17.486 

15-709 
1.452 

•843 
1. 000 

.900 
1. 000 

1.675 

.980 

2.305 



-592 
.860 
.910 

2.664 

.368 
.792 
.690 



Weight 
of a cub. 
ft. in lbs. 



57.68 

58.5 
57.68 
160.6 

37-5 

32.0 

112. o 

161.37 

156.5 

200. 
82.5 
50.5 



76-S 
257 2 

205-5 
186.0 

170-75 
157-5 
158. 1 
165.1 
180.0 
215.6 
180.75 
168. 
96. 
175. 
165 9 
165. 
164.4 
165.75 
164.06 
169.00 
109.31 
187. 
107. 

133-94 
1204. 
1206, 
1217. 
1093.0 

982.0 

90-75 

52.69 

62.5 

56-25 

62.5 

104.7 

61.1 
144. 
82. 

56. 

64. 

72. 



37.00 

53-75 
56.87 

166.5 

23.0 

49-5 
43-12 



H 



Hickory, red 

Holly..... 

Hone, white 

Honey 

Honeystone or Mellite 

Horn 

Hornbeam, wood 

Hornblende 

" black, 3.1-3.4. 

Homstone, 2.533-2.810 

Hyacinth, 4-4 78 

Hydrogen gas 



Ice at 320 F... 

India rubber 

Indigo 

Iodide of potassium 

" silver 

" lead 

Iodine... 

Iridium, cast by electric battery. . 

" hammered 

Iron, cast, 6.9-7.4 

" at 450 lbs to the foot, 8601.6 
cub. in. will make a ton. . 
Tron, wrought, 7 6-7.9 

': magnetic oxide 

" cast, gun metal 

" hot blast 

" cold blast 

" wire 

'• rolled plates 

" large rolled bars 

Ironstone, 3.28-3.57 

Iron wood 

Isinglass 

Ivorjr 



Jackwood 

Jasmine 

Jasper, 2.358-2.816. 

Jet.. : 

Juniper 



Weight 
Sp. Gr. of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



Lance wood 

Larch " 5.44-5.60 

Lard 

Lead, cast 

" rolled 

Lemon tree 

Lignum-vitae 

Lime wood. 

Lime, ordinary quick 

" hydraulic 

" ground, loose, st.bush. 71 lb 
" '* well shaken, 80 " 

" " thoroughly 93^ " 

Limestones & marbles, 2185-2.65.. 

" one cub. yd. solid 

makes about 1.9 yds. loose, 

or 1% yds, piled when .571 

is solid and .429 voids 

Linden wood 

Lithium 

Locust wood - 

Logwood 



.838 

.760 
2.876 
1.450 
1.620 
1.689 

.760 
3-540 
3-25 
2.671 
4-390 
000089 



.920 

-903 
1 009 
3.000 
5.614 
6 100 
4-c 
18.680 
23.000 
715 



7-77 

5.400 

7.308 

7.065 

7.218 

7-774 

7.704 

7.69 

3-475 

I-I5 

i.iii 

1.825 



.670 

.770 

2.587 

1.300 

0.566 



.720 

.552 

•947 
11.352 
11.388 

-703 
1-333 

.804 

•843 
2-745 



52.37s 

47-5 
179-75 
90.62 

101.25 

105.56 
47-0 

221.25 
203.00 
167.0 

273-1 
.0056 



57-5 
56.437 
63.06 
187.5 
350.9 
381.25 
309.25 
1167.5 

1437-5 
446. 



2.75 



.604 

.590 
.728 

-913 



485- 
337-5 
456.7 
441.6 

451-1 

486.0 

481.15 

480. 

217.2 

71- 

69-437 
114.062 



42.0 

48.125 
161. 7 
81.25 
35-37 



45. 

34-5 
59-2 
709.5 
712.0 
43-94 
8.3-31 
50.25 

52- 7 

171-5 

57- 

64. 

75- 
172. 



37-74 
45-5 
45-50 
57.06 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



39 



M 



Magnesia, carbonate of 

*' native hydrate of 

Magnetic oxide of iron 

Mahogany, . 72-1 . 063 ■. . 

" Honduras 

" Spanish 

Malachite, compact 

Manganese 

Maple wood 

" bird's eye 

Marble, Adelaide 

" African 

" Biscayan, black 

" Carara 

" common 

** Egyptian 

" French.... 

" Italian, white 

" Parian 

** Vermont, white 

Marl, mean 

Masonry, of granite or limestone. . 
*' of well scabbled rubble, 

i-S mortar 

Masonry, of granite, dry rubble. . . 
** roughly scabbled rubble 

K-Vi niortar 

Masonry, roughly scabbled, dry 
" at 155 lbs. per cub. ft., a 
cub. yd. weighs 1.868 tons, 
and 14.45 cub. ft.=i T.. 
Masonry of sandstone about Y^ 

less than the above 

Masonry of brickwork, pressed, 

fine joints 

Masonry of brickwork, medium. . 
" " coarse, soft 

bricks 

Masonry at 125 lbs. per cub. ft., a 
cub. yd. weighs 1.507 tons 

and 1 7 92 cub. ft.:=i ton 

Mastic 

" wood 

Melanite or black garnet 

Mercaptan 

Mercury at 0°C. or 32° F 

" '*_4o''F 

« «+6o°F 

« "1I2«F 

Mica, 2.75-3. 1 

Mills tone 

Milk... 

Mineral pitch or asphaltnm, .905 

-1.650 

Mineral tallow 

Molybdenum 

Molybdate of lead 

Mortar, hardened, 1.4-X.9 

Mud, dry close 

" wet, moderately pressed 

" fluid 

Mulberry wood 

" Spanish.. 

Mj-rrh 



Sp. Or. 



8.400 

2.330 

5.400 

.892 

.560 

.852 

3-790 
8.000 

•750 
.576 
2-715 
2.708 
2.695 
2.716 
2.689 
2.668 
2.649 
2.708 
2.838 
2.65 
1-75 



"Weight 
of a cub. 
ft. in lbs. 



N 



Naptha 

Nickel 

" cast 

Nitrate of baryta . 



150.0 
145.6 
337-5 

55-75 

3?- 

53-25 
237.0 
500.0 

46.87 

36. 
169.68 
169.25 
168.43 
169.75 
167.87 
166 75 
165.56 
169.25 

177-37 
165-57 
109.37 

165. 

154- 
138. 

t5o. 
125. 



1.074 
.849 

3-750 
.804 

13-598 

15.632 

13-580 

13-37 

2-93 

2.484 

1.030 

1.277 
0.770 
8 600 
6.700 
1.65 



.897 
1.360 



666 



140. 
125. 



67.125 
53.06 

234-4 

50.25 
849.9 
977.0 

848.75 
835.6 

183. 
155-25 
64.4 

80.0 
48.1 

537 5 
^18.75 

:o3- 

80-110 
:io-i3o 
104-120 

35-o6 

56.06 

85. 



529 
541.6 



8.279 517-3 
3.185*199.] 



N 



Nitrate of lead 

" potash 

" strontia 

Nitre 

Nitrogen (about 1-35 lighter than 
air) 



Oak, African 

" Canadian 

" Dantzic 

" English 

" green 

" heart (60 years old). 

'• live, green 

" " seasoned 

" white, dry 

" red, black, &c 

Obsidian 

Oil of amber 

" aniseseed 

' sweet almonds 

■' bitter " 

' carraway seed 

'' cinnamon 

* citron 

* cloves 

' codfish 

' cottonseed 

' cumin 



' hempseed 

' lavender 

' linseed 

' naptha 

' olive .... 

' palm 

' petroleum 

' poppy seed 

' rape seed. ... .. 

' sunflower 

* spirea 

' turpentine 

* whale 

* wormwood 

Olefiant gas 

Olive wood 

Oolites or roestones, 1.9-2.5 

Opal, precious 

' common 

Opium 

Orange wood 

Orpiment, 3.048-3.5 

Osmium 

Oyster shell 

Oxide of bismuth 9. 



silver. 



Sp. Gr. 



4.400 
1.930 



1.900 



.823 

.872 

•759 

•932 

1. 146 

1.17 

1.26 

I 068 

.860 



Weight 
of a cub. 
ft. in lbs. 



277-5 
120.6 
180.6 
118.75 



Oxygen gas (i-io heavier than air) 



2-359 



•932 
1-043 

.904 
1. 010 

.847 
1.036 

-923 



Palladium , 

rolled 

Paving stones 

Pear wood , 

Pearl, oriental, 2-51-2.75. 

Pearl, stone , 

Peat, dry unpressed 

Peroxide of iron 

" lead 



.969 
.926 

•894 
.940 
.848 

.915 
.969 
.878 

-939 
.914 
.926 

1-173 
.870 

•923 

.907 

.00127 

-923 
2.200 
2. 114 
2.04 
1-336 
-705 
3-274 

10.000 
2.092 
8.968 
7.250 
5.600 

.00143 



51-437 

54.5 

47-43 

58.25 

71.625 

73-125 

78-75 
66.75 

53-75 
32-45 
128.7 

54-25 
61.625 
58.25 
65.2 

56.S 
63.1 
53-0 
64.7 
57-6 



11.300 

11.800 

2.416 

.661 

2.630 

2.340 



5-225 



60.6 

57-9 

56. 

58.75 

53-0 

57-i8 

60.56 

54-875 

587 

57-12 

57-875 

73-3 

54-37 

5768 

56.7 

-079 
87.6 

137-0 
[32.1 
C27.5 

83.5 
44.06 

204.6 

625.0 

130.75 
560.5 

453 I 
350.0 
,o8q 



706.2 

737-5 
151.0 

41-31 

164.4 
146.2 
20-30 
326.6 



9.2oo'575.o 



40 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



Peroxide of manganese 

" titanium, rutile. ... 

Persimmon wood 

Peruvian bark 

Petroleum 

Phosphorus 

Pine, Dantzic 

" Memel 

" Riga 

' ' white, perfectly <Jry 

" " looo ft. b. m., weighs 

.Q30 ton 

Pine, yellow Northern, .48-. 62 

" 1000 ft. b. m. weighs 1.276 T. 

" yellow. Southern, .64-. 80 

" " " heart, un- 
seasoned 

Pine, pitch 

Pitch 

Pitchstone, 1.^2-2.72 

Plaster of Paris 

P latinum 

'* wire 

rolled. 

" in grains, native 

forged 

Plum wood 

Plumbago or gra/)hite 

Pomegranate 

Poon wood 

Poplar 

" white 

Porcelain, China 

" Sevres 

Porphyry, red 

Seltzer 

Potassium at 50° F 

Powder, slightly shaken 

Proof spirit - 

Protoxide of antimony 

" copper 

" lead, cast 

Protohcloride of mercury 

Protoioide '■ " 

Protosulphide of tin 

" manganese 

" copper V 

Pummice stone, .792-. 914 



Quartz, common purft 

" finely pulverized,loose 

" well shaken 

** " " packed 

'• quarried loose, i part solid, 

makes 1% loose 

Quince wood 



R 

Realgar, 3.225-3.38 

Red lead 

Red oxide of manganese. 

Resin or rosin 

Rhodium 

Rock crystal 

Rosewood 

Rotten stone 

Ruby 

Ruthenium 



Sp. Gr. 



480 
.250 
,710 
.784 
,878 
,770 
649 
•550 
,466 
,400 



.550 



.720 

.04 

• ISO 
.150 

•345 
.176 
■530 
.042 
.060 
.500 
■336 
.785 
.200 

•351 
.580 

•383 
•529 
.300 

.145 
•765 
.003 

• 865 
.000 
.916 

778 
300 
500 
140 

750 
267 
950 
690 



2^6s 



•705 



i.278 
.940 
.722 
.089 
1.650 

•735 

.728 

.981 

.04 

.600 



Weig-ht 
ofa cub. 
ft.in lbs, 



280.0 
265.6 

44-375 
49.0 

54-875 
no. 6 
40. 

34-3 
29.0 
25.0 



34-3 



45 -o 

65.0 
71.7 

71.9 
146.6 

73-5 
1342. 

1315 I 

1379- 
1094. 
1271. 
49.06 

137-5 
84.62 
36.25 
23 9 
33-06 
143-75 
134-1 
172.8 
62.7 

54-1 

62.5 

56.0 

361.0 

331-2 

593-7 
446. 

484 4 
329.2 
247.0 
355-6 
55-2 



165.0 

90. 

105. 

112. 



44.06 



204,7 

558.7 
295.1 
68.1 
665.6 
171. o 

45-5 
123.8 

252-5 

537"5 



Salt 

Saltpetre 

Sand, pure quartz, dry and loose. . 

" struck bushel, 1 12-133 lbs. -. 

" average 98 lbs. per cub. ft.. 

" a struck bush. =122^ lbs 

and 18.29 bush.=i ton. A 

cub. yd. := 1. 1 81 tons, and 

22. 86 ft.=i ton 

Sand, well shaken, st. bush. 123- 

147 lbs 

Sand, well packed ... 

" perfectly wet, drained off. . . 
Sandstones, for building, dry, 2. 10 

-2.73--: : 

Sandstones, piled, i measure solid 

^ ,-=^^ 

bapphire - 

" oriental 

Sardonyx 

Sassafras wood 

Satin wood 

Scammony of Smyrna 

Schorl 



Sea water 

Selenium 

Selenite of lead 

Serpentine, 2.264-3.00 

Sesquioxide of manganese 

Shale, red or black 

Shingle, (pebbles and sand) 

Silicate of zirconia 

Silver, pure cast 

" hammered 

" glance, 5.2-7.2 

Slate, 2.672-2.90 

" purple 

" drawing 

Smalt 

Snow, freshly fallen 

" compacted by rain 

Soapslone or steatite, 2 65-280 

Soap 

Sodium at 59' F 

Spar, fluor 3.094:3.791 

" feld , 

" calc, 2.62-2.837 

Spelter or zinc, 6.8-7.2 

Spermaceti 

Spruce 

Stalactite. 2.323-2.546 

Starch 

Steam 

Steel, 7.8 to 7.9 

" plates 

" soft 

" tempered and hardened 

" wire 

Stone, Bath, Eng 

" BlueHiU 

" Bluestone (basalt) 

" Breakneck, N.Y 

" Bristol, Eng 

' ' Caen, Normandy 

" common 

" Craigleth, Eng. 

" grind 

" Kentish rag. 

" Kipsbay, N. Y 

" Norfolk, Parliament house. . 

" Portland, En^ _.. 



Weight 
Sp. Gr. 'of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



2.07 

2.090 

1.65 



2 41 



3-994 
4,100 
2.615 
.482 
-885 
1.274 
3.170 
1.026 
4.400 
7.690 
2.634 
4 810 
2.600 
1.420 



10.474 
10.511 
6.25 
2.791 
2.784 
2. no 
2.440 



2-73 
1. 071 

-972 
3-442 
2.700 
2.729 
7.000 

•943 
.500 

2-434 

•950 

.0088 

7-85 
7.806 

7-833 
7.818 
7.847 
1. 961 
2.640 
2.625 
2.704 
2.510 
2.076 
2.520 
2.316 
2.142 
2.651 

2-759 
2.304 
2.368 



129.4 

1 30. 62 
90-106 



99-117 
101-119 
120-140 

150. 

86 

237.1 
256.2 

1634 
30.122 

55-315 
79-6 
198. 1 
64.1 

275- 
480.6 
164.6 
306.2 
162.5 
88.7 



654.6 
686.9 
390.6 

i73-« 

174. 

132. 

152. 
5 to 12 
15-20 

170 
669 
60.7s 

21S-1 

168.75 

170.6 

437-5 
58.937 
31-25 

152. 1 

59-37 
-055 
490.0 
488. 
489.6 
488.6 
490.4 
122.56 
165. 
164. 
169. 
156.8 
129.75 
IS7-5 
144-75 
134.0 
165.6 
172. 
144. 



* See Gen. Q. A. Gillmore's Report on the Strength and Specific Gravity of Building Stones. 



TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND SPECIFIC GRAVITIES. 



41 



Stone, rotten -. 

" sandstone (mean) 

" Sydney 

" StatenId.,N.Y 

" Sullivan Co 

Strontium 

Sugar 

Sulphate of Baryta, (heavy spar) . 

" strontia (celestine) 

" lead 

" silver 

" lime (anhydrite 

" " gypsum 

" potash 

" soda, anhydrous 

Sulphide of antimony 

" bismuth 

" carbon 

" lead, galena 

" molybdenum 

" silver - 

" zinc (blende) 

Sulphur, native 

'• fused "... 

Sycamore wood 



Talc, mean 

'< black 

Tallow 

Tamarack tree 

Tar 

Teak, African oak, 6.57-7.45 

Tellurium 

Thalium 

Tile 

Tin, Cornish hammered 

" " pure 

Topaz (oriental) 

Tourmaline 

Trap 

Tungsten. 

Turf, or peat dry and unpressed. 
Turquoise. 2.50-3.00 



Sp.Gr. 



2.400 
2.237 
2.976 
2.688 
2.540 
1.606 
4.700 
3-950 
6.300 
5-340 
2.900 
2.305 
2.400 
2,630 

4-334 
6 540 
1.263 
7.580 
4.600 
7.200 
4.160 
2.086 
1.990 
.623 



2.800 

2.900 

.940 

•383 
1. 00 
.701 
6. 1 10 

11.850 
1.815 
7-390 
7.291 
4. 01 1 
3.210 
2.720 

17.600 



Weight 
of a cub. 
ft.in lbs. 



2.750 



150.0 
139.8 
186. 
168. 

158.7 
100.4 

293-7 
247.0 

393-7 
333-7 
181. 2 
144.0 
150.0 
164.4 
270.9 
408.7 
789.4 

473-7 
287.5 
450.0 
260. 
130.4 
124.4 
39- o 



I75-0 

181.25 

58.6 

23-93 
62.25 

43-8 
382.0 
740.6 

113-4 
462.0 

455-7 
250.7 
200.6 
170.0 

IIOO.O 

20-30 
172.0 



u 



Ultramarine . 
Uranium 



Vine wood 

Vinegar, j.013-1.080. 

W 



Walnut wood 

" black.. 

Water, pure rain or distilled, at 32° 
•* " 60° 

** sea 

" Dead Sea 

" Meditteranean 

Wax, bees 

" shoemakers 

Whey, cows 

White oak, upland 

'• James River 

Willow, . 585-. 486 

Wine, Bordeaux 

* Burgundy 

' white champagne 

* Constance 

* Madeira 

■• Malaga 

" Port 

Wolfram 

Woodstone, 2 .045-2. 675 



Yew, Dutch. . . 
" Spanish. 



Zeolite- 

Zircon 

Zinc, cast... 
" rolled. 



Sp. Or. 


2.360 
18.23 


1.327 
1.047 


.671 
.500 


1. 000 
1.026 



1.029 

•965 
.897 

1. 019 

.687 

•759 
•535 
•993 
.991 

•997 
1.081 
1.038 
1.022 

•997 
7.119 
2.360 



.807 



2.40 

4-542 



Weight 
of acuD. 
ft.in lbs. 



147-5 
114.8 



83.0 
65,5 



41-937 

31-25 

62.37 

62.331 

64.1 

78 o 

64«3 

60.5 

56.1 

65.0 

42.9 

47-3 

33-4 

62.1 

62.0 

62.3 

67.6 

65.0 

64.0 

62.3 
445- 
I47-S 



49.2 
50.4 



150.0 
284.0 
428.8 



7. 191 449.4 



42 ESTIMATE FOR RAILROAD SUPERSTRUCTURE. 



Section V. 



The accompanying estimates for one mile of R.R. super- 
structure, and for an art building, will illustrate briefly the methods 
of working up and presenting the data contained in this chapter : 

Estimate for one mile of Superstructure for the Cincinnati Southern R. R.* 

Iron rail at the present time. 

94.285 tons Iron Rail, @, $52.75, $4,973 54 

360 Joints, @ $1 40 50400 

6000 Spikes, @ $2 85 per C. ^ 171 00 

2640 Cross Ties, 8 ft. x 6 ins. x 8 ins. and 10 ins., @ 40 cents,.. 1,056 00 

Ballasting, - .i, i>5oo 00 

Distribution of Material, 250 00 

Laying Track 400 00 

$8,854 54 
If Steel Rails be used it will require 

83.285 tons, @ $76 75, $6,392 12 

360 Joints, @ 95 cents, 342 00 

And for distributing material 230 00 

The remaining items being the same as above, give a total of. . .$10,091 12 

The total estimate for cost of track was for 

132 miles Steel Rails, @ $10,091 12, ,..$1,332,027 84 

129 " Iron " including 25 miles of turnouts, @ 

$8.854.54 $1,027,689 66 

Switches and frogs 30,000 00 

$3,389,717 50 
From which $30,000 were deducted for old rails, leaving. .$3,359,717 50 

* From the report of Thos. D. Lovett, Consulting and Principal £ng. Nov. i, 1875. 



ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 43 



REVISED DESIGN 



IN COMPETITION FOR PROPOSED 



CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION BUILDING, 



FOR EXPOSITION OF 



INDUSTRY OF ALL NATIONS^ 

To BE HELD IN PHILADELPHIA IN 1 876. 



John McArthur, Jr., 
Joseph M. Wilson, C. E., 

Architects, 



LIST OF PLANS TO ACCOMPANY REVISED DESIGN.* 

1. South Elevation, Main Building. 

2. Plan ot first floor. Main Building. 

3. Plan of second floor. Main Building. 

4. Plan of basement of Memorial Hall. 

5. Section through Memorial Hall. 

6. Section through Temporary Building. 

7. Block Plan. 

8. Supplementary Block Plan. 

9. Plan showing Temporary Buildings removed. 

10. Perspective of Memorial Building. 

11. Interior Perspective of Memorial Hall. 
Plans, Elevations, &c., of Preliminary Design, 



* These plans are omitted, as the elements of the design are sufficiently manifest from the accom- 
panying description. 



44 ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDINGt. 



TO THE HONORABLE THE COMMITTEE ON PLANS AND ARCHITECTURE, 
OF THE U. S. CENTENNIAL COMMISSION: 

Gentlemen : — In presenting our modified preliminary plans of the pro- 
posed Centennial Exposition Buildings, for a second and final competition, 
we respectfully call attention to the following essential and consequently 
important considerations : 

1st. Our design can be executed without fail between now and 1876. 
2d. It admits of the most plain and common sense application of the dual 
classification. 

3d. It is built of the ordinary materials — iron, brick and wood — in every 
day use in the United States, and they are used according to the latest and 
most improved methods of construction. 

4th. Both the exterior and the interior effects are more imposing than 
those of any previous Exhibition Building in the world. 

5th. The ordinary rolled sections of wrought iron having been used, and 
the reduplication of parts having been carefully attended to in working up 
the design, the result is that these superb effects can be obtained at the most 
reasonable cost. 

6th. We confidently believe that the Memorial Hall will be found, when 
left standing alone after the Exhibition is over, to be a fair representative of 
the progress which America has made in Engineering and Architecture 
during the past hundred years. We have made the following modifications 
in our design : 

First, we have abandoned altogether the use of galleries Modification of 
for exhibition purposes ; and secondly, we have simplified o"ginaI design. 
the construction of the temporary portion of the building ; omitting the 
towers and modifying the fronts so as to lessen as far as practicable the cost 
of this part of the structure, consistent with a creditable appearance, and a 
proper adaptation to the purposes in view. The space formerly provided in 
the galleries has been transferred to the first floor, thereby enlarging the 
plan, and in this respect, perhaps, increasing the expense; but there is no 
doubt as to its being a decided improvement for exhibition purposes. In 
order to obtain good views of the scene below, narrow galleries have been 
placed in the Memorial Hcdl, and in certain parts of the Temporary Build- 
ings ; but they have not been included in what would be denominated the 
exhibition space of the structure. 

The block plan shows the general arrangement of the The block 
building, and its accessories. The portion tinted carmine p^^- 
represents Memorial Hall; and that tinted India ink, is the temporary 
part. 



ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. . 45 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 

The modified design comprises a central, permanent, Memorial Hall, 
flanked by two equal temporary wings. The Memorial Hall itself forms a- 
complete design, either alone or in connection with the temporary parts. 

The Memorial Hall consists of two principal parts cross- Memorial 
ing each other at right angles, forming a nave with transepts, ^^^^ 
at the intersection of which, in the centre, rises a tower. This is entirely of 
skeleton construction, built of wrought iron, and the lower ^, 

' . The tower. 

portion open, so as to obstruct the view as little as possible ; 
being formed of sixteen columns, arranged in sets of four each, with those 
of each set braced vertically and laterally, to resist the heaviest winds. The 
exterior portion above the roof of the building is covered with galvanized 
iron on the vertical sides, and slate on the roofs ; and at proper inten^als in 
the height, floors are laid to furnish outlooks to visitors ; access being had 
to the same, by convenient stairways and steam elevators, suirways and 
Platforms are intended on the ridges of the main roof, ac- ^^^^^ elevators, 
cessible from the tower. These platforms will not be observed from the 
ground below, and will be found very attractive as promenades. The four 
main fronts of the building are each designed so as to be finished and com- 
plete in themselves, when the temporary structures are removed. The 
south front, which we consider the main approach, provides South entrance or 
on the first floor an ample entrance flanked by waiting mam approach. 
rooms, both for ladies and gentlemen, with all appropriate conveniences ; 
also, coat room, telegraph office, and news stand. A portion of the area 
under the main roof, and not interfering with the classified Restaurant. 
exhibits, is devoted to restaurant purposes, as also are open corridors or 
porches on the sides. A basement is intended under this front, divided into 
kitchens, pantries, rooms for steam boilers, fuel, cellars, &c.; 
boilers will furnish steam for cooking, for heating the build- tries, ^team 
ings when necessary, and for motive power for elevators. 
The kitchens connect with restaurants above by dumb waiters. From the 
first floor, the second floor is reached by wide stairways. It Foyer or concert 
contains a foyer or concert room, retiring rooms, and some ^°°^- 
smaller rooms which may be used by commissioners, or rented to officials 
representing the various countries exhibiting. Such rooms will be found 
very convenient, and can readily be let at remunerative rates. The foyer 
opens on a gallery next to the interior of the building, which Galleries, 
communicates with open corridor restaurants at the sides, and connects with 
galleries extending around into the transeptSj and having stairways in the 
transept towers to the first fioor. The foyer communicates in the front of 
the building with an open air promenade over the main carriage porch. 
The north front provides on the first floor; the proper conve- North entrance, 
niences for visitors entering at this end of the building ; and also contains a 
restaurant within the building, and open corridor restaurants at the side. 
Wide stairways communicate to a large organ and orchestra Organ. 



46 • ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 

or chorus gallery, from which side galleries run the whole Orchestra gallery, 
length of the nave, and around into the transepts, the same as those from 
the south front. Under this front is a basement or cellar, that may be used 
for the same purposes as that under the south front. There is ample water 
closet accommodation on the first floor of the transept towers. The Memo- 
rial Building being intended to be permanent, there are certain features in 
way of kitchens, cellars, heating apparatus, &c., introduced, not so much on 
account of being required now, as that they will be needed in the future. 

The two equal portions of the temporary building con- Temporary portion 
necting with the permanent building at the transepts, may °^ ^^ building, 
be said to consist each of a nave, with transepts facing north and south. 
The nave is available directly for exhibition purposes, forming with the tran- 
septs of the Memorial Building, a grand space of 2,040 feet Qrand space for 
long- by •^60 feet wide. In the transepts are located offices, exhibits, with 

, . . o •„ r ,1 offices, &c. 

ample waitmg rooms, restaurants, &c., as will more fully 
appear on examination of the plans. These departments all require provi- 
sion to be made for them, and we prefer placing them in transepts, distinct 
as it were from the exhibits, yet convenient to them, thus allowing us to 
obtain the necessary projections for a fine facade to the elevation, and at 
the same time fully utilizing all of the space. 

The width of the nave, 360 feet, is made up of a centre ^^^^^ ^^ .j.^^^^ 
span of 120 feet, two spans of 72 feet, and four spans of 24 septs, 
feet each. Small galleries have been introduced in the transepts and at the 
ends of the naves, the latter communicating with outside terraces or porti- 
coes, from which fine views can be obtained. The suites of rooms in the 
second floor of transepts, can be made use of for bureaus of foreign com- 
missions, &c. It will be seen by reference to the cross sec- Light, 
tions, that ample light has been obtained for the whole building without re- 
sort to skylights. 

There are certain portions of the temporary buildings contiguous to the 
Memorial Hall, and marked A A, BB, on the block plan, that have been 
taken in our computations of areas, estimates, &c., as temporary, but which 
we would recommend to your committee, if possible, to retain as perma- 
nent, when the temporary buildings are removed. The open corridors or 
porches, AA especially, now intended for restaurant purposes, will be found 
very pleasant adjuncts to the permanent building, and in working up the 
perspective for this, we have shown them as retained. 

We would call attention to the great number of openings Openings and 
that we have provided for the reception of goods. The ^^"^• 
main entrances are all large and commodious, and all of the first story win- 
dows open to the floor, in the temporary and permanent building, forming 
doors of 10 feet width of openings one occurring on the side of the building 
every 24 feet. These are all available for the reception of goods, and may 
be used or not after the exhibition opens, as may be desired. Levels and 
The level of the floor of the building has been assumed at s^^^es. 



ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 47 

118, and of the ground outside the walls, at 114, which is about the grade 
of Belmont avenue. This will allow us to cross Belmont avenue with our 
temporary tracks at grade, and run them into the building Railroad commu- 
4 feet below the level of the- floor. This is the standard °ication. 
height adopted in this country for freight platforms above the rails. It is 
the most convenient for unloading, as it brings the floor of car level with the 
platform of building ; and joist can easily be introduced and floored over a 
few days before the exhibition opens, leaving the track below ready for use 
again when the exhibition is over. We have introduced four tracks through 
the whole length of the building, and more can be put in if desired. 

Underneath certain portions of the floor of the temporary storage of empty 
buildings, considerable area occurs, and the idea has been boxes. 
suggested of appropriating this to the storage of empty boxes, &c. It 
would be very useful for this purpose, except on account of the great risk 
from fire, and for this reason we would not recommend it. ^^^sk from fire. 
Dust is a great trouble to exhibitors, and it is absolutely Removal of dust 
necessary to adopt the best means of removing this expeditiously and quietly. 
We know of no better method than that of laying the temporary floors with 
a narrow space between the boards, into which the dust may fall; the same 
as adopted in most of the previous exhibitions. This plan is open to the 
objection of allowing articles, carelessly dropped, to fall through and be 
lost. If the floors are laid close, the dust accumulates very rapidly, and 
must be swept up in piles and conveyed away, at considerable trouble, ex- 
pense, and risk of spreading again over the exhibits. The utmost care 
might not prevent a match, for instance, from dropping through one of 
these openings, and the presence of boxes and packing cases below, would 
increase the risk of fire immensely. 

Plan No. 8 shows the system of drainage proposed for Drainage, 
the building, to connect with a main sewer on Forty-eighth street. It also 
shows the arrangement of water supply, fire plugs, and gas pipes. 

No previous exhibitions have been artificially lighted, or Ligi^^ng with 
open at night, on account of the danger from fire. There g«s, and night 
is no doubt that the receipts would be vastly increased, if 
such an arrangement were possible. The public in this country are not as 
well accustomed to day exhibitions as in Europe ; and our previous experi 
ence in all cases has been, that the evening receipts amount to a large pro- 
portion of the total. What we propose is, to light the building by large 
reflectors, such as are used in our railroad depots, suspended from the roof, 
and rows of lights along the various iron cornices, where necessary, the gas 
being ignited by means of electricity, as now in practical use in many 
places. Gas itself drops no sparks. By such . a method of lighting, the 
burners being far above anything inflammable, the risk of fire would be at a 
minimum. 



48 ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 

DIMENSIONS. 

The following are the principal dimensions of the build- Dimensions. 

ing: 

Memorial Hall. 

Length of nave, exclusive of waiting rooms at ends,- -.-.-... ---.720 feet. 

Length through transepts, 456 " 

Span, in clear, of nave and transepts^ each, — 216 



« 



Temporary Building. 

Extreme length of each nave, 884 feet. 

Length through transepts, — - _ 700 " 

Total width of nave, -- - _ 360 " 

" ** transepts, 312 " 

Extreme total length of whole building, 2,224 " 

Area available for classified exhibition purposes, 734,400 sq. ft... 16.86 acres 
Portion of Memorial Hall available for unclassified Exhibition 

purposes, 67,392 sq. ft, 1.55 " 

First floor area for restaurants, not including open air corridors, 

177,808 sq. ft 4.08 ". 

Total first floor area for exhibition and restaurants, without open 

corridors, -- 22.49 ** 

Area of open corridors, first floor, 29,400 sq. ft o. 6 " 

Area for offices, waiting rooms, &c 2. 3 " 

Total area first floor, 25,39 '* 

Height of central tower to extreme top of finial 500 feet. 

Side of square base of tower, 120 " 

Height of nave, floor to ridge of roof, 148 " 

By way of comparison, in order to obtain an idea of the Comparison with 
dimensions given 'above, we would state that the span of other buildings, 
the roof of the Memorial Hall, 216 feet, is 16 feet greater than that of the 
Grand Central Depot in New York City; that the centre span of the nave 
of the temporary building, viz., 120 feet, is exactly the same as that of the 
grand nave at Sydenham Crystal Palace, London, and that the width of the 
sqaare base of tower, 120 feet, is very nearly the same as the outside diame- 
ter of the dome on the Capitol at Washington; the height of this tower, 500 
feet, being the greatest in the world. 

The extreme height of the dome at Washington is, 287 feet 5X inches. 

St. Peter's, at Rome, 430 " 

Spire of Friburg Cathedral, 385 " 

Spire of Strasburg, 468 " 

Spire of St. Stephen's, Vienna, 441 " 

Spire of Town Hall, Brussels, 374 " 

Spire of Antwerp Cathedral, 406 " 



ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 49 

The spires of Cologne Cathedral, when finished, according to the original 
design, will be 510 feet high, and the height of tower of the new public 
buildings for the City of Philadelphia, when completed, will be 450 feet. 
As it regards the height of the nave of the Memorial Hall, which is 148 feet 
above the floor, we would state ihat the height of the 

Nave at Strasburg is loi feet. 

'' Cologne Cathedral, 155 '* 

" St. Peter's, at Rome, ...150 " 

" Bourges, France, 117 " 

" Chartres, 106 " 

We are confident that a far finer and grander effect can be produced by a 
tower as we have designed it, at much less cost than by a dome. The only 
iron dome of any size in existence, with which comparison can be made, is 
that at Washington. This dome having the same diameter at base as our 
tower, and far less height, cost $950,000, exclusive of the base of the old 
dome which extended from the ground to the height of 68 feet. In estima- 
ting for the cost of the tower, we beg to state that we have computed all of 
the material necessary to resist safely the greatest stresses that can come 
upon it, and have made our estimate from the number of pounds weight of 
this material, so that we believe oyr figures are correct. 

* i^ ^ ^ ^ * It 

ESTIMATE IN DETAIL. 
In accordance with the request of the Commission, by their circular of 
October 2d, 1873, we hereby furnish the following itemized statement of the 
quantities and prices of all the material estimated to be necessary to build 
the structures according to our design as presented. 

In preparing our estimate we have been conscientious, and we feel no 
doubt but that the Commission can have the buildings constructed for the 
amounts we have here stated. Our prices and quantities are full, and it is 
quite probable in working up the finished drawings, that some of the items 
can be reduced both in amount and price. We have been careful not to 
under estimate any portion of the work, but have made it a point in every 
instance to assure ourselves that the figures presented are a maximum. 

Memorial Building. 
Foundations and Stone Walls. 

18,632 j^ perches masonry, @, $9.00 $167,693 00 

4,000 perches masonry, @, $10,00, 49,000 00 

$207,693 00 

Bricks and Brick Work. 

13,264,257 bricks, @, $35.00 per M 464,249^30 

(The price of brick is made to include a large 
amount of ornamental tile, terra cotta, and stone 
laid with the brick, that could not be separated in 

detail, also colored bricks.) 

Carried forward '- $671,942 00 

D 



so ESTIMATE FOR AN AKT BUILDING. 

Brought forward $671,942 00 

Dressed Stone, 
78,375 cubic feet, @ $3.00, 235,126 cx3 

Wrought and Cast Iron Work, 
4 200,000 )bs. wrought iron roof trusses. 
1,259,250 lbs. wrought iron purlins. 
3,200,000 lbs. wrought iron, main tower. 
300,000 lbs. wrought iron gable ends. 
720,550 lbs. wrought iron, north and south 
fronts and transept towers. 

9,679,800 lbs. wrought iron, @, 10 c, $967,880 00 

Elevators, main tower, 32,00000 

Stairways, main tower, 86,027 00 

1,720,540 lbs. cast iron, @ 5 c, 86,027 00 

1,010 feet lineal crest railing on roof, @ $7.00,. . 7,070 00 

1,124,877 00 

Carpenters' Work and Lumber, 
143,^43 feet B. M. jiurlins, sheathing and flooring 
in tower, and flooring in galleries, white pine, 

@ $70,00, -. $10,020 00 

807,848 fjet B. M, temporary flooring, part hem- 
lock, Qi} $50.00, 40.392 00 

1,377 piles, hemlock, @ $5.00 each, 6,885 ^^ 

Carpenters' work and lumber in north and south 

fronts and transept towers, 216, 1 66 00 

273,463 00 

Galvanized Iron Work. 

Tower, $145,000 00 

Gables, 30,000 00 

264 clerestory windows, @ $60.00 each, 15,840 00 

198 dormer windows, @ $50.00 each, 9,9^9 00 

66 main windows, @ $120.00 each, 7,920 00 

3.360 feet lineal main cornice, @ $5.00 each, 16,800 00 

Finish in north and south fronts, and transept 

towers, windows, cornices, roofs, &c. 5 1,872 00 

277,332 cx> 

Hardware, 

Hardware, : 15,000 00 

Plumbing, Gas Fitting and Drainage. 
7,150 feet lineal 4 inch pipe from roof, @ 60 c.,. . $4,290 00 
660 feet lineal 3 inch pipe from corridors, @ 50 c, 330 00 

1,270 feet lineal 12 inch, terra cotta, @, 80 c, 1,016 00 

3,960 feet lineal 4 inch, terra cotta, @ 20 c, 792 00 

Carried forward - $2,597,740 00 



ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 5 1 

Brought forward $2,597,740 00 

1 10 4 inch bends, terra cotta, @, 65 c. , 75 50 

no 4 inch by 12 inch T's, terra cotta, @ $3.00. . 330 00 

22 3 inch by 12 inch T's, terra cotta, @, $3.00,.. 66 00 

72 3 inch bends, terra cotta, @ 50 c, 1 1 00 

4,200 feet of 12 inch pipe, terra cotta, @, 80 c, . . 3,360 00 

45 water closet containers, $ 14.00, 630 00 

45 water closet basins, @, $5.00, 225 00 

45 6 inch by 8 inch T's, terra cotta, @$i.75, 78 75 

600 feet of 8 inch pipe, terra cotta, @ 45 c, 270 00 

45 41b. lead traps, @ $5.00, 225 00 

225 feet of ^ inch lead supply pipe, @ 50 c., 1 12 50 

6 ^ inch stop and water cocks, @ $2.50, 15 00 

360 feet of 3 inch iron pressure pipe, @, 70 c, 252 00 

I 3 inch stop cock, 30 00 

350 feet of 2 inch iron pressure pipe, @, 50 c, 175 00 

6 2 in(.h stop cocks, @ $10.00, 60 00 

330 feet of I inch extra strong lead pipe, @, 80 c, 264 00 

300 feet of /£ inch extra strong lead pipe, @ 60 c, 180 00 

350 feet of 2 inch lead waste pipe, @ 75 c, 262 50 • 

6 marble tops, 8 holes each, @ $75.00, 450 00 

50 wash basins, @ $3.50, 175 00 

50 silver plated basin cocks, @ $6.00, 300 00 

50 silver plated plugs and washers, $2.00, 100 00 

150 feet of J4 inch extra strong lead pipe, @ 50c., 75 00 

6 )4 inch stop and waste cocks, @ $2,25, 13 50 

4 I inch stop and waste cocks, @, $3.00, 12 00 

250 feet of 2 inch cast iron pipe, @ 50 c, 125 00 

5ourinals, wedgewood ware, small pattern, @ $7 00 350 00 

50 urinal cocks, plated, @, $5.00, 25000 

I, coo feet of 4 inch pipe, terra cotta, @ 20 c, 200 00 

4 2 inch stop cocks, @, $10, 4000 

660 feet of 8 inch pipe, terra cotta, @ 4'5 c, 297 00 

3500 feet of gas pipe, 6 sizes, @, 20 c, 700 00 

48 reflectors, @ $50.00, 2,400 00 

Electrical lighting, 5>i5o 00 

Draining in of water-closets, urinals and basins, .. 1,387 00 
48 6 light brackets, glass drops, under tower, (a^ 

$60.00, 2,880 00 

Incidentals, 5>o45 25 

37,000 00 

S/a/e Roofing. 

4,701^ squares slate roofing, @ $12.00, - 56,418 00 

Carried forward .' $2,691,158 00 



52 ESTIMATE FOR AN ART BUILDING. 

Brought forward $2,691,158 00 

Galvanized Iron and Tin Roofing. 
271,320 square feet galvanized iron roo^ No. 22, 

@ 25 c, $67,830 00 

1887 square feet tin roofing, @ II c, 2,170 00 

70,000 00 

Plastering. 

24,000 square yards plastering, @ 50 c, 12,000 00 

Painting and Glazing. 
English ribbed glass % thick is intended in the 

nave and transepts, @ 50 c, per square foot 

set, and first quality American double thick for 

north and south fronts and transept towers. 

loOjOco square feet of glass, @ 50 c, $50,000 00 

Painting nave, transepts and main tower, 75,000 00 

Painiing and glazing north and south fronts, and 

transept towers, 54j042 00 

179,042 00 

Heating and Cooking Apparatus, 
Including 8 boilers 14 feet long, 54 inch diameter, 

50 horse power each, and 125,000 feet steam 

pipe, valves, radiators, &c., complete, 50,000 00 

Incidentals, -.... 140,000 00 

$3,142,200 00 



QUESTIONS. 53 



QUESTIONS ON THE SECOND CHAPTER. 

Page 9. Of what use are preliminary estimates ? What are the essen- 
tial elements of all estimates ? 

Page 13. What is a standard unit? What are ambiguities and why- 
should they be avoided ? 

Page 14. How do the U. S. and British measures compare? What is 
the difference between the standard yards ? Give the rule for reducing one 
to the other. Repeat the table for U. S. linear measure ; also the miscel- 
laneous measures. 

Page 1 5 . What is the difference between a statute and nautical mile ? 
What is the value of a degree of latitude at the equator and the pole ? 
How is the length of a degree of longitude determined for any latitude? 
What units are used in measuring land and for line surveys ? 

Page 16. Give the- divisions of the metric system for linear measures and 
their equivalent values. Which are the road measures ? What are the 
units for surfaces both in the U. S. and France ? 

Page 17. What are their subdivisions and multiples ? 

Page 18. What are the units for volumes ; how divided? How do Gov- 
ernment engineers measure stone, sand, earth, timber, &c. ? 

Page 19. What is the difference between the mason's and quarryman's 
perch ? How are walls less than 16^^ thick to be measured ? What are the 
best units ? What are the units of capacity? Give the dimensions of a 
bushel. What is a heaped bushel ; a struck bushel ? State the relations 
in dry measure ; in liquid measure. 

Pages 20 and 21. What are the dimensions of a gallon ? What are the 
divisions of the gallon used by apothecaries ? Name the French measures 
of capacity. What are the Spanish units? What is the unit of weight? 
Give the table. 

Pages 22 and 23, How many cubic inches are there in a pound of water? 
Give the table for Troy weight. Apothecaries' weight. What is the French 
system of weights? 

Page 24. How is time divided ? What is the distinction to be made in 
the several years in use ? What is a month ? 

Page 25. What is a working day ? How is the law to be construed ? 

Page 26. How is lumber sold ? Define board measure. How are con- 
tents calculated ? How is round timber measured ? What are inch and 
piece spars ? What allowances are made for bark on round timber ? How 
are straight pieces, keels, wharf and crib timber, &c., measured ? 



54 QUESTIONS. 

Page 27. Sawed timber is how sold ? What is the unit in carpenters* 
work ? Give the rules for measuring the several parts of building as stated 
in the context. 

Page 28. Excavators' work is how measured ? What is meant by the 
lead f How are prices adjusted for long hauls? Bed of foundation is how 
measured ? dredging ? rock work, clearing and grubbing ? What is the 
unit generally used in mason's work ? How are walls measured for material 
and workmanship ? other forms ? What are the most definite units ? 

Page 31. How is bricklayers' work estimated ? What is the standard? 
Give the average dimensions of a brick. When measured by the rod what 
is the thickness ? How is the number of bricks in any wall determined ; 

Page 32. In plastei'ing how is flat work measured ? cornices, mouldings, 
&c. ? What deductions and extras are allowed ? How is coloring meas- 
ured ? painting? What allowances are made for piece work, balusters, &c. ? 

Page 33. How is glazing computed? Roofing is how measured ? What 
extras are allowed ? What is the unit ? Plumbing ? Paving ? 

Page 34. What is specific gravity ? give the formula and general rule. 
How is the specific gravity of a body lighter than water found? that of a 
fluid ? 

Page 42. How many spikes, ties and joints are required per mile on the 
C. S. R. R. ? What are the estimates for one mile of iron and of steel 
track, laid ? 

Page 44. What were the six " important considerations " to be provided 
for in the plans for the Art Building, U. S. Centennial Exhibition ? 

Pages 45 et seq. How were the original designs modified ? Describe 
the design for Memorial Hall with its appointments and approaches ; also 
the temporary portions. 

Pages 47 et seq. What is the standard height for freight platforms ? 
What provision was made for storage ? What objection existed ? How 
were the floors to be arranged, and why ? What were the arrangements 
for lighting ? Define transept, nave, finial, clerestory, purlins, sheathing, 
&c. What advantages were claimed by the proposed tower over a dome? 
What was the estimated cost of the building ? 



CHAPTER III. 



Specifications. 

The Specification is that/<2r^' of the contract which g edification de- 
shows specifically all those features that cannot be ^"^^• 
clearly represented in the drawings ; such as quality and quantity 
of materials ; nature of workmanship and manner of executiug 
.the work, with any general stipulations or instructions that may 
be found necessary or desirable. The greatest care should be 
given to its preparation as it forms the basis of the should be Ce 
contractor's offer and is his guide all through the carefully prepared. 
work. Every detail should be clearly and accurately defined 
and nothing should be omitted, nor left to the imagination. A 
memorandum tablet should be constantly used dur- Memorandum 
ing the preparation of the drawings, and every should be kept. 
thought or suggestion carefully noted. 

These points will be sufficiently exemplified by an examina- 
tion of the accompanying forms furnished by reliable anthorities. 

\From the U. S. Corps of Engineers .^ 

For Harbor and River Improvements. 

Specifications 

for the 

Improvement of the Harbor of Cedar Keys, Florida. 

United States Engineers' Office, 
No. 40 Church Street, 
See pages 2og, 219, 251. Mobile, Alabama, April 7, 1877. 

specifications. 

The work to be done consists in either widening the character extent 
channel across the bar at the mouth of the Harbor of Cedar and locaUty of the 
Keys, Florida, about 5 miles south of Cedar Ke>s; or ^^^ ' 
widening and deepening the channel from the bar to Cedar Keys. 

The uniform depth of water to be attained through this channel is 12 feet 



56 SPECIFICATIONS. 

at mean low water, and the work will be continued until the appropriation, 
Ten Thousand (10,000) Dollars, is exhausted. 

The ordinary rise of the tide is about 2J feet. Tides. 

The material to be excavated is sand and mud, intermixed ^, 

11. Character of mate- 

with shell, (easily removed by an ordmary dredgmg ma- rial and distance of 
chine,) and will have to be deposited in not less than 6 feet '^"'"Pi"^ ground- 
depth of water, at an average distance not exceeding 3 miles. 

The amount of material excavated shall be determined by Measurement. 
measurement in the scows or barges in which the material is deposited, 
whose capacity shall be ascertained by the engineer in charge, or his agents, 
before the work commences. 

Inspectors of Dredges will be appointed by the Engineer in charge, and 
acting under his instructions, shall determine when the scows or barges 
contain '' full loads." 

The decision of said Inspectors as to the amount of material excavated 
and removed, as well as to its location and deposit shall be final, and without 
appeal on the part of the contractors. 

The precise location of work to be done shall be fixed by Method of working. 
the Engineer in charge, or his assistants, plainly marked by stakes or buoys 
furnished by the contractors, who will also provide a suitable boat and men 
to set them, and necessary help for sounding, at their owp expense, under 
the direction of the United States Agent in charge. 

Contractors will be held responsible for any Government property de- 
stroyed by the negligence or carelessness of their employees or agents. 

All excavations below the required depth, or beyond the lines of the 
channel shall be deducted from the amount returned by the Inspectors ; 
such excess to be determined by examinations made by the Engineer or 
agent in charge at suitable intervals. In the event of a deficiency in depth 
being found and reported to the contractor, payments shall be suspended 
until the excavation is carried to the required depth by them. 

A. N. DAMRELL, 
' • Capt : Engrs : U. S. A- 

The above specifications are accompanied by the advertisement 
(see page 209) and "instructions to bidders" (page2i9.) They 
do not exhibit the amount of material to be removed, but this will 
be found in the advertisement to be 20,000 cubic yards, so that 
it must form a necessary part of the papers composing the con- 
tract. In the last three paragraphs will be found mentioned 
some of the precautions necessary to be taken that the work 
may be effectively done and all fraud prevented. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 57 

For a Stone Breakivater, 

Seepages 209, 219, 251. SPECIFICATIONS 

For Rip Rap Granite for the Breakwater at Block Island, R. I. 

Rip-rap granite is required to complete the main break- Material. 
water, and build a detached piece about 300 feet long to the northward. It 
is now carried out to fourteen ( 14) feet of water at mean low water. 

Amount to be expended for granite, about $45,000. Appropriation. 

The work will be built with a width on top of twenty-five Dimensions. 
(25) feet, and side slopes of about forty-five (45) degrees. It is to be carried 
up to about six (6) feet above mean high water. The stone may be thrown 
in from the deck of a vessel with an ordinary spar derrick. No stone shall 
be put in more than fifty feet in advance of the finished portion, and all 
must be completed to the required height before the work will be accepted. 

The granite must be of the best quality as to durability. Nature of Material. 
in blocks averaging not less than one and a half (i^) tons each. No block 
of less than one-half (^) of a ton will be received. The blocks must be as 
nearly cubical as practicable, the smallest dimension must in no case be less 
than one- third (>^) of the largest. The stone found on Block Island will 
not answer for this part of the work. 

The breakwater is now so far completed as to give shelter in all storms 
except those from the northeast, to vessels drawing twelve (12) feet. The 
inner harbor gives shelter froiji storms in any direction, and has a depth of 
seven (7) at mean low water. Information. 

The mean rise of the tide is three and one fourth (3X) f*^^*. 

The proper season for doing this work advantageously is between the ist 
of April and the ist of October, the season of long days and pleasant 
weather. The frequent calms at this period prevent sailing vessels from 
improving it because of their inability to move. For this reason parties 
bidding must be prepared to use a steam tug for towing their vessels to and 
from the work, and this will be required in the contract. 

The time of beginning this work is on or before May ist. The time. 
1877, and it must be completed on or before November 30th, 1877. 

The monthly rate of progress must from the beginning The monthly rate 
at least, equal the average rate for the whole period in which °^ progress, 
it is proposed to do the work. 

The price asked for doing this work must be stated by the The price, 
ton of 2,240 pounds of stone placed in the work. 

The vessels to be used by the coniractor will be loaded by Measurement. 
weighing stone into them at the quarry and putting draught marks on them 
for every five (5) tons, from the smallest to the largest load that they will 
carry. These draught marks will be taken as indicating the load of the 
vessel, if she is in the same condition as to water in the hold, tackle, &c., as 
when gauged. The gauging of the vessel will be done by the contractor, 



58 SPECIFICATIONS. 

under the direction of an inspector appointed by the Engineer in charge, 
before any stone is delivered. The scales for weighing must be furnished 
by the contractor. 

Any failure to commence work on the day specified, or to Failure to commence 
prosecute it thereafter at the rate and in the manner required, will be con- 
sidered to allow the United States to annul any contract made, and declare 
a, forfeiture of all reserved percentage or other dues, or to allow the United 
States, at the option of the Engineer in charge, to carry on the work at the 
expense of the other party to the contract, and to render him and his sure- 
ties liable for any increase of cost over that proposed and agreed upon. 

No transfer of a contract, or of any interest in it made in No transfer- 
accordance with bids received under these specifications will be allowed. 

No member of Congress, officer or agent of the Govern- j^^ member of Con- 
ment, nor any person employed in the public service, will s^ess 
be permitted to have any share in any contract made to do this work. 

All work done will be subjected to a rigid inspection by Inspector 
an Inspector appointed by the Government, and all that does not conform 
to these specifications will be rejected. 

Payments will be made at the end of each month, as the Payments, 
work is accepted, reserving twenty per centum till the whole is completed. 

Proposals and guaranty must be made in duplicate, and Proposals and 
none will be considered unless upon blanks furnished from s^^^^^^y- 
this office attached to this advertisement and specifications. 

Further information may be had by applying in person Further information- 
or by letter to this office, where maps of locality may be seen ; but bidders 
are expected to visit the locality and determine everything themselves, and 
mu:t include the effect of all contingencies in the proposed price. 

The right to reject any and all bids reserved. Right to reject. 

G. K. WARREN, 
Maj. Eng'rs, and Bvt. Maj. Gen. U, S, A 

Engineer Office, U. S. Army, 

Newport, R. I., February 22d, 1877. 

For Removing Rock. 

Specification 
For Removing the Obstructions in East River and Hell Gate, 

New York. 

Army Building, 
Houston and Green Sts., 
See pages 210, 219, 251 . New York, October 5, 1876. 

The dredging consists of the removal of about 24,000 tons Amount. 
of rock from Hallett's Point Reef. 

Dredging must commence at the outside edge of the reef, Manner of working 
and 26 feet mean low water. The excavation must be carried regularly for- 
ward in such direction as the Engineer in charge shall from time to time 



f^ 



SPECIFICATIONS. 59 

prescribe, so that that depth shall be preserved over all the ground dredged. 
All stones weighing more than ten tons will be broken at the expense of the 
Government. 

The dredging will be bid for by the ton measured in the Measured. 
scows ; capacity of each scow to be determined by the Engineer in charge. 

The rock may be either deposited above high water Deposited. 
mark, or at such places upon the river bed as may be selected by the Engi- 
neer in charge. 

In case of any doubt as to the meaning of the specifica- Arbiter. 
tions, the decision of the Engineer in charge shall be considered the correct 
one, and shall be final. 

No proposals will be considered except those coming from Conditions, 
parties proposing to use dredges capable of resisting collisions. 

Payments will be made monthly on certificate of U. S. Payments. 
Inspector, reserving ten per centum until completion of work. 

The work must be completed by June 30th, 1877. Time of completion. 

JOHN NEWTON, 
Lieut, Col. Engineers, Bvt. Maj. Gen'L 



For a Breakwater of Crib- Work, . 

Specifications 
For the Extension of Cleveland Breakwater. 

Engineers' Office U. S. A. 
120 Pearl Street, 
Seepages 210, 219, 251. Buffalo, N. Y., March 26, 1877. 

The cribs, four in number, will be (50) fifty feet in length and (26) twen- 
ty-six feet wide, with a superstructure of (7) feet. They will rest upon a 
foundation of rubble stones, in fragments varying from (50) fifty to (150) 
one hundred and fifty pounds each in weight, forming a layer of (5) five 
feet in thickness and (52) fifty-two feet in width at the top of the bed of the 
lake, which is about (18) eighteen feet in depth along the line. 

The rubble foundation is the only portion of the work to be put in place 
during the year 1877^ — the cribs may be framed and put together, but will 
not be sunk and filled with stone until the spring of 1878, so as to allow 
time for the possible settlement of the foundation, upon the amount of 
which the number of courses of crib-work will depend. 

Immediately after the cribs are sunk, they will be protected on each side 
by a rip-rap of heavy stones, weighing each not less than one ton, which 
will be thrown in so as to accord as nearly as practicable with the official 
drawings, and as directed by the Engineer officer in charge, or his agent. 



6o SPECIFICATIONS. 

No superstructure will be put on until all the cribs are in place, nor is it 
desired that the work should be fully completed before the date limiting the 
contract, (September 30th, 1878.) 

The unfinished superstructure of the three cribs sunk in 1876, is also to 
be finished. This may be done during 1877. 

Work must be commenced within thirty days after notification of accept- 
ance of bid, and the whole completed on September 30th, 1878. 

Timber and lumber to (5) five feet or more below standard low water, 
must be of good white or hard pine or white oak, distributed as maybe 
directed by the authorized agent of the U. S. Below the level of (5) five 
feet below standard low water it may be of white hemlock. All, both above 
and below water, must be of the best quality of its kind, free from splits, 
shakes, decay, rotten knots, and all other defects tending to impair durability 
or strength, and must be truly and squarely sawed to full dimensions. 
Timber may be counterhewed if preferred, but truly and squarely, and to 
full dimensions. 

Iron — Head, nut, screw and washer bolts to be round, of lengths as speci- 
fied in bill of material, one and one-fourth (iX) inches diameter; each 
bolt to be made with one head, one nut and screw, and to have two washers. 
Heads and nuts to be two and one-quarter (2/4^) inches square, and one and 
one-eighth {i}i) inches deep. Washers to be four inches (4) square, three- 
sixteenths (3-16) of an inch thick, and cut to fit the bolt. Threads to be cut 
for a length of three (3) inches, and seven threads to the inch ; all the 
parts to be so made as to assemble truly and accurately, to be interchange- 
able and to have full bearings. 

Drift bolts to be one (i) inch square and cut to assorted lengths, as speci- 
fied in bills of material. 

Spikes to be ordinary ship spikes of assorted lengths, as specified in bills 
of material. 

All iron material must be of the best quality of wrought iron and of exact 
dimensions specified, and any bolts or spikes failing in driving from any 
cause, must be replaced by the contractor for iron. 

The contractor for construction of the breakwater will be held responsible 
for all material until it is used in the work. 

All work must be done in a workmanlike manner, strictly in conformity 
with the plans and specifications, or such modifications of the same as may 
be made by the Engineer officer in charge, or through his instructions to 
his Assistant or Inspector. 

Cribs to be framed and built in accordance with plans and specifications, 
and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer officer in charge, to be placed 
and fastened in position as required by him^ then to be filled with stone, 
leveled and covered with superstructure. 

Superstructure must be well and squarely built and securely bolted, and 
before being accepted must be filled with stone flush to the decking, and 
planked over. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 6 1 

Framing must be done accurately, and care taken in handling framed tim- 
ber not to chip off the edges or split the dovetails. In framing timber, no 
stick must be so cut as to fall easily into its place, but on the contrary, each 
stick will be required to be mauled into place, and subject to the foregoing 
paragraphs. 

To prevent splitting while bolting, timber, plank and joists must be bored 
to receive the bolts. Boring for bolting will in no case be allowed of the 
same diameter as bolts, but always slightly less. 

Payment will be made monthly on Inspector's returns, retaining ten (lo) 
per centum until completion of the contract. 

The iron material must all be delivered before the first (i) of August, 
1877, and will be paid for as soon thereafter as practicable. 

The rubble stone of the foundation will be measured in the scows, if thus 
delivered. If in vessels, the weight and cubic contents will be determined 
in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer officer in charge. 

These specifications will form a part of the contracts. 

Detailed bills of material will be furnished the contractor. 

C. E. BLUNT, 
Lieut. Col, of Engineers. 



For Iron Landing Pier. 

Specifications 
For Iron for Landing Pier near Lewes, Delaware. 

U. S. Engineers' Office, 
No. 1328 Chestnut St., 
See pages 210, 219, 251. Philax)ELPhia, Pa., March 31, I877. 

The pile shafts will be of hammered iron, swedged smooth Shafts. 
and true to dimensions. 

The heads of the piles must be faced on the top, and Heads, 
turned on the sides, to fit the caps, as shown on the drawings. 

The necks must be turned on the pile shafts, and the Necks. 
collars or clamps turned inside, to fit each other, as shown on the drawings. 

The foot of the pile shafts to be smooth forged and faced Foot. 
on the bottom, to accurately fit the socket of the screw, which will be cast 
as smooth as possible on the sides, and faced on the bottom to receive 
the foot. 

The braces will be of rolled iron ; the eyes of the tension Braces. 
braces will be formed by a turn and weld with a long scarf. 

There will be no welding to form the length of the braces. Welds. 

Screw-ends to be *' upset," or fulled on the bars to drawing Screw-ends, 
dimensions. 

The threads to be full cut from solid metal. Franklin Threads. 
Institute standard. 



62 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Screws of the turn-buckles must be cut from solid metal, Screws, 
one end with a right, and the other with a left hand thread. 

Bolts must be forged to fit body bound j diameter to be Bolts, 
uniform the entire length; no enlargement under the head. 

Bolt-lfoles in braces, lugs and clamps, to be drilled to fit Bolt-holes, 
body-bound bolts. 

Forgings and rolled iron must be smooth, and without flaws. Forgings. 

Material to be fagoted scrap iron. Material. 

Wrought iron must bear an ultimate tensile strain of Strength. 
60,000 pounds to the square inch of cross -section, and a strain of 24,000 
pounds to the square inch without taking a permanent set. Set 

The castings must be of tough gray iron, cast in dry sand, Castings, 
sound, true and smooth. 

Cast iron must bear an ultimate tensile strain of 25,000 Strength, 
pounds, and a transverse strain (to the foot length) of 600 pounds to the 
square inch. 

Machine and hand work, and finishing to be without fault. Fnishing and fitting 
All parts belonging on or to others to be put together in shop to insure fits. 

The U. S. Inspector to select such pieces as he wishes for Testing, 
testing. 

Pieces for testing will be cut off and turned to the required Pieces, 
dimensions, and tested either at the place of manufacture or elsewhere. 

Castings for testing will be run as required by the Inspector. Castings. 

All expense of testing to be borne by the contractors. E.-pense. 

Full extra thickness of metal must be provided for all Full metal. 
turning, boring, facing, and finishing required. 

All pieces must be marked with chisel or punch, or with Marking. 
paint, as may be required. 

Access to the work, and works, must be free at all times Inspector, 
to the U. S. Inspector. 

Collars, clamps, turn-buckles, bolts and nuts, of propor- Dimensions, 
tionate dimensions. Caps and screws to correspond. 

Rolled Iron — Material. 

Upper cross braces,24 — 14^ \Y^Y~.7.}i^^ diam., 528olbs.@ cts. per lb. $ 
Lower '* 24 — 20^ 7^^ X2K^ " 8400 

Longitudinal ** 30 — 26^ 10X^^X3^^ " 19800 

Bands for screws, 15 240 

Hammered Iron — 

Pile shafts, 15 — 15 — 55^X82^^ diam 156000 

Screw-buckles, 54 2652 

Yokes for cross braces, 24 1200 

Bolts and Nuts, 174 4002 

Collars and Clamps, 30 6720 

• Cast Iron — 

Screws, 15 6300 

Caps, 15 9756 

Total bid for material 




















































































SPECIFICATIONS. 6^ 

The contract price will be determined on this total, but the right to vary 
amounts and dimensions is retained by the United States. The prices per 
pound will not be changed. 

The above prices are for iron delivered either at the U. S. Place of delivery. 
Landing Pier, or at the Railroad Pier, near Lewes. 

The material for each bay complete (5 piles with braces, Delivery, 
screws, &c.) shall be delivered at the same time in order that there may be 
no interruption in the work of construction ; and in case such interruption 
should occur through non-compliance with this specification, the contractor 
shall be liable for all loss to the Government accruing therefrom. 

A bay complete shall be delivered not later than June 5th, Delivery. 
and the remaining two not later than August 5th, prox. 

All material when ready for delivery shall, previous to inspection at the 
shipment, be inspected at the works by the U. S. Inspector, works. 
and any material rejected by him shall not again be offered for inspection. 

Upon delivery at Lewes all material will be weighed and inspection at the 
again inspected by the Engineer Officer in immediate charge p^^''- 
of the work, and if any be then rejected it shall be replaced by the contractor 
without expense to the United States. 

All surfaces of iron work must, subsequent to the inspec- Paint, 
tion at the works, receive two coats of Spanish brown, or brown zinc, ground 
in oil, as may be required, thoroughly put on, at the workshops^ and left to 
dry for some days before shipment. 

All bright surfaces to be similarly protected with white Paint 
lead and tallow, or with white lead and oil. ik 

SignaturCj - 



For removing Snags y &c. 

Specification 

For the Removal of Snags, &c., from the Minnesota River. 

See pages2ii, 219, 222, 251. U. S. Engineers' Office, 

St. Paul, Minn., June 2, 1877. 

The work will consist of removing snags and boulders Nature of work. 
from the channel, and cutting down and removing overhanging trees from 
the banks of the Minnesota River, between St. Peter and Mendota, at such 
points as may be designated by the Engineer Officer or Inspector in charge. 

Trees, snags and boulders must be totally destroyed or placed beyond the 
reach of high water, at places to be designated by the En- Place of deposit, 
gineer Officer or Inspector in charge of the work. « 

The prices for removing snags, boulders and overhanging Price, 
trees must include all the labor, machinery, and other appliances necessary 
to do the work. 



64 SPECIFICATIONS. 

The contractor will not be permitted to take any advan- Stipulations. 
tage of an error or omission in tKe foregoing specifications, as full instruc- 
tions will always be given should such error or omission be discovered. 

The boulders removed will be measured in cubic yards, Measurements 
after the same are removed and piled. 

The trees will be cut off at a height not to exceed one (i) foot from the 
ground, and the measurement will be made at the cutting. 
Snags will be measured two (2) feet from the highest root. 
Payments will be made at the end of each month, to in- Payments, 
elude the work done on the last Saturday of the same — ten per cent, being 
retained from each payment until the completion of the work. 

The work will commence as soon as the stage of water Work to commence 
will permit, after the signing of the contract, and must be prosecuted with 
due diligence until the funds available ($10,000) are exhausted. The time 
not to extend beyond the first day of April, 1878. 

Approximate Quantities to be Removed. 
50 cubic yards Boulders. 
26 Trees, 36 in. and upwards in diameter. 
75 " 30 in. to 36 in. in diameter. 
224 " 20 in. to 30 in. ** 

474 '' 6 in. to 20 in. " 

201 " 4 in. to 6 in. " 



47 Snags, 


36 in. 


and upw 


ards in diameter. 


102 " 


30 in. 


to 2)^ in. 


in diameter. 


212 " 


20 in. 


to 30 in. 


<( 


496 '' 


6 in. 


to 20 in. 


<< 


143 " 


4 in. 


to 6 in. 


F. U. FARQUHAR, 

Maj. of Engineers. 



For Canal Locks. 

Specifications 

For the Construction of Five Canal Locks on the Muscle 

Shoals Canal, Tennessee River. 

U. S. Engineers' Office, 
See pages 211, 219, 224, 251. Chattanooga, Tenn., April 18, 1877. 

Specifications. 
To Bidders. 
The locks, for the building of which bids are invited, are numbers 6, 7, 8, 
9^and 10 ; but awards will only be made for such of these as the prices bid 
and amount of funds available may warrant. 

The lock chambers are to be about 30^ feet Ion g, and 60 feet wide, with 
side walls from 13 to 20 feet high. 



' SPECIFICATIONS. 65 

The lock pit excavations will be about 370 feet long by 80 feet wide, aod 
will be carried down to, or into solid rock when required. Concrete floors 
will be used where the rock is found so cracked and unreliable as to render 
them necessary. 

Bids will be received in the two following forms ^ and not otherwise : 

(<3;.) For a single lock, giving its number. Each bidder being, of course, 
allowed to bid on as many locks as he chooses ; submittmg a cojnplete, dis- 
tinct, itemized proposal for each: 

{b.^ For the whole work to be let under these specifications, provided at 
least three locks are awarded to the bidder. These bids are also to be item- 
ized as indicated on the annexed " Form of Proposals.'' The contract will 
then be awarded on the separate bids or on an aggregate bid, whichever 
will secure the completion of the work at the lowest cost to the United 
States. 

If, under these provisions, it is decided not to atvard contracts for all the 
locks mentioned, the Government will designate which locks are 10 be 
omitted. 

It is assumed that every bid is made in the interest of the bidder, and that 
he expects to make a fair profit on the work. If, therefore, items of any bid 
are manifestly below their actual and necessary cost, it will be attributed 
either to the ignorance of the bidder or a design to gain some unfair advan- 
tage, and such bids will not be accepted. 

Each bidder should state whether he has ever been engaged in building 
canal locks, or similar works, or has ever been interested in any contract 
with the United States, and if he has been so interested, he will give the 
date and character of the contract. 

Special attention is directed to the Instrtictions for bidders, attached here- 
to. Bids not made in conformity with these instructions will not be enter- 
tained. 

These specifications will be attached to, and form part of, the contract. 
Bidders are advised to read them carefully and to visit the work at Muscle 
shoals. An Assistant Engineer, stationed near Shoal Creek, about 8 miles 
from Florence, Alabaina, will be prepared to furnish all necessary informa- 
tion as to the location and surroundings of the work. 

General Conditions. 

The entire v/ork must be executed in accordance with working drawings, 
furnished from time to time by the Engineer; and all orders and instruc- 
tions given by the Engineer, relative to the prosecution of the work or de- 
tails of construction, shall be promptly and fully complied with by the con- 
tractor. 

The Government reserves the right to make such alterations in the plans, 
location and details of the work as shall seem advantageous ; and it is to be 
distinctly understood that any increase or reduction of quantities, resulting 
ffom such alterations, is not to be assumed as the basis of a claim against 
the Government for damages or for the loss of prospective profits. 



66 SPECIFICATIONS. ' 

The contractor will not be allowed to take advantage of any defect or 
omission, either in the drawings, specifications, or instructions given by the 
Engineer. In such cases, or in any doubtful case, it is his business to bring 
the matter to the attention of the Engineer, who will make all necessary 
corrections or explanations. 

All materials and workmanship must be such as are approved by the 
Engineer in charge, and must be carefully examined either by himself or by 
a duly authorized Inspector acting for hrm. Rejected materials must be 
removed at once from the vicinity of the work ; and no payment will be 
made for materials so rejected or disapproved. 

Stone and other ?naterials will be paid for only when permanently placed 
in their final position in the work, and are then approved and accepted by 
the Engineer. 

The contractor must protect his work until it is completed and duly ac- 
cepted, and he must repair any damage done to it by freshets, rains or other 
accidents, in such manner as the Engineer may direct, at his own cost. 

Before receiving his final payment he must, unless otherwise directed, at 
his own cost, remove all unused materials, dams, and other temporary works 
used by him, and leave the work in a neat and orderly condition. 

No convict labor will be allowed on the work, nor will the 'contractors be 
allowed to interfere with each other, nor to obstruct the roads required for 
the use of other contractors or of the Engineers ; nor to retain on the work 
men who are disorderly, or who attempt deception or evasion in carrying 
out these specifications. 

Work must be begun within thirty (30) days after the execution of each 
contract^ and must be completed by fune 30, 1878. A fair monthly progress 
must be made. 

Excavation. 

The prices bid for excavation will be estimated per cubic yard, measured 
in position, and must include the clearing and grubbing of the site, building 
dams, pumping and draining, and the excavation, removal, and deposit 
where directed by the Engineer, of all the materials of whatever name or 
nature, that may be encountered in preparing for the foundations of the 
locks. 

The excavated materials will be deposited where the Engineer considers 
they will be most advantageous to the whole work ; and, if he so directs, 
they must be left in regular and evenly distributed masses. 

When materials are required by the Engineer to be hauled more than two 
hundred feet from the lock pit, an allowance of one (i) cent per cubic yard, 
for each additional hundred feet of haul will be made, but no allowance of 
this kind will be made where the materials are deposited within two hundred 
(200) feet of the lock. 

No allowance will be made for excavation below the grade nor outside the 
limits given by the Engineer. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 6/ 

All the excavation will be classified as follows, the Engineer being the 
judge as to which class any material encountered belongs : 

(a.) Earth Excavation, This will include clay, sand, gravel and all 
other earthy materials, (except hard pan, as specified in the following para- 
graph, ) and loose stones, not larger than one cubic foot each. 

{b.) Hard Pan and Loose Rock. This will include tough, indurated clay, 
hard, tough, cemented gravel ; and other earthy materials which, in the 
opinion of the Engineer, require blasting, or at least three times the usual 
amount of picking ; boulders containing from one cubic foot to one cubic 
yard, each ; and all slate, shale, stratified limestone and sandstone that, in 
the opinion of the Engineer, can be removed by picking and without neces- 
sarily using explosives. As it is not known what quantity, if any, of these 
materials will be encountered, " Hard pan and Loose rock " will not be bid 
for as a separate item, but one-half of the quantity excavated will be paid 
for as ''solid rock,** and one-half as "earth excavation.'* 

{b.) Solid Rock. This must be such as to require blasting, or some more 
expensive method, to reduce it to masses of less than one cubic yard each, 
that can be handled with a derrick. When the Engineer shall require any 
part of the rock in place to be pointed or axed to true surfaces for face 
work, an allowance will be made of 20 cents per square foot of surface 
dressed, in addition to the contract price, per cubic yard, for the quantity 
of rock actually removed. This provision relates only to cases where, as in 
lock 9, it is proposed to use the rock in position for a part of the side wall 
without masonry facing. In all cases the surface of the rock must be pre- 
pared at the cost of the contractor to receive the masonry, being stepped, if 
required, for that purpose. 

{d.) Old Masonry. This will include the removal of such of the old locks 
as are hereafter designated. In this work blasting will not be allowed, and 
will not probably be desirable to the contractor. The stones must be 
handled carefully so as not to break or injure them, and such of them as are 
approved by the Engineer will be used in the new locks, an allowance being 
made therefor by the contractor, which must be specified in the bids. 
These stones must be re-cut if used as "cut-stone." 

Bidders for Lock No. 6 will bid on the removal of old lock No- 10. 

Bidders for Lock No. 7 will bid on the removal of old locks Nos. 1 1 and 12. 

Bidders for Lock No. 8 will bid on the removal of old locks Nos. 14 and 1$. 

Bidders for Lock No. 10 will bid on the removal of old locks Nos. 16 and 17. 

Certain parts of old locks Nos. 14 and 17, to be designated by the Engi- 
neer, may be retained for future use, and such parts must not be disturbed 
in removing the balance of the stones. Any stone designated to be left and 
which is disturbed by the contractor, must be re-set at his own cost. 

Masonry. 

The masonry will be of four kinds, viz : Cut Stone, Rock Face, Rubble, 
and Concrete. 

The bids must state the price per cubic yard laid, for each class, and must 



68 SPECIFICATIONS. 

include all labor, tools, and materials required to quarry, haul and cut, or 
otherwise prepare the stones and put them in their final position, and the 
building in of all iron and wood work that may be furnished by the United 
States for that purpose. 

The lock pits must be freed from water by the contractor before masonry 
of any kind is begun, and any masonry laid in water or submerged before it 
has had time to thoroughly set, shall be taken down and replaced by the 
contractor at his own cost. 

No cuttings drilling or hamtnering of stones will be allowed after they 
have been brought upon thi wall ; and they must be lifted by derricks or 
cranes and lowered into their places without shock to the masonry. Any 
stone whose bond or set is disturbed by a neglect of these precautions, must 
be taken up and re-set at the cost of the contractor. 

Not more than three courses of either wall of a lock must be unfinished 
at a time ; and the backing must go up with the facing, but never in ad- 
vance of it. . 

Every surface wh'ch is to come in contact with mortar must be freed from 
dust and dirt, and thoroughly sprinkled just before the mortar is applied. 

Every stone, both of the facing and of the backing, must be set or laid 
in 2i full bed of morta?'^ and great care must be taken that the vertical joints 
are thoroughly filled with the same, well forced in with the trowel. 

All stone used must be quarried without blasting, and must be sound, 
strong and durable, free from seams, scales or earthy matter, and of a kind 
not easily injured by frost or water. Stone quarried after the ist of Octo- 
ber will not be placed in the wall before the ist of April following, unless 
by special consent of the Engineer. 

All the mortar used in these locks will, unless otherwise specially directed 
by the Engineer, consist of two parts, by measure, of sand and one part of 
hydraulic cement, with only enough water to form a paste, stiff enough to 
handle with a trowel. Mortar must be used as soon as it is thoroughly 
mixed, and if allowed to set before using, it must be thrown away. No 
grouting will be used on the work except by special direction. 

No work involving the use of mortar will be done while the temperature 
is below 35^ Fahrenheit. 

The cement must be freshly burned and ground, and equal in all fespects 
to the best Louisville brands. It should be finely ground, and free from 
moisture or inert matter, and must set stronglysand firmly. Every barrel 
will be tested, and such as are rejected must be removed at once from the 
vicinity of the work. In order to avoid deterioration, contractors are advised 
to provide cement sheds, and use every precaution to keep the cement 
thoroughly dry. No common or fat lime, or cement that fails to pass the 
tests, is to be used in any part of the work. 

The sand must be clean, sharp and free from vegetable matter, and must 
be screened and washed if required by the Engineer. 



SPECIFICATIONS. . 69 

Cut stone, where used as facing, must be laid in regular courses, headers 
and stretchers; no course to have a less rise than (18) inches. Each stone 
to have at least one-fourth (X) more bed than rise, and a length not less 
than twice, nor more than four times the rise or thickness of the course. 
The bond must be at least one foot in all cases. 

The hollow quoins, if required, (it is probable that the gates used will be 
such as to dispense with at least one pair of hollow quoins,) must be cut in 
a single stone in each course, at least (4) feet wide and seven (7) feet long, 
laid alternately as headers and stretchers. Mitre sills will not be built under 
these specifications. 

The coping stones must be at least three (3) feet wide and five (5) feet 
long, or must have a bed of at least fifteen (15) square feet. The thickness 
of the coping must be at least eighteen (18) inches, and each stone must be 
dressed true on all sides but the back, which will simply have a straight line 
"pitched" along its upper edge. 

The faces of all cut stone and the top of the coping will be dressed with 
care, either thoroughly axed or bush-hammered to true, even surfaces, 
with clean angles and perfect edges, and without marking or spalling. The 
curved surfaces of the hollow quoins must be made particularly smooth and 
true. 

The beds and vertical joifits must be pointed down to true planes without 
projections or cavities ; the former eighteen (18) inches and the latter ten 
ten (10) inches back from the face, to admit of being set with one-fourth (X) 
inch joints. The remaining parts of these surfaces to be broken or pointed 
off, to admit of joints not more than one (i) inch thick. Beds are to be cut 
parallel with the quarry bed, and vertical joints to be perpendicular to the 
beds and to the face of the wall. 

The qiia7itity of cut stone masonry will be computed by allowing two feet 
thickness measured from the face of the wall ; but no constructive measure- 
ment will be made at corners or openings, or in other words, no part of the 
wall will be measured twice. The coping and hollow quoins will be mea- 
sured as cut stone throughout. 

Rock face masonry will be the same, in all respects, as the cut stone, ex- 
cepting that the face will have a straight line pitched around it, instead of 
being cut to a plane surface. No part of the surface will, however, be 
allowed to project more than one inch from the pitch line, unless authorized 
by the Engineer, for special localities. This class of masonry will be mea- 
sured in the same way as the cut stone. 

Rubble will be built of stone at least nine (9) inches thick, and each stone 
must have at least one-fourth more bed than rise, and a length not less than 
twice nor more than four times the rise. The coursing may be irregular, 
excepting that when used as backing it must course with the facing, and 
where it is used as facing it must bond with adjoining face work. To accom- 
plish this, stones of a smaller size than those just prescribed maybe intro- 
duced to a limited extent, when authorized by the Engineer. 



70 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



The stones must be broken or pointed down to regular, even surfaces, 
square with each other, to lay with joints not more than one inch thick. 

The stones must bond together at least nine (9) inches, and headers at 
least four (4) feet long must be inserted at intervals of ten or twelve feet, 
each header falling over the interval between two headers in the course next 
below. 

The rubble will be measured in the same way as the cut stone, excepting 
that the actual thickness of the rubble will be taken, including those por- 
tions of face stones not measured as cut stone or rock face ; but in no case 
shall the thickness of wall or any other dimensions of the same as measured 
be greater than the dimensions shown by the drawings, even if the contrac- 
tor has exceeded those dimensions. 

Concrete. When concrete is ordered for any part of the work, it must be 
made of three parts, by measure, of coarse gravel, or broken stone, small 
enough to pass through a ring 7.% inches in diameter, and one part of the 
mortar already described. 

The stone or gravel must be hard, strong, and free from dust, and must 
be wet or washed before mixing with the mortar, if required by the Engi- 
neer. 

The ingredients must be thoroughly mixed by hoe and shovel, or by a 
concrete mill, so that every piece of stone or gravel shall be entirely coated 
with the mortar. 

Concrete must be laid as soon as it is thoroughly mixed ; the mass being 
deposited in successive layers not more than six inches thick, and each layer 
being thoroughly rammed before the next- one is laid. The concrete must 
be mixed so dry that no signs of water will appear until the ramming is 
nearly completed. 

Concrete will be substituted for rubble backing, filling, &c., to the extent 
required by the Engineer, and the quantity of concrete measured, will be 
the actual number of cubic yards, so required and laid. 

Approximate Quantities. 
In Cubic Yards, Measured in Position. 





EXCAVATION. 


MASONRY. 


ALLOWANCES. 


Number of 
Lock. 


Earth Ex- 
cavation. 


Solid rock 
Evcava'n 


Old 
Locks. 


Cut 
Stone. 


Rock 
Face. 


Rub- 
ble. 

1300 


Con- 
crete. 

200 


Stone from 
Uhl Locks, 
used as 
Cut Stone. 


H., Stone from 
Old Locks, 
used as 
Rock Face 


Stone from 
Old Locks, 
used as 
Rubble. 


No. 6. 


1 0000 


500 


I 100 


530 


420 


50 


150 


No. 7. 


5000 


3500 


2200 


700 


450 


2500 


350 


100 


200 


300 


No. 8. 


3500 


1200 


2000 


800 


450 


3000 


400 


100 


150 


200 


No. 9. 


5000 


4000 




350 


300 


1400 


250 








No. 10. 


8500 


4100 


2000 


700 


450 


2500 


350 


100 


200 


400 



SPECIFICATIONS. yt 

it should be distinctly understood that these quantities are only approxi- 
mations, some of them being of such a nature as to be impossible to esti- 
mate with any degree of accuracy until the work is in progress. Slight 
changes in the grades, or in the location of the line, which may be made in 
consequence of facts hereafter developed, may cause great variations in the 
quantities herein given. 

W. R. KING, 
Captain of Engineers, 



For a Dam of Masonry, 

Specifications 
For Dam No. 4, near Cabin Creek, on the Kanawha River. 

U. S Engineers' Office, 
See pages 211, 219, 225, 251. Baltimore, Md., March i, 1877. 

The works consist of a Dam, Abutment, Pier, and the floor of a Naviga- 
tion Pass, adjoining Lock No. 4 of the Kanawha River Improvement, near 
Cabin Creek, West Virginia ,• all of which are shown by the drawings. 

The dam or weir will be of masonry, about 200 feet long, 14 feet high 
from the rock, (which is about 11 feet below extreme low water surface of 
the river,) and 16 feet thick at base; with a batter on the face and rear. 
It will be covered with heavy stone, to which the longitudinal timbers 
shown on the plans will be bolted, and the space between the timbers filled 
with squared, dressed rubble, all to be well dowelled. The abutment will 
be of masonry about 16 feet higher than the dam, about 35 feet long, with 
return walls, securely connected with the bank. Walls will be about four 
and a half (4^^ ) feet thick on top, with a batter on the face. They will be 
coped with heavy stone, well dowelled. The abutment will oe filled with 
solid material, (earth, gravel, &c. ), and protected over its entire upper sur- 
face with a heavy paving laid in mortar on a course of concrete. 

The pier, which will separate the dam from the navigation pass, is alDout 
50 feet long, 10 feet thick, and rises 9 feet higher than the dam. 

The floor ot the navigation pass will be a platform 250 feet long, about 
50 feet wide, and 5 to 6 feet thick. Its upper surface will be about 5 feet 
under water at low stages. It will be composed of a grillage or crib-work 
of thnber filled with concrete, covered with a stone pavement in mortar. 
The main sill and such other parts as the Engineer may direct, shall oe of 
cut stone. This portion of the work is represented as to its general charac- 
ter only, subject to variation in arrangement of the details of its surface. 

The lock which these works adjoin is already under contract, and in pro- 
cess of construction. 

The works will conform to the drawings exhibited, and to such others as 
may be furnished from time to time. 



72 SPECIFICATIONS. 

The contract will cover the necessary dredging and excavation and other 
preparation of the site, all coffer-dams, pumping and bailing, embankment, 
puddling, masonry and timber work, the grading and protection of the 
bank ; and the entire construction and completion of the work. 

Grubbing and clearing will cover the removal from the site of all trees, 
bushes, stumps and roots, as well as snags, stumps and roots under water. 

Excavations will include all materials removed from foundations, for chan- 
nels, for coffer-dams, in grading the river bank, and to obtain material for 
embankments. They shall conform to such lines and levels as may be 
given by the Engineer, and be deposited at such places as he may direct, 
being used as far as possible to make the necessary embankments, The 
contract price will cover the cost of transportation and placing in bank. 
Rock in place or other material so hard that it can best be excavated by 
drilling and blasting, and boulders of more than 9 cubic feet shall be classi- 
fied as " Rock excavation ;" all other material as '* Earth excavation." 

Embankments include the filling behind abutments and walls, the grav- 
elling of the dam, and such as may be required to fill out and grade the 
river bank. They will be composed of material from the excavations, or 
borrowed at such point as the Engineer may direct. Whenever practicable, 
they will be measured and paid for as excavation only ; where this is not 
practicable, the materials will be measured in embankment and paid for at 
the price of excavation, without allowance for increase or shrinkage. When 
placed above water, they shall be carted on, and spread in layers of ten 
inches ; or if carting is impracticable, they must be spread in 6 inch courses 
and well compacted by ramming. Embankments in contact with masonry, 
shall be puddled for such thickness as the Engineer may direct. 

Puddling will be composed of clay, or clay and gravel mixed in nearly 
equal proportions, it shall be spread in eight inch layers, thoroughly wet, 
and cut and worked into a homogeneous water-tight mass. The price to 
be in addition to the excavation price, and the material to be measured in 
the bank. 

Coffer-dams will be built by the contractor subject to the approval of the 
Engineer ; the cost of the same as well as all pumping, bailing, and repairs 
to be covered by the prices for masonry. They will be kept in order and 
kept clean by the contractor, but he may be paid for the removal of mateiial 
deposited in them by floods, at his excavation price per cubic yard, unless 
due to delay or neglect on his part, of which the Engineer will judge. 

The whole space to be covered by the works will be exca- Foundations. 
vated to the solid rock, together with any pits for anchor plates which may 
be required, and any loose or soft rock shall be removed as the Engineer 
may direct. The masonry of the abutment, weir, and pier will be built 
directly upon the rock, which shall first be cut into good horizontal beds for 
the first course of face stone, so that each stone may have a full bearing. 
These stones however may vary in height and be levelled up on top with 
levellers or by checking. Rubble and concrete backing shall rest on and be 



SPECIFICATIONS. 73 

attached to the sound clean bed rock. The necessary bolts, plates, &c., will 
be inserted as the work progresses. 

The coping, the rounded corners of the abutment and Masonry. 
pier, the borders of openings in them, and the sills of the navigation pass, 
will be of cut sipnes. The vertical face on the abutment, the coping and 
paving of the dam, and the lateral faces of the pier will be of dressed rub- 
ble. The face and wings of the abutment, the face of the dam below the 
coping, and the ends of the pier will be of rock faced masonry ; and the 
backing of all walls will be of rough rubble or concrete, as the Engineer 
may direct. 

All stone shall be perfectly sound, hard, strong, not affected by frost, free 
from seams or quarry scale, and t'^ ring under the hammer. Stone for cut 
work to be such as can be truly wrought to such lines and surfaces as may 
be required, whether curved or plane, and all stone for the same class of 
work to be as nearly as practicable of uniform color and appearance. 

Cut stone shall be in courses not less than i6 inches high, each stone to 
have at least one-fourth more bed than height. The general dimensions 
and arrangement of cut stone are shown by the drawings. The beds and 
joints will be dressed with care, true and out of wind, without slack or want 
on the beds; the joints to be full for 12 inches from the face, to lay with 
three-eighths of an inch joint. The face will be cut true and to the proper 
lines, with clean, sharp arrises free from spalled places, and formed by nar- 
row drafts on the beds and joints, as well as on the faces of the stone. The 
edges of cut stone which adjoin masonry of a rougher class shall have a 
bevel or rustic of one and a quarter inches ; the edges of all grooves and 
recesses to be slightly rounded. Any stone having defects concealed with 
cement or other material shall be rejected on that account alone. 

Coping will be of uniform thickness throughout each course ; not less 
than 18 inches thick, and shall conform to such plan as may be furnished by 
the Engineer. It shall be cut fine on the top and face, and pointed off to. 
good, fair beds and joints, with clean straight arrises around the face, and 
upper surface of the st6ne, except the upper front edge, which shall be 
rounded to a radius of 2 inches. To be well dowelled with two cast iron 
dowels for each stone ; dowels ten inches long with swelled heads, run in 
with Portland cement. 

Dressed rubble to be of squared stone not less than 10 inches high, with 
no bed less than 18 inches, or less than the height of the stone, and the beds 
of two adjacent stones shall vary in breadth at least six inches. One -fifth 
of the face to be headers four feet long or longer. Stones intended to 
course together shall be of uniform height, to be so arranged where they 
bond with cut stone that the beds of one class shall correspond exactly with 
those of the other, but courses may vary by checking, or by an occasional 
leveler, not less than four inches high, Beds shall be dressed entirely 
through, and every stone shall be set on its best end ; joints to be full for 
six inches from the face, and all beds and joints to be normal to the face or 



$^4 SPECIFICATIONS. 

ntsuch angle as may be prescribed. Both beds and joints will be pointed 
down to fair, plane parallel surfaces to lay with five-eighths of an inch joints. 
The faces shall have no projection over three-fourths of an inch from the 
drafts. 

Rock faced masonry shall be similar to the above, but the,face may be left 
rough, but with no projection greater than 2^ inches — each stone to have 
a draft around the face of one and a quarter (iX) inches or to be neatly 
pitched off at an angle of 45 degrees as the Engineer may direct. 

Rough rubble for backing shall be of large, clean, well shaped stones, 
hammered to good fair beds so that they will lie solid ; all to be well bonded. 
Cutting or dressing a stone after it has been set is prohibited — except in 
special cases by consent of the Engineer. 

Concrete shall be composed of broken stone or gravel, which will pass 
through a 2^ inch ring, free from dust and dirt, to be screened if required 
by the Engineer. To be thoroughly mixed, (with sixteenths of its bulk of 
mortar,) carefully put in place by such process as the Engineer may ap- 
prove, and rammed or pressed into a solid mass. 

Paving will be of hard well shaped stones of even thickness, sixteen inches 
in depth, laid in mortar. 

Slope walls of dry rubble masonry will be made of well shaped stone, 
hammered to fair beds generally 18 inches wide, laid to the proper lines 
and slopes, and at right angles to the ilope and to reach through the wall 
on a bed of gravel or spalls six inches thick, and shall be finished on top 
with wide stone, jointed. The face to be well wedged and pointed with 
pinners and spalls. 

Rip -rap and filling for cribs will be of sound rubble stone as specified 
above, such proportion as the Engineer may require, to measure one and a 
half cubic feet each. Such portion of the gravelling of the dam as the En- 
gineer may direct, shall be made of *' rip-rap '' and paid for at rip-rap price. 

Cement will be of good and uniform quality, setting firmly and strongly, 
but not too quickly ; subject to the approval of the Engineer, and to con- 
stant inspection. It must be a fine dry powder, free from cinder or other 
inert or injurious substance, and kept under cover in a tight shed or cement 
house. 

Sand to be clean, sharp, silicious ; to be screened and washed if required 
by the Engineer. 

Mortar to be composed generally of two parts of sand to one of cement, 
well and thoroughly mixed, and used before it has begun to stiffen. It must 
not be used on the *' second set." For concrete in foundations not exposed 
to running water, the mortar may with the consent of the Engineer have 
two and a half parts of sand to one part of cement. 

All stones to be well and solidly laid to the proper lines. Laying masonry, 
in full beds of mortar, and settled in place with a wooden maul. The 
joints of face stone to be well filled with the trowel or other tool. Rubble 
stone in backing will also be laid perfectly solid in full beds of mortar, the 



SPECIFICATIONS. 75 

joints to be well filled with the same; all space shall be filled with mortar, 
into which spalls and selected pieces of stone shall be driven until the whole 
is full. The use of grout or fluid mortar is prohibited. 

Face stones may with the approval of the Engineer be backed with con- 
crete in layers corresponding with the courses of stone, rammed solid. 

Proper machinery must be used in handling large stones, and every stone, 
the bond of which is broken, must be taken up and reset. 

The bond of stone will in no case be less than eight inches. 

Face work will be jointed and pointed as the work progresses, with the 
same mortar Vitli which it has been laid, pressed in, and smoothed or burn- 
ished with a proper tool. 

Masonry will not be executed during freezing weather, except by consent 
of the Engineer, who will prescribe what precautions shall be taken to pre- 
vent injury to the work ; and all new and unfinished work shall be properly 
protected by the contractor at his own cost. 

The contractor shall build into the masonry, without extra charge, all the 
iron work and timber, sills, anchors, plates, &c. 

Timber shall be white oak or white pine, or such other as Timber, 
may be approved by the Engineer officer in charge, sound, straight, free 
from shakes, cracks, loose knots or other defects impairing its strength, 
durability, or fitness, and subject to the approval of the Engineer, properly 
sawed or hewed to prescribed dimensions, the surfaces to be fair, and out of 
wind. Where the use of flatted timber (that which is hewed or sawed only 
on two opposite parallel faces,) is permitted by the Engineer, the contractor 
shall be paid for so much only as the log will square. The price of timber 
shall cover the cost of framing and placing of nails, spikes and pins. 

Iron work will be furnished by the United States, and built into the work 
by the contractor without extra charge. 

Earth and rock work will be measured in excavation, and Measurement, 
the price per cubic yard will cover its transportation and placing in embank- 
ment. 

Concrete and rough rubble will be paid for by the cubic yard in place. 

Dressed rubble and rock faced masonry will be measured and paid for by 
the cubic yard for an average thickness of face, to be determined by the 
Engineer, and to which the work in execution must conform. 

Cut stone masonry and coping, will be paid for by the cubic yard, meas- 
ured before the stones are laid. 

Timber and plank by the looo feet, board measure, of the dimensions 
prescribed and furnished. 

The prices for masonry shall cover all coffer-dams, pumping and bailing, 
machinery, &c., as well as drilling and cutting for bolts and dowels, and 
generally the prices bid will coverall expenses incident to the work. 

All material rejected by the Engineer shall be piled in General conditions, 
sight near the works, and so remain until the same are completed. 

Within thirty days after the completion of the works, the contractor 



^6 SPECIFICATIONS. 

shall remove from the site all cofifer dams, rubbish, old and unused material, 
and leave the whole in perfect order and condicion. The slopes of all ex- 
cavations and embankments shall be neatly finished and trimmed to the 
prescribed slopes, the top and bottom edges correctly lined off and defined. 
In their first execution they will be left full, so that there may be some 
earth to remove in the final dressing. This dressing will be covered by the 
contract price for excavation and embankment. 

From sunset to sunrise the work shall be lighted in such manner, satis- 
factory to the Engineer, as to prevent accident to boats navigating the 
river. This lighting shall be done by the contractor at his own expense, 
and he shall be liable for any and all damages due to neglect in this partic- 
ular. 

The work will be conducted under the direction of the local or resident 
Engineer, who shall have power to prescribe the order and manner of ex- 
ecuting the same in all its parts ; of inspecting and rejecting materials and 
work which do not conform to the true intent and meaning of the drawings 
and of these specifications ; but the decision of the United States Engineer 
officer in charge of the works shall alone be final and conclusive upon these 
points, and upon all questions arising out of these specifications, and from 
his decision there shall be no appeal. Within one month after the award 
of the contract, the contractor must elect a residence, to which all letters 
and notifications concerning the work may be sent. 

The work must be commenced within thirty days after the execution of 
the contract, and completed by or before the 31st day of December, I878. 

Payments will be made monthly, reserving 10. per cent, of Payments, 
all monthly estimates until the completion of the whole work ; and no pay- 
ment will be made for material until it is actually in place in the work and 
has been inspected and accepted. But if the contractor, injudicious prose- 
cution of his work, should prepare non-perishable material in advance of 
the proper time to put it in the work, the Engineer in charge may, at his 
discretion, pay him for such material, after inspection and delivery to the 
United States, a proportionate part of his contract price for the finished 
work, to be deducted from the final estimates when paid. 

Extra work shall be done only upon the written order of the Engineer, 
when time will permit ; the quantity and value to be agreed upon in advance 
,when practicable, or if impracticable, then immediately thereafter and with- 
in the next 30 days succeeding. 

The right is reserved to make such changes in the plans and specifications 
of this work as the Engineer in charge may think proper, and in case such 
changes shall increase or diminish the expense of doing the work, it shall 
be his duty, with the approval of the Chief of Engineers, to add to, or de- 
duct from the contract prices in proportion to such increase or diminution. 

In the event of the appropriation being exhausted before the completion 
of this work, or for other sufficient cause, the right is reserved to the U. S. 
Engineer in charge to suspend the contract without liability on the part of 



SPECIFICATIONS. 77 

the United States, upon giving thirty days notice thereof. In which case all 
the work done and materials furnished will be paid for in full, together with 
the reserved percentage. 

In case this contract should fail or be annulled, all coffer dams and cribs, 
with all their adjuncts, appurtenances and accessories shall thereby become 
the property of the United States ; and any and all materials, tools, ma- 
chinery, boats, tramways, cars, &c., prepared for or in use in the prosecu- 
tion of the work, together with all leases, rights of way and quarry privi- 
leges, may be purchased by the United States at a valuation to be deter- 
mined by the Engineer. 

It is recommended that each person bidding sha^l visit the site, either 
personally or by competent agent, ascertain the character of the river as to 
floods, low water, &c., inspect the style of masonry and other work exe- 
cuted under similar contracts upon other structures of this series, and ob- 
tain the information necessary to enable him to make an intelligent pro- 
posal. Bidders will state whether these recommendations have been com- 
plied with. 

All available information will be given at the office of the Resident En- 
gineer, Charleston, Kanawha County, West Virginia. 

WM. P. CRAIGHILL, 

Major of Engineers. 



U, S. Light-House Board. 

In this department of the Government service the forms are 
all similar and some of them necessarily very prolix. A single 
example will therefore be found sufficient. 

Specifications 

For the Light-House on SjOUThwest Ledge, near New Haven, 

Connecticut, Long Island Sound. 

Office of the Light-House Board, 
See pages 211, 227, 254. Washington, D. C, 1875. 

General Description. 

The Light-homse is to be built on Southwest Ledge, a rock in Long Island 
Sound, near New Haven, Connecticut. The shoalest point on the rock has 
on it 1 1 X f<?et of water at low tide, and drops off in all directions into deep 
water quite rapidly. 

The uneven surface of this rock was leveled with concrete and small 
quarry stones, upon which were placed two annular tiers of dimension stones, 
28 feet in diameter and 3 feet thick. 



7S . SPECIFICATIONS. 

On top of this foundation, which is lo feet below mean high water, was 
set a cast-iron tube 24 feet in diameter, resting- on the stone foundation with 
a wide bottom flange ; it is composed of rings 6 feet high, the lower ring, 
which is surrounded with rip-rap, being i ^ inch thick, the two next are 2 
inches thick, and the upper courses are each i inch thick. This foundation 
is surrounded by a rip-rap protection of large but irregular blocks of granite. 

The concrete filling of the tube extends solid up to the cellar, which is 16 
feet in diameter and 7 feet high. 

The dwelling, which is to be entirely of iron on the outside, will contain, 
in the principal story, a living-room, kitchen, pantry, and a hall, from which 
stairs will communicate to the cellar and the upper floors. The roof will 
contain two stories, two bed-rooms being on the lower and the oil and watch- 
room on the upper one ; above this will be the lantern. 

The iron shell of the house will rest on a frame made of rolled-iron beams, 
which will also support a gallery which is surrounding the entire super- 
structure. 

Communication with the shore will be afforded the keepers by boats, 
which, when not in use, are hoisted on wrought-iron davits secured to the 
gallery. Access will be given to the light-house by two ladders from the 
water to the gallery, which are to be made in two hinged sections; the nipper 
part to be strongly braced and stationary, while the lower one can be hoisted 
up when not in use. 

The gallery is to be protected by a wrought-iron railing, and two coal- 
slides will lead from the same to the cellar. The cellar to be lighted by two 
windows, in the top of the caisson. The framework, which carries the 
dwelling and the gallery, is to be supported on the outside by cast-iron 
brackets, which are strongly secured to the caissor^; the beams to be bolted 
to them, thus securing the superstructure to the foundation. 

The wooden entrance-door to be made in two folds, swinging outward, 
and will have a transom-light. The stairs are to be inclosed with tongued, 
grooved and beaded narrow boards from the first-story floor to 2 feet 8 
inches above the second-story floor, where they will be cut level and capped. 

The pantry to be fitted up with shelves and drawers for storing provisions. 
In the living-room and the kitchen are to be located two stoves, for heating 
and cooking purposes; the smoke-pipes to be double, to prevent accidents 
from fire, and where they pass through the floor an additional ring to be 
provided, thus forming a double air-space between the smoke-pipe and the 
floor and ceiling. Drums to be provided in each of the rooms of the second- 
story for heating those apariments. The smoke-pipes to be carried outside 
of the roof and finished with Emerson ventilator-caps. 

The stairs to be continued from the second-story to the watch-room ; the 
lantern to be reached by a step-ladder, an iron trap-door being provided in 
the lantern-floor to shut out draughts. A door in the parapet to lead from 
the lantern to the gallery, which is to be used by the keepers to clean the 
lantern glass from the outside j it is to be protected by a plain wrought-iron 
railing. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 79 

In the watch-room there is to be the clock apparatus for the fog-bell, the 
latter being placed over one of the large dormers which give light to the 
second-story ; proper boxes to be provided for the weights of this machinery 
as well as for the weight of the apparatus revolving the lens; both boxes are 
to be carried below the first-story floor, so that the weight can descend to 
the level of the cellar floor. 

The two floors of the light-house are to be constructed with timber joists 
placed 16 inches apart from centers, the first tier resting on the flanges of 
the wrought-iron framing-beams, the second tier on the flanges formed at 
the joint of the dwelling castings with the main-cornice castings. Both tiers 
of beams are to be stiffened by rows of cross-bridges. On these beams are 
to be laid the floors. The ontside walls of all the rooms and halls are to be 
lined with a double thickness of narrow tongued, grooved and beaded boards, 
with a layer of tarred roofing-paper between them; also the inclined inner 
roof surfaces ; this lining to be nailed to pieces of furring, wedged tightly 
between the ribs of the iron-house inclosure and that of the roofs. The 
ceilings are to be lined with a single thickness of the same boarding. 

The cellar and the watch-room windows to have metal sashes ; the windows 
above, and the principal dormers, to have wooden sashes. 

The cellar to contain two water-tanks, into which the rain-water is to be 
conducted. Overflow-pipes lead from the upper part of the same to the 
outside. 

The lantern to have an iron parapet lined with wood, cast-iron lantern- 
posts, and a dome-shaped copper roof, terminating with a ventilator and 
pinnacle, which will form a lightning-rod. 

The whole light-house being of metal, there is a continuous metal con- 
tact with the water. 

The focal plane of this light-house is to be 46 feet 8 inches, and the gal- 
lery is to be 14 feet 7^^ inches above the level of highest tides. 

Details. 

The top course of the caisson will be set on the sections Top course oi 
already completed and in place. caisson. 

It is made in 24 castings, each 1 5 degrees in arc, i inch thick, with bot- 
tom and side flangs 1% inches thick; a horizontal flange on the inside, at 
the level of the under side of framing-beams, i inch thick ; and a small 
flange on top, forming a rest for the drop-flange of the gallery-plate. The 
castings will be strengthened by vertical ribs, as shown on the drawings. 
The lower horizontal flange of this course will be joined to the top flange 
of the upper section, in place, by ninety-six (96) iX"inch bolts, each 4^ 
inches long, four to each section. The holes for these bolts will be drilled 
after the work is set up at the place. The vertical flanges will be bolted to- 
gether by eight iX-inch bolts each. Two of the castings will have open- 
ings for windows, with flanges, the inner ends of which will be faced. Eight 
of the castings will have seats for the corner brackets, four right and four 



8o SPECIFICATIONS. 

left, and eight other castings will have seats for the intermediate brackets, 
four right and four left. The top of the castings will be olaned to receive 
the circular drop-flange of the gallery castings. 

The contractor will have the option of making the castings which form 
the top of the cast-iron tube, either in a single tier or course of 7 feet 8 
inches in height, or they may be divided into two courses of 3 feet 2 inches 
and 4 feet 6 inches, respectively. In the latter case the horizontal joint will 
be made at the bottom of the belt molding, with iX-inch horizontal 
flanges, and ninety-six iX-ii^ch bolts. 

As there may be a slight variation from a true circle in the present top of 
the cast-iron tube, the Engineer will furnish the contractor a templet giv- 
ing the shape exactly. The new course must be made to suit. 

Six mooring rings will be provided, made of wrought-iron, Mooring rings, 
riveted to wrought-iron plates, which will be fastened to the caisson by four 
l-inch bolts each, in such places as will be directed by the Engineer. 

The sashes for the two cellar windows, as shown in detail Cellar windows. 
on plate 4, will be of cast-iron. All the outside suafaces will be planed. 
The glass will be held in place by bronze strips, fastened by i^-inch tap- 
screws. Part of the hinges will be fastened to the caisson castings by two 
^-inch tap-bolts each, the other part of the hinge being cast to the sash ; 
the holes for the pins, which are of steel, will be bored. The sash will be 
made water-tight by a continuous rubber band, and arranged to be drawn 
up close by means of two eye-bolts with thumbscrews. 

The sixteen brackets supporting the gallery will be of Brackets, 
cast-iron. The eight larger brackets intersect each other at right angles ; 
four will be full castings, the other four will be in two pieces each, which 
will be held together and to the full brackets by six ^-inch bolts. The 
eight intermediate brackets will be cast with a boss for the railing-standards. 
Each of the brackets will be secured to the caisson by two i^-ii^ch bolts. 
All surfaces of contact of the brackets and the caisson castings and of the 
brackets with each other will be planed. 

The dwelling and the main gallery will be supported by a Rolled beams, 
frame composed of No. 4 heavy 9-inch Phcenix beams and No. 13 6-inch 
Phoenix channel-irons. The beams will be of the following lengths : 

Two (2) 26 feet 9 inches long. 

Two (2) 19 feet 7 inches long. 

Four (4) 3 feet 6}i inchesjilong. 

There wil) be four pieces of channel-iron, each 19 feet 7 inches long. 

Where the beams intersect they will be joined by angle-irons made of 
^-inch boile -plate held by 34;'-inch bolts. One of the four angles of each 
intersection will be filled by a casting forming a boss for the railing-standard. 
Four of the connections of the beams with the channel-irons will be made 
by castings which serve as sockets for the boat-davits ; they will be held to 
the beams and channel-irons by J^-inch bolts. The other four connections 
will be made by J^ -inch boiler-plate bolted with ^-inch bolts. The chan- 



SPECIFICATIONS. 8 1 

nel-irons will be held to the intermediate brackets by the bolt ends of the 
standards passing through the same. The beams will rest on the flange 
prepared on the caisson casting, which will be planed at the places where 
the beams rest. The openings left between the webs of the beams and the 
cnisson will be filled with castings riveted to pieces of boiler-iron which are 
fastened to the beams by ^-inch bolts. The beams will be bolted to the 
cast-iron brackets. 

The gallery will be made in 12 castings or plates, (shown Gallery plates. 
on place 3,) the upper surface made rough with checkers. A rising flange 
will be provided on the inside and a molded nosing and drop-flange on the 
outside. On the under side, the plates will have a system of strengthening 
ribs, and a circular drop-flange planed to rest on the top flange of the cais- 
son. They will be connected through side flanges by ^-inch bolts 
through the rising flange. Chipping pieces will be provided where the 
plates and their flanges rest on the beams and the channel-irons. All sur- 
faces of contact not specified to be chipped must be planed. Plain margins 
will be left on the upper surface around the edges. Where the davits rest, 
a circular boss will be raised above the general surface, and where the 
braces are fastened through the plates and channel-irons, they will be pro- 
vided with lugs underneath. Two of the plates will be provided with circu- 
lar coal-holes with raised rims and cast-iron covers, which will be secured 
with chains to the flange below. One of the corner plates will be provided 
with chipping pieces for the attachment of the water-closet. 

The gallery railing will be of wrought-iron. The lower Gallery railing. 
ends of the standards pass through the flanges of the channel-irons and 
brackets and are secured to them by means of wrought iron nuts. The four 
interior angle standards will be fastened tothe angle castings. The stan- 
dards will be square where the rails are attached, and will be drilled for the 
bolts holding the palms of the lower rail; a circular collar will be forged on 
the lower end where the standards fit on the gallery. 

Holes are to be drilled in the rails to receive the ends of the stays ; in the 
lower ends they will be countersunk. The stays are made of ^-inch 
round iron, reduced at the ends to ^-inch for riveting to the rails. 

The upper rail has a rolled-iron cap, (No. 56 Phcenix pattern,) which will 
be riveted to it with X-if^ch countersunk rivets, one to each alternate space 
between the stays. The bar-iron of the upper rail will have scarfed joints, 
drilled to slip over the ends of the standards, to which they will be held by 
ornamental brass nuts set on square washers of cast-iron. At the water- 
closet the railing will be joined to the jamb and to the joint of the plates by 
bolts, and the corner standard will here be omitted. 

There will be two gates, made similar to the railing, Gates. 
hung on two wrought-iron self-acting hinges. They will have a diagonal 
brace of bar-iron, through which the round irons of the caging will pass. 
Stops will be provided for the gates, which will be locked by spring-latches 
riveted to the upright frame. 

F • 



82 SPECIFICATIONS. 

There will be two ladders from low-water level to the gal- Ladders, 
lery, shown in the general plan, (plate 2,) and constructed as shown in 
detail, (plate 6.) The ladder-beams will be made of No. 15 Phcenix 
angle-iron ; the ladder will be in two sections, united in the middle by 
wrought-iron hinges with steel pins, bolted to one pair of ladder-beams and 
riveted to the other pair. The upper part of the ladder will be held in 
place by two wrought-iron brackets bolted to the beams. The lower part 
of the upper half will be held in place by a frame of T-irons and tie-rods 
of the dimensions shown on the drawings, bolted to the caisson by eight 
^-inch tap -bolts, and to the lower end of the ladder-beams by four similar 
bolts. The two cross-pieces at the joint will form a tread, and the other 
treads will be spaced from the same with 10 inches average rise. The 
treads to be of wrought-iron, roughened on the upper side. A hand-rail of 
round-iron will be fastened to the outer beam of each ladder and to the ex- 
terior standard of the gallery. 

Three eyes will be provided to each ladder for the attachment of the 
hoisting-chain. Two will be riveted to the beams of the lower half, 6 
inches from the end. The third will be riveted to the right beam of the 
upper half, 2 inches above the hinge, in order to hang the chain when the 
ladder is lowered. 

There will be four wrought-iron boat-davits, of the form Boat-davits, 
and dimensions shown. The pivot at the bottom will be turned. A collar 
will be forged on for the bearing of the braces to rest on ; the portion above 
the same is to be turned. -The braces will be made of No. 69 Phoenix iron, 
cut and shaped in the manner shown on the drawings, to be fastened with 
^-inch bolts through the top flanges of the beams and channel-irons; 
above they will be fastened to the wrought-iron ring, which will be bored 
to fit the davit by two ^-inch tap-bolts. A cleat for fastening the rope 
will be formed by two pieces of round wrought-iron tapped into the ring. 
The upper part of the davit will be flat with a drilled hole, through which 
an eye-bolt will be passed. The nut will be secured with a pin. 

The water-closet will be located as shown on the general Water-closet, 
plan; (the details of construction are given on another plate.) The 
gallery-plate, on which it will be fastened, will be provided with raised sur- 
faces for the reception of the foot-frame, made of 2 by 2 inches angle-iron, 
which will be held to the plate by ^-inch bolts. A plain saddle-strip will 
be cast on, to run across the door-opening and around the sides. Three 
openings will be provided in the plate for the rain-water to flow out. The 
mantel of the water-closet will be made of y^-inch. sheet-iron, stiffened at 
the bottom by a wrought-iron strip J^-inch by 2 inches, and fastened by 
^-inch rivets. A strip of the same dimensions will be riveted over the 
horizontal joint of the plates. A 2 by 2 inches angle-iron, bent in a circular 
form, will be riveted to the inside of the mantel, drilled and countersunk 
for six wood-screws to fasten the seat. Proper holes will be drilled in the 
foot-frame of angle-iron, for the fastenings of the risers, 2 inches apart, 



SPECIFICATIONS. • S^ 

which will be formed of narrow tongued and grooved boards. The door- 
jambs and lintel and the cornice will be of cast-iron, and the mantel will be 
riveted to the same by ^ -inch rivets. The jambs will be connected with 
the gallery-plate and the lintel by }4-in^ch bolts, the surfaces of contact be- 
ing planed. Two pairs of brass hinges will be provided, countersunk into 
and riveted to the jambs, to which the wooden door will be hung. The 
roof is made of two pieces of ^-inch sheet-iron ; it is shown in develop- 
ment on the drawing ; the joints are covered by strips of the same iron ; the 
lower edges are riveted to the cornice. The pinnacle will be made of cast- 
iron, with a wrought-iron point terminating in a bolt with nutand washer to 
secure it to the roof. The gallery-railing on one side will butt against a 
strip 2}4 by }4 inch, which is riveted to the side of the water-closet; in front 
it will be fastened to the jambs by two 7-16-inch bolts. There will be two 
bulls-eye windows fastened to the mantel by tap-screws through circular 
strips, as shown on the drawings. 

The castings which form the outside walls of the dwelling Dwelling castings. 
are shown in detail on plate 7. They will be ^-inch thick, with ^-inch 
joint flanges and strengthening ribs. The lower tier of castings will have a 
drip-flange near the lower edge, for the protection of their joints with the 
gallery-plates. All the horizontal and vertical joint-flanges and the face 
portion of the lower castings below the drip-flange will be planed, and the 
castings themselves will be held together by ^^f-inch bolts. The same size 
bolts will be used to connect the castings with the wrought-iron beams. 

The location of the windows in the lower story is shown Window castings. 
on the general plan. There will be two large and four small windows, all 
shown in detail. Each window will be formed of a sill casting, two jambs, 
a lintel casting, and two sash-boxes. The sill castings will be provided with 
ribs, joint, and drip-flanges similar to those in the dwelling castings, 
they will be bolted to the latter and to the rolled beams, . On the upper 
flange provision will be made for the attachment of the jambs and boxes, 
which will be held down by bolts, as shown on the drawings. The 
jambs are shown on the same plate; they will be bolted by ^-inch 
bolts to the dwelling castings. They will have upper and lower flanges for 
the attachment of the sill and lintel castings. The box castings will be 
bolted to the jambs by four 7-16-inch countersunk tap-bolts each. The 
boxes will be planed on the faces on which the sashes run ; the parting strip 
will be fastened into a groove, cut for that purpose in the face of the jambs, 
with tap-screws. In the interior of the box there will be a division of ^-inch 
sheet-iron fastened to flanges above and below with J^f-inch tap-scrcws. 
The b-xwill be closed on the inside by a cast-iron cover secured by eight 
X-inch tap-screws. This cover projects ^ inch and forms a stop for the 
inner sash. 

The sashes will be of wood, and will not be furnished by the contractor 
for the iron-work, but he will provide and set in the frames two pairs of 
brass-axle pulleys. The lintel castings will, like the sill castings, form part 



^4 • SPECIFICATIONS. 

of the house inclosure, and will be provided with flanges and ribs ; they 
will be bolted to the jambs, boxes, adjoining-house castings, and the archi- 
trave above. 

All surfaces of contact between the different parts of the window pieces 
and the adjoining castings will be planed. 

The entrance door piece to dwelling will be composed of a Door cast-'ngs. 
sill piece, two jambs with base blocks, right and left, two brackets, and a 
lintel, as shown on plate 9. Th© sill will be cast with a wash, and will have 
at its ends level shoulders for the attachment of the jambs ; on the under 
side it will have a flange, through which it will be bolted to the rolled-iron 
framing-beam by four ^-inch bolts. The two jambs will be right and left, 
strengthened by ribs and bolted to the sill and lintel by two ^-inch bolts 
each through ^-inch end flanges. A rebate will be formed for the door to 
close against. Two pairs of brass butt-hinges will be fastened to the jambs 
by tap-screws ; they will be sunk flush with the rebate face of the jambs. 
The base-blocks of the jambs will be secured to the jamb castings by four 
y inch countersunk tap-screws each. The jambs will be bolted to the ad- 
joining dwelling castings by ^-inch bolts. The lintel casting will be bolted 
to each jamb by two ^-inch bolts and to the architrave casting of the main 
cornice by four ^-inch bolts. The upper part of the brackets will be cast 
on the lintel piece ; the lower portion will be fastened to the upper by yi -inch 
standing bolts, and to the jamb castings by ^-inch countersunk tap-screws. 
All surfaces of contact between the different parts of the door piece and the 
adjoining castings will be planed, and joint faces of the brackets and base 
blocks will be chipped to secure a neat fit. 

The eight corners of the dwelling will be covered with Comer pilasters. 
paneled pilasters, which will be bolted to the dwelling castings by ^-inch 
countersunk bolts. The pilasters will have bases and molded caps. 

The main cornice will be composed of sixteen castings Main comice. 
which form a continuation of the dwelling castings, and to which will be 
bolted the gutter and brackets. The sixteen main pieces will be cast with 
architrave moldings, strengthening ribs, and side and bottom flanges, 
through which they will be bolted to each other and to the dwelling 
castings by ^-inch bolts. A top flange will be provided for the at- 
tachment of the roof castings. The surfaces of contact will be planed. 
The upper moldings of the cornice will be cast in sixteen sections, and 
will be provided with center ribs and planed end-flanges, through which 
they will be connected to each other by |^-inch bolts ; the ribs and 
flanges will have return-flanges cast to them, through which the castings 
will be fastened to the main cornice castings by )^-inch bolts. The level 
part orplancier will have openin'^s left where the brackets occur, as shown 
on the drawings. On the flange over the large ogee-molding a chipping 
piece will be provided for the upper fillet which forms part of the gutter 
castings, to fit close to the same. The gutter will be composed of sixteen 
straight and eight angular castings, which will be connected together 



SPECIFICATIONS. 85 

through planed end flanges by >^-inch bohs. Two of the straight castings 
which are placed in front of the two opposite dormer windows facing east 
and west, will be provided with pockets for the down-spouts, as shown on 
the drawings ; the pockets will be tapped for this purpose. A sieve will be 
fastened over each pocket, cut out of X-i^ch sheet-iron, perforated in the 
manner shown on the drawings, and secured to the gutter by two X-inch 
tap-screws each. 

There will be two down-spouts, made of 2-inch gas pipe, Down-spouts. 
connected at the bends with the requisite couplings. They will be carried 
inio the house along the ceiling of the first story and down into the tanks in 
the cellar. From these, overflow-pipes will lead to the outside through 
openings in the caisson castings. 

. There will be two water tanks in the cellar, which will be Water tanks. 
made of 3-16 inch boiler-iron, riveted and calked ; near the bottom a brass 
cock of i-inch bore will be secured. On the top a j^-inch sheet-iron cover 
will be provided for the man-hole. 

There will be twenty-four cast-iron brackets, to support Brackets. 
the upper part of the cornice, of the form and dimensions shown on the 
drawings. They will be fastened to the main castings by two standing 
bolts and one countersunk bolt each. The brackets will be neatly fitted to 
the plancier and the frieze surfaces of the cornice. 

The roof will have the form of a truncated pyramid, with Roof castings. 
four wide and four narrow faces. The wide faces will be composed of seven 
castings each, and a dormer, which forms the middle piece. The narrow 
sides will be composed of three pieces. The castings will be provided with 
flanges, through which they will be fastened together, to the main cornice 
below, and to the roof-cornice above, by ^-inch bolts. The angles will be 
provided with fascia surfaces raised above the roof surfaces, and horizontal 
fascias will be run on the upper castings. The outer faces of the roofs will 
have up and down ribs, as shown on the drawings. A drip will be formed 
on the lower castings to protect the joint of the gutter with the main-cor- 
nice castings. 

The four large dormer windows will each be composed Dormer windows. 
of six castings, as shown on the drawings. The sill castings will be 
bolted to the main-cornice castings by four ^ inch bolts each. They 
will have drip-flanges to correspond with those of the lower-roof castings. 
The upper surface will be inclined outward in the window opening, and level 
where the jambs and boxes will be attached; on the back there will be a 
molding, the upper part of which will form the inner stop-bead for the sash. 
The two jambs will be set plumb on the sill, cast with a reveal and flange 
on the window side, and with a return face against the roof surface, a smaU 
portion of the latter being formed of these castings, requisite flanges to at- 
tach to the roof castings being provided. The lower portion will be ogee- 
shaped, with raised ornamental knob and sunk ornaments on the front sur- 
face. Each jamb will have a strengthening rib in the middle, and top and 



86 SPECIFICATIONS. 

bottom flanges, through which it will be bolted to the sill and lintel castings 
by ^-inch bolts. The two box castings for the sashes will be similar to 
those in the first-story windows in evejry particular except the lengths. They 
will be square-headed ; the circular part of the dormer will be formed on 
the reveal and outer return flange only, which do not form part of the box 
castings. The tinted casting will be of the shape and dimensions shown, 
(Plate II.) It will be semicircular in the window opening, and on the front 
face there will be two raised knobs and sunk lines and ornaments. It will 
be stiffened on the inside by ribs, and will be bolted to the jambs and the 
adjoining roof castings by ^-inch bolts, as shown on the drawings. The 
roof will be strengthened with a rib on which bosses will be cast, which will 
be drilled for one of the dormers for the uprights of the fog-bell frame to 
pass through. All the surfaces of contact in the joints will be planed. 

The fog-bell will be supported on a wrought-iron frame. Fog-bell. 
The uprights will be i inch in diameter, with round shoulders, screws 
and nuts on both ends. There will be two braces, 2 inches by X? to slip over 
the uprights and to bolt through a palm against the roof. The yoke for the 
bell will be adapted to the shape of the latter. The roof casting above the 
dormer which carries the fog-bell will be cut through in the manner shown 
on the drawings, to allow the hammer to strike the bell, and the opening 
will be protected by a hood of sheet-iron', which will be held to the roof by 
X-inch bolts through a strip of ^-inch iron. 

The small circular dormers will have their necks cast on Small dormers. 
the middle casting of the upper tier, with a circular return flange, through 
which the face- frame will be bolted. The face of this flange will be planed. 
The face-frame is shown in detail, (Plate 9) ; it will be bolted to the neck- 
flange by six j5^-inch bolts, the surface of contact with the latter being 
planed. The keystone ornament on top will be fastened by a tap-bolt from 
behind with a countersunk head. There will be a circular sash cast with 
part of a hinge on top; the remainder of the hinge will be cast to the frame, 
the pin to be inserted from the interior of the dormer, as shown on the 
drawings. The closing surfaces of the frame and sash will be turned ; the 
glass will be held in the rebate by a circular bronze strip, fastened by six 
X-inch tap-screws. A brass latch will fasten the sash on the inside, and a 
wrought-iron rod, hinged to a plate will be provided to keep the window 
open ; the plate will be bolted to the frame by two countersunk tap-screws. 
The nut of the standing bolt securing the latch will have a conical opening 
for the reception of the end of the rod. 

Two of the top castings of the narrow sides will be pro- Smoke-pipes. 
vided with collars for the passage of the smoke- pipes. The latter will be 
made of copper, and will be held near the roof-cornice by a brace and collar 
made of ^ by ^-inch flat iron, bolted through palms to the cornice. 

The roof will be surmounted by a molded cornice, and Roof-comice. 
composed of eight castings. They will be provided with strengthening 
ribs and joint-flanges, which will be planed, and through which they will 



SPECIFICATIONS. 8/ 

be bolted together by ^-inch bolts. There will be another horizontal flange, 
through which the railing-standards will be secured. 

The lanter-floor plate is composed of four castings. It Lantem-floor plate, 
will be strengthened on the under side by a system of ribs, and will be 
planed on the flanges, through which they will be bolted together by 
j^-inch bolts. The top surface will be roughened with diamond checkers 
sunk iV inch deep. Chipping pieces will be provided for the octagon par- 
apet ; the center of the floor-plate will have a plain circular surface, raised 
one inch, for the adjustment of the lens-pedestal. One of the castings 
will have an. opening for a trap- door, which will close into a rebate. The 
door will be made of j^i'-inch boiler-iron; the hinges will be of wrought- 
iron, of the shape shown on the drawings, fastened to the floor-plate by 
^-inch countersunk bolts, and riveted to the trap-door. Wrought-iron lift- 
ing-handles will be riveted to both sides of the dopr. 

Bosses will be raised on the floor-plate, through which the Gallery-railing. 
railing standards pass; the holes will be drilled. The wrought iron stan- 
dards will have screw-threads and nuts at their lower ends where they fasten 
to the roof-cornice, as described above. There will be circular collars forged 
on where they set on the bosses; above they will be finished square up to 
the shoulder, w^here the bottom rail is fitted. This rail will be made of Yz 
by 2-inch flat iron, and slips over the standard- bolts; they will be halved 
together on the posts. The standards will have a piece of gas-pipe fitted 
over the same between the lower and upper rails, and will have a shoulder 
for the upper rail, which will be slipped over and will be halved together in 
the same manner as the lower rail. The upper parts of the standards will 
have a screw-thread for the ornamental brass-nuts ; cast-iron washers, of the 
shape shown on the drawings, will be set under them. 

Lantern. 

The lantern with its details is shown on Plate 13. 

The parapet will be made in eight castings, one of which Paraj-et 
will be used for a door-frame. They will be provided with bottom flanges, 
through which they will be bolted to the lantern-floor plate by four ^-inch 
bolts each. They will be bolted together through side flanges by bolts of 
same size; the joint faces of the flanges will be planed. The top flanges 
will have shoulders for the attachm ;nt of the lantern-posts, and rebates will 
be formed for the insertion of the glass ; the rebates and the shoulders will 
be planed. Four of the sections will be provided with air-registers made of 
cast iron, of the form and dimensions shown in detail ; they will be secured 
in place by four ^-inch tap-bolts each. The revolving disk with handle will 
be of brass, neatly finished. 

The door will be of cast-iron, hung with two pairs of wrought-iron hinges. 
A number of holes will be bored and countersunk for the fastening of the 
wooden lining. 

The door-catch will be of brass and of the size and shape shown in the 



oo SPECIFICATIONS. 

drawing ; it will have its bolt slide in brass sockets, with a strong brass-wire 
spring around the tail of the same. 

The handles will be of brass, with square steel shanks. 

The eight lantern-posts will be of cast-iron, with square Lantern-posts, 
double flanges at top and bottom, for the attachment to the parapet and the 
cornice by two ^-inch bolts each. 

The surfaces of contact will be planed as well as the rebate faces for the 
glass. 

The glass stops will be made of finished bronze; they Glass stops. 
will be flat bars beveled for the sills and soffits, and round for the lantern- 
posts. They will be fastened with ^-inch bronze tap-bolts. 

The cast-iron cornice will be in eight pieces. The joints Cornice. 
will be in the middle of the sides, with planed flanges, through which they 
will be bolted together by ^-ii^ch bolts. In the corners there will be ribs 
for the attachments of the rafters. The soffit portion will be shaped exactly 
like the sill. The lantern-posts will be bolted to the same, and will be 
planed in the rebate and on the joint with the posts. 

The eight rafters will be of wrought-iron, of the shape Rafters, &c. 
shown on the drawings. They will be bolted to the angle flanges by three 
^-inch bolts each. There will be two tiers of wrought-iron purline-strips, 
fastened to the rafters by palms and ^-inch bolts. The rafters will be bolted 
on top to the flanges of the cast-iron ventilator pipe by ^-inch bolts each. 
This pipe will be cut above and belo?/ for the insertion of a wrought-iron 
yoke, through which the pinnacle will be held. The pmnacle will be of 
wrought-iron, secured with a nut below ; it will have a shoulder above, to 
rest on the upper yoke ; the upper portion will be finished with a platinum 
point to serve as a lightning-conductor. 

The lantern roof will be made of 1-16 inch copper, in Copper roof, 
eight sections ; the joints over the rafters to be riveted through strips of 
I- 16 inch copper, and brazed. On top the roof will be bolted to the flange 
of the ventilator pipe, and to the purlines by X'i'^ch brass tap-bolts, the 
heads of which will be brazed to the copper surface. The roof will be 
bolted to the cornice by ^-inch brass tap-bolts through a bronze strip, about 
6 inches apart. The ventilator ball and neck will be made of i- 16 inch 
copper ; the ball will be terminated with a brass collar brazed on the same, 
through which the pinnacle will pass, forming a cup, which will be filled 
with solder. 

The interior of the lantern-roof from the ventilator-pipe lo the soflit- 

flange of the cornice will be lined with 1-32 inch sheet-zinc, fastened to the 

rafters by X'i^ich tap-bolts 6 inches pitch, and to the ventilator pipe and 

soffit by X'in^ch tap-bolts, about the same pitch, through wrought-iron 

strips. 

Inspection^ etc. 

All the metal-work must be put together at the wo. shop, and inspected 
and approved by the agent of the Light-House Board before it will be re- 



SPECIFICATIONS. 89 

ceived. All castings which are honey-combed or otherwise imperfect will 
be rejected. 

All parts of the iron-work must be chisel-marked, according to a uniform 
system, and a set of drawings also marked to correspond. 

All rust must be scraped off, and the iion to receive a coat of linseed oil, 
put on hot, before being painted. All the work must be well fitted together, 
and set up at the shop, either entire or by sections, before it is prepared 
for shipment. 

After inspection the iron-work must be painted with two coats ; the fin- 
ished surfaces must be covered with a mixture of tallow and lead, and all 
the smaller parts, as bolts, nuts, &c., boxed for transportation. 

The contractor must provide all the rivets, forges, bolts, nuts, &c., of 
whatsoever description, necessary to erect and complete the metal-work at 
the light-house. He will, if required, also furnish a sufficient number of 
skilled mechanics to assist in the final erection, the said mechanics to be 
under the pay and control of the Light-House Engineer. 

Every facility must be afforded the engineer for inspecting the work dur- 
ing its progress, and no part will be received or paid for unless it is in 'strict 
accordance with the requirements of the specifications. 

The contractor will be furnished with an extra set of drawings, upon 
which he will be required to mark the weight of each casting, forging, &c. 

The contractor is not to take advantage of any omissions in details of 
specifications or drawings, but will be required to perform all work that 
may be necessary to make the job complete, whether specified or not. For 
details not sufficiently explained or understood he will be required to refer 
to the Light-House Engineer, the latter claiming the right to order any de- 
tails to be provided, without additional cost to the Government, should it 
become evident that such details were originally intended, or that they will 
be essential to the proper construction of the work. 



90 SPECIFICATIONS. 



Municipal Works* 



For a Main Sewer* 

Specification 

For the Construction of the Snyder Avenue Main Sewer, on 

Snyder Avenue, from Sixth Street to Delaware River. 

As Authorized by Ordinance, Approved November i, 1875. 

Department of Surveys, 
See pages 213, 230, 235, 259. City of Philadelphia. 

materials and construction. 

Ordinary Excavation. 

No more than two hundred feet of trench shall be opened Length, 
at any one time in advance of the completed sewer, unless by a written or- 
der for the distance therein specified. 

The trenches shall be one foot wider on each side than the Width. 
greatest external horizontal width of the sewer intended to be laid in them, 
unless the nature of the ground necessitates a greater width, which shall be 
determined by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. The bottom of the 
trenches shall be excavated to the exact form and size of the lower half of 
the sewer, if so required. 

Where, in the opinion of the Chief Engineer and Sur- Fourdations made 
veyor, the foundation is not sufficiently compact or solid, secure. 
the Contractor shall excavate the trench to such increased depth and width 
as may be ordered ; he shall then bring it up to the required level and form, 
either with concrete or foundation masonry, as the Chief Engineer and Sur- 
veyor shall determine. 

The sides of the trenches shall be supported by suitable Shoring. , 
shoring and bracing, wherever there is danger from sliding in of earth, but 
no allowance will be made therefor. 

"When running sand, quicksand or other bad and treach- Treachi.rous 
erous ground is encountered, the work shall be carried on 8^°""^. 
with the utmost vigor, and shall be proceeded with day and night, should 
the Chief Engineer and Surveyor so direct. 



*■ The following specifications for sewers were carefully compiled by Rudolph Hering, C. E., Assis- 
tant to the Chief Engineer of the City of Philadelphia, and are believed to be the most complete of 
their kind. They may be made to answer for any similar kinds of work. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 91 

Rock Excavation. 

In rock excavation not less than fifty feet of trench shall Length. 
be opened in advance of the sewer. 

The rock shall be taken out one foot below the grade of Depth. 
the outer curved bottom of the sewer, and the trench then filled up to the 
required level and shape with masonry or concrete, as may be ordered. 

The trench shall be one foot wider on each side than the Width, 
greatest external horizontal width of the sewer intended to be laid in it. 
From the same point upwards, the sides of the trench shall be sloped in 
the ratio of two inches horizontal to one foot vertical, and so continued until 
the trench has a width of twelve feet ; thence to the surface the sides are to 
be carried up vertically with a width of twelve feet. In case the width of 
the sewer exceeds ten feet, the trench shall be excavated one foot wider on 
each side than the greatest width of the sewer, and the sides carried up ver- 
tically of that width to the surface. 

In all cases of blasting, the blast is to be carefully covered Blast protected and 
with heavy timber, and the surplus material excavated to be material removed, 
immediately removed from the ground. 

Where a line of water or gas pipe intersects the trench, pipes intersecting 
any rock excavation within five feet thereof shall be removed trenches. 
without blasting. 

Refilling, 

. After the sewer is built, the work shall be backed in and Material well ram- 
carefully packed and rammed with proper material, and with ^^^ '" layers, 
proper tools, or otherwise compacted to the approval of the Chief Engineer. 

Any timber used for shoring or other purposes shall be Drawing of timber. 
drawn as the filling progresses. No allowance will be made for such timber. 
Should there be a deficiency of proper material for refilling. Deficiency of ma- 
the Contractor will be required to furnish the same without *^"^- 
extra charge. The trenches must be refilled to the height which previously 
existed, unless the Chief Engineer and Surveyor shall direct o-therwise. 

The material for refilling shall be good loam, sand, clean Kind of material to 
ashes or gravel, free from stones above four inches in diam- Reused, 
et( r, and of those below that size in a proportion not exceeding one part 
stone to three parts of earth in any place. Should any clay be dug from 
the excavation, it shall be placed next to the arch of the sewer in refilling. 

As the trenches are filled in and the work completed, the Removal of surplus 
Contractor shall grub and clear the surface wherever neces- in!=i^riais. 
sary, and cart away nnd remove all surplus material, without additional com- 
pensation, to localities not interfering with the regulations of the city, and 
shall leave all roads and places free, clear and in good order. 

Embankment. 

Where embankment is necessary to support the founda- Width and slopes. 

tion of the sewer, or to cover or protect it in any way, it shall be made of 



92 SPECIFICATIONS. 

the width and slopes as shown on the plan. * The surface of Ground to be 
the ground receiving the embankment shall be carefully cleared. 
cleared of all muck or unsuitable material of whatever nature. 

The embankment shall then be formed of good loam or Kind of material. 
gravel, free from all stones more than four inches in diameter, and of those 
below that size in a proportion not exceeding one- part of stone to three parts 
of earth in any place. 

If built to support the foundation of the sewer, the mate- Thickness of layers 
rial is to be deposited in layers of rot more than six inches '^°^^^'^ or rammed. 
in thickness ; each layer to be separately compacted by heavy iron rollers, 
or where these cannot be used, by heavy paviors' rammers. No breaks, 
steps ^or irregularities in the distribution of the material or formation of the 
layers will be allowed, and the whole embankment is to be carried up evenly, 
so as to make a compact and solid foundation. 

The sewers must in all cases be covered at least three feet Sewers to be 
deep over the top with earth, as described above (i6), and covered. 
of the widths and slopes shown on the plan. 

Where the trenches do not furnish sufficient material of Deficiency of mate- 
suitable quality, the Contractor shall procure and supply "^^• 
such deficiency without extra charge. 

All manholes are to be similarly covered and protected Manholes, etc. pro- 
for a thickness of at least three feet around the shaft at the '^^cted. 
top thereof. 

Brick Masonry. 

None but the best quality of whole, sound, perfect-shaped Quality of bricks, 
bricks, burned hard entirely through, shall be used. 

They are to be culled when delivered upon the ground, Culled, 
and all bats and imperfect bricks are to be immediately removed from the 
work. 

All bricks are to be thoroughly wet by immersion im- Wet by immersioH. 
mediately before laying. 

Every third course must be laid fair and smooth by line. • Laid by line. 
The courses are to be kept perfectly straight in the direction of 'the sewer 
and parallel with the rise of the same. 

Every brick is required to be laid in a full and close joint Full joints of mor- 
of cement mortar, as described under Section VII, on its tar on all sides. 
beds^ ends and sides, at one operation. In no case is mortar to be slushed 
in afterwards. 

The work in all cases is to be well and thoroughly bonded. Bonds to be well 
and if the manner is specified on the plans, it shall be done ^"<^ thorough. 
in close adherence to them. 

All brick work, as it progresses, must be racked back in Courses racked 
courses, unless a special permission be given for toothing. ^^^''• 

All inverts or bottom curves are to be worked from tem- Invert. 
plets, accurately made according to the dimensions of the sewer, and cor 
rectly set according to grades furnished. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 93 

The arches or upper curves are to be formed upon strong Arch. 
and proper centres, and the crown is to be keyed with stretchers in full 
joints of mortar. The extrados of the upper arch is to be neatly plastered 
with cement mortar, at least one quarter of an inch thick. 

The centres upon which the arches are formed must be Centres. 
made strong, and according to the sizes and shapes required. They shall 
be made at least ten feet long. 

No centre shall be removed until the work upon it has Drawing of centres 
well set, and the refilling of earth has progressed up to the crown of the 
^arch. All centres must be struck and drawn with care) so as not to crack 
or inj ure the work. 

All fresh work must be protected from injury, and should Fresh work pro- 

.., . tected and injuries 

the regular continuity of the arch or invert be destroyed at repaired. 
any time, either from irregular shrinkage or from the centres being improp- 
erly fixed, or from any other cause, the contractor must remove such por- 
tions and correct the irregularities in a satisfactory manner. 

Stone Masonry. 

All stone masonry must be of the exact dimensions and Exact dimensions, 
character as shown on the plans of the work. 

All stones must be of a good quality, hard, clean and free Quality of stone. 
from seams and imperfections, of good bed and build, and of such general 
sizes as may be specified. 

The masonry must be laid true and by line, with the Laid by line, 
stones on their largest natural beds. 

All stones are to be laid in full beds of cement mortar of Full beds and joints 
the quality described under Section VII, and all joints are °^ mortar. 
to be thoroughly filled with the same (not grouted). 

The tops and sides of the walls are to be plastered well Tops plastered. 
and evenly with cement mortar, when so ordered. 

No masonry is to be built on a concrete foundation be- Concrete founda- 
fore it has thoroughly set. ^^^' 

The backing shall be laid in courses with parallel beds Backing, 
and joints shaped nearly at right angles to the bed. It must be leveled up 
to the face stones with each course, and be well bonded by alternating 
headers and stretchers and by breaking joint. The average size of the 
stones shall be about thac of the face-stones. Every one must have a firm 
and solid bearing, and the joints must be thoroughly filled with mortar be- 
fore the courses are leveled up. Special care shall be taken to make all 
joints on the back surface of the wall secure and impervious to water. 

All joints shall be cleaned and picked out to a depth of at Pointing. 
least one-half inch back of the face of the stone work, and also be made 
wet immediately before being pointed. The mortar for pointing shall con- 
sist of three parts of the best hydraulic cement, two parts of clean, sharp 
and fine bar sand, and such addition of any coloring matter as may be or- 



94 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



dered ; and it shall be mixed in small quantities, and only for immediate 
use. The mortar shall be pressed into the joints well and securely, and fin- 
ished off in such a manner and with such tools as may be required. 

Wherever required, extra large stones for foundations are Foundation 
to be furnished and laid. They must be perfectly sound "masonry. 
and hard, with good flat beds, and of such general size as will be specified. 

The stones shall be rock-faced ashlar, pitched to the Regular coursed 
proper lines, with face out of wind, and dressed true and Patched ashlar, 
parallel on beds, so as to lay not more than a three- eighths inch joint ; the 
vertical joints to be square with face, extending back six inches. The 
courses are to have such rises as shown on the plans. Headers are to have 
at least one and one-half times the depth of course for length of face, and 
three times the same for length in the wall. Stretchers must have a length 
not less than that given on the plan and at least as much bed as rise, and 
there must be one header to every two stretchers. Courses should bond on 
those below in a distance generally not less than the depth of course and in 
no case less than eight inches. Projections on the face of any stone must 
not exceed one-eighth of its rise beyond the pitched lines. 

The stones shall be rock-faced ashlar, pitched and dressed Random coursed 
well and true to parallel beds and perpendicular joints. The P^c'^^d ashlar, 
courses shall be horizontal and not less than eight inches in height. All 
stones are to be laid firmly and no spalls or levellers to be used in the face. 
Headers must have a sectional area parallel to their face of at least one 
square foot and a length of at least three feet; one header shall be used in 
every superficial yard of wall surface and all stones must be bonded 
thoroughly. Projections on the face of any stone must not exceed two 
inches beyond the pitched lines. 

In case it is required to have random coursed ashlar ham- Hammer dressed 
mer dressed instead of pitched, the face of each stone shall masonry. 
be carefully dressed to a surface as nearly uniform as possible with well de- 
fined, sharp and close joints. Otherwise the same as regular coursed pitched 
ashlar. 

The stones must be dressed and pitched well and properly Broken ashlar, 
that the face of each be a polygon of straight sides not to exceed six in 
number. The joints to be perpendicular to the face for at least three inches 
back. All stones must be laid on their largest beds as far as possible. Headers 
must have a sectional area of at least one square foot and be three feet in 
length ; there must be one header in every superficial yard of wall surface 
to form a good and secure bond throughout. Projections on the face must 
not exceed three inches beyond the face line of the wall. 

The average weight of the stones for rubble masonry Rubble masonry. 
shall be between 50 pounds and 500 pounds, as may be specified, according 
to the size of the sewer. They shall be well bonded ; every stone must 
have a firm and solid bearing and the joints must be thoroughly filled with 
mortar. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 95 

The general sizes of the stones must be that of two-men Dry walls. 
stones. Each one must have a fair and even bearing, and all joints and 
crevices are to be thoroughly pinned, and wedged and the courses well 
bonded. 

Coping stones, when required, are to be of granite, blue- Coping stones, 
stone or other sound stone of approved quality. The shape and dimensions 
given are to be truly adhered to, and they shall be dressed and hammered 
in the manner and after the pattern required by the plans, with a smooth 
top surface and close joints. They must be well and truly laid to line and 
grade. 

Arch and Ring stones are to be of Granite or other ap- Arch and Ring 
proved stone. The latter are to be cut, dressed and ham- stone?. 
mered in the manner and according to the shape and dimensions given in 
the plans. The Arch stones shall be cut and dressed to fill the entire depth, 
the thickness of courses shall not exceed their depth, and the length shall 
not be less than one and one-half feet, except where closing up the course. 
All stones must be dressed smoothly to the full depth of the arch on a plane 
in the line of radius. The beds and end joints must not exceed one-quarter 
of an inch. The upper curve or extrados must be thoroughly plastered with 
cement mortar and made smooth and even. 

Mortar, 

All mortar is to be composed of clean, sharp bar sand and ingredients, pro- 
hydraulic cement of the quaUty to be approved by the Chief po"ion and quality. 
Engineer and Surveyor, and mixed in the proportion of two parts of sand to 
one part of cement. A greater proportion of cement shall be used when 
required by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. 

The above proportions are to be made by measurement. Mixing, 
and not by estimation. The mortar must be made in a box, or on a floor, 
and in no case on the ground. The ingredients must be throughly mixed 
in a dry state, and the proper amount of water added afterwards. 

No greater quantity Of mortar is to be prepared than is re- Quantity to be 
quired for immediate use. Any excess left over at night, or n^^^^^- 
that has been standing over two hours, shall not be re-tempered or used in 
any way. 

Every facility for inspecting and testing the cement shall Facility for testing. 
be furnished by the Contractor. 

When the cement has been accepted, if not immediately Cement protected. 
used, it must be protected from the weather, kept dry, and never be placed 
upon the ground without blockings under the barrels. 

Lime mortar shall not be used for any part of the work. No lime mortar. 

Concrete, 
All concrete is to be composed of one part of mortar, ingredients and 
(made as described in the preceding section,) and two parts propo^io'^s. 
of clean stone, furnace slag or hard brick, free from dust or dirt, and 



96 SPECIFICATIONS. 

broken so as to pass in every way through a two-inch ring. All stones too 
large for this test must be thrown out. 

The stone and mortar are to be measured (not estimated) Measured and 
in the given proportions, and mixed in a proper box or on a ^^^^^ 0° » floor, 
floor, and in no case upon the ground. 

The proper quantity of stone shall be spread out evenly Manner of mixing, 
in a layer not to exceed six inches in depth, and sprinkled so as to slightly 
wet the surfaces of all the stones. Upon it shall be spread evenly the 
proper quantity of mortar, freshly made ; the whole is then to be quickly 
and thoroughly mixed, until every stone is coated with mortar ; water must 
be gradually added, by sprinkling, if necessary to obtain a better consis- 
tency. 

Concrete is not to be mixed in larger quantities than is re- Quantity mixed, 
quired for immediate use. Any excess that has been standing over two 
hours shall not be re-tempered or used in any way. 

Concrete must be deposited in layers not to exceed nine Deposited in layers- 
inches in thickness, and settled into its place by slightly ramming, suffi- 
ciently to flush the mortar to the surface. 

When a fresh layer is to be put on one which has set or Fresh layer on one 
partially set, the entire surface shall previously be made ^^''^^ ^^^ ^^*- 
thoroughly wet. * 

When in place, all wheeling, working or walking on it No working on 
mus^ be prevented, until at least twelve hours after being ^''^^^ layers. 
deposited. 

All dusty or dirty stone is required to be screened or Dirty stone, 
thoroughly washed before it can be used ; otherwise it shall be rejected, and 
must be removed from the work. 

Piling. 

Piles shall be furnished of good, sound timber, approved Quality and size, 
by the Engineer in charge. They shall not be less than eight inches in 
diameter at lesser end, and properly sharpened and shod, if required, and 
of such lengths as may be specified. The bark is to be taken off in all 
cases. 

They shall be driven until each pile does not yield more Depth to be 
than one-half inch under the blow of a hammer weighing ^^ri^en to. 
two thousand pounds and falling fifteen feet. The tops are to be sawed or 
cut off truly and evenly to the grade furnished. 

When sheet-piling is required to remain, it shall be of Sheet-piling. 
good, sound plank of the dimensions ordered, tongued and grooved, if ne- 
cessary, and driven with the ram to the required depth so as not to crack or 
split. No extra charge shall be made for sheet-piling. 

Foundation Timber and Planking. 

All timber for foundations shall be approved by the En- Quality and size. 

gineer in charge, and be free from shakes or cracks, and of the required 



SPECIFICATIONS. 97 

dimensions. It must be well and securely laid, and in close conformity with 
the plans. 

When placed upon piles, it shall be nailed to each one Nailed and bolted, 
with good, seasoned oak or locust tree nails of specified sizes. If bolts are 
required, they shall be made of best wrought iron, of the size and character 
as shown in the plans. 

Foundation plank, when laid directly on the . ground, Plank on platform, 
which must be graded perfectly level and smooth to receive them, are to 
have a good and firm bearing throughout, and be closely jointed, cut and 
laid as shown on the plans. If several layers are required, the planks must 
be laid transversely, as shown on plan, with broken joints in all cases of at 
least six feet. 

The contractor is required to have a sufficient quantity of Timber on hand, 
timber and plank constantly on hand for bracing, sheet-piling, fencing or 
shoring, in order to be used immediately in case of accident. 

Manholes. 

Manholes shall be worked into the arch of the sewer of Location and 
the size, form, thickness and in the manner as shown by the di^iensions. 
plans, and they must be carried up to the established grade. 

Where foundations are necessary, they shall be of stone Foundation. 
masonry laid in cement mortar, and commence at least twelve inches below 
the inner bottom of the sewer at that point. 

The brick-work is in all respects to be of the quality de- Brick-work. 
scribed under another section, and the manhole must be built from tem- 
plets at top and bottom, with not less than eight lines to guide the work. 
The connection with the arch must be true and secure, and in the manner 
shown on the plan. The joints are to be neatly struck and pointed on the 
inside, and the outside of the manholes must be neatly plastered with 
cement mortar. 

Wrought-iron rods of good quality of the size, length and Wrought iron steps, 
shape required for steps, are to be built in where shown on the plan. 

Every manhole shall be fitted with a cast-iron head and Cast-iron head and 
cover, free from imperfections, thoroughly cleaned and in ^°^^''' 
dimensions and weight according to the plan. 

Every manhole is to be fully and completely built and to be built as work 
fitted with cover as the work progresses and as each is Progresses. 
reached. 

Connections with Sewer, 

All connections required to be made with branch, inter- ^°5e^^ih"uJ°exua 
cepting or discharging sewers, and with manholes or inlets, charge. 
whether brick or pipe, are lo be newly built, repaired or re-connected, as 
the case may require, as the work progresses, and without extra charge 
therefor. They must be made carefully and in a perfect manner ; the bricks 
at the joining edge must be shaped smoothly to the proper curves, set securely 

and with a thorough bond. 
G 



98 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Wherever ordered, bull's-eyes shall be built into the sewer, Bull's-eyes, 
at the given elevation and slope. They shall be circular in shape, have a 
clear inside diameter of three feet, and a four- inch ring of brick extending 
entirely through the side of the sewer. 

A length of vitrified drain pipe of approved quality, six House connections, 
inches internal diameter for house connections, shall be built into the sewer 
on each side where required, and at such distances apart as designated on 
the plan, without extra charge. 

They are to be built into the walls of the sewer, terminat- Discharge at 45 
ing at an angle of 45 ^^ (degrees) when so ordered, with and ^^s^^^^- 
in the direction of the flow of the current, and at the given elevation and 
slope. 

They must also be set so that their inner ends will not Ends not to project, 
project withm tne inner surface of the sewer, and the bricks in the sewer 
wall must be fitted closely and securely around them. 

When the pipes are ordered to be laid at an angle different pipes trimmed to 
from a right-angle, the ends of the pipes must be trimmed ^"s^^- 
to the same before being delivered on the work. 

The ends of all sewers, pipes, bull's-eyes and spurs, must Ends of connections 
be securely closed with brick masonry, or approved stone- ^° ^^ closed. 
ware covers when not immediately used, without extra charge. 

Where connections are made with sewers carrying water. New work kept dry 
special care must be taken that no part of the work is built ^^ intersections, 
under water. A flume or dam must be put in, and the new work kept dry 
until finished. 

General Conditions of Agreement. 

Plans. 

The sewers are to be built of the materials, sizes, and dimensions, with 
the connections and manholes, on the lines, at the depths, and in the man- 
ner shown on the plans filed at the Department of Surveys. 

All dimensions, materials, lines and grades must be in full Work in accordance 
accordance wit.h the plans. '"'"^ p'^"^- 

All necesr.ary bull's-eyes 6r spors for connection of branch sewers, and all 
pipes for house connections are to be built in the proposed sewers at the 
points indicated on the plan of the work, without extra charge therefor. 

The Contractor will be furnished with a complete set of Plans furnished, 
drawings or tracings, showing all the details and dimensions necessary to 
carry out the work. Dimensions given thereon in figures are to have the 
preference over the scale. 

The plans and specifications are intended to include what- Accidental omis. 
ever may be requisite to render the works complete, but ^lons. 
should anything be accidentally omitted, the same shall be executed by 
the Contractor. 

No deviations from the drawings or specifications will be Deviations. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 99 

allowed, unless a written direction shall previously have been given to the 
Contractor by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. 

The city of Philadelphia reserves the right to increase or Variation of quan- 
diminish the gross length of the sewer, the number and ^^^^^' 
length of piles, also, the quantities of foundation plank, timber and stone 
masonry, with corresponding excavation, which are contained within the 
limi'-s of the plans, to the extent found necessary by the Chief Engineer 
and Surveyor. No allowance will be made in case of increase for any sum 
above the prices bid, nor in case of decrease for any real or supposed damage 
or loss of profit occasioned by such diminution. The time stipulated for the 
completion of the work will be proportionately increased or diminished. 

The plans and a copy of these specifications are to be pians and spedfica- 
kept constantly at the work by the Contractor or his author- *^^°"^ ^^p*^- 
ized foreman. 

The Contractor shall employ the District Surveyor to give District Surveyor, 
him the lines and grades for the construction of the work, and also for the 
making out of the assessment bills, on the line of the sewer. He is also 
required to preserve all stakes, bench-marks, etc., made or established on 
the line of work, until authorized to remove the same. 

Should any dispute arise between the Chief Engineer and Dispute as to true 
Surveyor and the Contractor, as to the true meaning of the meaning of plans, 
drawings or specifications in any point, the decision of the former shall be 
final and conclusive. 

Execution of Work 

The Contractor must strictly follow, without delay, all or- Orders and instruc- 
ders and instructions of the Chief Engineer and Surveyor, ^^°°^- 
or his authorized Assistant, in the prosecution and completion of the work 
and every part thereof. 

The Contractor shall have charge' of and be responsible for Charge and respon- 
the entire line of works until completion. sibiiuy. 

He is required to give his personal attention to the faithful Personal attention. 
prosecution of the work, and not to sub-let or assign the same, but to keep 
it under his ov/n control, and, in case of his absence, to have a duly quali- 
fied person to look after the works. 

The work is to be prosecuted at and from as many different prosecution of 
points, at such times, in such parts, and with such force as ^°''^- 
the Chief Engineer and Surveyor may, from time to time, during the pro- 
gress of the work, determine. 

During the progress and until the full completion of the work to be left 
whole work, the sewers, basins, etc., are to be kept thor- ^^^^'^• 
oughly cleaned throughout and left clean. 

The Contractor shall furnish all necessary facilities, should Examination of fin- 
it be deemed advisable by the Chief Engineer, to make an »shedwork. 
examination of any work already completed. If the work is found defective 
in any respect, he shall defray all expenses of such examination and of satis- 



lOO SPECIFICATIONS. 

factory reconstruction. If the work is found perfect, such expenses will be 
allowed for. 

The Contractor shall begin work within ten days from Time of commence- 

-.,,_,,.- ^ ment and comple- 

the date of the notice given to that effect by the Chief En- tion. 
gineer and Surveyor, and he shall progress therewith so as to complete the 
same in the time specified in his proposal, which will be reckpned from the 
date of said notice. 

No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrances Delays, 
or delay from any cause during the progress of any portion of the work em- 
braced in the contract; but it may entitle him to an extension of time allowed 
for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the detention, to be 
determined by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor : provided the Cm tractor 
shall give the Engineer in charge immediate notice, in writing, of the cause 
of the detention. 

Materials and Labor. 

The Contractor is to furnish all labor, materials, tools and Labor, materials, &c 
plant necessary to execute the entire work in the best possible manner. 

He is further required to employ only competent and Workmen, 
faithful laborers, and none but first-class mechanics, and whenever the En- 
gineer in Charge shall inform him in writing that, in his opinion, any man 
on the work is unfit to perform his task, the Contractor must discharge the 
same from the work and not employ him again on it. 

The ground shall be excavated in open trenches to the ne- Open trenches, 
cessary depth, and to the widths and lengths as specified elsewhere. 

No tunnelling will be allowed except by written consent Tunnelling. 
and in accordance with the directions of the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. 

The Contractor shall pump out or otherwise remove any Trenches kept dry. 
water which may be found or shall accumulate in the trenches or other ex- 
cavations, and shall form all dams or other works necessary to keep them 
entirely clear of water while the foundations are being laid and the masonry 
constructed. 

All the masonry throughout, whether of brick or stone, All masonry in ce- 
shall be laid in cement mortar, made and laid as described "^^""^ mortar, 
in these specifications. 

Mason -work of all kinds shall cease on the first day of Mason-work to 
December, unless the contractor is otherwise directed by a ^^-^^^ ■^^'^- ^^** 
written notice, and then only for such time as may be designated ; no work 
shall be resumed before the time appointed. Upon the suspension of mas- 
on-work, the same shall be well protected and the grounds left in good order, 
according to instructions given by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. 

All materials furnished and all work done which, in the Unsatisfactory ma- 
opinion of the Chief Engineer and Surveyor, shall not be in ^^"^^ ^"^ ^°'^^- 
accordance with this specification, shall be immediately removed, and other 
materials furnished and work done which shall be in accordance therewith. 

The contractor, without a written permission from the Material for refilling 



SPECIFICATIONS. ' tOl 

Engineer in charge, is required not to sell, remove or permit to be removed 
from the line of the work, before the trench shall have been refilled, any 
sand, gravel or earth excavated therefrom which may be suitable and re- 
quired for refilling. 

All sewers, culverts, drains or basins rendered unnecessary Filling in of old 
or becoming disused by the construction of the work herein '^^'a^'^^- 
contemplated, must be filled in and made good without extra charge. 

All material, etc, excavated from within the required Property of con- 
limits of excavation shall be considered property of the con- ^^^^^°^- 
tractor, excepting water, gas, and drain pipes, paving blocks, curbs and 
flagging, which, in case they are not required to be replaced, must be piled 
and left in such part of the street as may be directed. 

It any disputes or differences shall arise as to the efficiency Disputes as to qual- 

/- 1 1 1- r • ^ 1 11 1 11 1 ity of materials and 

of labor or quality of materials employed, they shall be set- labor. 

tied by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor, whose decision shall be final and 

conclusive. 

Interference with Travel and Works. 

All material excavated or delivered shall be placed where Travel, 
directed, so as to interfere as little as possible with travel; and unless special 
permission is granted to the contrary, footways shall be kept clear of earth 
for a width of three feet, for which purpose boards shall be set to hold the 
bank where needed. The contractor shall provide and maintain all neces- 
sary fences and bridge-ways, and shall prosecute his work so as not to inter- 
fere with or obstruct the running of street-cars, and no charges against the 
city or railway companies for extra cost on this account will be allowed. 

The contractor shall place sufficient lights on or near the Watchmen and * 
work, and keep them burning from twilight until sunrise, lights. 
and provide watchmen on the work for the safety of the public, whenever 
deemed necessary by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. 

The contractor is required to sling, shore up and secure Water and gas 
in their places all water and gas pipes, without injury, and p^p^^ dramage. 
to provide for and maintain the flow of drainage and water-courses, whether 
on the surface or underground, which may be interrupted during and by 
the progress of the work. Where it becomes necessary to remove the 
pipes from their position, they shall be carefully cared for and replaced by 
the contractor, or at his own cost. 

The carriage and foot- ways on the line of the work are to Regarding repav- 
be regraded and repaved to the extent which the aforesaid ^"S' ^^'^• 
work may render necessary. All curb, gutter, flag and paving-stones, which 
may have been displaced on account of the work, are required to be care- 
fully reset. Should any of said stones have been broken in consequence of 
any act or omission of the contractor, new stones, to be approved by the 
Engineer in charge, shall be furnished and set in place thereof by the con- 
tractor at his own expense. 



102 SPECIFICATIONS. 

The whole of the re grading and repaying, etc., must be Kept in repair, 
done to the satisfaction of the Chief Engineer and Surveyor, and kept in » 
good repair for a period of one year from the date of completion. 

All works of drainage intercepted or connected shall be Underground work. 
restored and made good, and all surplus and offensive material shall im- 
mediately be removed from the drains. 

Damages and Penalties, 

The contractor shall be responsible for all injury to water Damage to water 
pipes, gas pipes or other structures met with in the prose- ^"^ ^as pipes. 
cution of the work, and shall be liable for damages to public or private 
property resulting therefrom, which amounts may be deducted from any es- 
timate due him. 

In case of any accident, as aforesaid, the contractor shall Immediate notice. 
give immediate notice to the proper authorities. 

The contractor shall assume all responsibility for loss. Damage to persons 
damage or injury to persons or property, arising out of the °'' Property. 
nature of the work, from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen 
or unusual difficulties. 

Should the sewer lead through private premises, the City Private premises. 
of Philadelphia will pay the compensation for right of way, but no other 
damages. 

The contractor agrees to idemnify and save harmless the Suits and claims. 
City of Philadelphia from all suits or actions of every name and description 
brought against it for or on account of any damages or injuries received or 
sustained by any party or parties by or from the contractor, his agents or ser- 
Vants, in the performance of the work under the agreement. The contrac- 
tor further agrees that all or so much of the moneys due to him under this 
agreement as shall or may be considered necessary by the Chief Commis- 
sioner of Highways, shall or may be retained by him until all such suits or 
claims shall have been settled, and evidence to that effect furnished to his 
satisfaction. 

Tf any part of the street, sidewalk or curbing on the line Repairs to street 
of the same shall, in the opinion of the Chief Commisioner for one year. 
of Highways, require repairs within one year after the date of completion, 
the contractor shall, within three days from the date of notice given, make 
the necessary repairs ; and if he neglects to comply with such notice, the 
Chief Commissioner of Highways may employ other men to make such re- 
pairs, and the cost thereof shall be paid by the contractor or his sureties. 

The contractor or his sureties will be held liable for keep- Sureties bound for 
ing in perfect repair and good order the whole of the new three years. 
works to be constructed under the contract for three years after the date of 
completion. 

If the Contractor shall abandon the work under this agree- Abandonment or 
ment, or if, at any time, the Chief Engineer and Surveyor J^^^^y- 



SPECIFICATIONS. IO3 

shall be of the opinion, and shall so certify in writing to the Contractor and 
City Councils, that the work, or any part thereof, is unnecessarily delayed, 
or that the Contractor is wilfully violating any of the conditions or covenants 
of the contract, or executing the same in bad faith, then the contract shall 
become null and void, the security bonJs forfeited, and the materials 
delivered at and built into the work shall be property of the City of 
Philadelphia. 

Should the work under this agreement not be finished Penalty for non- 

.,,.,, . ._,,^ ,,,-.. completion within 

withm the time specified, the Contractor shall forfeit a sum specified time. 
of twenty dollars for each and every day which shall elapse after the expired 
time to the date of completion. 

* Payments, 

Payments will be made to the Contractor in monthly in- Payment in month- 
stalments of eighty per cent, on the amount of work executed ^^ instalments. 
during the preceding month, under and in accordance with the provisions 
and stipulations of the contract, which will be certified to by the Chief En- 
gineer and Surveyor. 

Final and full payment of the balance due the Contractor, Final payment one 

r -i-i 1 11-1111 ■ -11 1 1 month after comple- 

after all legal and equitable deductions, will be made upon. tion. 
the certificate of acceptance and approval of the Chief Engineer and Sur- 
veyor, one month after the date of completion, provided the whole work, 
and each of its parts, including the street, be in perfect order. 

The Contractor shall accept, as part payment of the Assessment bills, 
amount of his contract, the assessment bills charged upon the properties in 
front of which the sewer shall be completed, as per Ordinance approved 
May 1 2th, 1866, and supplemented by Ordinance approved February i6th, 
1869. He shall collect them at his own cost, and the better to enable him 
so to do, he may use the name of the City of Philadelphia, and employ all 
legal remedies or proceedings, whether of lien or otherwise, to which the 
said City may be competent. 

The Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive Extra work. 
payment for any work as extra work, unless ordered in writing by the Chief 
Engineer and Surveyor to do the same as such, and at a price fixed by him 
previously to its commencement. 

SAMUEL L. SMEDLEY, 
Chief Engineer and Surveyor, 



104 SPECIFICATIONS. 



Wilmington, Delaware, Water Works, 

Specifications 
For Completing the Cool Spring Reservoir. 

Office of Board of Water Commissioners, 
See page 262. Wilmington, Del., June 25th, 1877. 

Section i. The contractor shall take the reservoir as it now stands, and 
begin by excavating so much of that portion of the middle bank known as 
the overflow, as may be required. This excavation shall be made by car- 
rying down the present slopes of the ends of the overflow to a depth of 14^ 
feet from the present surface of overflow, and will comprise about 1452 cubic 
yards. After this excavation is no longer needed as a passage way, it shall 
be puddled up as hereafter specified to the general level of middle bank, 
dove-tailing or off-setting the ends into the banks to a depth at right angles 
to slope of not less than 6 feet ; this puddling will comprise 1600 cubic 
yards. Such clay for puddling as may be approved by the Engineer, shall 
be used ; it shall be free from roots, sods, stones or other injurious material. 
Shall be placed on in layers of not over 4 inches in depth, shall be solidly 
rammed, the surface of each layer being broken up as specified in section 
5, before another layer is deposited, and the whole completed to the satis- 
faction of the Engineer, and in accordance with the lines and levels as 
given by him. The work upon the South Basin shall not be commenced 
until such time as may be directed by the Commissioners, with such 
changes in the terms of the specifications, or addition to or alteration in the 
character or quantity of material as may be deemed expedient, or the con- 
tract may become null and void, at the discretion of said Commissioners, 
upon the completion of the North Basin. 

Section 2. The roadway leading into the North Basin shall be taken out 
as soon as the overflow shall have been excavated, and the slope and bot- 
tom now covered by said roadway be prepared to receive the clay puddling 
and brick lining, by bringin,g the same to a proper grade, removing all 
stones or rocks which may protrude from the bottom or face of slope, and 
by excavating a ditch at the foot of slope, which shall be not less than 2^ 
feet deep from rough bottom, 6 feet wide and not over 100 feet long ; said 
ditch to be filled with puddled clay, prepared, deposited, and rammed as 
specified in section 5. The material from said roadway shall be deposited 
at such point within the reservoir grounds as may be designated by the 
Engineer. 

Section 3. All weeds and grass shall be pulled up, and, together with 
stones, be removed from bottom and slopes. The unpudclled portion of 
the bottom of the North Basin shall be brought to its proper grade, the 
waste material being removed to such point within the grounds as may be 
designated by the Engineer. 



SPECIFICATIONS. , I05 

Section 4. So much of the upper surface of the puddle now in place, 
which has been injured by frost or exposure, amounting to about one thou- 
sand cubic yards, shall be taken off and removed entirely from Basin, or 
used in connection with other material as puddling, at the discretion of the 
Engineer. 

Section 5. The whole bottom of the North Basin shall be covered with 
such quality of clay-puddling as may be approved by the Board of Water 
Commissioners, to a depth of 24 inches, from rough bottom, including 
therein such portions of the bottom already puddled, as may be approved 
by the Engineer. The sides or slopes shall be lined with the same quality 
of clay as that above mentioned, and at the bottom shall have a depth of 
24 inches, measured at right angles to the slope, and shall taper to a depth 
of 20 inches at the top, measured at right angles to slope. The clay shall 
be put on in horizontal courses or layers, not exceeding 2 inches in thick- 
ness, and must be ground in a mill suitable for the purpose, unless other- 
wise directed by the Engineer, before being delivered at the reservoir, and 
all surface soil, sods, roots and stones shall be carefully excluded. The ex- 
cavation and preparation of the clay shall be made under the direction and 
superintendence of an agent appointed by the Board of Water Commis- 
sioners. The clay shall be thoroughly incorporated with the existing banks ; 
shall be rolled on bottom and rammed on slopes, to such a degree of solidity 
as may be required by the Engineer; and the surface of each layer shall 
be sufficiently broken up by picking or otherwise, so as to insure a thorough 
incorporation of the succeeding layer with it ; the clay shall be moistened 
sufficiently to puddle properly, and after having been so packed or pud- 
dled, shall be kept constantly moist till protected by bricks or gravel. After 
the clay-puddling has been put on as specified above, it shall be accurately 
dressed and graded to the slopes, curves and other lines ; shall be perfectly 
solid and free from cracks or other defects, and in every respect be properly 
prepared to receive the coating of gravel or brick. 

Section 6. The bottom of the basin shall be covered to the depth of 4 
inches with good clean gravel, which shall be freed from all stone of over 
% an inch in diameter, by screening, and shall be such as may be approved 
by the Engineer, and be rolled or otherwise consolidated. 

Section 7. The bottom of the basin shall be paved, except as specified 
in section 8, with the be$t hard burned brick, which shall be straight and 
smooth and of uniform size and quality, laid flat, in sufficient clean sand to 
properly seat them, and shall be covered with sufficient clean white sand to 
completely fill in the spaces between the bricks, said white sand to be 
brushed or broomed into the joints in the usual manner. 

Section 8. At the entrance of the main pipe into the basin, a flagging 
shall be laid in cement ; flag stones of not less than 6 inches thick, 9 feet 
long and 2 feet wide, accurately dressed and faced, and to conform in all 
respects to the stone used as coping on the walls around the reservoir shall 
be used, laid flat and well bedded in hydraulic cement, covering a sp^ce of 



I06 SPECIFICATIONS. 

* 

9 feet wide and twelve feet long. At the point where the communicating 
pipe enters the basin, a space 6 feet wide and nine 'feet long shall be cov- 
ered with stones of the dimensions, and laid in the manner, specified above. 

Section 9. The sides or slopes of the basin shall be covered with same 
quality of brick as above specified, laid in hydraulic cement mortar, made 
of one part of the best Rosendale cement, or any other which may be ap- 
proved by the Engineer, and one part clean, sharp, river sand, mixed only 
in such quantities as can be used immediately, and kept stirred until so 
used ; the bricks shall be laid on edge, one over the other, in two courses, 
so as to form a 9 inch wall and in such a manner that all joints shall be 
broken; no ties nor headers shall be used in its construction, and the 
joints shall be carefully pointed as the work progresses. Each brick shall 
be dipped into water before being laid, and the face of the wall shall be 
kept wet from the time it is begun till one week after it is finished. The 
wall or lining shall be finished at lop in such a manner as will fit it to re- 
ceive a stone coping. 

Section 10. Any of the conditions and specifications herein given may 
be changed or modified by the Engineer to meet any unforeseen contingency, 
or as may be suggested by the interests of the City, or as circumstances 
may require ; if they increase the cost of the work, shall be subject to sec- 
tion II, and if they decrease the cost, such decrease shall be in proportion 
to the rates paid for similar work. 

Section 11. No claim or bill for extra work shall be allowed or paid, un- 
less said work has been done by special written agreement with the Engin- 
eer, ratified by the Board of Water Commissioners, entered into prior to 
the commencement of such work. 

Section 12. All the work shall conform with such lines, levels, depths, 
slopes, curves and circles, or with such dimensions and shapes as may be 
directed by the Engineer. All stakes, lines, levels, &c., shall be given by 
or at the direction of the Engineer. 

Section 13. All the different portions of the work shall be done in the 
order designated by the Engineer, and all the work herein specified and 
contemplated, or found necessary, shall be done in accordance with his or- 
ders and directions, and he shall be the judge of the quality and fitness of 
all the machinery used in the work. 

Section 14. On the completion of the Basin, all surplus materials, earth 
and rubbish of every kind, shall be disposed of within the reservoir grounds 
as directed by the engineer, and all structures, implements, &c., shall be 
removed from said grounds as may, at the time, be directed. 

Section 15. All labor, tools, appliances and appurtenances of whatsoever 
kind, required to do the work in proper and satisfactory manner, shall be 
furnished by the contractor. 

The contractor, however, can have the use of the six heavy Rollers now 
in the basin, on condition that he returns them to the Commissioners when 
the work is completed, in the same perfect condition they are now in. 



SPECIFICATIONS. lO/ 

Water for puddling and mortar can be had from the city main on the 
Franklin Street bank of the basin at Eleventh Street. 

Section i6. The contractor shall, when required to do so by the engineer, 
remove from the work any superintendent, workman, or other person em- 
ployed on said work, who shall refuse or neglect to obey the instructions of 
the engineer or his agent in anything relating to the work, or who shall 
perform his work in any manner contrary to the specifications or directions 
of the engineer, or who shall be deemed by him incompetent or unfaithful. 
The contractor shall also, on the demand of the engineer, discharge from 
the work on the basin any drunken, disorderly, insolent, or otherwise dis- 
agreeable person, and shall not again employ him on the work without the 
consent of the engineer. 

Section 17. All measurements and estimates of gravel, brick and flag- 
ging shall be made after the above mentioned materials have been put in 
place in the basin ; the clay for puddling shall be measured in excavation 
after the top soil or other objectionable material has been removed. 

Section 18. In the absence of the engineer, any person he, or the Board 
of Water Commissioners may designate as having charge of the work or 
any part thereof, shall have and exercise all the powers of said Engineer, in 
all matters relating to the execution of the work herein specified, and the 
orders of said person shall be fully observed and obeyed. 

Section 19. The engineer shall furnish monthly estimates to the Board of 
Water Commissioners of the amount or quantity of work to be paid for, 
and of all such work as may have been done during the preceding month. 

Section 20. In case of the refusal or neglect of the contractor to remedy 
and make good any defect in the work, within the time required, such work 
may be done by order of the Board of Water Commissioners, and its 
cost deducted from any amount due or to become due the contractor. 

Section 21. No part of the work shall be assigned or sub-let to any per- 
son or persons, without the consent of the Board of Water Commissioners, 
and if any part is so assigned or sub-let, it shall not in any wise affect the 
conditions or provisions of these specifications. 

Section 22. None of the work shall be considered as accepted, which may 
be found defective in its construction or execution, before the final accept- 
ance of the whole work. 

Section 23. Should the contractor fail to deliver ^ny material, or do any 
work at the time required by the engineer, the latter may order the same 
done, and have the cost thereof deducted from any amount due or to be- 
come due the contractor. 

Section 24. If the engineer shall certify, in writing, to the Board of 
Water Commissioners, that the work is unreasonably delayed, or any of the 
conditions of the agreement or specifications are violated, the said Com- 
missioners shall have full power to annul the contract or agreement, and 
after notice in writing to the contractor td this effect, it shall, thereupon, 
become null and void and of no binding effect. 



I08 . * SPECIFICATIONS. 

Section 25. The engineer shall define the meaning and intent of the 
specifications herein contained, and his decision shall be final. 

Section 26. Wherever the word '-contractor" is used, it refers to and de- 
signates the party who enters into an agreement to execute and peiform the 
work as herein specified and contemplated, or the legal representatives of 
said party. 

Section 27. Wherever the term Commissioners or Board of Water Com- 
missioners is used, it refers to and designates the persons declared to be 
Commissioners for the purpose of completing the Cool Spring Reservoir, 
chapter 440, vol. 15, part 2, Laws of Delaware, passed at Dover, March 
20th, 1877. 

Section 28. Whenever the word engineer is used, it refers to and desig- 
nates the person who shall act as constructing and superintending engineer 
in the construction and completion of the Cool Spring Reservoir, in the 
city of Wilmington, Delaware, under the direction of the Board of Water 
Commissioners. 

Section 29. The South Basin shall be completed in accordance with the 
above specifications, except in regard to the time mentioned for completion 
of the North Basin, unless said specifications be changed, &c., as stated in 
section i. 

Section 30. The contract must be signed within three (3) days after the 
award of the work, and the work must be commenced by the contractor 
within five (5) days after notice of said award has been given said contractor 
by the Board of Water Commissioners, and the whole work necessary for 
the completion of the North Basin shall be finished on or before November 
1st, 1877. 

Section 31. Proposals must be made for each Basin separately, also, for a 
specific or total amount of the Whole work complete, and bidders must 
name the price they offer to do work or furnish material for, in writing, as 
well as in figures. The Board of Water Commissioners reserve the right 
to reject any or all bids. 

Section 32. Each bid must be guaranteed by two responsible men, known 
or properly vouched for to the Commissioners, and whose signatures must 
be appended to the guarantee. 

Section 33. The contractor shall give such security for the faithful per- 
formance of the contract as may be required by the Board of Water Com- 
missioners. 

Section 34. Cash payments will be made monthly, payable on the 25th 
day of each month, of eighty-five (85) per cent, of all estimates or bills ap- 
proved by the Board of Water Commissioners, for work .done or materials 
furnished, during the preceding month, and the balance of fifteen (15) per 
cent, will be paid in cash upon the satisfactory completion of the contract, 
and the engineer's approval of the work and its acceptance by the Board of 
Water Commissioners. 



SPECIFICATIONS. IO9 

Section 35. The following are the estimated quantities and material re- 
quired for the completion of the North Basin. — 

8,400 Cubic Yards Puddling. 
1,200 " " Gravel. 

670 " " Sand. 
3,000 Bbls. of Cement. 
1,200,000 Bricks. 

81 Lineal feet of Flagging. 

The following are the estimated quantities and material required for the 
South Basin: — 

1,200 Cubic Yards Puddling. 
1,400 " " Gravel. 

670 " " Sand. 
3,356 Bbls. Cement. 
1,326,000 Bricks. 

8 1 Lineal feet of Flagging. 

Section 2^. The foregoing quantities and materials have been estimated 
approximately, and parties proposing to bid are requested to examine the 
Reservoir in its present condition, and judge for themselves as to the 
character of the work, cost and quantities of clay, gravel, brick, cement, 
sand, and other materials, and of all the details and circumstances affecting 
the cost of the work. 

Section ^y. Bidders for this work are informed that it is the intention of* ' 
the Board of Water Commissioners to have the work herein specified per- 
formed in the best manner possible, and of the very best materials, and 
that they will be rigidly held to an absolute performance of each portion of 
the specifications. 

Section 38. Proposals must be sealed, and marked, " Proposals for com- 
pleting the Cool Spring Reservoir,'' and must be addressed to the Board of 
Water Commissioners, and will be received at the office of John P. Allmond, 
corner of Market and Eighth Streets, Wilmington, Delaware, until 3 o'clock 
P. M. on Tuesday, the loth day of July, 1877. 

Signed, 

JOHN P. ALLMOND, 
JAMES BRADFORD, 

CAESAR A. RODNEY. 
m 
> Commissioners, 

MAJOR S. CANBY, 

Resident Engineer, 

M. C. CONWELL, 

Consulting Engineer. 



N. B. — These Specifications for Wilmington Water Works were prepared by Isaac S. Cassin, C. Y. 



no SPECIFICATIONS. 



Architectural. 

For the Ccnsiruction of a College Building, 

Specifications 
For a College Building for the University of Pennsylvania, at 

See page 267. THIRTY-FOURTH AND LOCUST STREETS. 

Each part of the Building to be completed in a good Workmanship and 
workman-like manner to the full intent and meaning of Inspector, 
these specifications and the drawings, and details hereafter to be furnished 
in explanation of these drawings, to the entire satisfaction of the Building 
Committee or their Architect : — who shall have full power to refuse any ma- 
terial different from those described to be used, and to cause any unsound 
work to be taken down at the Contractor's expense. 

Any work or material necessary for the proper construe- Material not men- 
tion of the Building, or deemed by the Architect essential tioned but necessary 
to properly carry out the plans — even though not specially mentioned, but 
evident frorh the nature of the case, to be done by the Contractor, without 
extra charge for the same. 

If any alterations should be made in the drawings, or any Alterations, if any. 
change of construction, or difference of material, other than expressed by 
the plans and specifications; the cost of such changes or alterations, to be 
determined upon before being made, and agreed upon in writing, otherwise 
no charge for the same to be allowed. 

Should such change or alteration cost less than the work Variations from 
as originally agreed upon, the difference in amount to be contract pnce. 
deducted; Mtnore^ the difference in amount to be paid to the Contractor. 

Heights of the Stories. 

The Building has a cellar 9 feet high in the clear, under Cellar. 
Assembly, Corridor, Stairways and S. E. Room, and under Janitor's Room. 

Basement 14 feet. First Story 15 feet. Second Story 14 Basement, ist, 2nd, 
feet 6 inches, Third Story wings 14 feet. Third Story rear 3d and 4th stories. ' 
centre 16 feet, Chapel 28 feet, and Fourth Story Centre Building 16 feet, all 
in the clear of floor and ceiling. 

The various dimensions of the Building, and sizes of the Dimensions, 
different rooms, are figured on the plais. 

Excavation. 
The trenches to be excavated to a sufficient depth to allow Trenches, 
for secure foundation. They will be arranged according to grades of the 
lot ; to be one foot below present surface of ground. Any additional depth 



SPECIFICATIONS, IH 

required for a good foimdation to be extra ; and to be done by Contractor 
for the sum of 30 cents per cubic yard. 

The space under Corridor from east to west the entire space under Corri- 
length of the Building to be 7 feet 6 inches deep, or deeper ^°^' ^^• 
if the surface is lower, below top of Basement floor, for cold air duct or 
passage way. 

Trenches for foundations of outside wall must in all cases Trenches for foun- 
be 4 feet below surface of ground when graded. Depth can walls. 
be measured from elevations at different points. — Trenches for footings of 
all bearing walls, must be not less than i foot below the lowest level adjoin- 
ing them, or as much further as may be necessary to insure perfect solidity, 
— Trenches for foundation of Corridor Walls to be i foot below surface of 
ground in cellar. 

Drain Pipe in air duct to be at least 2 feet below ground Drain Pipe, 
at highest part. 

Excavations to be made for all drain pipes, air ducts, water an^ gas con- 
nections, where required. 

The ground forming the beds of trenches, for all founda- Beds of Trenches, 
tion walls, to be beat down, and when the walls are in, the earth to be well 
rammed down, in the spaces on each side of them. 

All foundation trenches below grade, to be sufficiently Foundation 
wide to allow for making a two-faced wall. Trenches. 

The surplus earth to be deposited around the Building, and graded as 
required. 

The portions arranged for Cellars are under the S. E. Cellars. 
Room, the Library extension in centre of rear, the Corridor from east to 
west, space under Janitor's room, and the Stairway bays. All the remainder 
to be filled within two inches of the level of the Basement floor — to be after- 
wards covered with Asphalt Pavement. 

Stonework, 

All foundation walls to be built of best quality hard build- Foundation Stone, 
ing stone, such as Leiperville or Fairmount Stone: — All footings to measure 
at least 6 inches wider than the wall above it. 

First course of foundation of outside walls to be of three- Concrete. 
men or through stone, laid on thick bed of mortar or concrete laid in the 
trenches. 

Second course of two-men stone, and the remainder to the first floor, of 
large stone, laid on their broadest beds, and hammered down solid. 

Basement walls to top of first floor, where exposed, to be Leiperville Stone, 
faced with Leiperville Gray Stone ; to be large stone and laid broken range 
rock work, capped with water table course of Hummelstown Hummelstovm 
Brown Stone, around the entire Building as per detail, pro- B'^^^'^ Stone, 
jecting beyond Basement Walls — (8 inches by 12 inches.) 



112 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Sills of doors and windows to be square droved ; jambs, arches or other 
heads of openings, to be of Leiperville Stone, and finished from the point. 

All exterior walls above Basement to be faced with Ser- Serp*entine. 
pentine Marble ; to be laid broken range work, finished from the point for 
the entire Btiilding. All stone to be large and flat, well bonded and bedded 
and hammered down solid, and in no case to be built more The Walls, 
than lo feet high until the mortar is well set. 

All wall Cornices, Cappings of Buttresses, and Gables, Corrtlces. 
sill and belt courses and arches to be of Ohio Stone, in form Ohio Stone. 
and style to conform to the elevation and detail drawings, hereafter to be 
furnished. Cut stone joints. 

Arches of windows and doors, to be drafted and pointed. Jambs. 
Jambs square and chamfered, 8-inch reveal. Corridor windows, 12 -inch re- 
veal, to be pointed with the tool. Corners and buttresses pointed. Window 
sills, buttresses and gable cappings to be square droved. 

All string courses between window sills, &c. to be. drafted Stringcourses, 
and poinxed. 

All interior walls in Cellar, and backing of exterior walls, interior Walls. 
to be of good hard common quarry building stone, laid on their broadest 
beds, well bonded and hammered down solid, and bedded in good gravel 
mortar. 

All walls tinted gray on plans are stone of various thicknesses which are 
figured. 

Front porch to be built as per design, and detail drawings Front Porch 
to be furnished. To be tool dressed work, with polished Scotch granite 
columns, and carved Ohio stone caps. Body of porch to be of gray stone 
from the Franklin quarries. Base course of brown stone. All the steps to 
be of granite. 

Floor of porch to be laid with rubbed blue flag, with one Floor of Porch. 
red stone in centre. The floor of water closet rooms in basement to be laid 
with flag stone 2 inches thick. 

All work exposed, to be properly pointed with tinted Port- Pointing, 
land cement, as directed. All joints to be thoroughly raked out before 
pointing. All area walls to be capped with flag. Slate hearth to be fur- 
nished for the grate. Strips, plugs, blocks, scantling, &c., to be built in 
walls, where required, for nailing stripping grounds or wood work. 

Especial care to be taken with all walls and piers support- Walls and Piers. 
ing columns. All angles to be kept plumb and true. Cellar stone walls to 
be smoothly dashed and broomed. Large stones to be placed under all 
girders, beams, &c. , where required. 

The tiling of vestibule to be white Italian marble, laid in Tiling of Vestibule, 
squares diagonally with border as per plan; to have lo-inch Skurting. 
skirting moulded edge of marble. 

The stone mason must furnish, erect, and remove all scaffolding necessary 
for his work, and must put up from time to time, as the work progresses. 



SPECIFICATIONS. I I 3 

shields of boards to protect the work when it is done, from damage, and be 
responsible and required to repair any injury that maybe done by neglect 
of this precaution. Cold air flues and gas or smoke flues to Flues. 
be topped out with stone, pointed, 4 feet above roof and capped with flag 
stone. Any additional depth of foundation necessary for perfect solidity, to 
be extra, and to be done by Contractor at the rate of $4.50 per perch. 

Brickwork. 

All walls tinted red on plans, to be built of hard burnt brick laid in com- 
mon bond — five stretcher courses to one header course, bedded in plenty of 
strong sharp sand and lime mortar. One-fourth salmon brick may be used. 
The brickwork of flues to be all struck joints and not pargetted. Relieving 
arches to be turned over all lintels where practicable. 

Floor of that part of Cellar arranged for heating apparatus Cellar Floor. 
and fuel, to be paved with approved asphalt pavement not less than 3 in. thick, 
the filling having first been made solid by puddling or ram- Filling Arches. 
ming, as the Architect may direct. Arches between beams of floor and 
ceiling of Assembly and Library, floor over furnace room and boiler room, 
to be 4 in. brick with haunches filled in level with top, with a concrete or 
mortar, brick-bats, coarse gravel, &c. Arches to be constructed over open- 
ings under Corridor Walls — wooden blocks, furnished by carpenter, must 
be walled'in wherever required, to whicli to secure the wood finishings of 
the interior. 

Bricklayer must furnish, set up and take away his own scaffold and 
centres. 

Brickwork of heating apparatus, air chambers, fire brick in flues, &c., to 
be built as directed. 

The contractor for brickwork must assist in securing iron stairways m 
their place, and in the placing of all beams and iron work connected with 
the brick work. » 

The large flues marked X, to start at foundation, and Large Flues. 
especial care to be taken to keep them plumb and of the same size their 
whole height. Openings must be left in these flues in each story, 2 feet 
wide and 3 feet high. The wainscoting at these points to be put in with 
screws, so that access can be had to the flues. 

The entire floor of Basement, except the portion used for Water Closets, 
where no other kind of floor is specified, to be covered with approved 
Asphalt Pavement, 2 in. thick, the filling having first been ^^p^^^' ^^''^■ 
made solid by puddling or ramming, as directed. Chim- Chimney Tops, 
ney tops of stone or terra cotta, as per elevations and detail drawings, 
to be furnished and set. Large ones to be 2 in. thick at the thinnest parts, 
to be properly made with socket joints and set with cement. 

Ventilating flues to be topped out 10 in. above roof and tinned over. 

The outside pavement, over Boiler Vault, to be of the ap- Asphalt Pave- 
proved Asphalt before mentioned, 3 in. thick. ™^'^*" 

H ■ 



I 14 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Carpenter Work, Ltcmber, &^c. 

The contractor for Carpen ers' and Joiners' work must furnish all the 
lumber and other materials required, to do and perform and carefully com- 
plete all the Carpenters' and Joiners' work upon the building, agreeably to 
the drawings, and execute said work in the best and most workmanlike 
manner, and to the satisfaction of the Architect. 

All the Lumber used must be of the best quality, free Quality of the 
from unsound knots, shakes or rot; — it must be well and w°°^- 
thoroughly seasoned before us'ing, (by kiln drying when necessary,) and be 
in a state proper for the various purposes for which it is destined to be 
used. 

The boards for the floor over brick arches to be laid on scantling 3 in. by 
4 in. fastened securely to the brick work of the arches, by Floor Boards, 
bedding in concrete. All wooden girders supporting floor joist to be com- 
posed of three pieces, 3 in. by 12 in. white pine, pinned and strapped 
together. 

All joists to be 3 in. by 12 in. all under 20 feet span to be Joist, 
of spruce, and all longer than 20 feet to be of white pine; to be placed 16 
in.- between centres. All trimmers around flues, (no wood Trimmers, 
in any case to be within 9 in. of a flue,) stairs, &c., to be double joist 
pinned together, and where long spans, every third joist to be hung with 
stirrups. All joists of 16 feet lengths or less to have one row of cross 
bridging through each tier — all over 16 feet to have 2 rows. All joists to be 
brought to even widths. All to be backed. 

First, second, and third floors to be deafened by nailing cleats on joist, 
boarding, and filling in with mortar \% in. deep, yi in. Cleats. 
from top of joist. 

All floors to be laid with all heart yellow pine, mill-work boards i X in. 
thick, none more than 5 in. wide, and on first floor none more than 4 in. 
wide ; to be tongued and grooved, and securely nailed to joist and after- 
wards smoothed off. 

Stud partitions to be 3 in. by 6 in. and 3 in. by 4 in. Stud Partitions, 
helmlock bridged. 

Floor over chapel to be constructed on six principal Floor over Chapel, 
rafters, spanning the whole width. 

Wall beams to be 4 in. by 1 1 in. ties or straining beams, to be in three 
pieces 4 in. by 12 in. blocked apart and bolted together — crossties or 
curved braces to be two pieces 3 in. by 12 in., these to rest on large stone 
in wall; braces 4 in by 12 in. Queen posts 12 in. by 12 in. to be properly 
framed, and have the necessary bolts and straps to make a secure job, and 
to conform to the detail drawmgs hereafter to be. furnished. These support 
the floor of the fourth story, which will have 3 in. by 12 in. joist, 16 in. 
centres — to have three rows of cross bridging, partitions above to be framed 
to relieve the weight from centre of girders. 



SPECIFICATIONS. II5 

Wall plate around the entire Building 3 in. by 12 in. se- Wall Plate. 
curely bolted to the walls, about 10 feet apart all around. Bolts 3 feet long 
% in. thick. 

All other roofs of Main Building and wings to be constructed in the usual 
manner of Mansard Roofs, with side studding 3 in. by 6 i.i. spiked to plate. 
Upright studding 3 in. by 4 in. — Upper or roof plate 3 in. by 8 in. — 
Rafters for short spans 3 in. by 8 in. and 3 in. by 10 in. — For long spans 3 
in. by 12 in. as may be directed. Ceiling joist 2 in. by 4 in. 

Ties and braces, and all wood work of principal Rafters Ties and Braces. 
of Chapel which show below plastering, to be planed smooth and cham- 
fered, and to be varnished and oiled. All the roofs to be covered with 
tongued and grooved white pine boards, i in. thick, firmly nailed to rafters 
and studding. 

All outside walls to have stripping i in. by 2 in. securely Stripping, 
nailed to plugs or strips for lathing. 

Washboads first story in Corridor and where there is no Washboards, 
wainscoting, to be 10 in., including 7.}^ in. sub. and \]A, in. moulding. 

Second story in Corridor, 8 in. including moulding and sub. Washboards 
in third and fourth stories 6 in. bevel or bead top. 

Washboard throughout Basement, where it is floored with boards to be 6 
inches. May be cement where asphalt pavement is laid. 

Wainscoting. 

In all the large rooms of Main Building and Wings, As- Wainscotincr. 
sembly in basement, and the window sides of Library, to be wainscoted per- 
pendicularly, 3 ft. 6 in. high, with yellow or white pine clean stuff, 4 in. wide 
and under, tongued and grooved and beaded to the level of the window 
sills. 

The window sills forming the cap of wainscoting to have Capping, 
ij^ inch nosed edge with 1)4. inch ogee moulding beneath. Washboard in 
this case to be 6 inch scotia or bevel edge. 

Wainscoting to be left out of those windows required for coils or radia- 
tors. . . 

Wainscoting to be put up with screws at opening in clock weight flues. 

Windows. 

The windows throughout to be double hung, except windows. 
those Gable and Dormer, which have stationary sash — to conform to the 
elevations and detail drawings. 

All reveal frames, white pine, with 2 ir;. bead, or large Reveal Frames. 
ogee moulding as may be determined. 

Sills 3 in. heart yellow pine. Jambs plastered and Sills. Sash. 
splayed where marked with 2 in. bead on angle for protection to plaster and 
finish. 

Inside shutters. — All basement windows to have inside panel shutters, i^ 
in. thick, cut in middle and made in folds to suit jambs — Inside Shutters. 



Il6 SPECIFICATIONS. 

hung with butts, secured with yellow pine or iron bar and wrought iron 
staples. . 

All first and second story windows, except Corridor Windows and on 
stairs, to have inside pivot or rolling blinds, i}i in. thick, cut in middle and 
made in folds to suit jambs. — Jamb shutters to be panelled. Shutters in 
rooms on either side of tnain entrance to be made to fold in boxes. 

Architraves of these to be made to suit the arrangements Architraves. 
of the openings. All windows, except Dormer and Gable windows, to be 
finished square inside. Dormer windows to have i}4 in. Dormer Windows, 
sash to small windows, i ^ to large — to be double hung where practicable ; 
all to be made according to the elevations and detail drawing and direction 
of the Architect. 

Side lights of Corridor Doors at ends and interior Side Lights, 
throughout to be double hung as window sash — Centre lights of Tran- 
som Sash to be stationary. Lintels over inside of window openings to be 
three pieces, 3 in. by 8 in. No shutters to chapel windows. 

Door Frames, 
Basement door frames in Interior to be made of 3 in. by 4 in. scantling, 
walled in flush with both faces of wall. Lintels to be 3 in. Door Frames, 
by 6 in. cut with 4 in. rise, to have 9 in. arch over. Lintels of all doors in 
brick walls of upper stories, to be made in the same manner. 

Doors. 

All interior doors in Basement, and all communicating doors in upper 
stories, except Corridor Doors, and all doors in third and fourth stories, to 
be six panel 134^ in. thick, and double face doors. — Flat raised panel and 
chamfered stiles and rails, (no moulding,) all to be 8 feet six inches high. 
All doors opening on Corridors in first and second stories of West Wing, 
and second story of East Wing, to be 8 feet 6 inches high, made in the fol- 
lowing manner. 

Two doors to be separately made six panel i % inch thick flat raised panels 
chamfered stiles and rails. — One face of each door to be finished. These 
will be screwed to a frame one inch thick forming a double door with hol- 
> low space between, as per detail — all to be hung to open Interior Doors, 
outward into Corridor. — Ail doors opening on Corridor, and all communi- 
cating doors in East Wing first story, to be glazed doors made folding, hung 
with pivots, to open both ways, and have springs to keep them closed. 

Architrave of doors to be 3 >^ inch moulding and i^ inch band or their 
equivalent — no plinths — jambs cased and rebated. Outside doors of base- 
ment to be 2X inches thick, panelled, moulded or chamfered, as may be 
required on outside face, bead and butt on the back. 

Front entrance doors of first story, panelled, moulded and chamfered, as 
per elevation and details, 2 j^ inches thick, bead and butt on back. Vesti- 
bule doors and interior side light doors i % inches thick double face, top 
panel glass, and side lights of interior corridor doors to be double hung, 



SPECIFICATIONS. 11/ 

transom centre sash stationary. Wood for doors to be cut and put together 
immediately after contract is signed, and to be thoroughly dry and seasoned 
before going in the building. 

Flooring also to be purchased as soon as possible after signing of con- 
tract, that it may be stacked for seasoning before being used in the building. 

Front and vestibule doors, first story to be of walnut, also basement east 
and west and rear entrance doors ; all others to be of white pine, clean stuff. 

A rostrum to be constructed in chapel, as per plan — the desk to have 
chamfered stiles and rails, raised panels, moulded cap and base, as per de- 
tail drawings to be furnished. 

Stairs, &^c. 

Private stairs at rear of Trustees' room, first to second Private stairs, 
story to be I X inches thick yellow pine treads — i inch white pine risers, 
tongued, glued and blocked. Rail \% inches walnut — balusters 2^ inches 
maple — newells 8 inches walnut — stairs to cellar in the usual manner. Two 
flights of plain stairs from basement to first story, at east Basement stairs, 
and west parts of building. Yellow pine i ^ inch treads, i inch white pine 
risers, yellow pine 3 inch rail and standards. One flight from third to 
fourth floors, steps yellow pine \yi inch, risers i inch white pine. Skirting 
to correspond with washboard of third story. 

Lecture room stairs to be same style as private stairs. 

To be 4^ inch walnut moulded rail, to main iron stairs. Skylights.' 
Two skylights to be constructed as per plan and details. 

Water closets to be fitted up in the basement, with Water closets. 
hinged seats. Partitions i X inch capped, 7 feet high, doors i %. inch, pan- 
elled 5 feet, 6 inches high. 

Water closets in first and second stories and basement, where marked on 
plan, to be neatly fitted up with seats and risers, and hinged lids. Wash- 
stands neat panelled doors, sub, &c. Reservoirs to be 2 inches thick plank 
firmly put together, and properly fitted to receive lead lining. All finished 
with walnut. 

Umbrella stands in first story, hall and in basement wheremarked on the 
plans, to be fitted up as directed, to be lined with zinc. 

Roofs, cornices, and dormer windows to be constructed Roofs, 
and finished, as per elevations and details to be furnished. 

Ornamental corners of roof cornice, may be of galvanized iron, instead 
of wood. 

Centres for arches, blocks, plugs, scantling, &c., which are to be built in 
walls, to be furnished at the proper times and places, and all necessary fit- 
ting and handling to be done by the carpenter. 

Ironwork, 

Wrought and cast iron, blacksmithing, &c. 

One girder composed of three beams 7 inches high, (55 Beams, 
lbs. per yard,) to support gable over western rear bay window. Eight 
girders each composed of two beams lo^ inches high, (105 lbs. per yard,) 
these support stairs and floor corridor at head of stairways. 



Il8 ' SPECIFICATIONS. 

Twenty-four girders, each composed of two beams 12 inches high, (125 
lbs. per yard.) Each girder to have curved brace from wall, made of two 
angle irons 5 by 3 inches by ^ inch ; foot to rest on large stone, and head 
securely bolted to bottom flanges of beams, spandril to be decorated with 
cast-iron ornament. These girders are to support the floors in large east 
and west rooms, first, second, and third stories, two girders in each room, 
and the beams are to be securely bolted together with a piece of white pine 
timber, 3 by 12 in. blocked between them — and cast iron separators. 

Six girders each composed of two beams 10^ inches high, (105 lbs. per 
yard,) for assembly floor and library floor and ceiling, running east and 
west of three spans supported on cast-iron columns. 

All girders composed of two or more beams to be bolted together with 
cast-iron separators, and ends strapped together and anchored into walls, 
and resting on iron plates. 

Beams for first floor over furnace room, to be io}4 inches high, 105 lbs. 
to be placed not more than 3 feet 9 inches from centre to centre. Beams of 
assembly floor and library floor and ceiling to be 9 inches high, 70 lbs. to 
be placed not more than 3 feet 9 inches from centre to centre. All beams 
to be properly strapped together and anchored in walls where required. 

Stirrups to be provided for hanging joist trimmers, &c.. Stirrups. 
where required. 

One set of spiral stairs, from basement to first floor, treads }i inch 
ribbed, risers X i^^ch close, supported on centre staff and ends built in walls. 

Two sets of stairs of three flights each from basement to Principal stairs, 
third floor as per plan. Treads ^ inch to be covered with slate treads, 
risers ^ inch close lattice, panelled or ornament, as per detail, all to be 
supported on three strong wrought-iron bars and cast-iron carriages — ends 
built in wail. 

Newells at starting in basement 10 inches, and in first Newells. 
story 14 inches, of Gothic pattern. Balusters, ornamental Balusters, 
castings to be selected. The upper step of each flight and its nosings, to 
continue around the landings to receive railing, which must be secured to 
them as to the steps. Facings of the well hole must be of iron extending 
down to receive the plaster of ceiling below. Arranged for walnut hand- 
rail, to be three feet high when all is finished. 

Gratings of iron bars to be leaded in flag-stone cappings of all area walls 
— to have folding gates at all windows. 

Cast iron columns where marked on the plans. Columns. 

Four columns 9 in. diameter, ^ in. thickness of metal in cellar, to have 
four base plates 2 ft. by 2 ft. by i X iiich thick. 

Four columns 9 in. diameter in basement X '^^- thickness of metal. 

Four columns 8 in. diameter X i^i- thickness of metal in first story. 

Four columns 7 in. diameter }4 in. thickness of metal in second story. 

Four columns 6 in. diameter }4 in. thickness of metal in third story. 



SPECIFICATIONS. " II9 

These rest on each other, and must be made with saddle heads and the 
girders to go through them. 

Two columns 10 in. diameter X Jri- thickness of metal for front hall un- 
der chapel, to have base plates i ft. 3 in. by i ft. 3 in. and i in. thick. 

Four box posts 6 in. by i ft. 6 in. and yi in. thickness of metal, to have 
bracketed skew back heads for brick arches of corridor walls, base plates to 
be I ft. 6 in. by i ft. 6 in. and i in. thick. 

All columns to have moulded caps, as per detail to be furnished, to be in 
proper proportion with their respective lengths. 

All bolts, jambscrews, stirrups, clamps, anchors, &c., necessary for a 
complete and substantial job, to be furnished, if not specially mentioned. 

Cast-iron cresting, pattern selected for bay windows. Crestings. 
Cast-iron railing or cresting, to be set on roof as per elevation and detail 
drawings. 

Three set of inside and outside doors for fire proof. In- Fire proof doors. 
side doors folding — outside single doors — with wrought-iron frames to be set 
complete. Usual fire proof locks and fastenings, ($25 lock.) The con- 
tractor for ironwork must build and set up and take down his scaffold ; car- 
penter must furnish all the material for making it. 

Two base plates 12 in. by 12 in. by i in, and two plates Plates. 
I ft. 6 in. by 3 ft. by i in. Six columns 4 in. diameter. Two 8 in. beams, 
(65 lbs. per yard,) and six beams 6 in., (40 lbs. per yard.) Two of these 
to be bolted together with separators. These are to support the arches of 
boiler room and rear wall. One Hyatt Vault Light 3 ft. diameter over 
boiler room to be furnished and set. 

Hardware. 

All doors that are made double as described, to be hung Butts, &c. 
with 7 in. Baldwin's Patent, or American butts equally as good. Heavy 
mortise brass works latch 3^ in. by 4^ in. box, with brass knob. 

All doors of eastern wing first story, which are made folding, to be hung 
with pivots and have suitable springs and fastenings. 

Dead-latches to be furnished to all the doors required at Dead-latches. 

$ per lock, to be hereafter selected — not included in contract. Outside 

front doors, main entrance, to have top and bottom flush bolts, heavy 
wrought polished face ; top bolt long enough to be easily reached. Bottom 
bolt 12 in. ; lock mortise rebate — Russell & Erwin's make, 8 in. box and 
bronze knobs. 

Doors to be hung with three pairs 6 in. by 6 in. fancy imitation bronze 
butts. 

All basement and interior doors of upper stories to have brass or bronze 
knobs ; iron butts sufficiently large to swing door clear of architraves or 
finishings ; and to have suitable brass works locks. Vestibule door en- 
trance to have butts 6 in., top and bottom bolts to be all the same as front 
door, except vestibule latch instead of lock. All windows to Cotton cord. 



120 SPECIFICATIONS. 

be double hung with best cotton sash cord, suitable thickness for the differ- 
ent size of windows. The best pulleys with brass journals to be used- 
Weights to be of cast-iron. All windows to have two iron sash lifts each, 
and a sunk eye in top rail of top sash. 

Strong sash fasteners of approved construction to base- Sash fasteners, 
ment and first story windows throughout. 

Plumbing. 

Four-inch cast-iron proved pipes, with leaded joints, for draining water 
from roof, to run up to tops of French Roofs inside of Roof Conductors. 
Rafters, and be provided with Y branches, to connect with main Cornice 
Gutters ; below these, pipes to be built in wall, all to connect with 6 in. 
Terra Cotta Drain Pipe below floor of Basement, to connect with main 
centre lo in. to centre of Building, and thence 12 in. Terra Drain Pipe. 
Cotta Drain Pipe to run 10 ft. outside of Building. Two additional 4 in. 
iron pipes to be used for Water Closets in Basement, First and Second 
Stories ; one 3 in. pipe for draining water from porch, and one 3 in. pipe 
from each of the Bay Windows. 

A 3 in. Cast Iron Water Pipe from 10 feet outside of Building at West 
End ; to branch off 3 in. cast-iron pipe to 3 ft. above Third Water Pipe- 
Floor, at each end at line of Water Closets with outlet at each story, and 2 
in. pipe to extend to rear of Boiler Room in Cellar, to have fire hose at- 
tachments, two in each story and one in Cellar, with large brass cock screw 
nozzle, suitable for 2 in. hose. 

Two Water Closets in Basement, three in First story, and two in Second 
story where marked on plans, to be the best Valve Closets, Water Closets, 
to be hereafter selected by the Committee or their Architect. 

All to have hinged seats, to use as urinals, to be lined with soft Medal- 
lion Metal or 5 lb. lead, to be determined — dressed closely Tank, 
against the under seat, and to extend % in. under the hole — supplied with 
% in. lead connection with each Water Closet. 

Each Water Closet in the Second story to be supplied Tanks, 
with 5 lb. lead-lined reservoir or boiler-iron tank, each tank to contain 50 
gallons. 

A wash basin in each Dressing Room, 14 in. China basin — Craigie's com- 
bined basin trap and plug to be used, countersunk marble top 20 in. by 30 
inch., and back and moulded edge. Silver plated cock and plugs; supply, 
% inch lead pipe for cold water, i % inch lead waste pipe from basins to 
run into soil pipe of Water Closets. Twelve Water Closets in Front Base- 
ment to be self-acting, (Carr's patent,) Hopper Valve Closets and seats 
combined, to be secured to Flag Stone, each to be trapped separately and 
drawn into 8 in. drain pipe connecting with main drain ; supply pipe I in. 
lead. One Enamelled Basin Stand and Frame, Cold Water supply % in., 
waste iX ill' l^^d pipe, brass cock, in each water closet room in basement, 
four in all. Umbrella Stands to be lined with zinc and to have i X in. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 121 

waste. A 3 in. stopcock to be put on Main outside of Building, and a 2 in. 
stopcock to each supply main that runs up to third story, and a ^ in. stop 
and waste on all other supply pipes. — ^ in. supplies to be 2 >^ lbs. per foot, 
^ to be 3 lbs., and i in. to be 4^ lbs. per foot, waste i^ in. to be 1% lbs., 
and \% in. to be 3 >^ lbs. per foot. 

Provision to be made for the introduction of additional supply and waste 
pipes, sinks, cocks, &c., which will be hereafter specified and separate con- 
tract made for the same. 

Gas, 

Gas Pipes for lighting the Building to be introduced according to regula- 
tions of City Gas Works, allowance to be made for about 450 burners. All 
outlets to be in Ceiling, except in Chapel, whtch are to have side outlets. 
Rooms measuring about 30 by 45 feet and 50 ft. to have four outlets — those 
measuring about 24 ft. by 34 ft. to have two outlets, smaller rooms one 
outlet. Corridors to have five outlets each, all other rooms and passages 
as may be directed. Arranged for one or more burners as may be desired. 
No fixtures to be included. 

Additional Pipes and Outlets to be provided for such rooms as may be 
directed, and allowance made for burners, a detailed statement to be 

hereafter furnished. 

Plastering. 

All Walls to be finished from the float, rough-cast finish. Entrance Hall, 
Assembly, Stairs and Corridors, of the first and second stories, to be lined 
off in blocks ; all to be tinted in mortar of light drab color. All Ceilings 
to be strictly three-coat work, first coat to be dry before being followed up, 
(two coats of Brown, and one of White Hard Finish. ) Plasterer must fur- 
nish, put up and take down his own scaffold. Skirting on stairs to be of 
Cement. Front Vestibule and Entrance Hall to have a neat cornice. All 
Corners to be chamfered not otherwise specified or directed. 

Painting and Glazing, 

All outside woodwork or ironwork to be painted three coats pure white 
lead and linseed oil in such tints as may be directed. Outside doors of 
Basement and First Story to be varnished and oiled. All Interior Wood- 
work usual to paint, to be varnished three coats. Stiles of doors to be 
stained slightly darker than panels, mouldings of wainscoting, &c., also 
to be stained darker if required. Inside Shutters same style. Rafters in 
Chapel to be varnished. Ironwork to be painted three coats. All Glass to 
be first quality American Double Thick for large, and single thick for small 
lights, to be well bedded, bradded and back puttied. Windows of Water 
Closet Rooms in Basement to have ground glass. Chapel and Stairway 
windows to have double thick American glass. One Communicating Door 
East Wing First Story, where directed, to have one large light, French 
Polished Plate Glass. Skylights to have rough plate glass ^ in. thick. 



122 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Heating. 

The Contractor for Heating and ventilating the Building must furnish all 
the materials and work required of the best quality. The heating to be 
done by a low pressure steam apparatus, consisting of Boilers. 
Three Boilers, located in the apartment prov^ided, any two of which Boilers 
will be of capacity and form equal to heating the entire Building in the 
coldest weather. 

To be connected with as many coils, located in the cellar and Basement, 
as are required for the purpose; which must be connected with boilers by 
proper flow and return pipes. These coils must be placed in proper cham- 
bers constructed with brick walls, into the bottom of which must be ad- 
mitted from cold air shafts from the top of the Build- Hot Air Chambers, 
ing, the necessary quantity of pure fresh air to supply at all times the full 
amount required for heating and ventilating the Building. In these cold air 
flues, proper valves or registers to control and regulate the amount of air 
to be admitted into the above chambers to be provided. Connections with 
distant flues from cold air shafts, to be made with 20 and 24 in. Terra Cotta 
Drain Pipe as per plan, and as may be directed. ^ 

A suitable arrangement of coils in the rooms to be heated, to be used as 
an auxiliary to the fore-mentioned heated-air arrangement. All large 
Rooms in ist, 2d, and 3d Stories to have one or more such Radiators. 

The coils must have around them suitable ornamented screens, support- 
ing a marble slab 1% inch thick. Their flow and return pipes must be so 
carried as to be concealed from view. — All Coils must be on the window 
side and where directed. The Contractor must guarantee that the rooms 
can be kept at a temperature of 70*^, and the corridor 60^, when the ther- 
mometer stands at 20° outside. — The Entire Basement Temperature. 
and the Halls and Corridors of the upper stories, to be heated by di- 
rect radiation.-- All the rooms above the Basement to be heated half by 
direct radiation, and half by the heated Air from the hot-air chambers above 
mentioned ; pipes and coils to be so constructed as to prevent any snapping 
and cracking noise. One low grate to be set in private Grate. 
room, adjoining dressing room in West Wing where marked on the plans, 
to be No. lYz Black Grate; and one Marble Mantel fur- Mantel. 
nished and set by Contractor, to cost not less than $60. 

Slate hearth to be set, Ash-pit door also to b^ furnished and set. All 
Registers to be black japanned, to be furnished and set com- Registers. 
plete, to all hot air and ventilating flues, and of suitable style and size for 
the capacity of flues. 

Tinning, Slating, &^c. 

The upper flat roof, as per plan, and all the Gutters, Cornices, and Bat- 
tlement Walls and Ventilating flues, to be covered with best Tin- 
I cross M. F. charcoal tin, painted on both sides, the upper to have two 
coats. The Gutter tin to have three coats. All chimneys, battlements, 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 23 

and hips must be flushed, puttied and made perfectly water tight. The 
water to be taken off through 4 in. cast iron pipes, as before described in 
plumbing. Suitable Galvanized iron or copper Basket Strainers, 
strainers to be set in all outlets. Porch and Bay windows to be covered 
with tin. 

All the steep roofs to be laid with best Susquehanna Slate on felt. Roofs 
of corner dormers, centre building, to be red slate — red Slate. 
and green slate border in roof cornice of main building, as per elevation. 

Bells — Speaking Tubes. 

Bell tubes to be inserted in Wall before plastering — number and position 
as directed. Speaking tubes also to be put in where required and have the 
proper mouthpieces. 

Lightning Rods. 

Of Iron with screw joints to be secured to the Building at sufficient num- 
ber of points to thoroughly protect it, to be of suitable size and kind to be 
approved by the committee. Each rod to be provided with four points. 

Contractor to pay for all permits and make the attach- Permits. 
ment for water supply from the street main. 

Towers. 

The extension of towers of east and west ends, above the gables, to be 
constructed of Serpentine stone, as per elevations, with Ohio stone dress- 
ings and cornice, according to detail drawings to be furnished. 

Roofs to be hipped, covered with Susquehanna slate with red border at 
the top — the whole to be surmounted by railings and finials of iron. 

Window frames to be double hwng with stationary transoms as per design. 
Floors to be laid about 3 ft. below each window, and rough stairways or 
stepladders for ascent to the same to be constructed. 

Should it be decided not to build the upper section of towers — the four 
gables are to be capped with stone, finished with iron finials and the inter- 
secting roofs to be covered with slate— the pinnacles or chimneys on the 
four corners of each to be of stone and terra cotta as directed. 



124 SPECIFICATIONS. 



Railroad Specifications. 
For a Passenger Depot, 

See page 273. SPECIFICATIONS 

For a Passenger Depot for the Baltimore and Potomac Railroad 

Company, to be Erected at the Corner of B Street north, 

AND Sixth Street east, in the City of Washington. 

These specifications are intended to embrace the entire superstructure 
above the foundations, with everything pertaining to it complete, and finished 
up ready for occupancy. The whole of the said building to be comprised 
within any contract or contracts which may be made for the same, excepting 
only the foundations before referred to, and certain items which will herein- 
after be particularly specified. 

The entire work is to be constructed and finished in every part in a good 
substantial and workmanlike manner, according to the accompanying draw- 
ings, and these specifications, to the full extent and meaning of the same, 
and to the entire satisfaction, approval and acceptance of the engineer and 
architect, and under the supervision and direction of such agent or agents 
as he may appoint. 

The following is a list of the drawings which accompany these specifica- 
tions, and which form part thereof: — 
No. I, Elevation on B street. 

Elevation on Sixth street. 
South elevation. 
West elevation. 
Plan of first story. 
Plan of second story. 
Plan of third story. 
Plan of roof. 

Plan of iron beams of first floor. 
Plan showing gas, steam and water pipes. 
Longitudinal section. 
No. 12. Traverse section. 
No. 13. Details of corrtice, &c., of main tower. 
No. 14. Details of tower over entrance on B street. 
No. 15. Details of main cornice. 
No. 16. Details of granite base. 
No. 17. " " ^t u 



No. 


2. 


No. 


3- 


No. 


4. 


No. 


5. 


No. 


6. 


No. 


7. 


No. 


8. 


No. 


9- 


No. 


10. 


No. 


II. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 12$ 

No. 1 8. Details of dressed stone work. 

No. 19. '' " '' 

No. 20. Details of stone work of balcony on B street. 

No. 21. Details of galvanized iron work. 

No. 22. " " " " " of spire. , 

No. 23. Details of dormer windows. 

No. 24. Details of trusses, girders, &c. 

No. 25. Sundry details. 

No. 26. Details of main skylight. 

Additional detail and working drawings will be furnished Additional draw- 
in exemplification of the foregoing, from time to time, as "^^s- 
they may be required ; and, it is to be distinctly understood, that all such 
additional drawings shall be of equal force with those which are herein spe- 
cifically cited ; and the said additional drawings are to be considered as vir- 
tually embraced within, and forming part of these specifications. 

It is also understood that the engineer and architect of Alterations, addi- 
the building shall have the right to make any alterations, tions and omissions, 
additions, or omissions of work or materials herein specified, or shown on 
the drawings, durin g the progress of the building, that he may find to be 
necessary, aiid the same shall be acceded to by the contractor or contractors, 
and carried into effect without in any way violating or vitiating the contract, 
and the value of all such alterations, additions, or omissions shall be agreed 
upon in writing between the said engineer and architect and the contractor, 
before going into execution, or no allowance will be made for them by either 
party. 

Particular care must be taken by the contractor of all the Care of finished 
finished work, as the building progresses, such as exterior '^°^^- 
projections, cut stone, stairs, washstands, &c., which work must be covered 
up, and thoroughly protected from injury or defacement during the erection 
and completion of the building. 

All the refuse material and rubbish that may accumulate Remoralofrub- 
during the progress of the work, to be removed from time ^^^^' ^'^■ 
to time, as may be directed by the engineer in charge, and on the comple- 
tion of the work, all the streets and ground must be thoroughly cleaned up, 
and the surplus material and rubbish carted away. 

The contractor is to assume all risks, and bear any loss occasioned by 
neglect or accident during the progress of the work, until the same shall 
have been completed and accepted by the engineer and architect. He is 
also to assume all blame or loss by reason of neglect of city or district ordi- 
nances, encroachments upon neighbors, or from any other cause. And it 
is to be distinctly understood that the engineer in charge of the work shall 
have full power, at any time during the progress of the same, to reject any 
materials he may deem unsuitable for the purpose for which they are in- 
tended, or which are not in strict conformity with the spirit of these specifi- 
cations. He shall also have the power to cause any inferior or unsafe work 
to be taken down and altered at the cost of the contractor. 



12^ SPECIFICATIONS. 

These specifications are to be understood as not including Foundations not 
the foundations, and the stone masonry below the first ii^cluded. 
floor, all of which will be finished off to receive the dressed stone on the two 
street fronts, and to receive the floor beams on the other walls. 

Dressed Stone Work, 

The fronts on B and Sixth streets to have a base of first Granite base, 
quality granite, either from the Richmond or the Old Dominion quarries, of 
the heights, lengths ana sectional forms shown on the detail drawings. The 
beds of the lower course to be from 20 to 24 inches ; of the second course 
from 12 to 15 inches, and of the third course from 15 to 18 inches. 

The steps of the entrance door, and the check blocks of Steps. 
the same, also all the outside door sills, and steps to be made Door silk, 
of the same kind of granite as the base of the building. 

The rest of the dressed stone work, consisting of caps and Sandstone, 
bases of columns, sills, lintels, string courses, corbels, brackets, window 
dressings, and other features designated on the drawings, to be composed of 
Ohio sand stone, of good uniform color, without flaws, spots or streaks. 

All the dressed stone work to be well and finely wrought, Beds and ends, 
and the beds and ends brought to perfectly plane surfaces, Mouldings, &c. 
so as to make close joints ; all mouldings, projections, ornamental caps and 
bases of columns to be finely and accurately cut, according to the drawings. 

Iron cramps and dowels to be used wherever necessary for Iron cramps, 
the stability of the work. 

The shafts of the columns at the doors of entrance on Polished columns. 
Sixth and on B street, and the shaft of the column under the balcony on B 
street to be made of Aberdeen granite, finely dressed and well polished. 

The base, string course and cap of each of the chimney Chimney tops, 
tops to be composed of Ohio sand stone, well cramped with galvanized iron. 

Brick Work. 

All the outside walls above the base course, and all inte- Bricks, 
rior walls designated on the plans, are to be built of good, sound, well-burnt 
bricks, laid true and straight, and properly bound together with heading 
courses. In the main fronts the headers are to be introduced behind the 
running bond, so as to tie the outside four inches to the rest of the wall, 
without appearing on the face. The mortar to be composed of the best 
quality lime, and clean sharp-gritted sand, properly mixed, Mortar, 
and thoroughly manipulated. 

The outside walls to be faced with the best pressed bricks Front Bricks, 
of uniform color, laid in colored mortar, with joints not exceeding one- 
eighth of an inch (^^^) in thickness. 

Courses of encaustic tiles are to be inserted in the face of Encaustic Tiles. 
the walls on the two street fronts, wherever they are indicated on the plans. 
Encaustic tiles will also be used for flooring the general waiting-room, the 



SPECIFICATIONS. 12/ 

hall, the restaurant, and the water-closet rooms. The patterns, as well as 
the make of the tiles, to be decided on in all cases by the engineer and ar- 
chitect. 

Relieving arches to be turned over all openings that will Relieving Arches, 
admit of them. 

All the flues are to be well built and carefully pargetted. 

The first floor to be formed of brick arches, one brick Floor arches. 
(4^^) thick, turned from wrought iron floor beams, and the haunches filled 
up with concrete, to the proper height for the tile, or the Concrete filling, 
wooden flooring, as the case may be. The moitar to be used in these 
arches, and in the concrete filling of the haunches, to be Cement, 
composed of hydraulic cement, and clean sharp-gritted sand. 

Iron Work. 

The first floor throughout the building, except in the boiler room, to be 
constructed on wrought iron floor beams, the various sizes. Floor beams, 
lengths and spacing of which are given on drawing No. 9. The bearings 
are to be slate, each of which must be eight by twelve Slate bearings, 
inches (8^^X12^^) and two inches (2^^) thick. 

The Main Tower. — The following portions of the main tower will be com- 
posed of galvanized iron, to wit : — The dormer windows on Galvanized iron, 
the four sides of the tower, including the cornices and the returns to meet 
the roof; also the angle corners and cornices of the roof of the tower. 
Cast iron will be used in this tower in the cornices of the Cast iron, 
second story, the balconies and the frieze, the columns, capitals, and bases 
of the windows of the third story, with the imposts, arches, cornices, and 
columns above them ; also in the plain faces back of the columns. The 
clock faces on the four sides of the tower, including the panel Clock faces, 
work on each side of the same, will likewise be composed of cast-iron \ the 
clock dials to be made separate, so as to admit of being removed. 

The railing of the balconies will be composed of wrought Railings, 
iron. 

• 

Tower over Efitrance on B Street. — In this portion of the Galvanized iron 
work galvanized iron will be used in the cornice and finial of the gable ; 
and cast iron in the columns, capitals, bases, pilasters, sill Cast iron, 
and hood of the third story window, with the two adjacent corner columns, 
including their capitals and bases; also in the dressings of the circular 
window. 

Tower over Baggage Entrance. — The main cornices, modillions, and 
angle corners of the roof to be made of galvanized iron. Galvanized iron. 
The entrance to the baggage room to be spanned by a Boiler iron, 
boiler plate girder, supported by cast iron brackets. Cast iron. 

Octagonal Tower on B Street. — The main cornices, modillions, and angle 
corners of the roof to be made of galvanized iron. Galvanized iron* 



128 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Main Cornices. — All the main cornices of the building, including the 
modillions and the frieze cornices, to be made of galva- Galvanized iron. 
nizediron \ also all the gutters, valleys, and flashings. 

Dormers. — The three dormer windows on the east front, the three on 
the north front, and the four on the west front, including all Galvanized iron, 
their parts, except the crests, to be made of galvanized iron. 

The rear or south wall, to be capped with a galvanized iron coping. The 
corner columns of the said rear wall, as shown on drawings Nos. 2 and 3, 
to be made of cast-iron. 

The galvanized iron work to be supported by rough wooden Rough bracketing, 
brackets, to which the iron must be securely fastened. The whole to be 
well wrought, in conformity to the drawings, and put together in the most 
substantial manner, and in such a way as to prevent the admission of water 
in any of the joints, or in any of the connections with the other features of 
the work. 

The cresting and the finials of the towers, to be composed Cresting. 
oi wrought iron, and all the rest of the cresting throughout the building to 
be made of cast iron. 

The iron work attached to the roof to be secured by wrought Wrought ir jn chairs 
iron chairs and stays, galvanized wherever they rest on the ^^^ ^^y^- 
tin roofing. The screw heads to be covered with tin caps, soldered to the 
roof, to prevent leakage. 

The two columns in the restaurant, the two over them in iron columns 
the second story, and the two in the third story to be composed of cast iron. 
Iron girders, each consisting of two 12-inch I beams of 150 Iron girders, 
lbs. to the yard, to be placed on these columns. 

All cramps, ties, tension bars, truss rods, bolts, stirrups. Miscellaneous, 
bars and other iron work required in the various parts of the building, to be 
furnished of the first quality wrought iron, and made in the best manner, 
snbject to the directions and approval of the engineer in charge ; it being 
understood by the parties to the contract that such bolts, bars, cramps, 
stirrups, &c., are to be introduced at the discretion of the said engineer in 
charge, wherever he may deem it to be necessary to assure the strength and 
permanency of the building. 

All the castings required in the execution of the woik, whether herein 
particularly specified or not, to be made from good tough iron, true and 
sound, and free from cracks, flaws, bubbles, or defects of any kind whatever. 

All the galvanized iron used in the building, to be of the best quality, 
designated as No. 28. 

Lumber and Carpenters^ Work. 

All the lumber throughout the building, except where Lumber, 
particularly specified to the contrary, to be first quality white pine, free from 
shakes and flaws and unsound knots, thoroughly seasoned, and in every way 
suitable for the various purposes for which it is intended. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 129 

All joists of 20 feet or more span, are to be four by twelve Joists. 
(4^^X12^^) white pine, and wherever the span is less than 20 feet, three by 
twelve (3^^X12^^) joists are to be used. The ceiling joists of the attic story 
may be three by eight (3^^X8^^) hemlock. 

The rule for spacing the joists throughout the building shall be sixteen 
inches (16^^) from centre to centre. 

Each joist must be properly backed, and have a bearing of four inches 
(4^^) at each end, on the walls and partitions. In all cases where joists are 
supported by girders, they must lap each other, so that each joist shall have 
a bearing equal to the whole width of the girder. 

All floors of joists of more than sixteen feet (16^) span, Bridging. 
shall be stiffened by two rows of cross bridging, and in cases where the span 
is sixteen feet, or less, with one row. 

Flues and other openings are to be framed around with Trimmers, 
double trimmers, in all cases where there are more than one tail joist. Par- 
ticular attention must be paid to keeping all woodwork sufficiently far from 
the flues to insure absolute safety from Are. 

The wooden partitions throughout the building are to be Partitions. 
made of good white pine scantling, spaced sixteen inches (16^^) from centre 
to centre, securely attached to the floors and ceilings, and stiffened with two 
rows of horizontal bridging. The partitions of the first and second stories 
are to be composed of 3^^X6^^ scantling, and those of the third story of 
3^^X4^^) with the following exceptions, to wit : those occurring in the second 
story, between C and C, on plan No. 6, will be made of scantling 3^^X8'^ ; 
those in the third story marked K and K, on plan l^Jo. 7, and the backs of 
all water closets in the building will be made of scantling 3^^X8''''. In all 
cases throughout the building, the broad side of the timber is to be placed 
cross-wise of the partitions. 

The outside walls to be furred with three by six (3^^X6^^) Furring, 
scantling, secured to horizontal strips built in the walls as the work pro- 
gresses. 

All the window frames in the building to be made reveal, of sound, well 
seasoned white pine lumber, fitted with all the necessary Windows, 
pulley styles, boxes, pockets, parting strips, beads, &c., in accordance with 
drawings. 

Dormer windows to be made on the roof, as shown on Dormers, 
the drawings ; the fronts and the sides will be composed of galvanized iron, 
to which wooden frames, with all the necessary boxing and interior finish 
will be attached. The iron work is provided for under the head of that 
material. 

All the windows in the building to have inside shutters. Shutters. 
one and one-eighth inches {i}i^^) thick, cut at the meeting rail, and made 
with moveable sloats. Those of the first and second stories on the two 
street fronts to be composed of walnut, and all the rest of white pine. 
I 



130 SPECIFICATIONS. 

The finish around the windows to consist of a two and a half inch {2%'^) 
corner bead in the first and second stories, and one and a half inch {1%^'') 
bead in the third story. 

All the windows to have plastered jambs, and interior Window sills, 
sills of hard wood, one and a half inches (iX^^) thick, finished with nosed 
edges and moulding, returned on the ends. 

The sash to be composed of first quality white pine, one Sash, 
and three-quarter inches (i^^^) thick, made in accordance with the draw- 
ings. The upper sash of the bay window, the sash of the baggage room, 
and the upper sash of the window above it, also the upper sash of the win- 
dows in the second story of the tower, and the sash above the transoms of 
all the windows of the principal story throughout the building, to be hung 
on hinges. All the rest of the windows in the building to be double hung 
on strong axle pulleys, with the best patent cord, and finished as shown on 
the several drawings. 

The outside doors to be two and a half inches (2^^^) thick. Doors. 
made of two thicknesses of one and a quarter inches (i^^^) each, panelled 
on both sides. 

The inner doors to be one and three-quarter inches (i^^^) thick, except- 
ing the door in the attic, the thickness of which will be one and a quarter 
inches ( I X^)- The water closets to have short slat doors hung twelve 
inches (12^^) above the floor. All the rest of the inner doors to be 
panelled on both sides. 

The three doors leading from the general waiting room to Fly doors. 
the passenger platforpis to be covered on both sides with leather, and hung 
on the most approved spring hinges, opening both ways (in and out). 

The two outside doors of the baggage room to be hung Doors of baggage 
on eight inch (8^^) cast iron sheaves with wire rope and ^°°"^- 
weights to move up and down, as shown on drawing No. 25. 

All the doors throughout the building to be made of the best white pine, 
mortised tenoned and glued up and wedged in the best manner, moulded 
on both sides, hung on the most approved strong butt hinges, and fur- 
nished with locks, bolts, &c., complete, as provided under the head of 
hardware. 

The doors throughout the first and second story, except Transom lights. 
those leading to the water closet rooms, to have segmental heads, and tran- 
som lights, with moveable sash hung on swivels and opened by cords and 
pulleys. 

The doors of the attic story will have square heads without transom 
lights. ♦ 

The architraves around all the doors of the first and Architraves. 
second stories to be not less than five inches (5^^), and those of the attic 
story not less than three and a half inches (3^^^'') v^ide. 

In constructing the wooden partitions, double studs are to be placed 
each side of all the openings. 



SPECIFICATIONS. I3I 

A baggage elevator to be constructed in the baggage room, lifting from 
the first to the second story, and a gallery to be made around Elevator, 
the said room, with permanent steps leading from the first floor to the gal- 
lery, and from the gallery to the room above ; all of which is to be executed 
in conformity to the plans. 

Closets to be fitted up throughout the building, with shelv- Closets, 
ing averaging one foot in width, and with strips three and a half inches 
(3K^^) wide, and one inch thick, provided with first quality Shelving. 
hat and coat hooks; and all the necessary shelving, drawers, wall strips, &c., 
to be provided and put up in the pantries. 

A panelled counter to be made across the entire width of Counter in 
the restaurant, with a desk on one end, as shown on plan restaurant. 
No. 5, and a marble top of twenty-six inches (26^^) in Marble top. 
width, and one and a half inches {i)4^^) in thickness, made in four lengths, 
and moulded on the outer edge. 

The three -vaiting rooms on the first floor, and the gallery Wainscoting. 
of the second floor, over the general waiting-room, to be wainscoted with 
the best white pine, to the height of the sills of the windows, according to 
the designs and dimensions indicated on drawings Nos. 11 and 12. The 
baggage-room will be finished with yellow pine wainscoting four feet (4^') 
high, tongued and grooved. 

All the rooms having wooden floors to have wash-boards Washboards, 
tongued into sub-plinths one and a half inches {ij4^^) thick, and 2)4 inches 
(2^^^) high, screwed into the floors. The washboards in the rooms that 
are tiled are to have no plinths. All the washboards throughout the build- 
ing to be moulded on top ; those of the first stor}- to be ten inches (10^^) 
high, of the second story nine inches (9^^), and of the attic eight inches 
(8^^), all of which are to be made as shown on the drawings. 

The stairways to be constructed on three by twelve (3''^X Stairways. 
12'^) white pine horses, with all the necessary framing secured to the floors 
and partitions. The steps to consist of one and a half inch {i}^") yellow 
pine step boards, and one inch {i^^) white pine risers, glued and blocked 
together, nosed and finished with scotia, and fillet returned on the ends. 

The main stairway to start from an ornamental newel Main stairway, 
twelve inches (12^^) in diameter, as shown on drawing No. NeweL 
25, and to have a moulded walnut rail four inches (4^^) thick Handrail. 
by seven inches {7^^) wide, supported by two and three-quarter inch 
{2}{") octagonal walnut balusters, with turned mouldings Balusters. 
a|id square plinths ; two balusters to be placed on each straight step, and 
one on each winder. 

A skylight to be constructed in the roof, over the main skylight over 
stairway, four feet (4O wide by eight feet (8') long, covered stairway, 
with English rolled glass three-eighths of an inch {^i") thick, permanently 
laid, so as to effectually exclude the weather. 



132 SPECIFICATIONS. 

A sash four feet (4') wide and eight feet (8') long, with Sash, 
semicircular ends, to be constructed below the exterior skylight, and glazed 
with ornamental glass. 

A plain light stairway, with newel and railing to be made stairway to 
from the third story of the tower to the clock-room. clock-room. 

All the floors of theyfrj/ and second stories to be composed Floors, 
of first quality southern heart pine boards one and a quarter inches (iX'O 
thick, in widths not exceeding six inches (6"). The whole to be free from 
sap, unsound knots, and shakes, and to be tongued and grooved, well 
planed on top, and securely secret nailed to the joists. The floors above the 
second story may be laid with yellow pine boards of one inch (i") in thick- 
ness, tongued and grooved, and laid in the usual manner. 

There will be no wooden floors in the general waiting room, the hall, the 
restaurant, and the water-closet rooms, as these apartments are all to be 
tiled. The wooden floors of the principal story will be laid on scantling, 
mbcdded in the concrete in the haunches of the arches. 

All the floors in the building to be planed, and left clean and perfect on 
he completion of the work. 

P.rmanent seats are to be constructed around the sides Seats, 
of the general waiting room, as shown on the drawings. The bottoms are 
to be composed of hard wood, supported on turned legs, placed not more 
than six feet (6^) apart. The seats to be divided by wrought iron arms of 
the Pennsylvania Railroad Company's pattern, spaced twenty inches (20'') 
from centre to centre. 

The roof to be supported by nine principal trusses to ex- Roof trusses, 
tend across the building from north to south, and to be spaced as shown on 
plan No. 8. The two trusses which rest on the tower to be shorter than 
the rest, and the one coming under the spire to be longer, as will appear 
from the drawing referred to. Three short trusses will be required to span 
from the westernmost principal truss to the west wall ; the sizes, arrange- 
ment, and details of these are shown on drawings Nos. 8 and 24, which 
must be closely followed in the construction. 

The frame work of the tower and the spires to be con- Anchor bolts, 
structcd as represented on the drawings, and securely anchored to the walls. 
The tower to have eight vertical anchor bolt, each, one and a quarter 
inches (iX^^) ill diameter, to extend from the top of the belting course 
next below the clock face to the wall plate, secured at the bottom by 
wrought iron anchor plates, each three feet (3^) long, three Anchor plates, 
inches (3^^) wide, and one inch (i^^) thick. The spires to be anchored to 
the walls in the same way, hy /bur a.nchor bolts in each spire, one inch (i<^) 
in diameter, and eight feet (8^) in length, secured by wrought-iron anchor 
plates, each two feet (2^) long, three inches (3^^) wide, ana one inch (i'') 
thick. 

The portions of the four principal roof trusses, which are exposed above 
the general waiting-room, to be dressed and chamfered, as indicated on the 
drawings. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 3 3 

A girder to be placed across the opening from A to A, Girders. 
On plan No. 6, to carry the floor joists. This girder is to consist of two 
thicknesses of timber, each six by twelve inches (6^^X12^^), placed one 
inch apart, and securely bolted together with three-quarter {^^^) combina- 
tion bolts, keyed with white oak, and supported at two points by rods from 
' a trussed girder placed over the same opening in the story above, and which 
is also designed to carry two of the principal roof trusses. 

Girders are to be placed at B B and B' B', on plan No. 5, to carry the 
floor joists. These girders are to be supported by a rod from each principal 
roof truss where it crosses them above, and are each to consist of two 
pieces of v/hite pine, four by twelve inches (4^^X12^^) bolted together with 
three-quarter inch (^^^) combination bolts, and keyed with white oak. 

The floor of the clock-room in the main tower to be Clock-room floor, 
strengthened by two transverse trussed girders. 

The sheathing of the roof to consist of the best quality Sheathing, 
white pine sheathing boards, one inch (i^^) thick, planed on one side, and 
well nailed to the rafters or purlins. 

The contractor is to provide and fix all rough bracketing. Rough bracketing, 
and other carpentry necessary to form the projecting eaves, and all other 
portions of the iron work in which wooden bracketing may be required, the 
designs for which are shown on the drawings. Also, all the bracketing and 
furring necessary for the proper execution in stucco, of the cornices and 
panelled ceilings. He is also to furnish and provide all the ScafFolding, &c. 
requisite scaffolding, centering, cradling, furring, beads, fillets, blocks to 
support bracketing, lintels, strips, and all other articles connected with car- 
pentering, which may be necessary for the proper construction and com- 
pletion of the work. 

The following portions of the general waiting-room, and Ornamental wood 
the hall above it, will be executed of wood, to wit : the '^°^^' 
corbels, brackets, columns, capitals, and bases, the pendants, pedestals, 
railings, and the cornices under the galleries, all of which will be made of 
white pine, and finished according to the full intent and meaning of the 
drawings. 

All the carpenters' work throughout the building to be Miscellaneous, 
executed according to these specifications, and the drawings hereinbefore 
referred to, and such additional drawings as may hereafter be made in ex- 
emplification of the same ; and all carpentry not herein mentioned, and 
which may ;^ be necessar) for the complete and proper execution of the work 
to be faithfully done and furnished. 

Plastering. 

All the rooms, halls, stairways, and all other portions Rooms to be pias- 
of the interior of the first and second stories of the build- ^^""^^ 
ing ; also six of the rooms in the third or attic story, with the stairway in 
connection with the same, and the clock room in the tower, to be well 



1 34 SPECIFICATIONS. 

plastered in three coats. The ceilings to be floated, set, Ceilings, 
and finished with a white coat. The walls and sides of all Walls, 
the rooms to be finished with the float, and tinted as may Tinting. 
be directed by the engineer in charge. The remaining Rooms not to be 
rooms of the third story are not to be plastered. plastered. 

All the rooms in the first and second stories to have Stucco cornices. 
stucco cornices, made in conformity to the designs indicated on the draw- 
ings. 

The materials to be of the best quality, and the work to be executed in a 
good and workmanlike manner. 

Whatever jobbing and repairing may be necessary, to Jobbing, 
render the building perfect before its final acceptance by the engineer and 
architect is to be well and truly done without extra charge. 

Plumbing, 

Three of the best water-closets to be put up in the ladies' Water closets. 
private room, eight in the gentlemen's private room, sixm the water-closet 
room of the second story, and 07ie in the attic. Each closet to have a 
'* Monitor container," a porcelain bowl, a bronze pull, and a four inch trap 
made of lead, weighing 5 lbs. to the foot, dischargmg into eight inch (8^^) 
cast-iron mains leading into an underground terra cotta drainage. 

Six large size porcelain urinals to be put up in the gen- Urinals, 
tlemen's private room, and two in the water-closet room of the second story. 
Each urinal to have a three-quarter inch {%") brass supply, and a five 
eighths of an inch {%") stop cock with a cap on top, and a one and a half 
inch {lYz") waste pipe. 

All the water closets and urinals to be furnished with the Traps, &c. 
necessary traps and fixtures to insure certain action, and to promote clean- 
liness. 

The backs and floors of the urinals to be composed of slate, and to be 
five feet (5") high from the floor. The sides are to be made of wood. 

A soapstone sink, four feet (4') long, twenty inches (20") Kitchen sink, 
wide, and six inches (6") deep, to be placed in the kitchen, with hot ard 
cold water cocks and the necessary drain pipes; also a large sized plate 
drainer. 

Three permanent washstands to be put up in the ladies' Washstands. 
private room, six in the gentlemen's private room, and two in the water- 
closet room of the second story, all of which are to have one and a half 
inch {lyz") marble countersunk lops and backs, and fourteen inch (14^0 
porcelain bowls, with plated cocks, plugs and chains, and the necessary 
waste pipes. 

Each branch of the supply pipes to have a separate stop Stop cocks. 
and waste cock. All the supply pipes to be extra heavy, and all the work 
to be done in the best and most substantial manner. 

The water to be carried from the roof by means of cast- Roof conductors. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 35 

iron pipes fouf inches (4") in diameter, securely caulked with lead. The 
said pipes to be either built in the walls as the work progresses, or carried 
down in recesses left in the brick work for the purpose, as may hereafter be 
directed. Each conductor to have a cast-iron elbow at the Elbows. 
foot, from which the water is to be conveyed to the sewer by means of terra 
cotta drain pipes of twelve inches {12") in diameter. The Terra cotta drain 
location of the drain pipes is indicated on drawing No. 10. p^p^^- 

The plumber is to provide and lay all the terra cotta pipes, and to com- 
plete the drainage to the entrance of the sewer. 

All the stop cocks, draw cocks, traps, waste pipes, and Miscellaneous. 
other articles in connection with the plumbing, which may be necessary to 
a creditable and proper completion of the building, to be provided as may 
be directed by the engineer in charge of the work. 

• Gas Pipes and Fitting. 

Gas pipes to bs furnished and laid throughout the building, of sufficient 
size to supply the annexed list of burners, in conformity to the rules and 
regulations of the Philadelphia Gas Company. 

All the pipes to be laid so as to be easily got at for repairs, and to have 
such descents as will prevent the accumulation of water arising from con- 
densation. 

The pipes to supply the lights on the outside of the building to be sep- 
arate from the general supply pipe, so as to admit of their being used inde- 
pendently of each other. 

It is understood that the gas fixtures are not to be fur- G^s fixtures not to 

• 1111 • r 1 • 1 /~ • °^ furnished by 

nished by the party contracting for the gas pipe and fittmg. contractor. 

The following is a list of the gas burners required throughout the build- 
ing, the aggregate number being 313 : — 

In general waiting-room, 5 reflectors, each 8 lights. 

In gentlemen's waiting-room, 2 reflectors, each 8 lights, and 4 brackets, 
each 2 lights. 

In ladies' waiting-room, 2 reflectors, each 8 lights. 

In restaurant, 4 reflectors, each 12 lights, and 8 brackets, each 2 lights. 

In office of depot master, i pendant of 2 lights, and 2 brackets, each i 
light. 

In gentlemen's water-closet-room, i reflector of 6 lights. 

In ladies' water-closet-room, i pendant of 4 lights. 

In baggage-room, i pendant of 4 lights. 

In ticket office, i pendant of 2 lights, and 2 brackets, each i light. 

In boiler room, i bracket of i light. 

In pantry, I bracket of 2 lights. 

In store pantry, i pendant of 2 lights. 

In kitchen, 2 pendants, each 2 lights. 

In back hall, i pendant of 2 lights. 



1 36 SPECIFICATIONS. 

In 9 offices, second story, each i pendant of 2 lights, and 2 brackets, 
each I light. 

In 4 offices, second story, each i pendant of 4 lights, and 2 brackets, 
each I light. 

In telegraph office, second story, i pendant of 4 lights, and 4 brackets, 
each I light. 

In 4 rooms, second story, each i pendant of 2 lights. 

In gallery of second story, 12 brackets, each 2 lights. 

In 3 rooms in attic, each i pendant of 2 lights. 

In 3 bed-rooms in attic, each i pendant of 2 lights. 

On newel, i candelabra of 4 lights. 

On front steps, 4 candelabras, each 5 lights. 

Painting and Glazing. 

All the exposed wood and iron work, inside and outside, usually painted 
in such buildings, to have three coats of pure white lead and linseed oil, 
grained as may hereafter be directed. All the exterior cor- Graining. 
nices, balconies, iron columns, capitals and bases, and all other exterior 
iron work to be primed with red lead and linseed oil, painted with three ad- 
ditional coats, consisting of white lead and linseed oil, and Sanding. 
sanded in two coats, in the best manner, in imitation of the Ohio sand 
stone used in the building, excepting the cresting and the balcony railings, 
all of which will be painted with French blue, and tipped Gilding, 
with the best gold leaf. 

All the windows and transom lights throughout the build- Glass, 
ing to be glazed with the best American glass, well bedded, bradded and 
back puttied, and left clean and perfect on the completion of the work. 

The skylights in the roof to be made as shown on the sev- Skylights. 
eral drawings, and glazed with English rolled glass three-eighths of an inch 
(^' ) thick, laid in such a manner as to render them permanent, durable, 
and perfectly weather proof. 

The number, dimensions and form of all the lights of glass throughout 
the building to be ascertained from the drawings. 

Hardware, 

The outside doors of the waiting rooms to have extra Latches, 
heavy bronzed store latches, such as are used by the Pennsylvania Railroad 
Company. The doors of the ticket office, the baggage-room, the restaur- 
ant and the telegraph office to have three-tumbler mortise night latches, 
with knobs only on the inside. The doors leading from the waiting-rooms 
to the water-closet rooms to have mortise latches two and a quarter by three 
and a quarter inches (2X''X3X) ^^^ porcelain furniture. The water 
closets to have rim latches and mineral furniture. 

The remaining doors throughout the building to have six Locks. 
inch (6'') tumbler locks, with bronze furniture for \hQ,ftrst story, white por- 



SPECIFICATIONS 



i3i^ 



celain furniture for the second story, and mineral furniture for the third 
story. 

The windows of the ladies' private room to have orna- Wire screens, 
mental wove wire screens. 

All the double doors to have strong spring bolts, top and Spring bolts, 
bottom. Two clothes hooks of approved design will be re- Clothes hooks. 
quired in each water-closet ; also, such hat and coat hooks in the closets 
throughout the building as the engineer in charge may direct. 

Heavy cast-iron butt hinges will be required for all the Hinges, 
doors. The inside shutters are to be hung on cast butts, and to have strong 
bronze shutter hooks and knobs. All the windows of the first story to have 
heavy bronze sash-fasteners. 

All the hardware required in the building to be furnished of the most sub- 
stantial and approved kind. 

Tin Work, 

The portions of the roof inside of the lines of cresting; Roof, 
also, the tops of the dormer windows, and the roofs of the kitchen and 
boiler-room, to be covered with first quality I. C. charcoal tin, Melyn brand, 
laid with cleat or lapped joints. The whole to be painted on the under side 
with one coat of metallic paint, and on top with two coats of Venetian red. 

All the necessary gutters to be formed in the most ap- Gutters. 
proved manner, and securely connected with the iron conductors for dis- 
charging the water from the building. 

Slating. 

The roofs of the tower and spires, and the steep portions Slate. 
of the roof of the building, to be covered with slate of different colors, orna- 
mentally disposed, as indicated on the perspective view, subject to such 
modifications of design as the engineer in charge may hereafter direct. 

Blue slate, from the Peach Bottom quarries, is to be used for the blue 
portions of the design, and red and green slate from Vermont, where these 
colors are indicated. 

All the slatts to be laid on two thicknesses of roofing felt. Roofing felt, 
and secured with galvanized iron nails. 

The whole to be executed in the best and most workmanlike manner, 
using galvanized iron flashings, and such other precautions Flashings, 
as may be necessary to make a perfectly water-tight roof. 

{Note.) The portions of the roof embraced within the lines of cresting; 
also, the tops of the dormer windows and of the main tower, and the roofs 
of the boiler house and kitchen, will be covered with tin. 

Heating. 
The entire building will be heated by radiation from Steam pipes, 
steam pipes, which will be distributed as may hereafter be decided upon, it 
being understood that a sufficient radiating r.urface shall be provided to 
effectually warm the building in the coldest weather. The steam to be gen- 
erated in the boiler-house. 



138 SPECIFICATIONS. 

General Conditions. 

All the work to be done in the best and most workman Manner of execut- 
like manner, of approved materials, according to these ins the work, 
specifications and the plans and drawings, to be done and furnished, whether 
the same may have been herein particularly specified or not ; and all such 
necessary work and materials, which may not have been set Work and material 
forth in these specifications, or indicated on the plans re- ^^^ specified, 
ferrcd to, to be done and furnished in a manner corresponding with the rest 
of the work, as well, as truly, and as faithfully as though the same were 
herein particularly described, and specifically provided for. 

Every part of the building is to be executed under the direction, and sub- 
ject to the approval of the Engineer in charge, who shall act as the agent 
and representative of the Engineer and Architect, to whom all questions 
relating either to the work, or to the contract for the same, shall be referred, 
and his decision shall in all cases be final. 

Supplement. 

The attention of bidders is called to the following points not mentioned 
in the above specifications : 

First, In the contract for the building, it will be required and provided 
that the footways on Sixth Street be kept clear its full width, from the curb 
to the regulated line of the steps ; that the materials used in the construc- 
tion of the work shall not be deposited at all on Sixth Street ; that the road- 
way and the sidev/alk be kept clear of all incumbrance at all times, and that 
a temporary plank shed be placed over the said footway, for the protection 
of citizens during the progress of the work. 

Second, All bids must be handed in on or before Saturday, July 5th, 1873. 

Third. It is important to have the building roofed in, and the first story 
finished and ready for use by January ist, 1874, and the whole work com- 
pleted, finished up and delivered into thehanJs of the railroad company by 
June 1st, 1874. Bidders will please state whether they can accomplish the 
work within these dates, and if not how much longer time they would re- 
quire. 

Fourth. The columns in the restaurant are to be set on dressed stone 
plinths l' 6" square and \' 1" thick, and the iron floor beams are to be 
framed around them. 

Fifth. All chamfered bricks are to be moulded; 

Sixth. Six galvanized-iron ventilators to be constructed on roof, as shown 
on transverse section. 

Seventh. A main water pipe of 3 inches in diameter for extinguishing 
fires, is ;0 be carried up from the cellar to the third story, with a 2 inch 
hose attachment on each floor with screws and caps. 

Eighth. The encaustic tiles provided for in the specifications to be from 
the manufactory of Maw & Co., London, their agents being Merchant & 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 39 

Co., N. Y. The patterns are found in their printed catalogue, as follows : 
for the exterior walls of the building, No. 91, plate 36, and No. 178, plate 
34. For the general waiting-room and the restaurant, No. 58, plate 15. 
For the hall and water-closet rooms. No. 223, plate 15, with the border 
shown on No. 58. 

Ninth. The following portions of the work will be done and furnished by 
the railroad company, to wit : Gas pipes and fitting, and gas fixtures ; terra 
cotta drain pipes and laying ; steam heating and corking apparatus ; 
plumbing; iron columns in the restaurant ; curbing and paving. 

Tenth. Bidders are requested to state what difference it would make in 
the cost of the work to finish all the first story in hard woods, oiled and pol- 
ished, instead of pine, painted and grained. 



For Masonry of Railroad Bridge Over Street 

Specifications 
For Masonry of Street Bridge to be Erected over the Pennsyl- 
vania Railroad, at Penn Avenue, in the City of Pittsburg, 

Pennsylvania. 

Pennsylvania Railroad Co., 
Office of Engineer Bridges and Buildings, 
No. 233 S. Fourth St., No. 8, third floor, 
Seepage 273. Philadelphia, April 15, 1875. 

The foundations to be dug out to a depth of six feet below Depth of founda- 
the natural surface of the ground, or to such greater depth ^°'^- 
if found necessary, as the engineer may decide, and to be filled in for the 
depth of three feet with concrete. 

The concrete is to be formed of a hard durable stone, to Concrete stone. 
be approved of by the engineer, broken into angular fragments of a size to 
pass through a two and a half inch ring, and to be screened. 

This stone to be mixed with clear, sharp, river sand and Sand Cement 
hydraulic cement, one part sand and four parts broken stone. This must 
not be mixed in a larger amount than requires one barrel of cement at a 
time, and must be used as mixed, not being allowed to lay, and then re- 
mixed with water and used. 

The concrete must be prepared by first spreading out the Mixing. 
cement and sand in the proper proportions on a platform of rough boards, 
and thoroughly mixing them in a dry state. The proper quantity of stone 
is then to be added, and after again thoroughly mixing the whole, water is 
to be added as much as necessary, to bring the mass to the proper consist- 



140 SPECIFICATIONS. 

ency ; the materials being mixed as the water is added, until all the mate- 
rials are thoroughly incorporated, and the surface of each stone is well 
coated with mortar. This concrete must be placed in the foundations in 
layers not over a foot thick, and must be either thrown from a height of not 
less than ten feet, or else each layer must be well rammed until a film of 
water appears on the surface, but not enough to make it quake. 

Tin'e must be given for the concrete to become firm Time to set. 
before masonry foundation is commenced upon it, as heavy pressure tends 
to retard the setting. 

The masonry will be rock range pitch face ; the stone to Masonry. 
be accurately squared, jointed, and bedded, and laid in How laid. 
courses not less than twelve inches thick, nor exceeding twenty-four inches 
in thickness; decreasing from bottom to top of pier or abutment. The 
stretchers shall in no case have less than sixteen inches bed ; and for all 
courses above sixteen inches, at least as much bed as face. They generally 
shall be at least four feet in length. The headers shall be of similar size 
with the stretchers, and shall hold the size in the heart of the wall that they 
show on the face, and be so arranged as to occupy one- fifth of the face of 
the wall, and when the thickness of the wall will admit of Bond, 
their interlocking, they will be disposed in that manner. When the wall is 
too thick to admit of that arrangement, stones not less than four feet in 
length will be placed transversely in the heart of the wall to connect the 
two opposite sides of it. The stones for the heart of the wall will be of the 
same thickness as those in the face and back ; bedded the same as the face 
stone, but not jointed, and must be well fitted to their places, any remain- 
ing interstices to be filled with small sound stones or chips. The face 
stones to be set in cement mortar ; the interior stones to be laid dry, and 
every course to be thoroughly grouted. The proportion of Grouting. 
sand, cement and lime in the mortar and grout, to be as directed by the 
engineer. 

The stones forming the masonry will be generally left with their faces as 
they come from the quarry, unless the projection from the neat line should 
exceed two inches, in which case they shall be roughly Scabbled. 
scabbled down to that point. 

Such coping and such posts for railing, as shall be indicated on the draw- 
ings, or shall be directed by the engineer, shall be ham- Copinjr, &c., to be 
mer dressed to the required sizes, and placed as shown. hammer dressed 

In all masonry the stone must be of a hard and durable Quality of stone- 
quality, either Derry, Massillon, or Freeport, of good size and shape, to be 
approved of by the engineer. 

The coping, bridge seats and posts, being the hammer Locality. 
dressed work, are to be of the Massillon stone. 

Such portions of the masonry as the engineer may require ^^ent Se^rm^ned 
to be laid in lime or hydraulic cement, to be so laid ; the by Engineer. 
Pennsylvania Railroad Company furnishing, or paying for the lime or 



SPECIFICATIONS. I4I 

cement used, and the contractor furnishing a suitable protection for the 
cement from the weather. 

If, in the progress of the masonry, an increase in the in„ease in number 
number of headers specified should be required by the en- °^ headerb. 
gineer, such additional number shall be laid in the work as he shall desig- 
nate. 

The whole of the construction to be in strict accordance Work 10 accord 
with the drawings furnished by the Engineer of Bridges drawings. 
and Buildings of the Pennsylvania Railroad Company, and under the di- 
rection of the engineer in charge of the work. 

Bidders will state the prices for which they will do the Bids, 
work in the following manner : — 

For excavation of earth, so much per cubic yard, measured in the exca- 
vation. 

For concrete, so much per cubic yard, measured in place ; not including 
the cement and broken stones, which will be furnished by the Pennsylvania 
Railroad Company. 

For masonry laid in place, so much per perch of twenty-five cubic feet. 

For coping and bridge seats, so much per foot lineal of each width. 

For posts, so much per post in place. 

All prices to be for work measured in the wall complete. 

The prices shall in every case include the furnishing of all materials, 
(except lime, cement, and broken stone for concrete, which will be fur- 
nished by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company,) the cost of scaffolding, 
etc. , and all expenses attending the delivery of these materials, and all risks 
or any loss occasioned by floods, neglect or accident during the progress of 
the work, until the same shall have been completed, and accepted by the 
engineer. 

JOSEPH M. WILSON, 

Engineer Bridges and Buildings , Penna, R» R, 



142 SPECIFIC ATIONS. 



For Superstructure of a Wrought Iron Railroad Bridge, 

Specifications 

For Superstructure of Railroad Bridge to be Erected near 

MoRRisviLLE Station, on the New York Division 

OF the Pennsylvania Railroad. 

Pennsylvania Railroad Co. 
Office of Engineer Bridges and Buildings, 
No. 233 S. Fourth St., No. 8, third floor. 
See page 273. Philadelphia, July 15th, 1875. 

The superstructure is to be constructed on the triangular General description 
girder system, and to consist of four spans, square to the line of the railroad, 
three of them deck bridges of three txusses, and one a half-through bridge 
of two trusses, numbering from the west end, the railroad track having a 
curvature of five and a half degrees. 

The trusses throughout are to be composed entirely of wrought iron, ex- 
cept rollers and bolster blocks on the piers and abutments, having wrought 
upper chords of channels and plates, wrought iron upset weldless link lower 
chord, and wrought iron braces, all with link ends to be upset without weld. 
Alljomts are to be made with pin connections, and sleeve nuts are to be in- 
troduced in the laterals and diagonals for adjustment. 

The deck spans are to have timber floor-beams, and the half-through 
span wrought iron built cross girders ; white oak track stringers are to be 
used throughout. The bolsters and abutment plates are to be of wrought 
iron. 

The general dimensions are as follows: — 

Span No. i. 

Distance, centre to centre of end pins 73 ft. 6 in. 

Number of panels - 4 

Number of sub-panels 8 

Length of each panel 18 ft. 4I in. 

Length of each sub-panel 9 ft. 2-|-in. 

Height of truss, centre to centre of chords. "j i\., 2> in. 

Distance, centre to centre of trusses 9 ft* 9 in. 

Spans Nos. 2 and 3. 

Distance, centre to centre of end pins 53 ft. 6 in. 

Number of panels 4 

Number of sub-panels 8 

Length of each panel 13 ft. 4J in.. 

Length of each sub-panel 6 ft. 8^ in. 

Height of truss, centre to centre of chords 6 ft. 6 in. 

Distance, centre to centre of chords 9 ft. 6 in. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 143 

span No. 4. 

Distance, centre to centre of end pins 57 ft. 6 in. 

Number of panels _ 6 

Number of sub-panels 12 

Length of each panel 9 ft* 7 in. 

Length of each sub-panel 4 ft. 9I in. 

Height of truss, centre to centre of chords 5 ft' 9 in. 

Distance, centre to centre of trusses 26 ft. 6 in. 

In the fourth span the cross girders occur at every sub-panel. 

All the wrought iron must be of the best quality, tough Wrought Iron. " 
and fibrous, free from flaws and cracks along the edges. All the iron in the 
tensile members, lower chords, tension diagonals, laterals, bolts, &c., must 
be double rolled from the muck bar direct, no scrap will be allowed, and 
must be capable of sustaining an ultimate stress of sixty thousand (60,000) 
pounds per square inch, on a turned-down or grooved section, with no per- 
manent set under twenty-five thousand (25,000) pounds per square inch. 
When tested to breaking, if so required by the Engineer, the links and rods 
•must part through the body, and not at the pin hole in the head. 

All workmanship must be first-class. All abutting surfaces must be 
planed or turned, so as to insure even bearings, and protected by white lead 
and tallow before shipment. No error of over one sixty-fourth (^) of an 
inch will be allowed in the lengths of bars between centres of pin holes of 
over one one-hundredth (tw) the diameter of the pin ; said holes to be ac- 
curately drilled. All riveted plates must come in close contact where abut- 
ting, and the rivet holes must be spaced accurately and truly opposite. 
Rivets must completely fill the holes and have full heads, and, when neces- 
sary, they must be countersunk. Thickening washers are to be used when- 
ever required to make the joints perfectly snug and tight. 

The cast iron work is to be true and sound, free from flaws Castings. 
and defects of any kind, and may be green sand castings, but should be of 
good tough iron, the lines sharp and clear and according to the drawings. 

No rough or crooked castings will be accepted. All bolt and pin holes 
must be accurately drilled: all abutting surfaces must be planed, if neces- 
sary, to insure even bearings and neat close fittings, and the castings are to 
be perfectly dressed and fitted up to make a good job generally, when put 
in the bridge. 

The whole of the construction to be in strict accordance General conditions 
with the drawings furnished by the Engineer of Bridges and Buildings of 
the Pennsylvania Railroad Company. In all cases figures are to be taken 
in preference to any measurements by scale. No alteration to be made un- 
less authorized by the Engineer. All work to receive one coat of red lead 
in oil before being sent to the site. 

Bidders will state the prices per pound for wrought and Form of Bids, 
cast iron separately, delivered loaded on cars at the nearest point on the line 
of the Pennsylvania Railroad, or its branches to their works; the point 
being designated in the bid. Any bidders prepared to perform erection will 



144 SPECIFICATIONS. 

also State a bid for. erection at a round sum, the Pennsylvania Railroad 
Company transporting all materials from the place of delivery to the bridge 
site, and unloading the same, and also furnishing timber for false works, and 
timber for permanent roadway, the contractor, however, erecting the whole. 

The approximate quantities of iron in the bridge will be Quantities, 
as follows : — 

Wrought Iron. » 

Bar iron 79,600 lbs. 

Channels 49,400 " 

L and T iron 5,000 ** 

Plates • 58,300 " 

Rivets, ferrules, &c 9,000 " 

201,300 lbs. 
Cast Iron 4,000 '^ 

205,300 lbs. 

JOSEPH M. WILSON, 
Engineer Bridges and Buildings Penna, R,R, 



For Masonry of Bridge at Girard Avenue ^ Philadelphia. 

Specifications 
For Masonry of Street Bridge over the Pennsylvania Rail- 
Road AT Junction of Belmont and Girard Avenues. 

Pennsylvania Railroad Co. 
Office of Engineer Bridges and Buildings, 
No. 233 S. Fourth St., No. 8, third floor. 
See page 273. Philadklphla., Aug. 16, 1875. 

A new north abutment is to be built, and also piers for D<^scription of the 

work witn. ?cii6ir3j. 

rows of columns between the railroad tracks, the present instructions, 
north abutment to be entirely removed by the party contracting, who can 
make use of the stone in the same for the new work. The contractor is to 
perform his work without interfering with the travel on Belmont avenue, 
and is to preserve for the use of the passenger railroad companies at least 
one street track. Special care must be taken with the water pipe now in 
the street, that it is properly tresteled up and firmly supported from the be- 
ginning to the end of the work. The exposed side of the street next to any 
excavations that may be made, to be properly protected by temporary fenc- 
ing, and the contractor is to be responsible for any accidents that may occur 
by reason of insufficient protection for the public. He is also to be respon- 
sible for any accidents that may occur to the water pipe for want of proper 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 45 

supports, and he is to provide and erect all necessiry shoring for the proper 
protection of banks, property, buildings, &c. 

The excavations to be made to a depth of six (6) feet be- Excavation. 
low the surface of the ground, or to such greater depth as may be found 
necessary to insure a good foundation. 

The foundations to be rubble masonry, of stone of an ap- Foundations. 
proved quality and shape, the general size of which shall not be less than 
eight (8) cubic feet. 

The masonry above ground to be built of Trenton or Neat work, 
other approved stone, and to be rock range pitch face, without margin draft 
and built to the specified batters. The face stone to be accurately squared, 
jointed and bedded, and laid in course not less than twelve (12) inches nor 
exceeding thirty (30) inches in thickness, decreasing from bottom to top of 
abutment. They must be laid on their natural beds. The vertical joints 
in each course must be so arranged that they shail not come closer to those 
pf a superior or inferior course than by one (i) fuot. All courses to be 
dressed for a three-eighths {}i) joint. The stretchers shall in no case have 
less than sixteen (16) inches bed; and for all courses above sixteen (16) 
inches, at least as much bed as face. They generally shall be at least four 
(4) feet in length. The headers shall be of similar size with the stretchers 
and shall hold the size in the heart of the wall that they show on the face, 
and be so arranged as to occupy one-fifth (3-) of the face of the wall, and 
when the thickness of the wall will admit of their interlocking, they will be 
disposed in that manner. When the wall is too thick to admit of that ar- 
rangement, stones not less than four (4) feet in length will be placed trans- 
versely in the heart of the wall to connect the two opposite sides of it. The 
backing stone shall be of large size and have parallel beds, but the beds are 
not required to be dressed like the face stone. The backing stones shall be 
laid so as to break-joint, and must be well fitted to their places, any remain- 
ing interstices to be filled with small, sound stone or chips. When the 
thickness of the wall exceeds three and one-half (3X) f'set, headers of the 
same dimensions as those in the face, and in equal number, will be placed 
in the back of the wall. The face and back stones to be set in cement 
mortar; the inferior stones to be laid dry and every course to be thoroughly 
grouted. The proportion of sand, cement and lime in the mortar and 
grout to be as directed by the engineer. 

The stones forming the masonry will be generally left with their faces as 
they come from the quarry, unless the projection above the neat line should 
exceed two (2) inches, in which case they shall be roughly scabbled down to 
that point. 

Such portions of the abutments and piers as are shown by the drawings 
will be capped by coping stones of the thickness, projection and amount of 
dressed work as may be specified thereon, and particular care must be taken 
that the elevations of the tops ^of copings shall be the same as required by 

J 



146 SPECIFICATIONS. 

the drawings, and any change in the thickness of courses, or any rebuilding 
that may be required to attain the elevation, shall be so done. 

The pedestals specified on drawings must be neatly and accurately dressed. 
The stone to be free from unsightly flaws, cracks, clay or other marks, and 
any that the engineer shall deem to be such shall cause the rejection of the 
piece. The pedestals to be placed in such position and at such elevation 
as the drawings shall require. 

The workmanship throughout shall be of the best quality for each of the 
portions above specified, and any portion that may be deemed unsatisfac- 
tory or incorrect shall be rebuilt. 

Any additions to this work, when of the same kind as the work above 
specified, shall be done at the same rate as that already in hand, and any 
modifications that may be made to the plans, or any increase in the number 
of headers that may be specified shall be so made without additional 
charge. 

Such portions of the masonry as the engineer may require to be laid in 
lime or hydraulic cement shall be so laid; the Pennsylvania Railroad Com- 
pany furnishing or paying for the lime or cement used, and the contractor 
providing a suitable protection for the cement from the weather. 

The whole of the constructioit to be finished up complete in accoi dance 
with the drawings and these specifications, and subject to the approval and 
acceptance of the Chief Engineer and Surveyor of the City of Philadelphia. 

Bidders will state the prices for which they will do the Forms for bids of 
work, in the following manner : masonry. 

For excavation of earth, so much per cubic yard, measured in the ex- 
cavation. 

For foundations laid in place, so much per perch of twenty-five (25) cubic 
feet. 

For neat work masonry above foundations laid in place, so much per 
perch of twenty-five (25) cubic feet. 

For copings, so much per lineal foot. 

For pedestals, and cap stones for piers, so much per pier in place. 

The bidder will state what kind of stone he proposes using, and the time 
in which he will do the work. He will also state the price per perch of 
twenty-five (25) cubic feet that he will pay for the masonry in place, of the 
present north abutment. 

All prices to include the items in their proper positions in the work, and 
all cutting and setting that may be required, also the furnishing of all ma- 
terials (except lime and cement, which will be furnished by the Pennsyl- 
vania Railroad Company), the cost of scaffolding, &c., and all expenses 
attending the delivery of these materials, and all risks or any loss occasioned 
by floods, neglect or accident during the progress of the work, until the 
same shall have been completed and accepted by the engineer. 

The Pennsylvania Railroad Company to furnish all bolts and iron that 
may be required to be set in the stone work. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 14/ 

The price for txcavation will also include the refilling of any of the exca- 
vated material around the finished work, and back of it on Belmont avenue 
up to the grade of the street, and the removal of all surplus, refuse, and 
rubbish that may accumulate during the progress of the work, from the 
premises. 

JOSEPH M. WILSON, 
Engineer Bridges and Buildings, Penna. R, R. 



Specifications 
For Grading Section 4, '^Falls'' Drive. 

Proposals will be received till noon of Thursday, July 31st, 1873, at the Office of the Commissioners of 
Fairmount Park, 251 S. Fourth St., Phila., for Grading Section 4 of " Falls " Drive. 

*' Falls " Drive is on the East bank of the Schuylkill River, and section 4 
extends from Falls wooden bridge, north-west, to the public street that leads 
to Ridge avenue, at Wolfenden's corner. Length 1125 feet; width of road- 
way, 30 feet. 

The work comprises some clearing and grubbing; about 12,000 cubic 
yards of borrowed earth embankments; about 1,300 cubic yards of clean 
coal ash surfacing to road-way ; some wooden trunk drains, and possibly 
some excavation and rubble masonry. 

The contractor shall furnish all tools, and as directed by the engineer; 
shall do the grubbing and clearing, make the excavations and embank- 
ments, furnish and deliver from outside of the Park the borrowed earth — 
properly for,m the road-way, gutters, borders and slopes, and do all work 
necessary to open section 4 of " Falls " Drive to public use, except construct- 
ing the wooden trunk drains, which will be furnished by the Park, but the 
contractor shall make all necessary excavations, and put the drains in 
place. 

Should temporar)'^ drains and brii^ges be required during construction, 
the contractor shall, at his own expen ;e, supply them. 

The engineer will mark trees and stumps to be removed, and indicate the 
places to which the contractor shall deliver the same. Care shall be taken 
that no other trees or shrubs are injured or disturbed. 

All work shall conform to the lines, grades and limits fixed by the 
engineer. 

No top soil or perishable material shall be placed within the limits of the 
road-way, and all borrowed earth shall be free from offensive matter and 
rubbish, and in every way acceptable to the engineer. 

The borders and tops of the slopes shall be formed of earth suitable for 
planting. The ro id-way shall be reduced to sub-grade (one toot below fin- 
ished grade), and when time has been allowed for settlement, shall be re- 



148 SPECIFICATIONS. 

dressed with earth to sub-grade, and covered with one foot in depth of 
clean coal ashes, and dressed to the proper form and height for the finished 
surface. 

Grading of material excavated within the limits of the Park, shall be es- 
timated in cubic yards of excavation only, and the price hereinafter named 
for excavation shall include excavating, delivering and forming into em- 
bankments. 

Borrowed earth required to complete the embankments shall be furnished 
by the contractor from outside of the Park limits, and the contractor shall 
deliver and form the same into the road embankments. 

The quantity will be estimated in cubic yards in the embankments formed 
of such borrowed earth, and after the same have thoroughly settled, and 
will be paid for at the rate hereinafter named for borrowed earth, which 
rate includes compensation for furnishing, dehvering and forming into 
embankments. 

The coal ashes shall be free from all rubbish and foreign material, and 
shall be spread uniformly on the road surface, from the bank side of one 
gutter to the bank side of the opposite gutter, and shall fill the one foot in 
depth space between sub-grade and finished grade. 

Before coal ashes are put on any portion, the shaping and sub-grading of 
the same must be approved by the engineer, and any settlement after the 
ashes have been put on shall be filled with similar ashes and made good by 
the contractor, at his own expense. 

The quantity of coal ashes will be estimated in cubic yards in the road- 
way, but any excess in depth over one foot shall not be paid for except as 
borrowed earth. The price hereinafter named for coal ashes sh.Jl include 
compensation for furnishing, delivering, cleaning, spreading and forming 
the road surface. 

Upon the completion of the work the contractor shall carefully finish and 
dress to the form required the surface of the road, borders, slopes, and all 
Park areas entered upon. 

Damage to the work from high water, or any cause before its final com- 
pletion, shall be made good by the contractor at his own expense. 

Accidents resulting by reason' of the work will be at the risk of the con- 
tractor, who shall erect and maintain proper guards to protect the public. 

The Contractor shall keep constantly on the work at least one foreman ; 
shall commence operation on or before August i8th, 1873. Shall prosecute 
the work continuously and regularly, at a rate that will complete the whole 
on or before November ist, 1873, and shall so complete the same. 

Estimates will be made monthly, reserving twenty per centum till com- 
pletion. 

No proposal will be considered unless accompanied by a properly executed 
and satisfactory bond, in the sum of $1000, to secure the faithful execution 
of the work, should the proposal be accepted. 

The right to reject any or all bids is reserved. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 49 



Specifications 
For Macadamizing Belmont Avenue, Fairmount Park, Phila. 

The area to be macadamized is about eighteen feet wide, and two thou- 
sand five hundred feet long, extending from Lansdowne drive to Elm avenue, 
and comprising about five thousand square yards. Adjoining the Macadam, 
on each side, there is to be a gutter thirty inches wide, paved with Belgian 
blocks. 

The forming and compacting of material to sub-grade, suitable to receive 
the Macadam, will be made by the Park force, independent of the contract 
for Macadamizing, but any disturbance of this sub-grade shall be repaired 
before the Macadam is laid, or at the expense of the Contractor. 

All material shall be furnished by the Contractor — shall be approved by 
the Engineer — and shall be of a durable and uniform quality. The Maca- 
dam may be formed of selected furnace cinder, or of approved stone. But 
the Contractor must state in his proposal what material he will use, and 
from whence obtained. 

The Macadam shall be twelve inches deep,* put on in layers as follows: — 
The lower courr.e shall be of irregular blocks, not exceeding five inches in 
Iheir longest diameter, placed compactly together, and covered with the 
same broken to pass through a three-inch ring, and distributed to form an 
even surface, parallel to and five inches below finished grade. The surface 
thus formed shall be thoroughly rolled, then covered with similar material 
broken to pass through a screen with two- inch mesh, and distributed to form 
a surface parallel to and one inch below finished grade. This surface shall 
be thoroughly rolled, then covered to finished grade, with similar material 
broken to pass through a screen with one and one quarter inch mesh, and 
thoroughly rolled again. No dirt or ashes, and no material of any kind 
that will pass through a screen with one half inch mesh shall be introduced 
into or upon the Macadam. All rolling shall be done with a roller weighing 
not less than one gross ton per foot in length of bearing surface of roller. 

For gutters, sub-grade shall be twelve inches below finished grade. The 
lower five inches shall be of similar material to the lower course of the 
Macadam. This shall be rammed, covered with clean gravel, and finished 
with a pavement of rectangular blocks of granite or trap rock. The said 
stone blocks are to be of durable and uniform quality, each measuring on 
the face or upper surface, not less than four nor more than eight inches in 
length, and not less than four nor more than six inches in width, and in 
depth not less than four or more than seven inches ; blocks of four inches 
in width on their face, to be not less than three inches in width at base ; all 
other blocks in transverse measurement on the base, to be not more than 



The traffic is generally light on this portion of the Avenue. 



1 50 SPECIFICATIONS. 

two inches less than on the face ; but no block on the base shall be of less 
width or length than three inches. 

The contractor shall, on all work, follow and finish to the lines, grades 
and forms of section, given by the Engineer in charge. He shall erect and 
maintain proper guards to protect the public from accident ; and must, at 
all times, keep a sufficient portion of Belmont Avenue unobstructed, as to 
satisfy the demands of travel and traffic. Shrinkage, or settlement, cr 
damage from whatever cause, before the completion of the whole work, 
shall be repaired and made good by or at the expense of the Contractor. 

Payments will be made monthly, by warrants drawn on the City Treas- 
urer, based upon estimates of the Engineer in charge, reserving twenty per 
centum until the completion of the contract. 

The lower course of the Macadam, called for in these Specifications, shall 
be completed on or before the loth day of December, A. D., 1870, and the 
whole amount shall be completed on or before the 23d day of December, 
A. D. 1870. 



Specifications 
For GradiJation and Masonry of a Single Track Railroad. 

Form used by the Pennsylvania, and Philadelphia & Reading Railroads. 

See pages 232, 280. Graduation. 

Under this head will be included all excavations and embankments re- 
quired for the formation of the road-bed ; cutting all ditches or drains about 
or contiguous to the road; the foundations of culverts and bridges, or 
walls ; the excavations and embankments necessary for reconstructing turn- 
pike or common roads, in cases where they are destroyed or interfered with 
in the formation of the Railroad; and all other excavations or embank- 
ments connected with or incident to the construction of said Railroad. 

All cuttings shall be measured in the excavations and estimated by the 
cubic yard under the following heads, viz : Earthy Loose Rock^ Solid Rock. 

Earth — will include clay, sand, loam, gravel, and all other earthy matter, 
or earth containing loose stone or boulders intermixed, which do not exceed 
in size three cubic feet. 

Loose Rock — shall include all stone and detached rock lying in separate 
and contiguous masses, containing not over three cubic yards ; also, all 
hard-pan, cemented clay, or stone, slate or other rock that can be quarried 
without blasting, although blasting may be occasionally resorted to. 

Solid Rock — includes all rock occurring in masses exceeding three cubic 
yards, which cannot be removed without blasting. 



SPECIFICATIONS. I5I 

The road-bed will be graded twenty-one feet wide in earth cuttings, and 
sixteen in fillings, except where otherwise directed by the Engineer, with 
side slopes of such inclination as the Engineer shall in each case designate, 
and in conformity to such depths of cuttings and filling as may have been 
or may hereafter be determined upon by said Engineer, 

Earth, gravel, and other material taken from excavations (except when 
otherwise directed by the Engineer) shall be deposited in the adjacent em- 
bankment, the cost of removing which, when the haul is not more than six- 
teen hundred feet, will be included in the price paid for excavation ; all ma- 
terial necessarily procured from without the road, and deposited in the em- 
bankments, will be paid for as embankment only, but all material necessa- 
rily procured from within the line of the Railroad, and hauled more than 
sixteen hundred feet, will be paid for as excavation, and also as embank- 
ment. In procuring materials for embankment from without the line of 
road, the place will be designated by the Engineer in charge of the work, 
and in excavating and removing it, care must be taken to injure or disfigure 
the land as little as possible. The embankment will be formed in layers of 
such depth, and the materials disposed and distributed in such manner as 
the Engineer may direct, with the required allowance for settling. 

Material necessarily wasted from the cuttings will be deposited in the 
vicinity of the road, according to the directions of the Engineer in charge. 

The ground to be occupied by the excavations and embankments, together 
with a space of 12 feet beyond the slope stakes on each side, or 10 feet 
beyond the berm ditch, where one is required, will be cleared of all trees, 
brush, and other perishable matter. Where the filling does not exceed two 
and a half feet, the trees, stumps, and saplings must be grubbed ; but un- 
der all other portions of the embankment it will be sufficient that they be 
cut close to the earth. Where the road passes through woods, the timber 
on each side of the road to be slashed for such a width (generally 80 feet 
from the centre line) as the Engineer may direct. 

Contractors, when directed by the Engineer in charge of the work, will 
deposit on the side of the road, or at such convenient points as may be des- 
ignated, any stone or rock that they may excavate, and if, in so doing, they 
should deposit material required for embankment, the additional cost, if 
any, of procuring other materials from without the road, will be allowed. 
All stone or rock excavated and deposited as above, together with all timber 
removed from the line of the road will be considered the property of the 
Railroad Company, and the contractors upon the respective sections will be 
responsible for its safe keeping until removed by said Company, or until 
their work is finished. 

The line of road or the gradients may be changed, if the Engineer shall 
consider such change necessary or expedient, and for any considerable alter- 
ations, the injury or advantage to the contractor will be estimated, and such 
allowance or deduction made in the prices as the Engineer may deem just 
and equitable ; but no claim for an increase in prices of excavation or em- 



1^2 SPECIFICATIONS. 

bankment on the part of the contractor will be allowed or considered, unless 
made in writing, before the work on that part of the section where the al- 
teration has been made shall have been commenced. The Engineer may 
also, on the conditions last recited, increase or diminish the length of any 
section for the purpose of more nearly equalizing or balancing the excava- 
tions and embankments. 

Whenever the route of the Railroad is traversed by public or private 
roads commodious passing places must be kept open, and in safe condition 
for use ; and, in passing through farms, the contractor must also keep up 
such temporary fences as will be necessary for the preservation of the crops. 

Masonry. 

All masonry will be estimated and paid for by the perch of twenty-five 
cubic feet, and will be included under the following heads, viz : Culvert 
Masonry, Bridge Maso7iry, Vertical and Slope Wall Masonry , and Paving. 

All rectangular culverts will be built dry, with a water way of not less 
than two and a half by three feet ; the abutments will rest on a pavement 
of stone, set edgewise, of at least ten inches in depth, confined and secured 
at the ends by deep curb stones which must be protected from undermining 
by broken stone, placed in such quantity and position as the Engineer may 
direct. The abutment walls will not be less than two and a half feet thick, 
and built of good-sized and well-shaped stone, properly laid and bound to- 
gether by stones, occasionally extending entirely through the walls. The 
upper course to have at least one-half of the stones headers ; and the 
stretchers in no case to be less than twelve inches wide : no stone in this 
course to be less than six inches thick. The covering to be of sound, strong 
stone, at least twelve inches thick, and to lap its whole width not less than 
ten inches on each abutment. The thickness of the covering-stone and 
dimensions of the walls to be increased at the discretion of the Engineer. 

The foundations of these culverts, when the bottom of the pit is common 
earth, gravel, &c., will generally consist of a pavement formed of stone set 
edgewise, not less thai) twelve inches in depth, secured in the same manner 
as before described for rectangular culverts. When the foundation upon 
which a culvert is to be built is soft and compressible, and where it will at 
all times be covered with water, timber well hewed, and from eight to 
twelve inches in thickness (according to the span of the culvert), will belaid 
side by side crosswise upon longitudinal sills, and where a strong current 
will be forced through during flrods; three courses of sheet piling are to be 
placed across the foundation : one course at each end and one in the mid- 
dle, to be sunk from three to six feet below the top of the timber, accord- 
ing as the earth is more or less compact. The abutments are to be built of 
range work or in broken courses, the face stones bedded and jointed ; the 
stretchers in the face are to have beds of at least 15 inches, and in no case 
less bed than rise, and they are to be not less than two feet long, measured 
in the face of the wall; the headers will extend through the wall Iti cases 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 5 3 

where it does not exceed three and a half feet thick, and they shall have 
not less than i8 inches length of face. There shall be not less than one 
header to every seven feet of face, measured from centre to centre, and so 
arranged that a header in a superior course shall be placed between two 
headers in the course below ; the backing stones shall be of large size, and 
have parallel beds, laid so as to break joints with one another, and when 
the thickness of the wall exceeds three and a half feet, headers of the same 
dimensions as those in the face will be placed in the back of the wall, in 
the proportion of, one for every two headers in the face. The beds and 
joints of the arch stone are to be accurately cut, and to be laid in courses 
throughout. The ring stone will be neatly cut, and composed of alternate 
long and short bond stones of not less than three feet and eighteen inches 
respectively. The parapet and wing walls will be built similarly to the 
abutments, and surmounted with a well-dressed coping, not less than ten 
inches thick, and three feet wide. The outside stones to be laid in cement 
mortar, and the whole wall thoroughly grouted. The spandrel backing to 
be good rubble work, built as directed by the Engineer. 

When rock foundation cannot be had for abutments and piers, the ma- 
sonry shall be started upon hewn timber, sunk to such a depth as to protect 
it from decay, and to prevent the possibility of underwashing. The timber 
platforms will be composed of one or more courses, according to the depth 
of the water, the height of the masonry, or other circumstances, of which 
the Engineer shall judge and determine. The masonry will be of three 
qualities, either to be adopted at the discretion of the Engineer. First 
quality will be rock range work. The stone to bo accurately squared, jointed 
and bedded, and laid in courses not less than twelve inches thick, nor ex- 
ceeding twenty-four inches in thickness, regularly decreasing from bottom 
to top of pier or abutment. The stretchers shall in no case have less than 
sixteen inches bed for a twelve-inch course, and for all courses above sixteen 
inches at least as much bed as face ; they shall generally be at least four 
feet in length. The headers will be of similar size with the stretchers, and 
shall hold the size in the heart of the wall that they show on the face, and 
be so arranged as to occupy one-fifth of the face of the wall ; and they will 
be similarly dispose'd in the back. When the thickness of the wall will ad- 
mit of their interlocking, they will be disposed in that manner. When the 
wall is too thick to admit of that arrangement, stones not less than four feet 
in length will be placed transversely in the heart of the wall, to connect the 
two opposite sides of it. The stone for the heart of the wall will be of the 
same thickness as those in the face and back, bedded the same as the face 
stone, but not jointed, and must be well fitted to their places; any remaining 
interstices will be filled with small sound stones or chips. The face stones 
to be set in cement mortar, the interior stones to be laid dry, and every 
course to be thoroughly grouted. The proportion of sand, cement and 
lime, m the mortar and grout, to be as directed by the Engineer. The 
stones forming the pomts of piers which act as ice breakers, shall be neatly 



154 SPECIFICATIONS. 

dressed on their faces; the other face stones will, with the exception of the 
draft, be generally left with the face as they come from the quarry, unless 
the projections above the draft should exceed two inches, in which case they 
shall be roughly scabbled down to that point. The abutments and piers, or 
such portions of them as the Engineer may direct, s'hall be covered with a 
course of coping, not less than twelve inches thick, well dressed and fastened 
together with clamps of iron. 

The second quality of bridge masonry will be range work, or in broken 
courses, as may best suit the stone that is used. The face stones to be ac- 
curately jointed and bedded. The stretchers in the face to have beds of at 
least fifteen inches, and in no case less bed than rise, and to be not less than 
two and one-half feet long, measured in the face of the wall. The headers 
shall have not less than eighteen inches length efface, and shall extend at 
least three and one-half feet into the wall. There shall be not less than one 
header to every seven feet of face measured from centre to contre, and so 
arranged that a header in a superior course shall be placed between two 
headers in the course below. No course to be less than eight inches in 
thickness. The backing stone shall be of large size, and have parallel beds, 
but the beds are not required to be dressed as in first-class masonry. The 
backing stones shall be laid so as to break joint with one another, and when 
the thickness of the wall exceeds three and one-half feet, headers of the 
same dimensions as those in the face, and in equal number, will be placed 
in the back of the wall. The outside stones to be set in mortar, and the 
whole thoroughly grouted. 

The third quality of bridge masonry will be rubble work, laid with mortar 
in irregular courses, and will consist of stone containing generally six cubic 
feet each, so disposed as to make a firm and compact work ; and no stone 
in the work shall contain less than two cubic feet, except for filling up the 
interstices between the large blocks in the heart of the wall ; at least one- 
fifth of the face shall be composed of headers extending full size four feet 
into the wall, and from the back the same proportion and of the same di- 
mensions, so arranged that a header in the back shall be between two headers 
in the face. The corner-stones shall be neatly hammer dressed, so as to 
have horizontal beds and vertical joints. 

The vertical walls will be good dry rubble work, of such dimensions, and 
built with such batter as the Engineer may direct. Slope walls will be built 
of such thickness and slope as may be required by the Engineer. No 
stones, however, to be used in its construction which do not reach through 
the wall, nor any less than six inches in thickness, by twelve inches long ; 
the beds of the stones to be placed at right angles with the face of the bank; 
the joints must be close, and free from spalls. 

In all masonry the stone must be of a hard and durable quality, of good 
size and shape, to be approved of by the Engineer. Such portions of the 
masonry as the Engineer may require to belaid in lime mortar or hydraulic 
cement, will be so laid; the Railroad Company furnishing or paying for the 



SPECIFICATIONS. I 5 5 

lime and cement used. If, in the progress of the masonry, an increase in 
the number of headers specified should be required by the Engineer, such 
additional number shall be laid in the work as he shall designate. 

The price per perch paid for masonry shall in every case include the fur- 
nishing of all materials (except lime and cement). The cost of scaffolding, 
centering, &c., and all expenses attending the delivery of these materials, 
and all risks from floods or otherwise. 

Where the excavation of the road bed does not furnish sufficient stone 
for the protection of walls and embankments, the same shall be procured at 
such places, and disposed in such manner as the Engineer may direct. 

No charge shall be made by the contractor for hinderances or delay, from 
any cause in the progress of any portion of the work in this contract, but it 
may entitle to an extension of time allowed for completing this 

work, sufficient to compensate for the detention, to be determined by the 
Chief Engineer, provided he shall give the Engineer in charge immediate 
notice in writing, of the cause of the detention. 

Nor shall any claim be allowed for extra work, unless the same shall be 
done in pursuance of a written order from the Engineer in charge, and the 
claim made at the first settlement after the work was executed, unless the 
Chief Engineer, at' his discretion, should direct the claim, or such part as 
he may deem just and equitable to be allowed. 



Specification 
For Superstructure and Track Laying. 

(From Vose's "Manual for Railroad Engineers.") 

Supers tr uctiire. — Subsills. 

To maintain the track in good adjustment until embankments are set- 
tled, subsills will be laid on certain banks, and likewise in cuts where the 
imperfect nature of the bottoming may, in the opinion of the engineer, 
render them expedient. These' subsills to be fairly bedded in the earth, or 
ballasting, and carefully adjusted and rammed so as to correspond with the 
grade lines given by the engineer. An additional piece of sill four feet long 
shall be laid at each joint of the subsill, either under the sill, or alongside, 
as may be directed. The sills will be of 3X9 planks, in lengths of twelve, 
fifteen, eighteen and twenty-one feet ; of which one-fourth may be below 
fifteen, one-fourth below eighteen, and one-fourth below twenty-one feet. 
The plank must be square at the ends, and of sound, durable material, and 
not have more than two inches wane on one end only. There will be about 
25,000 feet, board measure, laid per mile where it may be required, and 660 
joint sills, 3X9 inches, and four feet long. When the depth of stuff to be 



1 5 6 SPECIFICATIONS. 

moved to admit the subsills exceeds six inches, an allowance shall be made 
for extra labor, the amount of which shall be noted by the assistants on their 
receiving notice of such extra labor from the contractor or his agent. 

Cross Ties. 

The cross ties shall be of white, black, or yellow oak, burr oak, chestnut 
red elm, or other sound timber of suitable character, in the opinion of the 
engineer, eight feet long, and not more than three inches out of straight, 
hewn to a smooth surface on two parallel plane faces, six inches apart, the 
faces being not less than seven inches wide, for at least half that number, 
and the remainder not less than six inches wide. The ties shall be care- 
fully and solidly laid on the subsills, or ballasting, or earth previously pro- 
perly prepared, so as to give the true planes required by the rails, whether 
on straight or curved lines. They shall be laid at the rate of eight ties to 
each eighteen feet rail. All imperfect ties shall be excluded by the track- 
laying party. The surface of the ties to be faithfully adjusted to the grades 
given, and to the web of the rail ; and the rail to be truly laid and firmly 
spiked, so as to correspond neatly to the alignment of the road. There will 
be about 2,500 ties required per mile of road. 

Chairs and Joints. 

When chairs are used, they shall be such as directed by the engineer 
and furnished by the company, and shall be well and accurately placed, and 
spiked in such manner and position as required, and the largest ties shall be 
selected for the joints. When the joint is made by fishing, there will be no 
tie directly under the joint. 

Rails* 

The rails will weigh about sixty pounds per lineal yard. No rail shall be 
laid on the tangents which is in any way twisted or bent. It shall be the 
duty of the first party to correct and make true any crooked rails received 
by him, also to bend to the proper curve, and in such manner as not to affect 
the strength of the bar, all rails laid in curves. Punching of rails, and cut- 
ting, will also be done by the contractor. 

Track Laying. 
The materials composing the track will be furnished by the company, 
and shall be laid in the best manner, according to the conditions following: 
The track will be laid on cross ties, and the ties at the proper places on 
subsills. Where the sills are used, they will be laid with four feet blocks 
at the joints, and with six feet blocks at the rail joints, the whole being set 
to their places by stakes, and by the engineer's directions, and mauled down 
to a perfect bearing, being settled at least half an inch by mauling. The 
cross ties will be placed uniformly distant, (twenty-eight inches from centre 
to centre). A slip of metal shall be inserted at the rail joints, while laying, 



See" Specifications of Cincinnati Southern Railroad. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 15/ 

to keep the rails apart sufficiently to allow for expansion, which thickness 
(depending upon the temperature) shall be fixed by the engineer.* Two 
/spikes shall be used at each end of tie, one inside and one outside of the 
raiJ, upon straight lines. Upon curves of less than 1,500 feet radius two 
spikes outside and one spike inside the rail, at each end of the tie, shall be 
used. Upon curves the outer rail will be raised to such an amount, depend- 
ing upon the radius of the curvature, as the engineer may direct. 

Turnouts. 

The contractor to put in such turnouts and sidings, with the necessary 
frogs and switches, as may be required ; the frogs and switches to be firmly 
and truly placed in position so as to work easily. 

Filling and Ditching. 

* 
The stuff moved in bedding the sills and ties, to be placed between the 

latter. The ditches to be properly cleaned out after the track is laid ; the 

filling never to rise higher than the top of the cross ties. Any surplus stuff 

to be moved out of the cuts, or if on embankments, to be thrown over the 

bank, leaving the track and road-bed in a neat and workmanlike manner. 

Delivery of Materials . 
The ties and sills to be delivered at some point on the road, as near 
as possible to the places, where they are to be used, in no case re- 
quiring more than one thousand feet of haul ; to be so piled as easily to be 
counted and inspected. The bids for ties will be by the piece, the proposal 
stating the number and conditions ; the sills to be bid for by the thousand, 
board measure. All material furnished in connection with track laying, 
to be delivered in such manner and time as to comply, in good season, with 
the contract for laying the rails. 

Measurement of Track. 

The measurement of track laid shall include the turnouts, measuring 
from heel to heel of switch, no extra allowance being made for putting in 
frogs or switch machinery. 

Fencing. 

Bids for fencing will be by the running foot or mile, including both sides 
of the road. Where required, it will consist of posts placed eight feet 
apart from centre to centre, set three feet in the ground, either by digging, 
or boring, and not by mauling. The posts shall be of oak, elm, chestnut, 
or other durable wood, not less than eight inches in diameter at the bottom, 
barked and charred where put into the ground. The boards to be 6X1 
inches, and to square sixteen feet long, to be placed six inches apart, ver- 
tically, and fastened to the' posts by tenpenny nails at each bearing and 
breaking joint with each other. The fence will be five bars high, the top of 



* The expansion of wrought iron is .0000068 of its length for each degree Fahrenheit 



158 SPECIFICATIONS. 

the uppermost being five feet from the ground. In side hill, and on ground 
liable to slide, particular care shall be taken to place the posts firmly in the 
ground. At cattle guards, the fence will be turned in to the proper dis- 
tance, and such arrangement made as to prevent the passage of animals. 

General Provisions. — Classification. 
The classification of material excavated will be referred to the engineer, 
in all cases where the nature of the material is questioned, and his judg- 
ment taken thereon ; also all material used in structures will be submitted 
to the inspection of the engineer or his assistants. 

Quantities and Qualities approximate. 
The quantities and qualities of work presented in the schedule are merely 
approximate, and the inforniation given on the maps and profiles in relation 
thereto is according to the best present knowledge. The company retains 
the right to change at any time during the progress of the work the align- 
ment, grades and widths of the road, or any part thereof, and also the 
limits of the sections; or to alter the character, vary the dimensions, or 
change the location of structures, or substitute one kind of work or mate- 
rial for another, or to omit entirely, when found necessary, or to require to 
be built where not now contemplated ; and the contractor shall carry into 
effect all such alteration when required, without the contract prices being 
thereby affected, unless the aggregate value of all work contemjJated by 
the contract be changed fully 20 per cent., in which case a fair allowance, 
cither for the company or contractor, shall be made by the engineer. In 
case, however, the aggregate value of the work be changed over 20 per 
cent, of the original amount, and the coiitractor be not satisfied with the 
altered compensation, then said contractor may throw up said contract, on 
condition, that within ten days after receiving notice from the engineer of 
Luch alteration, he give written notice to the engineer or the company of 
his desire to do so, in which case, as in other cases of throwing up the con- 
tract, he shall, as soon as desired, give peaceable possession to the company 
or their agents, leaving also in their possession any tools or machinery 
upon which they have advanced anything; and the company may then 
settle with the contractor on the measure of damages which either shall 
suffer. 

Basis for Esti7natiiig Effect of Changes. 

The basis for estimating changes as above mentioned is understood to be 
the schedule exhibited at the letting. 

No Liquor^ and Good Order, 

The contractor shall not sell, or allow to be sold or brought within the 
limits of his work, any spirituous liquors, and will in every way discounte- 
nance their use by persons in his employ. He will do all in his power by 
his own act, or by assisting the officers of the county, or of the corporation, 
to maintain the laws and such regulations as conduce to good order and 



< SPECIFICATIONS. 1 59 

peaceable progress, and p event encroachment on the rights of persons or 
property ; and he shall discharge from his service, when required by the 
engineer, any disorderly, dangerous, insubordinate, or incompetent person, 
and refuse to receive into his employ any who may have been discharged for 
such cause from other parts of the work. 

Monthly Estimates. 

Measurements and estimates shall be made by the engineer, once in each 
month, by means of which may be known approximately the amount of 
work done, and the contractor shall be entitled to payment therefor, at such 
rates below his contract price as may be agreed upon by the parties to the 
contract ; it being understood that the contractor has no claim on account 
of any material not laid in its place in the roadway, or for labor bestowed 
thereon ; and the quantities shall be estimated from the, dimensions when so 
laid, though, on the advice of the engineer, advances may be made on such 
material when delivered for use, in which case it becomes the property of 
the company, in the contractor's care and keeping, and he becomes liable 
for its loss or injury. 

Extra Work. 4 

No claim for extra work, or for work not provided for in the contract, 
shall be allowed, unless a written order to perform such work shall have 
been given by the engineer ; or unless the work be subsequently certified 
by him, and the certificate produced at the time of demanding the pay- 
ment of the monthly estimate next after such work shall have been per- 
formed. 

Sub-Contracts. 

The contractor will be required to perform the work himself, and no sub- 
contracts relieving him from the responsibility of a proper performance of 
his contract will be permitted, unless by the written consent of the president 
of the company, and no moneys shall be paid to any such sub-contractor 
for work or materials, without sufficient authority from the principal con- 
tractor. 

Time of Commencing Work. 

On 'the acceptance of a proposal, the chief engineer will give notice 
thereof to the person proposing, by letter, directed to his stated address ; 
and in twenty days from the date of such notice, provided there be no im- 
pediment on the part of the company, or in twenty days after such impedi- 
ment is removed, if there be any, the work shall be begun with an adequate 
force, and from that time prosecuted vigorously until its completion. 

How to Progress. 

It shall be understood that proper progress is not made, if the amount of 
work done in each month is not in due proportion to the total amount to be 
done up to the time fixed for completion of the contract ; in which case the 
engineer shall call the attention of the contractor (or whoever may be in 



l6o SPECIFICATIONS. 

charge of the work if the contractor be absent) to the fact, and state to him 
what additional exertion is necessary to be made, and what further force is 
required, in such reasonable time as may be prescribed. 

Putting on More Force. 
In default of the contractor making such additional exertion, and sup- 
plying such force, the chief engineer, or president of the company, may 
have such force sent to the work, and the necessary buildings may be 
erected to receive them at the contractor's charge and expense, who shall 
receive the said force in his employ, and work it at whatever price it may 
have been found necessary to employ it, without diminishing the previous 
force of the work, and regarding, always, such extra force as if employed 
by himself. 

Causes for Detention. 

There shall be no claim for detention on account of work not being laid 
out, unless a written notice, three days in advance, that it is required, shall 
have been given to the engineer ; and the damage for such detention shall 
be estimated by the engineer. The right of way shall be furnished by the 
company :^but if it fails to do so for any particular place, damages for de- 
tention shall not be claimed, unless the contractor be detained full twenty 
days after he shall have given written notice to the engineer, of his wish to 
commence work at such place. Then the engineer may either estimate to 
him the amount of damage which he shall take as satisfactory, or he may 
extend the time for the completion of such work by as many days beyond 
the contract time, as the contractor is detained beyond the twenty days fol- 
lowing his notice to the engineer. * 

The Engineer. 

In all cases where the word '^ engineer " is used, the engineer in charge 
of construction is meant ; but the directions of any subordinate engineer 
shall be obeyed when given in regard to any of the ordinary operations, or 
where they are evidently in accord with the specifications, or when trans- 
mitting the orders of his superiors. In other cases they may be referred to 
the resident engineer, and finally to the chief engineer, he being the autho- 
rized officer at the time acting in that capacity. 

Contractor. 
The word " contractor '' applies to and includes all persons contracting 
jointly, any one of whom shall be considered the authorized agent for and 
in behalf of his associates, and empowered to receipt payments of moneys^ 
receive and act upon orders. 



SPECIFICATIONS. l6l 



See page 233. SPECIFICATIONS FOR TUNNELS.* 

Tunnel work will be classified as follows: 

1. Tunnel excavations 

2. Sinking shafts. 

3. Masonry in abutments. 

4. Arch-work of stone. 

5. Arch-work of brick. 

6. Backing. 

7. Masonry in facade and approaches. 

8. Masonry in shafts. 

The tunnels to be excavated to the neat lines as shown Tunnel excavation, 
on the drawings of the cross-sections, and to be lined, or left without lining, 
according to the nature of the material excavated, and as the engineer may 
direct. 

The material excavated from the ends of the tunnels to be placed in em- 
bankment on theiine of road adjacent, or wasted, as the engineer may 
direct. The material excavated and raised through shafts to be wasted at 
such convenient places near the shafts as the engineer may designate. 

Tunnel excavation will be paid for by the cubic yard, counting only the 
material within the section, as designated by the engineer. Should the en- 
gineer deem it advisable, on account of the material passed through, to 
modify the section of the tunnel in order to avoid arching-, all the material 
within the limits of such modification will be measured and paid for at the 
specified price per yard. • 

The price per yard paid for excavation to include all expense of timbering, 
the furnishing of all timber or other materials, the hoisting of material 
through the shafts, pumping of water, and all expenses of every kind con- 
nected with doing the work; also to include the cost of hauling the mate- 
rial, where the haul does not exceed feet. Should the 

engineer deem it advisable to transport the material to a greater distance, a 

price per cubic yard will be paid for the excess of haul over 

feet. 

Shafts feet by feet Sinking shafts. 

in clear of timbering will be sunk at the points designated on the drawings, 
and will be paid for by the foot in depth. The price paid for sinking shafts 
to include all expenses for timbering or otherwise securing the walls. 

Masonry. 
Should the tunnel require lining, the general form of the masonry will be 
as shown on the drawing ; the details of thickness of abutments and arches. 



* Reference is made to Mr. Henry S. Drinker's work on " Tunneling, Explosive Compounds 
and Rock Drills" for other examples of tunnel specifications, and for general statistics in regard to 
tunnel construction, rock excavation, blasting, mason-work. 

K 



1 62 SPECIFICATIONS. 

&c., to be designated by the engineer from time to time, as in his judgment 
may be necessary. The tunnel arch will be of stone or of brick, or partly 
of both, at the discretion of the engineer. 

All masonry will be paid for by the perch of twenty-five cubic feet 

The masonry in abutments will be first-class rock range Masonry in 
work, the stone to be accurately squared, jointed and bedded, abutments. 
and laid in courses of not less than twelve inches nor exceeding twenty 
inches in thickness, regularly decreasing from bottom to top of the wall. 
The stretchers shall in no case have less than sixteen inches bed for a twelve 
inch course, and for all courses above sixteen inches at least as much bed as 
face. They shall generally be at least four feet long. The headers shall 
have not less than twelve inches length of face ; they shall hold the size in 
the heart of the wall that they show on the face ; they shall extend entirely 
through the wall when its thickness is not over four feet, and shall be equal 
in number with the stretchers, and so arranged that a header shall come be- 
tween each two stretchers. Where the thickness of the wall is more than 
four feet, headers shall be placed in the back of the wall at the rate of one 
header in the back for two in the face, and so arranged as to give a good 
bond. The stones for the interior of the wall must be sknilar in size with 
the face stone, of the same thickness, and bedded the same, but are not re- 
quired to be jointed. They must be so arranged as to give a good bond, and 
be well fitted to their places ; any remaining interstices to be filled with 
small sound stone chippings. 

The whole wall will be laid in cement mortar, or the outside stones laid in 
cement mortar and the interior grouted, as the engineer may direct from 
time to time. 

The face stone will generally be left with the face as they come from the 
quarry, the edges of the joints being pitched to a line, but no projection of 
over two inches outside of the neat line of the wall will be allowed. 

Niches or openings will be left in the walls at convenient points to afford 
shelter for workmen from passing trains, and drain openings will be left in 
the walls to allow of water escaping, as may be designated by the engineer. 

Any spaces remaining between the abutment walls and the sides of the 
tunnel as excavated, to be completely filled with rubble work laid dry. 

The arch stones to be laid in courses throughout, each Arch work of 
stone being the full depth of the arch, and accurately dressed ^tone. 
to the shapes and sizes to be designated by the engineer. They will gen- 
erally be about four feet long, and so arranged as to break joint with each 
other. They will be set in cement mortar, with joints not to exceed one- 
eighth of an inch. 

The bricks used in arches to be the best quality of straight Arch work of 
hard-burned brick; no bats, salmon or soft brick of any ^'^^^^• 
grade will be allowed. The brick work will be laid in cement mortar, with 
joints not exceeding one-eighth of an inch, and with such bond as the en- 
gineer may direct. The bricks at the time of laying to be well wet, the 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 63 

cement mortar to be thin and freshly mixed, the cross-joints to be carefully, 
mortared, each brick to be well driven to its place by blows of the mallet, 
and each course carefully grouted. The several courses of brick at the 
crown forming the key of the arch to be laid in without mortar, brick to 
brick, and then carefully grouted until the joints are filled. The outer sur- 
face of the arch to be well cemented to prevent leakage. 

Should the engineer deem it advisable to use hoop iron to strengthen the 
bond of the brick work, the cost of the iron used will be allowed in addition 
to the price per perch for brick masonry. 

The spaces between the arch and the sidls of the excava- Backing. 
tion to be completely filled, as the work progresses, with rubble work laid 
dry. 

The face of the arch will be formed of neatly cut ring Masonry in facade 
stones, composed of alternate long and short bond stones of and approaches. 
not less than three feet and eighteen inches respectively. 

The parapet and wing walls will be built similarly to the abutments, and 
surmounted with a well dressed coping not less than twelve inches thick and 
three feet wide. 

When the main part of the tunnel is completed, should Masonry in shafts. 
the engineer require it, the shafts»shall be walled up with a circular lining 
of rubble stone from the bottom to the surface of the ground, and the space 
between said wall and the sides of the excavation closely filled with some 
suitable material; otherwise the bottoms of the shafts shall be properly 
secured to prevent injury from any falling material. 

Such culverts and drains shall be constructed as the engineer may require, 
any excavation necessary for this purpose shall be considered as part of the 
tunnel excavation, and paid for accordingly. If culverts are constructed of 
brick, they will be paid for at the same rate per perch as arch work of 
brick. Should the engineer deem it best to use tile drain pipes, or adopt 
any other plan for drainage, the proper cost thereof will be allowed to the 
contractor. 

In all masonry the stone and brick must be of good, hard and durable 
quality, and, with the sand and all other materials used, to be subject to the 
inspection and approval of the Chief Engineer or his assistant. 

The railroad company will furnish or pay for all lime and cement used, 
but the contractor shall provide a suitable place for storing lime and cement, 
and shall be responsible for the safe keeping of the same. 

The proportions of lime, cement and sand in all mortar and grout to be as 
directed by the engineer. Cement to be mixed in small quantities only 
as used, and especial care taken to not allow it to set before being used in 
the work. 

Any improper or condemned materials shall be removed from the work 
forthwith, when directed by the engineer. 

The price per perch for masonry shall in every case include the furnish- 
ing of all materials (except lime and cement), the cost of scaffolding, center- 



164 SPECIFICATIONS. 

ing, &c., and all expenses attending the delivery of these materials, and all 
risks from floods or otherwise. 

No charge shall be made by the contractor for hinderances or delay, from 
any cause, in the progress of the work, but it may entitle him to an exten- 
sion of time allowed for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for 
the detention, to be determined by the Chief Engineer, provided he shall 
give the engineer in charge immediate notice in writing of the cause of the 
detention. Nor shall any claim be allowed for extra v/ork, unless the same 
shall be done in pursuance of a written order from the engineer in charge, 
and the claim be made at the fit^t»settlement after the work was executed, 
unless the Chief Engineer, at his discretion, should direct the claim, or such 
part as he may deem just and equitable to be allowed. 



Specifications 

For Grading, Masonry, Bridges and Rails, as used on the 

Cincinnati Southern R. R., Built under the Direction of 

Thos. D. Lovett, Consulting and Principal Engineer. 

See page 233 a. Graduation. 

Under this general head will be included clearing and grubbing, excava- 
tions and embankments, required for the formation of the road-bed, turnouts 
or depot grounds, or in any way connected with or incident to the construc- 
tion or drainage of the same, or the change or crossing of roads or streams. 

Clearing or Grubbing. — Grubbing will be required the entire width of the 
'road-beds and on turnouts, depot grounds or highways, in all ex- 
cavations and embankments, which are three feet or less in depth ; also, in 
all slopes where the safety of the road requires it. The clearing shall be 
made on the entire length of the road, and shall not be less than one 
hundred feet in width on the regular road-bed, and as much more as in the 
opinion of the engineer will be required for the safety or convenience of the 
road. The ground on which the embankments or excavations are made 
shall be cleared of all vegetable and perishable matter. All stumps must be 
cut close to the surface, and none left within two feet of grade in embank- 
ments. Fences, buildings, timber and wood on the line of the road, are 
the property of the railway or land owner. If not removed by the owner 
within a reasonable time, they shall be cleared off by the contractor, piled 
up, and preserved for the use of the owner or railway, without charge. All 
refuse limbs or timber must be burned. The contract price for excavation 
and embankment must cover clearing and grubbing, as well as all the items 
under that head. Contractors must bear this in mind. 



SPECIFICATIONS. l6$ 

^xcavatiojt.^-Th.e. road will be graded for a single track (except at depot 
grounds and turnouts.) The road-bed shall be of such width as the engineer 
may direct from time to time, as the work progresses — generally about 
twenty feet in earth cuts, and sixteen feet in rock culs. The slopes shall be 
of such inclination as the engineer may designate, and in conformity to 
such depth of cutting and width of road-bed as may have been or may 
hereafter be determined and fixed upon by said engineer, as guide bounda- 
ries for the work. 

Excavation will be classified under the following heads, viz.: — Earth, 
Hard Pan, Loose Rock, Solid Rock, Iron Ore, and Excavation in Water. 

Earth. — Earth will include clay, sand, gravel, loam, decomposed rock 
and slate, stones and boulders containing less than one cubic foot, and 
all other material of an earthy kind, excepting Hard Pan as described 
below. 

Hard Pan will consist of tough, indurated clay or other earthy 
material, which, in the opinion of the engineer, requires blasting for 
its removal; also hard tough cemented gravel. 

Loose Rock. — All boulders and detached masses of rock measur- 
ing over one cubic foot in bulk, and less than one cubic yard; also 
all slate, coal, shale, soft friable sandstone and soapstone, and all other 
material except solid sandstone and limestone in place, except those de- 
scribed above ; also stratified limestone in layers eight inches thick and 
under, separated by strata of clay. 

Solid Rock. — All limestone and sandstone in place, in masses of 
more than one cubic yard ; with the exception of stratified limestone 
described in spec fications for loose rock. 

The prices for excavation include all bottoming, road crossing, alteration 
of roads and water channels, also construction of temporary roads. Ordi- 
nary ditching alongside of embankments, from which the material is not 
removed more than two hundred feet, will not be paid for as excavation, but 
will be treated the same as borrow pits. 

In road alterations or changes of ^/ater courses, if the average distance 
hauled exceeds the average haul of the section, the contractor will be en- 
titled to an additional compensation of one cent per cubic yard, per hun- 
dred feet, for such excess. 

On sections where the excavation exceeds the embankment, the excess 
shall be deposited on the side of the embankment, on the side of the 
seccnd track, or at such points as the Engineer may direct ; and this excess 
will be paid for as excavation only. An additional price of one cent per 
cubic yard will be paid on such excess for every hundred feet haul beyond 
an average haul of five hundred feet. 

No spoil earth or other materials shall be deposited within ten feet of the 
slope of the excavation, but shall be placed at such a distance as in the 
opinion of the Engineer the safety of the road requires. 

The contract price for excavation will apply to pits required for founda- 



1 66 SPECIFICATIONS. 

ftions of masonry when water is not encountered. A price will be put in 
for excavation in water, which will only apply to foundation pits, and deep- 
ening the channels for running water ; it must cover all classes of material, 
and include draining, baiUng, pumping, all material and labor connected 
with such excavation, also the necessary dressing of the rock. 

Materials found in excavations applicable to iiseful purposes, such as 
building stone, gravel, stone suitable for ballast, and minerals, shall be laid 
aside for use in such places as the Engineer may direct, to be applied then 
or subsequently, to the construction of the road under the conditions and 
specifications of this contract. Cki sections where the excavation does not 
exceed the embankment, and rock, gravel or mineral taken from the cuts is 
piled up for the use of the railway, a quantity of embankment, equivalent 
to the quantity of material put aside, will be allowed the contractor. 

Embankmejits. — The embankments to be formed 15 feet wide on the top, 
unless otherwise directed, with slopes generally of i Jt^' horizontal to i vertical. 
Whenever the embankment is formed from ditching on either side, 
such ditching, and the crests of the slopes thereof, shall in no case approach 
within six feet, nor within double the depth of the ditch, of the foot of the 
proper embankment slopes, allowing always one side for a double track. 
No soft mud or muck shall be allowed to enter the bank. Whenever water 
courses or new channels for rivers require to be formed, they shall be put 
at such distance from the foot of the slope as the engineer may direct. 
Care must be taken to exclude all perishable material from embankments. 

Embankments shall be built according to instruction from the Engineer, 
either by dumping from grade, or in layers of such thickness as he may re- 
quire. Such additional height above grade shall be given to embankments 
as the Engineer may deem necessary to compensate for shrinkage and 
washing, without additional allowance. Embankments about masonry 
shall be built at such time and in such manner, and of such material as the 
Engineer may direct. 

In sections where the embankment exceeds the excavation, the excess 
may be supplied from the sides of the adjacent cuts, on the site of the second 
track, so as to increase regularly the width of such cutting, or from such 
other places as the Engineer may direct ; and no price shall be paid for in- 
creasing the width of such cuts, or for the earth borrowed for the embank- 
ment, other than the embankment price, unless the average haul exceeds 
five hundred feet, when there will be an extra price paid of one cent per 
cubic yard, per hundred feet of excess. In widening the cuts for making 
up deficiencies in embankments, contractors are not expected or required to 
excavate hard pan, loose rock, solid rock, or iron ore, unless so directed by 
the Engineer. In such cases, the contract price, less the embankment 
price, for said hard pan, loose rock, solid rock, or iron ore, will be allowed. 

Macadamizing.— V^^xzxQ alteration of roads or turnpikes requires macad- 
amizing, the materials used must be con^fposed of hard durable limestone, 
furnished by the contractor, broken in fragments not greater than two and 



SPECIFICATIONS. 167 

one-half inches in any direction, or of the old turnpike metal, and spread 
with such width and depth as may be required by the Engineer. These 
items will be paid for by the cubic yard. 

Tunnels. — Tunnels will be excavated for a single track, and will 
contain not less than ten cubic yards per lineal foot. The price for tunnel 
excavation will include all materials contained between the two portals, and 
within the area of its cross-section as determined by the Engineer. 

If the tunnel required support, and timber is adopted, the area of its 
cross-section will be measured three inches outside the lagging, or if mason- 
ry is adopted, the area of its cross-section, will be six inches outside the wall 
or arch. 

The price also includes all temporary supports, such as props, scaffold- 
ing, etc. The Engineer will determine whether shafts shall be sunk, and 
the points for the location of the same. They shall contain not less than 
three cubic yards to the foot vertical. The price for the shaft excavation 
will include all materials contained between the surface of the ground and 
the soffit of the tunnel, and within the area of the shaft cross-section as de- 
termined by the Engineer. In case the shaft is sunk alongside the tunnel, 
it will include all material between the surface of the ground and the level 
of the foot of the shaft. The price must cover such curbing or other sup- 
port as the sides of the shaft may require ; also, whatever materials or 
labor required for ventilation, and keeping free of water, and will also cover 
hoisting and pumping machinery. All necessary wells or sumps will be 
paid for the same as shaft excavation. 

Falls that are attributable to the carelessness of the contractor, in the 
Engineer's opinion, shall be removed by the contractor at his own cost ; 
bat if not thus attributable, a just and equitable allowance will be made. In 
case the tunnel requires permanent supporting, or the shafts lining, timber, 
brick or stone may be used as the Engineer may direct. Where timber is 
used, the Engineer will determine the kind and quality of timber, and will 
prescribe the general plan ; this will be paid for per thousand feet board 
measure. 

If bricks are used, they must be of the best quality of hard burnt brick, 
well tempered and moulded of the usual size ; must be nine inches long, 
two and one-half inches in thickness, and four and one-half inches in 
width, including mortar joint after being laid. No bats, cracked or salmon 
bricks, under any circumstances will be allowed in the work. The brick to 
be laid wet in the best hydraulic cement mortar, in such proportion of ce- 
ment and sand as directed by the Engineer. Grout will be substituted for 
mortar, to such extent as directed by the Engineer. Joints to be well filled 
with mortar of such thickness and the bond such as the Engineer may pre- 
scribe. The exterior of the arch to be covered with a coat of hydraulic 
cement one-half inch in thickness. Suitable openings shall be left for the 
escape of water as directed by the Engineer. 

Where stone is adopted, it will be constructed of First or Second Class 
masonry, as directed by the Engineer. 



1 68 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Vacancies behind the walls or above the arch will be filled with concrete 
or dry packing, as the Engineer may direct. 

The price per cubic yard of brick work or masonry will include the fur- 
nishing of all materials, scaffolding, centering, and all other expenses ne- 
cessary to the construction and completion of the masonry or brick work. 

The price bid for shaft excavation is intended to pay for fxcavating, rais- 
ing, and placing the material in spoil banks ; provided the haul from the 
top of the shaft does not exceed five hundred feet ; beyond that distance 
one cent per yard per hundred feet will be paid for such extra haul. 

The material moved in the slope over the portals of the tunnels shall be 
classified and paid for the same as the material in the approaches. The 
work must be carried on night and day, if so directed by the Engineer. 

Masonry, 
First-class Masonry. — Courses of stone in abutments, piers and walls are 
to be not less than ten. nor more than thirty inches thick, decreasing from the 
bottom to the top of the walls. Stretchers to be not less than two and a 
half feet, nor more than six feet long ; and not less than one and a half feet 
wide, nor less in width than one and a fourth times the depth. Headers 
must not be less than three and a half Teet, nor more than four and a half 
feet long, where the thickness of the wall will admit of the same, and not 
less than one and a half feet wide, nor less in width than they are in depth 
of course. The joints well broken in no case less than twelve inches. 
Every stone must be laid on its natural bed ; all the stone for the abut- 
ments, piers, and tail walls will have their beds well dressed, parallel and 
true to the proper line ; the beds to be made always as large as the stone 
will admit of. Vertical joints of the face to be not less than eight inches in 
from the face, and as much more as the stone will work. No joint to be 
laid more than one-half inch in thickness ; every second or third stone in 
each course must be a header properly arranged, and constituting one- 
fourth to one- third of the dressed stone in the wall. The whole of the 
masonry must be laid flush in good cement mortar. The backing shall be 
of good-sized, well-shaped stones, so as to break joints and thoroughly bond 
the work in all directions and have no spaces between them over six inches 
wide, and all spaces filled with small stones and spalls laid in cement. No 
hammering will be allowed after the course is set. If any inequalities 
occur, they must be carefully pointed off. The face of the masonry will be 
rock- work with drafts on the corners, and no projection of more than four 
inches from the proper lines (two inches in tunnels). The bridges, seats 
and tops of piers, abutments and tail walls are to be finished with a coping 
course of not less than ten inches in thickness, well bedded and jointed on 
longitudinal as well as lateral joints, and dressed to true surfaces on top, 
to project six inches or as the Engineer may direct. The foundation 
course must be of large fiat stone. When iron bridges or iron viaducts are 
adopted, the pedestal stones must be of such size, shape and quality as di- 
rected by the Engineer. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 69 

Second-class Masonry- Will be of broken range rubble masonry of supe- 
rior quality, with no stone less than eight inches in thickness, unless other- 
wise directed by the engineer, to be well bonded and levelled as well as may 
be without hammer dressing ; to be laid dry or flush in soft cement mortar, 
as directed by the Engineer, to have horizontal beds and vertical joints on 
the face. At least one-fourth of the stones in the face to be headers evenly 
distributed through the wall. No joint over three-quarters of an inch in 
thickness. The rear of the wall shall have good beds, joints and bonds, as 
well as stone of good quahty and size. . All the quoins to have hammer 
dressed beds and joints an'd drafted corners. The top of the wall to be 
coped with selected stone approved by the Engineer. The coping upon 
which the superstructure rests shall be dressed to a level bearing. 

First-class Arch Masonry — Shall be built in accordance with the specifica- 
tions for first-class masonry, with the exception of arch sheeting and ring 
stones. The rings shall be dressed to such shape as the Engineer shall de- 
termine. The ring stone and sheeting of the arch to be of stone not less 
than ten inches thick on the intrados of the arch. To be dressed with three- 
eighths of an inch joints and to be of full depth specified for thickness of 
arch ; the joints to be at right angles to the surface of the intrados, the 
face of sheeting stones to be dressed to make a close joint centering. The 
ring stone and sheetmg shall break joints not less than one foot. The 
wings to be neatly stepped with selected stone the full width of wing, and 
not less than ten inches thick; no stone covered by the next one above less 
than one foot six inches ; or to be finished with a neatly capped newel at 
end of wing. The parapets to be finished with a coping course of full 
width of parapet with a projection of six inches. Stone to be not less than 
ten inches thick. 

Second-class Arch Masonry. — To be the same as second-class masonry, 
with the exception af the arch sheeting, for which proper stone shall be 
selected that shall have a good bearing throughout, and be well bonded 
and be of full depth of arch. No stone less than four inches in thickness 
on the intrados of the arch. Ring stones of all arches over eight feet span 
shall be dressed the same as specifications for first-class arch masonry. 

Dry Box Culvert Masonry. — Will be laid with good square-shaped stone 
of a size and quality approved by the Engineer, and in a manner satis- 
factory to him. For four feet from the ends the stone to be laid in good 
cement mortar. 

Culvert Masonry laid in Mortar. — Box Culvert masonry laid in mortar 
shall be of good selected building stone of good quality, and laid flush in 
good cement mortar to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The covering 
stone for all box culverts to be not less than ten inches in thickness, and to 
rest on the walls not less than fifteen inches. 

Drain Pipe. — In localities where but a small quantity of water passes, 
drain pipe will be substituted for culverts. Contractors will bid for furnish- 
ing and laying Akron vitrified stone pipe, or pipes of other manufacture 



170 SPECIFICATIONS. 

that will stand equal pressure. Sizes of twelve, fifteen and eighteen inches 
will be used. 

Retaining Walls — Will be classed as second-class masonry laid dry. 

Slope Walls — Will be of sufficient thickness and slope as directed by the 
Engineer. The stones must reach entirely through the wall, not less than 
four inches thick, and twelve inches long ; joints close and free from spalls. 
The foundation must be prepared as directed by the Engineer, 

Rip Rap — Or protection stone, shall consist of large (15 to 25 cubic 
feet) or small stone for the protection of masonry or earth work, as directed 
by the Engineer. 

Stone Paving — Will be made by setting stone on edge, from eight to fif- 
teen inches in depth, as directed by the Engineer. 

Cement mortar in all classes of masonry must be made of one measure 
of good hydraulic cement and two measures of clean, sharp sand (unless 
otherwise directed by the Engineer), well mixed together with water, in 
clean mortar beds, constructed of boards, and used immediately after being 
mixed. 

All classes of masonry laid in cement, must be neatly pointed with ce- 
ment mortar finely tempered. 

All stone for the different classes of masonry must be furnished from the 
best quarries in the vicinity, or such quarries as the Engineer may select. 
Seventy-five cents per cubic yard will be paid for every mile hauled after 
the first mile, and a proportional rate for every fraction of a mile. All stone 
transportation by water over one mile in distance, will be considered equiv- 
alent to one mile of haul by wagons. 

Brick masonry will be substituted for stone, at the option of the Engineer. 

No masonry of any kind will be covered up before being accepted by the 
Engineer. 

All masonry will be built according to the plans and instructions furnished 
by the Engineer, and will be estimated and paid for by the cubic yard, 
computing the actual sohdity thereof. No constructive or conventional 
measurement will be allowed, any rule or custom in the section of the 
country through which the road passes to the contrary notwithstanding. 

Foundations. 

The contractor will be obliged to excavate for foundations of masonry to 
such depth as required by the Engineer. In case of rock foundations the 
rock must be excavated to such depth as required, and must be made level 
by dressing to receive the foundation course. 

Paved Foundatiotis. — Box culverts and small bridge abutments will have 
a paved foundation, if so directed by the Engineer; setting stones on edge, 
breaking joints, and extending across the entire width of the foundation. 

Timber Foundations — Will be such as the Engineer may prescribe, and 
be paid for per thousand feet board measure, the price to cover furnishing 
material, framing, and putting in place. Necessary iron work shall be paid 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 7 1 

for per pound after being worked. The price paid shall cover the cost of 

putting it in proper place. 

Piles — Will be paid for per lineal foot, and shall not be less than ten 
inches in diameter at the small end, and shall be straight and sound. If 
required, shall be shod with wrought iron, which shall be paid for the same 
as other iron work in foundations. Piles must have the bark taken off, and 
must be driven until they move not more than one-half inch to the blow of 
a hammer weighing not less than 2,000 pounds, with 30 feet fall. Only the 
actual number of feet of piles, timber, and plank, used and left for use in 
foundations will be paid for. The best quality of white oak, or other tim- 
ber equally good for the purpose, acceptable to the Engineer, shall be used 
in all foundations if accessible ; if not, such timber as can be procured in 
the locality, and in all cases it must be acceptable to the Engineer. 

Coffer-Dams. — Where coffer-dams are required for foundations, the prices 
bid for timber, piles, and iron, on the section will be allowed for said cof- 
fer-dams, and must cover all risks from high water and otherwise, draining, 
pumping, bailing, and all materials connected with the coffer-dams. Sheet 
piling will be classified as timber in foundations, and paid for per thousand 
feet board measure. Contractors bidding for masonry must also put in a 
price for foundations for the same. 

Bridges and Viaducts. 

Timber trestles, girder, and road bridges will be paid for per thousand 
feet board measure, computing the actual length of the stick of timber re- 
quired and left for use, and iron in the same per pound. The prices must 
cover all materials and labor requisite to completely finish the structure. 

For information in regard to bridges either in iron or wood, also iron 
trestles, see Specifications for Bridge and Iron Viaducts. 

General Conditions Applicable to all Work. 

All materials used in the construction of the road will be subject to the 
inspection and acceptance of the Engineer, who will submit them to such 
tests as he may desire. 

Commodious passing places, for public and private roads, shall be made 
and kept in good condition by the contractor, and he shall provide and 
maintain good and sufficient fences, for keeping up enclosures and the pres- 
ervation of crops. The contractor will be held responsible for trespass or 
damage to the adjacent properties or the public, for any acts or omissions 
on the part of himself or his employes. 

Any parties under the direction of the engineer shall be permitted to pass 
or haul any material required for the road over any section, such persons 
not interfering with the work of the contractor. Right of way and neces- 
sary lands for borrow pits, spoil banks, channels, ditches, roads, etc., will 
be provided by the trustees, as early as practicable, but they are not to 
be held responsible for any delay caused by legal proceedings beyond their 
control. 



172 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Contractors must carefully preserve bench marks and stakes ; in case of 
neglect they will be charged accordingly. Falls and slips, if not occasioned 
by the negligence of the contractor, are to be paid for the same as the regu- 
lar classification, except in tunnel excavation. 

The contractors shall take all risks from floods and casualties of ever-- 
description, and shall make no charge for detention from such causes, but 
shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of the time for the completion of 
the work. 

The quantities marked on the profile are an approximation, and will not 
govern the final estimate. 

Disorderly and quarrelsome persons must be discharged by the contractor, 
if in the opinion of the engineer the good of the road requires it. 

Contractors will not themselves, nor by their agents, give nor sell any 
ardent spirit to their workmen, or any person at or near the line of the rail- 
way ; or allow any to be brought on the works by the laborers or any other 
persons, and will do all in their power to discountenance their use in the 
vicinity of the work by persons in their employ ; and they will not allow any 
person in their employ to commit trespass on the premises of persons in the 
vicinity of the ^orks, and will forthwith at the request of the trustees or en- 
gineer, discharge from their employ any that may be guilty of committing 
damage in this respect. 

Contractors must satisfy themselves of the nature of the soil ; of the gen- 
eral forms of the surface of the ground ; of the quantity of materials required 
for forming the embankments or other work, and all matters which can in 
any way influence their contract ; and no information upon any such mat- 
ters derived from the maps, plans, profiles, drawings or specifications, or 
from the engineer or his assistants, will in any way relieve the contractor 
from all risks or from fulfilling all the terms of this contract. 

The contractors will remove, at their own expense, any materials disap- 
proved by the trustees or the engineer, and will remove and re-execute any 
works, without extra charge, and within such time as fixed by the engineer, 
appearing to the-trustees or the engineer, during the progress or within 
twelve months after completion, to be unsoundly or improperly executed, 
notwithstanding any certificate as to the due execution of the same. On 
their default, such work will be done by the trustees at the contractor's 
expense. 

The contractor will give personal attention to the work. 

The engineer shall have power to direct the application of force to any 
portion of the work which in his judgment requires it. And to order the 
increase or diminution of force at any point he may indicate. 

The contractor having the contract for graduation, before commencing 
his work, and immediately after signing the contract, shall open and main- 
tain a good and safe road, for passage on horseback, along the whole length 
of his work, and on portions of the road where there are no highways 
convenient for the wagoning of supplies, he must open and maintain such 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



173 



roads, without charge therefor, and in his proposal must take this into 
consideration. 

The word " Engineer" shall mean the consulting or principal engineer, 
unless otherwise expressed. 



Specifications for Bridges and Trestle- Work. 



Bridges will be constructed either in iron, wood, or a combination of 
both. 

Contractors will furnish a general plan with detailed drawings and dia- 
grams of strains, for all bridges and iron trestles, otherwise their tenders 
will not be considered. 

Through bridges must not be less than fourteen feet in "width in the clear, 
and eighteen feet six inches in height in the clear, measuring from the top 
of the rail. 

Rolling Load. — All parts of the bridges and trestles must be proportioned 
to sustain the passage of the following rolling load, at a speed of not less 
than thirty miles per hour, viz : two locomotives coupled, each weighing 
thirty-six tons on drivers, in a space of twelve feet ; total weight of each en- 
gine and tender, loaded, sixty-six tons in a space of fifty feet, and followed 
by loaded cars weighing twenty tons each in a space of twenty-two feet. 
Weight of each locomotive and tender to be distributed according to the 
following diagram. An addition of from ten to thirty per cent, will be made 



^ _ .^^^<^^^ ^ _s^_ _ _ -T^i^^d^^^ — — — 



I 



--^ 



lO o 



t J 



n 






G' 



G 



6" 



5' 



s'A^ s/z^ h^ V ^i^ i-^ i^ i^ i^ 



to the strains produced by the rolling load (considered as static) in the cal- 
culation of floor beams, stringers, suspension links, counter-rods, and all 
other parts which are liable to be thrown under strain by the passage of a 
rapidly moving load. Bridges must not deflect under the passage of such a 
train, more than one twelve-hundredth of their length, and shall return to 
their original camber. Trestle posts and vertical lateral rods and struts 
must be of sufficient strength to resist, in addition to the live and dead load, 
a pressure of wind equal to thirteen pounds per square foot, when the trestle 
is covered with passenger cars. In bridges vertical lateral rods and struts 
must be of sufficient strength to resist, in addition to the live and dead 



1 74 SPECIFICATIONS. 

loads, a pressure of wind equal to fifty pounds per square foot, unless other- 
wise specified. 

Dimensio7is of Parts. — The iron work shall be so proportioned that the 
weight of the structure including the floor, with one hundred and twenty- 
five pounds per lineal yard added for rails, spikes and joints, together with 
the above specified rolling load, shall in no part cause a tensile strain of 
more than ten thousand pounds, per square inch of sectional area, nor a 
shearing strain of more than seven thousand five hundred pounds to the 
square inch. The strain in compression will be reduced with the ratio of 
diameter to length of f)ost, according to the Gordon formula, with a factor 
of safety of one sixth. Columns for testing shall be furnished by the con- 
tractor. Experiments will be made under the direction of the engineer, to 
determine the limit of elasticity, and also the ultimate strength of the metal 
to be applied in the formula. In all members subject to transverse strains, 
the maximum compression must not be more than eight thousand pounds 
per square inch. 

Shearing strain on pins must not be more than 7,500 pounds per square 
inch. The strain on semi-intrados of eyes not more than 10,000 pounds per 
square inch, or the compressive area not less than the section of the bar. 
The eye must not be less in strength than the body of the bar. 

Quality 0/ Iron. Iron used under tensile strain, shall be tough, ductile, 
of uniform quality, and capable of sustaining sixty thousand pounds per 
square inch of sectional area without fracture, and twenty-five thousand 
pounds per square inch of area, with a smart blow from a hammer while 
under strain, without taking a permanent set. The reduction of area at 
breaking point shall average twenty-five per cent.; elongation fifteen per 
cent.; when cold it must bend without sign of fracture from ninety to one 
hundred and eighty degrees. 

Iron used under compressive strain must be tough, highly fibrous, of uni- 
form quality, and capable of sustaining twenty five thousand pounds per 
square inch of area without taking a permanent set. 

The engineer will have the privilege at any time to select any of the bars 
manufactured for the bridge, cut from the same specimen bars one and one- 
half inches in diameter and twelve inches long, and submit them to the fore- 
going tests. Should the bars thus tested fail to stand the tests, this will be 
considered sufficient evidence that the iron used does not comply with the 
requirements of the specifications. 

All bars subject to tensile strain shall be tested by the contractor, under 
the direction of the engineer, to twenty thousand pounds per square inch of 
sectional area, with a smart blow from a hammer while under strain with- 
out permanent set. While under the test strains, should any bar extend or 
contract more or less than it should do according toco-efficients of extension 
and contraction previously determined from experimental tests of sample 
bars of the grade of iron to be used, all such bars shall be rejected, for this 
or any other unperfection. A variation of 1 0^0 of an inch per foot each 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1/5 

way for a strain of twenty thousand pounds per square inch of area will be 
allowed. Bars subject to shearing strain shall be of the best quality of iron, 
and subject to such tests as the engineer may desire. 

Every bid must be accompanied by six specimen bars, one and one-half 
inches in diameter, and twelve inches long, stamped with the name of the 
bidder, and to be of the quality of iron that is intended to be used. All 
iron used must be equal in strength and all other qualities to the specimen bars. 

Castings must be made of good tough cast iron; metal not less than 
three-quarters of an inch in thickness and be subject to the following test : 
A bar of iron five feet long, one inch square, four feet six inches between 
supports shall bear a weight of five hundred and fifty pounds suspended at 
the center. The engineer may at any time require such specimen bars to 
be cast from the same metal as that used in the structure. No castings will 
be permitted except in the minor details. 

Workmartship. — All workmanship must be first class. All abutting 
joints must be planed or turned. One-sixty-fourth of an inch will be the 
maximum error allowed in eye bars, and not more than one-hundredth of 
the diameter of the pin or hole. 

In riveted work in joints shall be square and truly dressed. Rivet holes 
shall be spaced accurately and directly opposite each other. Rivets must be 
of the best quality of iron and must completely fill the holes. The area of 
rivets shall not be less than the sectional area of the joined pieces. 

Ends of bars having threads upon them must be enlarged beyond the 
diameter of the bar, enough to make the bar full size at the bottom of the 
thread. 

Washers and nuts must have a uniform bearing. 

All iron must be painted on all surfaces before leaving the manufactory ^ 
with two coats of metalic paint and oil, and with a third coat of lead and oil 
after the structure is erected. 

Timber, 

The timber shall be of white or yellow pine, or other kind of timber ap- 
proved by the Engineer, free from wind shakes, large knots, decayed wood, 
sap or any defect that will impair its strength or durability. No sap angle 
will be allowed. All timber must be inspected by the Engineer and none 
used without his approval. All framing must be done in a thorough and 
workmanlike manner. 

Ties must be of the best quality of white oak, not less than thirteen feet 
in length. Must be placed one foot from centre to centre, and every alter- 
nate tie must be fastened to the stringer at both ends. 

Guard TimberSy six inches by eight inches, must be placed about one 
foot outside the rails, must be closely notched one inch on each tie and 
bolted to the ties every four feet. 

Angle Irons y three inches by three inches by three-eighths of an inch, 
must be spiked to the guard timber every eighteen inches alternately on the 
top and side. The spike holes must be counter-sunk to receive the heads of 
the spikes. 



1^6 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



Wooden Bridges. 

Angle-blocks, tubes, splicing keys, washers, parting blocks, brace-shoes, 
and bridge seats are to be made of cast iron. 

High hexagonal nuts are to be used ; when used on truss rod, the nuts 
are to be dressed on both ends perpendicular to the line of the rods. 

Iron Trestle Work 

Will be built in spans of twenty feet or upwards in length ; supported by 
trestles in vertical sections of thirty feet and fractions of thirty feet, as each 
particular case may require. 

Trestle posts must be at least ten feet from centre to centre at the top. 

The trestle work will be measured and paid for as follows, viz.: — 

The entire length of trestle work, measured on centre li'ne of structure, 
from centre to centre of end pins at so much per lineal foot ; trestles per 
vertical foot, measuring from the top of the masonry to the bottom of the 
stringers. 

Materials in trestles must be proportioned to support the corresponding 
spans. 

General Conditions Applicable to Bridges and Trestles, 

Contractors must furnish and put in place w^ll-plates, stringers, cross-ties, 
guard rails and angle irons, over piers and abutments of all structures, so 
as to connect the roadway of the structure with the ballasted track. No 
extra allowance will be made for the same. 

The contractor shall take all risks from floods and casualties of every de- 
scription, and must furnish all materials and labor incidental to or in any 
way connected with the manufacture and erection of the structure. 

Meas7ire?nent, — Iron and combination bridges are to be measured from 
centre to centre of end pins. 

Wooden bridges are to be measured from out to out of end posts, 
whether the bridge be of one or more spans. 

The following diagram shows the section of floor on all structures where 
wood stringers are used, and where the opening between floor beams is 
thirteen feet. When the opening is increased or diminished the stringers 
will be proportioned accordingly. The track stringers must be securely 
bolted to the floor beams, and covered with No. 15 galvanized iron thirty 
inches in width for the entire length. 



JL 



^'x B' *• /3' 



JL 



I 



i 



^ 



^ 



I 



^ 




^ 



I 



Scale ^/r tor 

All bridges or trestle work n' ust be completed ready for the rails. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 177 

The contractor will not be obliged to raise the iron bridges or trestles in 
the mountains until transportation can be had by rail. 

River Navigation. 

Where rivers are navigable they must at all times during the construction 
and erection of the bridge be kept free for navigation. 

All coffer dams and other obstructions must be removed by the contractor, 
when directed by the engineer, leaving the river entirely unobstructed, ex- 
cept the actual space occupied by the masom-y. 

Tests. 

Before the final estimate is paid, a thorough test of the structure will be 
made by the engineer, by loading each span with such rolling load, at such 
rate of speed, as described under the head of rolling load, and also by caus- 
ing the load to remain on each span for the space of one hour or more. 
And each span must return to its original camber when the load is removed.* 

The word " engineer " shall mean the Consulting or Principal Engineer, 
•unless otherwise expressed. 



Specifications for Sixty-Pound Iron Rails. 

General Clause. — The weight of the rail is to be sixty pounds per lineal 
yard of rail. The rail jnust be in every respect according to tracing and 
template, and of uniform section throughout the whole length. The maxi- 
mum allowance to be adiiiitted in the sectional dimensions must not exceed 
iV of an inch. 

Pile and mode of Manufacture.-- The piles for the rail must be composed 
in weight of thirty-five per cent, of the best crystalline hammered iron for 
the head; thirty per cent, of good sound puddled bars, rolled from ham- 
mered blooms, for the stem : and thirty-five per cent, of the best fibrous iron 
for the bottom flange. The top and bottom slabs are to be' of the same 
length and width as the pile; the other slabs must all lay flat, breaking joint 
laterally and of the same length as the pile. 

No short pieces will be allowed in the pile. The pile must be heated in 
the furnace with the part corresponding to the top of the rail, up; it must 
first be hammered under a five- ton hammer, or compressed in rolls at a slow- 
motion to secure a thorough welding of all parts ; reheated and then rolled. 



* The new bridge of the Cincinnati Southern Railroad Company over the Ohio at Cincinnati was 
tested on Ihursday, November 8ih, 1877, with satisfactory results. The bridge spans the river at a 
point nearly a mile below the suspension bridge, and is nearly half a mile in length. It is the seventh 
bridge built over the Ohio, and the third at this point. It was built by the Keystone Bridge Company, 
of Pittsburg, for about 1750,000, and is regarded as one of the cheapest pieces of work in bridge build- 
ing in the West. The test consisted in running trains of increasing weight over each span in succession, 
with such stops and sudden jerks as were needed to prove thoroughly- the strength of the structure. 
First, a single engine was sent across, then two engines, then three, and so on up to seven; then four 
cars, loaded with fifteen tons of rails each, were added, making the total weight upon a single span 
3880 tons. Under this immense pressure the total deflection of iJbe channel span, which is 520 feet ia 
length, was less than two inches. — Philadelphia Public Ledger. 

L 



178 



SPECIFICATIONS. 




FATTERN OF 
/RON RA/L 



Cutting of Ends. — The ends must be cut square with the axis of the rails, ' 
and must show a smooth surface, clean, compact, and without defect. 

Straightening, — The rails must be straightened 
on the four sides while hot. The straightening 
is not to be made by percussion, but by screws 
or cams. Reheating any part of the rail will not 
be allowed. The surface of the rail must be 
- smooth and without any defects, such as cracks, 
blisters, welding seams, etc. No patching of de- 
fects will be allowed. 

Drilling and Punching, — The rails must be 
punched or drilled at the ends in accordance 
with the tracing, the allowance tolerated in the 
dimensions of the holes or notches and the dis- 
tance between them must not exceed one thirty- 
second of an inch. The holes must be cylin- 
drical, and punched or drilled so as not to show. 
any projection beyond the uniform surface of the 
rail. 

Length. — The rails must be thirty feet in length 
each. Ten per cent, of their numbers will be 
allowed of shorter length down to twenty-four 
feet, but they must all be of an even number of 
feSt, and must not vary therefrom more than one- 

PATT^fiNOF- 'H*l^''.1r'r*'„ '<> , y 

Weight. — An allowance of two per cent, each 

^'^^^ rrA/L ^^y f-Qj. individual rails, and of one per cent. 

^G,/lZJi y^ each way for the whole quantity of rails received, 

will be made in weight. If too light, the rail will be rejected ; if too heavy, 

it will be accepted at the nominal weight with the two per cent, allowance 

added. 

Marking. — Each rail must be marked about two feet from the ends with 
the maker's mark and the year and month in which it was rolled ; the letters 
and figures must be distinct and not less than one inch in height. 

Every approved rail must be marked with the Inspecting Engineer's pri- 
vate stamp, otherwise it will not be accepted. 

Inspecting and Testing. — The rails will be inspected by an engineer in 
lots of one thousand bars. Five rails out of a lot will be selected by the in- 
spector and submitted to the following tests : — 

Each of the selected rails must carry seven and one-half tons in the 
center between bearings, four feet apart in the clear, for five minutes, with 
a deflection not exceeding one-quarter of an inch, and must come back to 
its original line when the weight is removed, within x^ of an inch. 

In the same position, the rails must carry fifteen tons in the center be- 
tween bearings for five minutes without breaking. The rail will then be 




SPECIFICATIONS. 1/9 

broken in two and each half submitted to one blow of a hammer weighing 
600 pounds, and falling six feet vertically. The bearings for the rails must 
be four feet apart in the clear, and made of cast iron, fastened on oak frames 
supported by stone pillars with solid foundations at least three feet below the 
surface. The section of the broken rail must show a clean and compact 
metal throughout, free from cinders, welding seams, or other imperfections 
denoting impurity or imperfect welding. The head of the rail must show 
on top at least three-quarters of an inch of small grain, hard iron ; the 
bottom flange of the rail must show all fibrous iron; and the remainder of 
the section a gradual mixture of grain and fibre. 

Should one of the rails fail under any of the foregoing tests, five more 
will be selected out of the same lot and similarly tested; if more than ten 
rails have failed, the whole lot of one thousand bars to which they belong 
will be rejected. The Inspecting Engineer will have free entry to the works, 
and full power to inspect the manufacture at any time, to satisfy himself 
that the rails are being made in accordance with the stipulations of this 
agreement; . any remark which he may have to make will be addressed to 
the manager of the works, and not to the workmen. 

Certificate. — A certificate will be delivered by the Inspecting Engineer for 
each lot of rails approved and stamped. No part of the work will be done 
by any other manufacturer without the express consent of the trustees. 

Guarantee. — The rails will be guaranteed for three years after laid in 
track. The value of all rails which within that period of time will show 
material signs of imperfections or weakness will be refunded to the trustees 
at the rate of $25 per ton, the rails remaining the property of the trustees. 
This clause will not apply to rails laid within one thousand feet of stations 
or in yards. 



Ohio River Bridge Specifications. 

Foundations. 

South Abutment. — The south abutment will rest on a pile foundation. 
The top of the platform must be at least six feet below the present surface. 
It must be of one layer of white oak timber, twelve by twelve inches, laid 
with close joints and fastened to the caps by drift bolts. 

Caps must be of one stick of white oak, twelve by^twelve inches, and fas- 
tened to the piles by drift bolts. 

Piles must be of the best quality of white oak ; they must not be less 
than twelve inches in diameter at the small end, and must be straight and 
sound ; the bark must be taken off; they must be driven to the rock, and, 
if required, shall be shod with wrought iron. Any pile injured by driving 
must be withdrawn and replaced with another. The platform must be 
thoroughly grouted before the first course is laid. After the piles are 



1 80 SPECIFICATIONS. 

capped the material must be excavated to a depth of two feet below the top 
of the caps, the excavation extending two feet outside the platform, on all 
sides ; and the spaces under, above and around the platform, not occupied 
by the masonry, must be filled with concrete one foot above the top of the 
platform. The remaining space must be filled with the material excavated. 

Piers. 

Pier No. i. — Pier No. i will rest on a pile foundation. The same speci- 
fications will apply to this as for the south abutment. 

Pier No. 2 {Pivot Pier). — This pier will rest on a limestone stratum two 
feet and eight inches in thickness, as shown in the elevation drawings. The 
top of the rock must be made level by dressing the same to receive the 
foundation course, and the space between the excavation and the masonry 
must be filled with rock to the level of the bed of the river. 

Pier No. 3. — This pier will rest on the six feet eight inch stratum of linjie- 
stone, as shown in the elevation drawing. The top of the ledge must be 
excavated one foot to receive the foundation course. The space between 
the rock and masonry must be filled with concrete. The balance of the 
space between the excavation and the masonry must be filled with broken 
rock. 

Pier No. 4. — This pier will rest on the same stratum of rock as Pier No. 

3. The specifications applying to foundation of Pier No. 3 will also apply 
to this foundation. 

Pier No. 5 — This pier will rest on the same stratum as Piers Nos. 3 and 

4. The specifications applying to foundations of Piers Nos. 3 and 4 will 
also apply to this foundation, with the exception of excavating one foot in 
the rock, in lieu of which the top of the ledge must be made level by dress- 
ing the rock. 

Pier No. 6. — This pier will rest on the six feet stratum of limestone, as 
shown in elevation drawings. The top of the rock must be leveled by 
dressing the same, and foundation pit filled up to the present surface with 
the material excavated. 

In all the foregoing described fotmdations the pits must be kept dry while 
the masonry is being laid. 

Masonry. 

The stone for the masonry must be of the best quality of limestone. The 

courses must not be less than eighteen inches nor more than thirty inches 

thick, decreasing uniformly from the bottom to the top of the walls. 

Stretchers to be not less than two and one-half feet nor more than six feet 

'long, nor less in width than one and a fourth times the depth. 

Headers must ncyt be less than three and a half feet nor more than six 
feet long, and not less in width than they are in depth of course. The 
joints must be well broken,, and in no case less than sixteen inches. Courses 
of stone will be continuous around and through the walls. Every stone 
must be laid on its natural bed, and have both beds well dressed, parallel 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 8 1 

and true to the proper line. The beds to be made always as large as the 
stone will admit of. 

Vertical joints of the face to be not less than twelve inches in from the 
face, and as much more as the stone will work. Particular care must be 
taken to have them well filled v/ith mortar. No joints to be laid more than 
five-eighths nor less than three-eighths of an inch in thickness. 

Every second or third stone in each course must be a header ; headers 
■must be properly arranged, and constitute one -fourth to one-third of the 
dressed stone in the wall. The whole of the masonry must be laid flush in 
good cement mortar, made of one measure of good hydraulic cement and 
two measures of clear, sharp sand, well mixed together with water, and 
used immediately after being mixed. 

The backing shall be of good sized well shaped stones of the same thick- 
ness as the face stones, with their beds well dressed parallel and true to the 
proper line, and arranged so as to break joints, thoroughly bonding the 
work in all directions, having no spaces between them over six inches wide. 
All the spaces must be filled with small stones and spalls laid in cement. 

One course must be impervious to water before the next is laid. No ham- 
mering will be allowed after the course is set. The face of the masonry will 
be rock work, with drafts on the corners, and with no projection more than 
three inches from the proper line, except the cut work shown in the detail 
drawings, which is to be bush-hammered. 

The bridge seats, tops of piers, abutments, and tail walls, are to be fin- 
ished in accordance with the detail drawings. 

The coping stones must be of the size and shape shown in the drawings. 
Must be well bedded and closely joined on all sides. Wrought iron clamps 
must also be used as shown on drawings. 

All necessary drilling and dressing must be made to receive the iron work 
to insure a close fit. 

On the Pivot Pier, iron work for the float, as shown in the drawing, must 
be inserted as the work progresses. 

All the masonry must be neatly pointed with cement mortar finely tem- 
pered. 

No masonry will be laid in freezing weather. 

Concrete must be made by measure of four parts of sound broken lime- 
stone of uniform size (that will pass through a two inch ring), two parts of 
clean, sharp sand, and one part of good hydraulic cement, all well mixed 
together before being put in place, and well rammed in layers of about one 
foot thick. 

All materials used (stone, cement and sand) will be subject to the in- 
spection and acceptance of the Engineer, who will submit them to such 

tests as he may desire. 

Superstructure, 

The superstructure of this bridge will be of iron, with the exception of 
cross-ties and guard timbers. 



1 82 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Bidders will furnish a general plan, with detail drawings and diagrams of 
strains for each span, otherwise their tender will not be received. 

The bridge must be not less than fourteen feet in width in the clear, and 
not less than eighteen feet six inches in height in the clear, measuring from 
the top of the rail. The road-way on each span will be constructed so as 
to leave on the rail only one-half of the camber of the truss. 

The channel span of the bridge shall not be less in width than twenty 
feet from centre to centre of trusses. 

The draw must be geared for both hand and steam power, so as to turn 
either way. All machinery for the same must be furnished and put in place 
by the contractor. 

The hand gearing must be so arranged that two men can easily turn the 
draw, in a calm day, in two and one-half minutes. 

Steam power must be applied of sufficient capacity to turn the draw in 
one minute, with a pressure of forty pounds to the square inch. 

The bearing of the ends of the draw on the piers must be firm, so as to 
insure a smooth track for the passage of trains. All locks must be worked 
by gearing from the centre of the draw, and be self-adjusting when the draw 
is six inches out of line. 

Not more than three feet and three inches shall be occupied from the base 
of the rail to the lowest point in the superstructure of the bridge. 

[Note. — The requirements for Rolling load. Dimensions of Parts, Quality 
of Iron, Workmanship, and Timber, are the same as those previously given 
in these Specifications.] 

River Navigation. 

The river must at all times during the construction and erection of the 
bridge, be kept free for navigation of steamers, coal fleets, tows of all kinds, 
and rafts. 

All coffer-dams and other obstructions must be removed by the con- 
tractor, leaving the river entirely unobstructed, except the actual space 
occupied b^.the masonry. 

Risks. 

The contractor shall take all risks from floods and casualties of every de- 
scription, and must furnish all materials and labor incidental to or in any 
way connected with the construction and erection of the bridge. 

Time, 
The bridge hereby contracted for shall be commenced on or before the 
25th March, 1875, and be completed according to the foregoing specifica- 
tions in compliance with the attached contract by 31st December, 1876. 

The word ''Engineer" shall mean the Consulting or Principal Engineer, 
unless otherwise expresseJ. 

Tests. 

Before the final estimate is paid, a thorough test of the bridge will be 
made by the Engineer, by loading each span with such rolhng load, at such 



SPECIFICATIONS. I S3 

^ 

rate of speed, as described under the head of rolling load, and also by causing 
the load to remain on each span for an hour or more. The deflection of 
each span during the tests made by the engineer must not be more than the 
following : — 

For the five hundred and twenty feet span, five inches. 

For each of the three hundred feet spans, three inches. 

For the one hundred and ten feet span, one and one-tenth inches. 

For each span of the three hundred and seventy feet draw, one and 
eight-tenths inches. And each span must return to its original camber 
when the load is removed. 

Monthly Estimates. 

The Engineer will establish from the amount of the bid a scale of prices 
to serve as a basis for the estimation of the value of the work done each 
month. 

Changes, 

The Trustees reserve the right to change the depth of the foundations, 
and sizes of the piers and abutments, as described in the foregoing pages. 



N. B. — For specification of Drawbridge, see Appendix A, page 281;. 



184 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Freight Locomotive, "Consolidation" Pattern, 



For the Lehigh Valley Railroad, \feet Z% inches gauge. 

cite coal. 



Cylinders 



Diameter , 
Stroke of piston 
Length of steam-ports 
Width of steam-ports 
Width of exhaust-ports 
Travel of valve 
Outside lap of valves 
Inside lap of valves . 
Exhaust nozzles, variable. 



Wheels. 



Diameter of driving wheels 

Diameter of truck wheels . 

Diameters between centres of front and driving wheels 

Total wheel base of locomotives . . 

Total wheel base of locomotive and tender 

Diameter of driving-axle journals 

Length of driving-axle journals . 

Diameter of main crank-pin bearing . 

Length of main crank-pin bearing 

Boiler. 
Outside diameter of smallest ring of boiler 
Thickness of boiler plates (iron) 
Number of tubes 
Length of tubes 
Outside diameter of tubes . 
Length of fire-box inside , 
Width of fire-box inside 
Depth of fire-box inside (sloping) 
Thickness of fire box plates (steel), side and back 
Thickness of flue-sheet ..... 
Thickness of crown-sheet ..... 
Square feet of grate surface . ... 
Square feet of heating surface in fire-box . 
Square feet of heating surface in tubes 
Total square feet of heating surface . 

Weight. 
Weight of engine in working order . 
Weight of engine oh driving wheels . 



auge. Fuel, Anthra 


I ft. 


8 inches 


2 ft. 






I ft. 


4 






iX 






2^ 






s'A 






H 






h 




4 ft. 


2^ inches 


2 ft. 


6 


(( 


Is 14 ft. 


9 


it 


22 ft. 


10 


(( 


. 46 ft. 


2 


(t 


. 


7 


it 


, 


8 


(t 


. 


5 


t( 


• 


5 


it 


. 4 ft. 


6 




. 198 






II ft. 








2 




.' 9 ft. 


10 




2 ft. 


9^ 




44>^ 


—55 






i 






16 










27.6 






. 149 






• 1 132 






. 1281 






. 100,000 


pounds. 


. 88,000 


(t 





SPECIFICATIONS. 
Remarks-. 



i8s 



t ^«««,« 




tons.* 



* For specifications of engines, with dimension details \n M\, se.G. Mafiurtl fo^ Railroad jEftgi- 
neers, by George L. Vose, C. E., Professor of ( ivil Engineering in Bowdoin College. 




CONSOLIDATION PATTERN. 



184 SPECIFICATIO 

Freight JLqcomottve. "Conso 



Weight of engine in working order . 
Weight of engine oh driving wheels . 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



185 



Remarks-. 

Locomotives of this class have been used on the Lehigh Valley Railroad 
since 1866, in which year the locomotive " Consolidation/' from which the 
class has taken its name, was built by the Baldwin Locomotive Works in 
accordance with the plan and specifications furnished by Mr. Alexander 
Mitchell, then Master Mechanic of the Lehigh and Mahanoy Railroad. 

On this division of the Lehigh Valley Railroad, over maximum grades of 
one hundred and twenty-six feet per mile, the maximum load is thirty-five 
loaded four-wheeled coal cars (three hundred and twenty-nine gross tons of 
cars and lading), and the usual load twenty-five loaded four wheeled coal 
cars (two hundred and thirty-five gross tons of cars and lading) On the 
same division, over a grade of seventy-six feet per mile, one of these 
engines draws a maximum train of one hundred and forty empty four- 
wheeled cars (four hundred and seventy-six gross tons), at a speed of eight 
miles per hour. Its usual train is one hundred empty cars (three hundred 
♦ and forty gross tons). Compared with the *' Ten-Wheeled'' pattern of 
locomotive, cylinders eighteen by twenty-four, driving wheels four and four 
and a half feet diameter, weight on driving wheels abaut sixty-thousand 
pounds, the performance is as shown in the following table : — 



, 


Grade 126 feet 
per Mile. 


Grade 76 feet 
per Mile. 


Gross Tons of 
Train. 


Gross Tons of 
Train. 


Maximum Load of " Consolidation" Locomotive, 

« « of " Ten-Wheeled" « 

Usual « of " Consolidation" '< 

« of " Ten- Wheeled" ^' 


329 
235 
235 

169 to 200 


476 

340 

340 
221 



Consumption of fuel — ''Consolidation" Engine, 5^ tons daily. 
" " "Ten-Wheeled" " 3X " 

The ordinary repairs for a series of years have been one mill per mile 
run greater for the " Consolidation" than for the '' Ten- Wheeled " engine. 

On the Wyoming Division of the same railroad, from Sugar Notch to 
Fairview, the grade is one in fifty five (ninety-six feet per mile) for twelve 
miles in length, combined with curves of eight and ten degrees radius. 
The curves are frequent, and there are but two tangents, each less than one 
mile long, in the whole twelve miles. Up this incline engines of this class 
can take forty loaded four-wheeled coal cars. The usual train is thirty-five 
such cars, which are taken at a speed of twelve miles per hour. The cars 
weigh, each, three gross tons, eight hundredweight, and carry, each, six 
gross tons of coal. The weight of train, therefore, which a " Consolida- 
tion" engine takes up the grade combined with curves, as stated, is from 
three hundred and twenty-nine to three hundred and seventy-six gross 
tons. * 



* For specifications of enpines, with dimension details \n ^m\\, s&& Manrtal for Railroad Engi- 
neers, by George L. Vose, C. E., Professor of ( ivil Engineering in Bowdoin College. 



1 86 



SPECIFICATIONS* 



Freight Locomotive, "Mogul" Pattern, 

For the Dom Pedro Segundo Railway of Brazil. Gauge, S feet 2, inches. 

Fuel, Bituminous Coal. 

Cylinders. 
Diameter . 
Stroke of piston 
Length of steam-ports 
Width of steam-ports 
Width of exhaust-ports 
Travel of valve 
Outside lap of valves 
Inside lap of valves . 
Exhaust nozzles — double, variable. 

Wheels, 
Diameter of driving wheels 
Diameter of truck wheels 
Distance between centres of front and rear 

wheels ..... 
Total wheel-base of locomotive 
Total wheel-base of locomotive and tender 
Diameter of driving-axle journals 
Length of driving-axle journals 
Diameter of main crank-pin bearing 
Length of main crank-pin bearing . 

Boiler, 
Outside diameter of smallest ring of boiler 
Thickness of boiler plates (iron) 
Number of tubes 
Length of tubes 
Outside diameter of tubes 
Length of fire-box inside . 
Width of fire-box inside . 
Depth of fire-box inside . 
Thickness of fire-box plates (copper) side 

front sheets .... 
Thickness of flue-sheet . 
Thickness of crown-sheet (steel) 
Square feet of grate surface 
Square feet of heating surface in fire-box 
Square feet of heating surface in tubes 
Total square feet of heating surface 

Tender, 
Number of wheels , 
Diameter of wheel 
Diameter of tender-axle journals 
Length of tender-axle journals 
Capacity of tank 



Weight 



Weight of engine in working order 
Weight of engine on driving wheels 
Weight of tender, empty . • 



• • 


1 ft. 

2 ft. 


6 


inches. 




I ft. 


4. 


<( 






iX 


(( 






2K 


(C 






5^ 


C( 






% 


(t 






h 


(( 




4 ft. 


6 


inches. 




2 ft. 


6 


(( 


driving 


15 ft, 








22 ft. 


8 


iC 




44 ft. 


3 


f( 






7 


(I 






8 


tt 






4K 


a 






4K 


(t 




4 ft. 


3 


inches. 




159 








II ft. 


2H 


(C 






2 


tl 




5 ft. 


5 


(( 




2 ft. 


iiK 


(t 




5 ft. 


3/2 


tc 


:k, and 






(( 








(( 




16 








103 








937 








1040 








8 








2 ft. 


4 3 


inches. 






sH 


(( 






7 


tc 




2000 gallons. 




. 80,000 pounds. 




.6g 


,000 " 




, . 20,000 " 





SPECIFICATIONS. 



187 



n-\ 




Weight of engine in working order 
Weight ot engine on driving wheels 
Weight of tender empty . . 



. 71,300 pounds. 
. 45,80c " 
. 22,000 " 




MOGUL PATTERN. 



1 86 



SPECIFICATION 



TToTTTrLUT T nrmvrnTTVF '' Mf 





E 




s /■ 




{N. 



Weight of engine in working order 
Weight of engine on driving wheels 
Weight of tender, empty . • 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



187 



Passenger Locomotive '^American" Pattern. 

For the Pennsylvania Railroad Company. Constructed in accordance with 
drawings f2ir7iished by the Company. {Pennsylvania Railroad Co7n- 
Pany^s ^^ Class C") Gauge 4 feet 9 inches. Fuely Bituminous Coal. 



Diameter 
Stroke of piston 
Length of steam-ports 
Width of steam-ports 
Width of exhaust-ports 
Travel of valve 
Outside lap of valves 
Inside lap of valves 
Exhaust-nozzles — double. 



Cylinders. 



Wheels, 



Diameter of driving-wheels 

Diameter of truck-wheels 

Distance between centres of front and rear driving 

wheels ..... 
Total wheel base of locomotive 
Total wheel-base of locomotive and tender 
Diameter of driving-axle journals 
Length of driving-axle journals 
Diameter of main crank-pin bearing 
Length of main crank-pin bearing . 

Boiler, 
Outside diameter of smallest ring of boiler 
Thickness of boiler-plates (steel) 
Nnmber of tubes 
Length of tubes . . . 
Outside diameter of tubes 
Length of fire-box inside . 
Width of fire-box inside . 
Depth of fire-box inside . 
Thickness of flue-sheet . 
Thickness of sides, back, and crown-sheet 
Square feet of grate surface 
Square feet of heating surface in fire-box 
Square feet of heating surface in tubes 
Total square feet of heating surface 

Tender, 
Number of wheels . 
Diameter of wheels 
Diameter of tender-axle journals 
Length of tender-axle journals 
Capacity of Tank . 

Weight, 
Weight of engine in working order 
Weight ot engine on driving wheels 
Weight of tender empty . 



1 ft. 

2 ft. 

I ft. 



5 inches. 



4 
5 



none. 



n 
tc 

(( 



5 ft. 2 
2 ft. 4 



inches. 



8 ft. 
22 ft. 
44 ft. 



6 
7 
3H 



a 
it 
i( 
ti 
it 



4 ft. 

155 

10 ft. 



i^ inches. 



18 

106 

971 

1077 



6 ft. -/s 
2 ft. 10^ 
5 ft. 7 

A 



It 
tt 
ti 
it 
it 
tt 
tt 



8 

2 ft. 



9 inches. 



2400 gallons. 



. 71,300 pounds. 
. 45,80c " 
. 22,000 " 



a* « M - '■^-— — -, 




PASSENGER LOCOMOTIVE— AMERICAN PATTERN. 



i88 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



Specification '' C " 
For Boiler Tank Cars, ioo Barrels Capacity, Empire Trans- 
portation Company, Adopted December, 1876. 




1st. In these specirications reference is to be had to any accompanying 
drawings, and also to the sample car when furnished. These specifications 
to be followed when they differ from the drawings or car, and they and the 
drawings to be followed when they differ from car. Builders in all cases do, 
by contractmg to build, agree to indemnify and savfe harmless the Empire 
Transportation Company from all patent right claims. The make and char- 
acter of wheels, axles and springs to be determined by the Empire Trans- 
portation Company, and the said Company reserve the right to require 
changes from these specifications, drawings, and sample car. 

Boiler. 

2d. Capacity of boiler not to be less than one hundred, nor more than 
one hundred and one barrels of forty-five gallons each. No variation from 
this size will be permitted. The gallon referred to contains two hundred 
and thirty-one cubic inches. 

3d. The material composing boiler to be as follows : The shell and dome 
(except as hereinafter specified) to be made of a good quality of No. 7 
wrought-iron boiler plate, weighing not less than seven and one-half pounds 
to the square foot. The heads of boiler, of like plate, five-sixteenth inches 
thick, weighing twelve and one-half pounds to the square loot ; and such 
iron as requires flanging must be charcoal boiler-plate. All of the boiler 
iron composmg the shell and dome must be guaranteed by the builders to 
be capable of resisting a tensile strain of not less than 50,000 pounds to the 
square inch. In these specifications, the Birmingham Wire Gauge is 
adopted as the standard for indicating the thickness of all plate irons. 

4th. The boiler to be cylindrical in form, same as sample car. The shell 
to be composed of seven rings, each ring to be formed by two plates of 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



189 



proper dimension to make the average inside diameter of cylinder sixty-six 
and one-half inches, and the length of boiler sides two hundred and ninety- 
three inches. The heads of boiler to be convex, each head forming the 
segment of a sphere, the versed sine of each segment to be seven inches, 
making the length through the axis of cylinder three hundred and seven 
inches. The form over which the flanges of heads are turned or formed 
must have a radius of not less than two inches. The under side plate, form- 
ing in part the first ring at either end of boiler must be of No. i boiler-plate 
iron, having a thickness of five-sixteenth inches. The under side plate 
forming in part the five intermediate rings of boiler, must be of No. 3 boiler- 
plate iron, having a thickness of one-quarter inch. 

5 th. Each boiler head to be strengthened by a thrust plate, this plate to be 
of the same quality of iron as the heads (No. i boiler plate) ; said plate to 
extend horizontally across either head at a point twelve inches up from 
lowest point of head ; that portion of the plate coming in contact with the 
side of shell to be flanged, overlapping sides and extending back sufficient 
to be taken in by the rivets securing head, &c. All joints to be thoroughly 
caulked ; and all joints that cannot be caulked without, must be filled with 
copper gaskets. Every description of joint must be perfectly oil tight. 

6th. The dome to be forty inches in diameter, and twenty-four inches in 
height from top of boiler to top of dome side. Top of dome to be convex, 
raised ia centre four and one-half inches. Dome to be secured to boiler on 
the centre of the centre ring. The centre ring of boiler should have a length 
between vertical seams equal to the diameter of base of dome, including 
flanges. Boiler to have two three-quarter inch holes at lowest points inside 
of dome marked a a on drawing, and a hole through shell immediately 
under centre of dome of sixteen inches diameter. 

7th. The space between centre of rivets must not exceed one and one- 
half inches. All vertical and horizontal seams in boiler, except those around 
manhole, valve chamber, base of dome and the seams in dome, must be 
double riveted with a lap of three and one-quarter inches. Size, quantity 
and location of rivets are as follows : 

Location of Rivets. 







LOCATION. 


NUMBER. 


DIAM. 


LENGTH. 


Rivets 


securin 


g horizontal joints. 


716 


IN. 

% 


X 


^ 






vertical " 


2176 


% 


X 


^ 






dome to boiler. 


92 


% 


-X 


^ 






'' head, 


80 


% 


X 


I 






vertical joint in dome. 


20 


% 


X 


^ 






valve chamber, 


21 


% 


X 


2 






manhole base, 


30 


% 


X 


2 



[Note. — Variations from the above sizes must be made at points where 
two or more sheets of unequal thickness come in contact. For example, 



190 SPECIFICATIONS. 

where -^^ and X i^^h iron is joined X ^ i inch rivets must be used. When 
X and -i\ in. iron is joined }4 x i }i in. rivets must be used. Rivets secur- 
ing thrust plate, boiler head and sides must be ^ x i j^ inches. All rivets 
to be iron of best quality.] 

8th. Each boiler to be provided with one manhole and cover, located 
and secured in the centre of dome head, constructed and arranged substan- 
tially as the Sample. Each boiler also to be fitted with one discharge-valve, 
of the pattern and manufacture which may be prescribed by the Empire 
Transportation Company, located at the lowest point on the under side of 
shell immediately under the dome. The valve stem to extend upward 
through the dome to a point near top of manhole, through which valve is to 
be operated. The top end of valve stem is held in position by a wrought- 
iron bracket secured to under side of dome head, as seen in sample and 
drawing. 

9th. Discharge valves to be fitted with oil-tight caps, secured to frame 
of car by movable collar and chain. The various kinds of caps, keys, man- 
holes and discharge valves to be uniform in size and construction, and each 
variety to be interchangeable with its class. 

loth. No tank will be considered as accepted from builders until it has 
been thoroughly inspected and its capacity and tightness satisfactorily dem- 
onstrated by water test, and by at least two trips of actual service. 

nth. Plan of constructing boiler tank car frame is fully and clearly shown 
in the clrawi:.gs and sample car. The gas pipe tubes marked No. 4, used 
instead of wooden side-sills, must have an outside diameter of three inches, 
and an inside diameter of two and one-half inches. Extra strong timbers to 
be of the best quality of white oak, and all iron work not herein otherwise 
described, to conform in size and quality to that of sample car; except 
wheels, axles, bearing and draw springs, which shall be as may be specially 
provided. Wheels to be accurately fitted on axles to gauge furnished by the 
Empire Transportation Company. 

1 2th. Trucks for one hundred barrel tank cars, to be uniform in style 
and construction with Empire Line standard trucks, except in the wheels, 
axles and bearing springs. Bearing springs must have a freight carrying 
capacity of not less than fifteen tons. Wheels to be of a like strength and 
weight as those used under the " Pullman parlor cars." Size of axle as 
follows : 

Length finished, . . . .6 feet 

" of journal, 

" of collar, 

" from back journal shoulder to 

'* of wheel seat. 
Diameter of axle at hulj, 

" " " middle, . 

" " " wheel seat, 

" of back journal shoulder, 

" of journal, 

" of collar, 

" of concave shoulder back of wheel seat, 



wheel seat. 



II inches. 


7 




o/s 




2 




6/2 




4^ 




4 




4^ 




4t^ 




3/^ 




4H 




5 





SPECIFICATIONS. I9I 

Axles will be turned up with a concave shoulder back of wheel seat. Any 
thickness of iron over the diameter indicated must be turned off with a 
gradual taper toward centre. Wheels to be forced on axle with a pressure 
of not less than twenty-five tons. 

13th. Flooring of boiler cars to be wrought iron No. 14 wire gauge. The 
iron to be neatly fitted around the boiler, leaving a space between floor and 
boiler of one inch. The floor to be secured to wooden stringers A by ^ x 2 
inch lag screws to the tubes No. 4 by hooked bolts, and to the brackets by 
rivets. At no point must the iron floor be permitted to come in contact 
with the boiler. 

14th. Cars to have a hand railing on either side made of three-quarter- 
inch gas pipe, supported by iron post secured to outer ends of brackets. 
Length of hand railing to be twenty-four feet eight and one-half inches. 
Height from the floor thirty-two inches. 

15th. Boiler to be neatly fitted at ends between the timbers marked F 
on drawing. These timbers to be worked into shape conforming to that of 
boiler heads. The interstices between boiler heads and timbers must be 
substantially caulked with oakum, so that there can be no possible longitu- 
dinal motion of the boiler. To further secure the boiler from lateral move- 
ment, the straps x i will have knuckle joints formed in their longitudinal 
centres. On top of and to boiler on a line with the straps, wrought-iron 
lugs will be secured. Through these the knuckle joint bolt will pass; 
thereby firmly holding and preventing lateral twisting of boiler on car frame. 

i6th. Cars to have brakes on each truck, connected with an equalizing 
lever, as shown on drawing and sample car. Oil boxes must be provided 
with patent spring lids, manufactured by Kinzer & Jones, of Pittsburg, Pa. 
Journal bearings to be of phosphor bronze and brake shoes malleable iron 
All bolts and nuts to be filled in accordance with the Cumming's lock nut 
patent. 

Painting. 

17th. All the iron work, except boiler and dome to be painted black ; the 
wood work to have two coats of Brandon yellow, ground and mixed in pure 
linseed oil ; boiler and dome to have three coats of paint over every part of 
their surface. The first coat coming in contact with the irbn must be brown 
metallic paint. The other two coats must be pure white lead or zinc. Each 
car to have two cast-iron card cases, and two sets of cast-iron figures, denot- 
ing car No. They and the card cases to be secured to outside of sills, and 
painted white, emblems, lettering and figures to be as per sample car, unless 
otherwise specified. Before painting, boiler and dome must be cleaned on 
its external surface from rust, scales, grease and all dirt.* 



*A11 the Empire Transportation Go's specifications are followed by bills of materials, giving dimen- 
sions and positions of the parts in the cars. These are omitted here as being beyond the scope of this 
work. 



192 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



Specifications 

For Box Cars, Empire Transportation Company, Adopted July, 

1872. Revised July, '1873, Revised July, 1875. 




First. — In these specifications reference is to be had to any accompany- 
ing drawings, and also to the Sample Car when furnished. These specifi- 
cations to be followed when they differ from drawings or car, and they and 
the drawings to be followed when they differ from car. Builders in all 
cases do, by contracting to build, agree to indemnify and save harmless the 
Empire Transportation Company from all patent right claims. 

The make and character of wheels, axles and springs to be determined 
by the Empire Transportation Company. 

The Empire Transportation Company reserve the right to require changes 
from these specifications, drawings and sample car. No car will be consid- 
ered as accepted until inspected and approved by the Company's Superin- 
tendent of Cars. 

Second. — All material used in the construction of these cars to be of the 
best quality, and workmanship first-class. 

All timbers must be dressed on all their sides, and conform to the sizes 
and character of wood hereinafter specified. 

Siding boards to be of white pine, smoothed and beaded, and they and 
the roofing boards to be free from all loose knots, cracks and decay. That 
portion of the floor immediately over the body bolster must be of dry white 
oak. 

Third. — Car covering to be A. P. Winslow's Patent Iron Roof, put on as 
directed by the Winslow Roofing Co., and under their immediate super- 
vision. The iron must be galvanized, unless otherwise directed. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 93 

I>imensions of car body as follows : 

Extreme length of mainframe, 29 ft. 5^ in. 

Length of box frame, not including siding, 27 *' 10 " 

Width '* " '' " 8 *' o " 

Height from bottom of side sill B to top of plate E, . 7 " 2 " 
Curve oi roof, o'' 4 " 

Side sills B and centre stringers C must not be gained at bolsters or tran- 
soms. 

Intermediate stringers D, are to be gained at bolster, and also transoms. 
Mode of gaining stringers D shown on drawing. 

Fourth. — Each car to be fitted with two grain d«ors, same as in sample 
car ; ^so with two cast iron card cases, secured to siding near car door, as 
shown on drawing; also with an iron threshold at each door, fitted between 
door posts, and stcared to top of floor ; also with a full set of bearing and 
draw-springs, and double mouth draw heads. All bolt heads and nuts, 
coming on inside ot oir, muse be sunk flush with the inside surface, except 
those in top plates. 

Fifth. — Car wheels to De broad- tread, diameter thirty- three inches, fitted 
on hammered axles, lour and three-eighth inches in diameter by six feet 
nine and one-half inches long. Wheels to be correctly fitted to gauge fur- 
nished by Empire Transportation Co. 

The trucks to be uniform in style and construction with trucks under 
sample car, unless otherwise specified. Body truss rods to be provided 
with turn-buckles, or their equivalent. Drawheads to be made of wrought- 
iron, strengthened at back end, such as that made by Berry, Courtney & 
'Wilson, Pittsburg. 

Sixth, — The following directions are to be strictly observed in turning up 
each car axle : all inside angles are to be turned concave ; the shoulder 
back of wheel seat must be turned entirely off with a gradual taper. 

Finished size of axle as follows : 

Extreme length, 6 ft. 9^ in. 

Button on end of axle, 4J^ in. diam. ^ in. long. 

Journal, 3X " " SV^ " " 

Space between wheel seat and journal.. 4^ " *' 2 " " 
Wheelseat, 4.-,^ " " 2 " " 

Seventh. — Number of car to be stamped with three-fourths inch figures 
on ends of body-bolster, and also on ends of truck bolsters. 

Eighth. — All joints, tenons, and mortices to be coated with a solution 
composed of lime and sulphate of copper, to prevent decay. 
■ Ninth. — End sills A to be painted over their external surface. Ends of 
side sills B, and stringers C and D to be coated with paint, about one foot 
back from end sills, before box- frame has been erected. The under sides 
of side sills B to be thoroughly coated with paint their entire length, after 
siding has be en put on. 

Car to be painted with yellow oxide. Emblem, vermillion red on white 
field, of size and position shown on drawing. Eight inch white letters and 
M 



194 



SPECIFICATIONS. 



figures on side of car, unfinished block, and six inch figures on ends, same 
style and color. 

Tenth. — Cars to have brakes on each truck, connected with equalizing 
lever, as shown on drawing and sample car. 

Eleventh. — Cars to have the patent Oil Box Lid manufactured by Kinzer 
& Jones, of Pittsburg, Pa. 

Twelfth. — Cars to have Phospher Bronze Bearings and Malleable Iron 
Brake Shoes. 

Thirteenth. — All Bolts and Nuts to be fitted in accordance with the Gum- 
ming Lock Nut Patent. 



Specifications 

For Rack Cars, Empire Transportation Company, Adopted 
July, 1872. Revised July, 1873, Revised July, 1875. 




First. — In these specifications reference is to be had to any accompany- 
ing drawings, and also to the sample car when furnished. These specifica- 
tions to be followed when they differ from drawings or car, and they and 
the drawings to be followed when they differ from car. Builders in all 
cases do, by contracting to build, agree to indemnify and save harmless the 
Empire Transportation Company from all patent right claims. 

The make and character of wheels, axles and springs to be determined 
by the Empire Transportation Co. 

The Empire Transportation Company reserves the right to require 
changes from these specifications, drawings and sample car. No car will 
be considered as accepted until inspected and approved by the Company's 
Superintendent of Cars. 

Second. — All material used in the construction of these cars to be of the 
best quality, and workmanship first-class. 

All timbers must be dressed on all their sides, and conform to the sizes 
and character of wood hereinafter specified. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 19$ 

Slatting boards to be of white oak, smoothed, and they and the roofing 
boards to be free from all loose knots, cracks and decay. That portion of 
the floor immediately over the body bolster must be of dry white oak. 
Slatting from floor to belt rail to be closed tight. Above belt rail to be 
spaced with five inch slatting, and space between slatting three inches. 
Belt rail V to be secured to each post and braces by two rivets, made of ^ 
inch iron, at corners. Where belt rails intersect, they are to be secured by 
the combined angle and lug bolt. 

Third. — Car covering to be of white pine boards, one inch thick, matched, 
planed and painted. 

Dimensions of car body as follows : 

Extreme length of main frame..* 36 ft. 6 in. 

Length of rack frame, from out to out of corner posts. .35 " 2 '* 
Width '♦ " '' " " -.8 " II " 

Height from bottom of side sill B to top of plate E 7 " 4 '* 

Curve of roof o" 4 '' 

Side sills B and centre stringers C must not be gained at bolsters or tran- 
soms. 

Intermediate stringers D are to be gained at bolster, and also transoms. 
Mode of gaining stringers D shown on drawing. 

Fourth, — Each car to be fitted with two cast iron card cases, secured to 
siding on either side near car door, as shown on drawing ; also with a full 
set of bearing and draw-springs, and double mouth draw-heads. All bolt- 
heads and nuts, coming on the inside of car, must be suhk flush with the 
inside surface, except those in top plates. 

Fifth. — Car wheels to be broad-tread, diameter thirty-three inches, fitted 
on hammered axles, four and three-eighths inche;; in diameter by six feet 
nine and one-half inches long. Wheels to be correctly fitted to gauge fur- 
nished by Empire Transportation Co. 

The trucks to be uniform in style and construction with trucks under 
sample car, unless otherwise specified. Body truss rods to be provided 
with turn-buckles', or their equivalent. Drawheads to be made of wrought- 
iron, strengthened at back end, such as that made by Wilson & Leggett, 
Pittsburg. 

Sixth. — The following directions are to be strictly observed in turning up 
each car axle : all inside angles are to be turned concave ; the shoulder 
back of wheel seat must be turned entirely off with a gradual taper.. 

Finished size of axle «is follows : 

Extreme length 6 ft. 9^ in. 

Button on end of axle 4^ in. diam. yi in. long. 

Journal 3X " *' ^Yz " " 

Space between wheel seat and journal- .4 j^ ** " 2 " '' 
Wheelseat 4A " " o '' '' 

Seventh. — Number of car to be stamped with three-fourths inch figures 
on ends of body-bolster, and also oa ends of truck bolsters. 



196 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Eighth. — All joints, tenons and mortices to be coated with a solution 
composed of lime and sulphate of copper, to prevent decay. 

Ninth. — End sills A to be painted over their entire external surface. 
Ends of side sills B, and stringers C and D to be coated with paint, about 
one foot back from end sills, before rack-frame has been erected. The un- 
der sides of side sills B to be thoroughly coated with paint their entire 
length. 

Car to be painted with yellow oxide. Emblem, vermillion red on white 
field, of size and position shown on drawing. Eight inch white letters and 
figures on side of car, unfinished block, and six inch figures on ends, same 
style and color. 

Tenth. — Cars to have brakes on each truck, connected with equalizing 
lever, as shown on drawing and sample car. 

Eleventh. — Cars to have the patent Oil Box Lid manufactured by Kinzer 
& Jones, of Pittsburg, Pa. 

Twelfth. — Cars to have Phospher Bronze Bearings, and Malleable Iron 
Brake Shoes. 



Specifications 
For Stock Cars, Empire Transportation Company, Adopted July, 

1873. Revised July, 1875. 

First. — In these specifications reference is to be had to any accompanying 
drawings, and also to the sample car when furnished. These specifications 
to be followed when they differ from drawings or car, and they and the draw- 
ings to be followed when they differ from car. Builders in all cases do, by 
contracting to build, agree to indemnify and save harmless the Empire 
Transportation Company from all patent right claims. 

The make and character of wheels, axles and springs to be determined by 
the Empire Transportation Company. 

The Empire Transportation Company reserves the right to require changes 
from these specifications, drawings and sample car. No car will be con- 
sidered as accepted until inspected and approved by the Company's Super- 
intendent of Cars. 

Second. — All material used in the construction of these cars to be of the 
best quality, and workmanship first-class. 

All timbers must be dressed on all their sides, and conform to the sizes 
and wood hereinafter specified. 

Slatting boards to be of white oak, smoothed, and the roofing boards to 
be free from all loose knots, cracks and decay. That portion of the floor 
immediately over the body bolster must be of dry white oak. Slatting from 
floor eighteen inches up to be closed tight to within three inches of belt rail, 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1^7 

then to be spaced with five-inch slatting, and space between slatting to be 
three inches. Belt rail V to be secured to each post and braces by two rivets, 
made of ^-inch iron. At corners where belt rails intersect, they are to be 
secured by the combined angle and lug bolt No. 23. 

Third. — Car covering to be of white pine boards, one inch t'hick, matched, 
planed and painted. 

Dimensions of car body as follows . — 

Extreme length of main frame 29 ft. 5 J in. 

Length of rack frame, from out to out of corner posts. 28 " i " 

Width " '' " '' 8 '^ II '' 

Height from bottom of side sill B to top of plate E 7 '• 4 " 

Curve of Roof o ** 4 '* 

Side sills B and centre stringers C must not be gained at bolsters or tran- 
soms. 

Fourth.- Each car to be fitted with two cast-iron card cases, secured to 
siding on either side near car door as shown on drawing ; also with a full 
set of bearing and draw springs, and double mouth draw-heads. All bolt 
heads and nuts coming on the inside of the car must be sunk flush with the 
inside surface, except those in top plates. 

Fifth. — Car wheels to be broad-tread, diameter thirty-three inches, fitted 
on hammered axles, four and three-eighths inches in diameter, by six feet 
nine and one-half inches long. Wheels to be correctly fitted to gauge fur- 
nished by the Empire Transportation Company. 

The Trucks to be uniform in style and construction with trucks under 
sample car, unless otherwise specified. Body truss rods to be provided with 
turn-buckles or their equivalent. Draw-heads to be made of wrought iron, 
strengthened at back end, such as that made by Wilson, Leggate & Co., 
Pittsburg, Pa. 

Sixth. — The follomng directions are to be strictly observed in turning up 
each car axle : — All inside angles are to be turned concave ; the shoulder 
back of wheel seat must be turned entirely off with a gradual taper. 

Finished size of axle as follows : 

Extreme length 6 ft. 9>^ in. 

Button on end of axle \}i in. diam. ^ in. long. 

Journal 3X '' 5^ " 

Space between wheel seat and journal. .4^ " 2 " 

Wheel seat 44^6 " 

Seventh. — Number of car to be stamped with three-fourths inch figures 
on ends of body bolster, and also on ends of truck bolsters. 

Eighth.— P^ joints, tenons and mortices to be coated with a solution 
composed of lime and sulphate of copper, to prevent decay. 

Ninth. — End sills A to be painted over their entire external surfaces. 
Ends of side sills B, and stringers C and D to be coated with paint, about 
one foot back from end sills, before rack frame has been erected. The 
under sides of side sills B to be thoroughly coated with paint their entire 
length. 



19^ SPECIFICATIONS. 

Car to be painted with yellow oxide. Emblem, vermillion red on white 
fieldj of size and position shown on drawing. Eight inch white letters and 
figures on side of car, unfinished block, and six inch figures on ends, same 
style and color. 

Tenth. — Each car to be provided with two hatch holes in roof, located oji 
either side of roof, four feet eight inches from ends of car. Dimension of 
hatch covers 19X22 inches. 

Eleventh. — Car to have double brakes operated from either end. One 
brake wheel to be operated from top of car, and one from the end. 

Twelfth. — Cars to have patent oil box lid manufactured by Kinzer & 
Jones, of Pittsburg, Pa. 

Thirteenth.— Qdx^ to have phospher bronze bearings, and malleable iron 
brake shoes. 



Specifications 
FOR Butter and Egg Cars, Empire Transportation Company, 

Adopted November, 1876. 

1st. In these specifications reference must be had to any accompanying 
drawings, and also to the sample car when furnished. These specifications 
to be followed when they differ from the drawings or car, and they and the 
drawings differ from the sample car. The specifications of the Empire Line 
standard box cars adopted, will be the specifications for the butter and egg 
cars, except in the following particulars. 

Lining. 
2d. The car to be lined above the belt rail including sides, ends and roof 
of seven-eighth inch or three-quarter inch white pine boards, dressed and 
matched. Lining must be dry and of a fair quality, free from loose knots, 
cracks and other objectionable features. Before the lining has been nailed 
in place, thick air-tight paper must be introduced between it and the posts 
and braces. The paper to be so joined and fitted as to be as near air-tight 
as possible. This paper must be introduced back of all the 'lining, at ends, 
sides and roof, below as well as above belt rail. 

Inside Doors and Wickets. 
3d. Each car to have double inside doors on either side of car. The in- 
side doors to be constructed of two inch thickness of one inch white pine 
boards, dressed and matched, with the lining paper introduced between 
them. Each door to be in four sections of equal dimensions, each section to 
be hinged to the door posts by two twelve inch strap hinges, and opening 
inward. One of the lower sections in either door to be so hinged that they 



SPECIFICATIONS. 1 99 

can when desired be lifted off. In one of the upper sections in either <ioor, 
there must be a wicket, twenty-three inches wide by twenty-seven inches 
high, hinged at the top and opening outward and upward, and held open 
when desired by an iron arm pivoted to wicket, the loose end being held in 
position by a cast-iron rack secured to the door. The wicket when closed 
will be secured by a gravity button. The several sections of the doors when . 
closed will be secured by staples and gravity hooks. The wickets to be made 
in the same manner as the door. 

Icing Doors J Ventilators, &'c. 
4th. Each car to have two icing doors, one at each end of car. The doors 
to be arranged to open by sliding to the left. Ventilators like the sample 
furnished, will be fitted in the icing doors. Registers will be attached to the 
inside of doors immediately over the air- vent. These registers will be made 
of galvanized iron, about No. 20, and so arranged as to be readily and easily 
operated by the hand through the partially opened door. The doors will be 
constructed with a rim surrounding the entire door, and projecting inward 
sufficient distance from the inside plane of door to protect the register from 
coming in contact with the siding when the door is moved back and forth. 
The sliding arrangement of the icing doors will be similar to the large side 
doors ; the top guide wilVl^e supported by a suitably formed wooden tail, 
and secured by lag screws ; the bottom guide will be supported by cast-iron 
brackets, and also secured by lag screws. The doors when closed will be 
secured by a hasp, staple and pin, or by some other suitable means that may 
be hereafter decided. "^ 

Ice Box. 

5 th. Each butter and egg car to have two iron ice boxes, one fitted in 
either end of car. The boxes to be made of No. 1 1 common plate iron. 
The size of box to be as follows: Length seven feet five inches; height, 
three feet four and one-half inches ; width, two feet two inches. The form 
of box to be as shown in the drawing and sample car. The top to be circu- 
lar, having a radius of seven inches. The front to be parallel with the end 
of car. The back to be parallel with the front, from the bottom up to a 
height of sixteen inches, from Which point the back is inclined forward suffi- 
cient to meet the curved top. The lower angles of the front and back will 
be formed with a radius of four inches. The angles at ends may be either 
circular or square, as the builder may decide to flange the ends or introduce 
angle iron in uniting the corners. The boxes must be caulked and made 
water-tight, from and including the bottom up to a height on a line with 
the bottom of icing doors. In the front of box there must be an opening 
conforming in size and position of end icing doors, hereinafter given. 

Waste Pipe and Register, 
6th, Each ice box to have a waste pipe, of which the conducting tube is 
to be gas pipe, having an inside diameter of two inches. The pipe to be 
attached to box and extend down and through the car floor about three 



200 SPECIFICATIONS. 

inches below its under side. The position of pipe is shown in drawing and 
sample car. Ice boxes must each have a register in their back, located im- 
mediately inside and back of the ventilator in icing doors. The register 
will be arranged so as to be operated from the inside of car. The area of 
the opening in the register must not be less than area of the opening in the 
ventilator. There must not be any openings between the ice box and the 
end of car around the icing door. Should the box not fit up tight at all 
points around the door by reason of the curved top, any opening that may 
thus occur must be suitably closed up, so that no air can pass into the car 
except through the register in back of box. 

Securi7ig Ice Box, 

yth. The ice boxes are to be secured in place as follows : At a height of 
thirty-three inches from floor, wooden cleats five by seven inches will be 
bolted to pbsts and braces, the cleats extending across the car end and along 
the sides a distance equal to the width of box. The box resting on these 
cleats is further secured by seven anchor bolts, secured to box either by 
rivets or bolts. The thread end of bolts pass out through end of car to which 
the boxes must be substantially and securely held. Four of the anchor bolts 
secure the bottom of box and three the top. The edges of the iron box 
around the icing doors will be secured by wood screws. 

Suieaiing Drip. 

8th. Each icing box must have attached thereto a sweating drip made of 
No. 24 galvanized iron. The drip to extend over the entire under side of 
box bottom, and up the sides and ends a sufficient distance to catch any 
dampness that may trace down them. The top edge of iron forming drip 
should be finished with an iron frame, made of one-eighth by three-quarter- 
inch iron, extending around the back and ends of box, to this the top edge 
of iron should be securely and neatly riveted, keeping the iron frame on the 
inside next to ice box. There must be a space of not less than three-quarter 
inches between drip and bottom of ice box. Strips of some durable mate- 
rial, and of proper dimensions, may be introduced between drip and box 
bottom to preserve a uniform space. For protection the under side of drip 
will be cased with one inch white pine boards, matched and dressed. The 
casing boards to extend across the car, resting on the cleat at front and ends. 
Both the casing and drip will be further supported by four iron straps made 
of one-quarter by one and one-half inch iron ; the straps will be secured at 
their front ends to the cleat, and extend back underneath the drip casing, 
and up the back of box a sufficient height to secure it thereto. Each sweat- 
ing drip must have a waste pipe, the conducting tube to be gas pipe, having 
an inside diameter of one and one-half inches. The tube to extend from 
drip down through the car floor, about three inches below its under side. 
Size and Position of Icing Doors. 

9th. Icing doors are located central from either side, and from top of 
floor to bottom of door the measurement should be four feet. The dimen- 
sion of door to be twenty-five inches wide by twenty -three inches high. 



SPECIFICATIONS. 20I 

• Tray in Ice Box. 

loth. Each ice box must have a wooden tray, covering the entire bottom 
inside. The tray to be made of ash or oak slats, three inches wide by three- 
quafter inches thick. The slats to be supported and secured to four battens, 
two inches wide by three-quarter inches thick. The battens running with 
the length of the box. 

Painting. 

nth. Painting of body, trucks, figures, letters and emblems, to be uni- 
form with Empire Line standard box cars, except that the position of the 
emblem will be changed, and have the lettering "Butter & Egg Car" 
painted in a circular form above it. 

1 2th. For a full and clear understanding of any obscure passages that 
may occur in these specifications, reference must be had to the drawings, 
sample car, and also to oral explanation. The Empire Transportation Com- 
pany reserve the right to change or modify any plans herein specified, as 
experience may demonstrate desirable. 



Specifications 

For Gondola Cars, Empire Transportation Company, Adopted 

July, 1872. Revised July, 1873, Revised July, 1875. 

First. — In these specifications reference is to be had to any accompany- 
ing drawings, and also to the sample car when furnished. These specifica- 
tions to be followed when they differ from drawings or car, and they and 
the drawings to be followed when they differ from car. Builders in all 
cases do, by contracting to build, agree to indemnify and save harmless the 
Empire Transportation Company from all patent right claims. 

The make and character of wheels, axles and springs to be determined 
by the Empire Transportation Company. 

The Empire Transportation Company reserves the right to require 
changes fiom these specifications, drawings and sample car. No car will 
be considered as accepted until inspected and approved by the Company's 
Superintendent of Cars. 

Second. — All material used in the construction of these cars to be of the 
best quality, and workmanship first-class. 

All timbers must be dressed on all their sides, and conform to the sizes 
and character of wood hereinafter specified. 

That portion of the floor immediately over the body bolster must be of 
dry white oak. 

Third. — Dimensions of car body as follows : 

Extreme length of main frame ^6 ft. 3 in. 

Length of box, in the clear 34 " o " 

Width '' " : 8 " 6>^ " 

Height from bottom of side sill to top of plate 2*^2 *' 



202 SPECIFICATIONS. 

Side sills and centre stringers must not be gained at bolsters or transoms. 

Intermediate stringers are to be gained at bolster, and also transoms. 
Mode of gaining stringers shown on drawing. There must be a space be- 
tween the side and floor of at least % inch maintained by cast-iron washers. 

Fourth — Each car to be fitted with two cast iron card cases, secured to 
side of car, as shown on drawing; also with a full set of bearing and draw- 
springs, and double mouth draw-heads. All bolt heads and nuts, coming 
on the inside of car, must be sunk flush with the inside surface. 

Fifth. — Car wheels to be broad-tread, diameter thirty-three inches, fitted 
on hammered axles, four and three-eighths inches in diameter by six feet 
nine and one-half inches long. Wheels to be correctly fitted to gauge fur- 
nished by Empire Transportation Co. 

The trucks to be uniform in style and construction with trucks under 
sample car, unless otherwise specified. Body truss rods to be provided with 
turn-buckles, or their equivalent. Drawheads to be made of wrought-iron, 
strengthened at back end, such as that made by Berry, Courtney & Wilson, 
Pittsburg, Pa. 

Sixth. — The following directions are to be strictly observed in turning up 
each car axle ; all inside angles are to be turned concave ; the shoulder 
back of wheel seat must be turned entirely off with a gradual taper. 

Finished size of axle as follows : 

Extreme length 6 ft^ ()%. in. 

Button on end of axle \y% in. diam. ^ in. long. 

Journal 3X '' " sH " " 

Space between wheel seat and journal. .4>^ *' " 2 " " 
Wheel seat 4-i\ " * 

Seventh. — Number of car to be stamped with three-fourths inch figures 
on ends of body-bolster, and also on ends of truck bolsters. 

Eighth. — All joints, tenons, and moraces to be coated with a solution 
composed of lime and sulphate of copper, to prevent decay. 

Ninth. — End sills to be painted over their entire external surfaces. Ends 
of side sills and stringers to be coated with paint, about one foot back from 
end s"lls, before the box has been erected. The surfaces of s'de »ills to be 
thoroughly coated with paint their entire length. 

Cars to be painted with yellow oxide. Emblem, vermillion red on white 
field, of size and position shown on drawing. Eight inch white letters and 
figures on side of car, unfinished block, and six inch figures on ends, same 
style and color. 

Tenth. — Cars to have brakes on each truck, connected with equalizing 
lever, as shown on drawing and sample car. 

Eleventh. — Cars to have the patent Oil Box Lid manufactured by Kinzer 
& Jones, of Pittsburg, Pa. 

Twelfth. — Cars to have Phospher Bronze Bearings and Malleable Iron 
Brake Shoes. 

Thirteenth. — All Bolts and Nuts to be fitted with the Cummings Lock 
Nut Patent. 



QUESTIONS. 203 



QUESTIONS ON THE THIRD CHAPTER. 



Page 55. What is a specification ? What should it contain ? Mention 
the principal elements in the specifications for the Harbor Improvements at 
Cedar Keys. 

Page 56. What additional dataarenecessary to complete the information 
to bidders ? What precautions are taken to prevent fraud ? 

Page 57. State th^ elements in the S. for a Stone Breakwater at Block 
Island. What is rip rap ? What a spar derrick ? Give any reasons that 
may suggest themselves for the several restrictions in this S. 

Page 59. Analyze the S, for a Breakwater of Cribwork at Cleveland. 
Define shakes, counterhewed, assemble, drift bolt, mauled. What are the 
elements in the S. for the Iron Landing Pier at Lewes, Del ? Give the re- 
quirements in the case of the shafts, braces, forgings, castings, testing and 
delivery. Define swedged, scarf, turn buckle, body bound, lugs, etc. 

Page 63. What are the contents of the S. for Removing Snags from the 
Minnesota River ? Define snags. How are measurements made ? 

Page 64. What are the general divisions of the S. for the Tennessee' 
River Improvement? How are the bids to be ma.de in this case ? What is 
the object of sections 6, 7 and 9 ? What allowance is made for extra haul ? 
What is the object of provision No. 22 ? What is to be understood by 
earth excavation, hard pan, and loose rocks, solid rock, and old masonry? 
How is the masonry classified ? and define each variety. How is it to be 
bid for? Mention the precautions enjoined in laying the masonry. What 
is the object of the 31st requirement? What proportion of sand is to be 
used with the cement and water ? Define grouting, bond, hollow quoins, 
mitre sill, pitched, bush hammered, spalling, pointed down, ''constructive 
measurement." What conditions must be fulfilled in the ingredients of the 
cement and in the sizes of the stones and their bond? Hovv is the concrete 
composed and what instructions are given for mixing ? Where may it be 
used? 

Page 71. Where is the dam located for which S. are given on this page? 
State its dimensions, form of cross-section, and general arrangement. What 
should the bids include ? What distinction is made between rock and earth 
excavation ? Of what is the puddling composed and how laid? What are 
coffer dams ? How are the foundations to be prepared ? State the require- 
ments of the stone work. In making concrete what proportion, by bulk, of 
the ingredients is prescribed ? How are the slope walls to be laid ? State 
the requirements in the case of the rip rap, cement, sand and mortar. 
What are the requirements for laying masonry, and for the timber work? 



204 QUESTIONS. ^ 

How are the various materials to be measured ? Mention some of the gen- 
eral conditions. What are the terms of payment ? What provisions are 
made in case of failure ? 

Page ']']. Describe the manner of arranging the foundation for the South 
West Ledge Light-House, Long Island. Give a general description of the 
building with the means of access. Define tf^mplet, tap screw, tap bolt, 
channel and angle-iron, cleat, parting strip, jamb, lintel, architrave, rebate, 
countersunk, pilaster, frieze, plancier, fuscia, stop bead, ogee, hood, dia- 
mond checkers, shanks, soffits, purline strips, pinnacle. Under what heads 
are the items in the S. for a Sewer arranged? What are the conditions in 
case of ordinary excavation ? what for rock work, refilling, embankment 
brickwork, stone masonry of the various kinds indicated? What are the 
provisions for making and mixing mortar, concrete ? ^Describe the method 
of preparing the piles and timber foundations. How are the manholes to 
be constructed ? connectioiis with sewers how made ? What general condi- 
tions are imposed? Define the technical terms found in these S, What 
are the stipulations concerning the execution of work,* materials, and labor, 
interference with travel and works, damages and penalties, and payments ? 

Page no. Give the general divisions of the S. for a college building. 
What special provisions are made in the case of the excavation? 

Page III. Of the stonework? 

Page 113. Brickwork? Define footings, broken range rock work, water 
table, square droved, cornices, gables, belt courses, drafted, chamfered, re- 
veal, stripping grounds, raked out, dashed and broomed, girder, beam, 
struck joints, parget, haunches. 

Page 1 14. Describe the nature of the wood and carpenter work. Give 
the dimensions of the studs. What is meant by bridged ? 

Page 115. How is the wall plate secured? (Note. — The student should 
analyze in this manner the remainder of these specifications.) 

Page 142. In the S. for a wrought iron bridge, what conditions are re- 
quired for the wrought and cast-iron ? How are the bids to be rendered? 

Page 150. What is included under the head of Graduation ? How are 
all cuttings to be measured ? What are included under the heads of earth, 
loose rock, and solid rock? 

Page 151. What are the prescribed widths of road bed for the several 
kinds of cuts and fills? the slopes? State the conditions given for remov- 
ing material. What becomes of the excess of excavation or waste ? How 
much ground should be cleared and why ? Define slashed and term ditch. 
What disposition is to be made of valuable rock or timber removed from 
the line? What are the stipulations relative to a change of location or 
grade ? 

Page 152. How is travel on common roads provided during construction 
in their vicinity ? How is the masonry classified ? What are the least di- 
mensions for a box culvert? How are foundations to be arranged ? The 
abutment walls and covermg are how built ? How must foundations for 



QUESTIONS. 205 

arched culverts in compressible soils be arranged ? What kind of masonry- 
is prescribed for the walls? What bond? Describe the foundations for 
bridge masonry ? What are the three classes ? 

Page 154. Describe rock range, range and rubble. What are the con- 
ditions in the case of vertical and sloping retaining walls ? State the gen- 
eral requirements. 

Page 155. The bids are to include what? Define rip rap and its use. 
Give the stipulations in case of delay and extra work. State the require- 
ments for sills when used in the superstructure. 

Page 156. For cross-ties, chairs, and joints and rails. How is the track 
to be laid, and what allowance should be made for expansion of rails ? 

Page 157. What are the stipulations concerning the delivery of materi- 
als? How are fences to be constructed and paid for ? 

Page 158, What are the conditions relating to a change in the amounts 
of work, concerning workmen, monthly estimates and extra work ? May 
sub-contracts be entered into ? &c. 

Page 161. How is tunnel work classified? What are the neat lines? 
What disposition is to be made of ihe excavated material ? What should 
the estimate per cubic yard include ! How are shafts to be paid for ? 

Page 162. What is a perch of masonry in these S. ? What are the re- 
quirements for masonry ? How are the faces to be trimmed ? What re- 
cesses and opening are to be provided and why ? Describe the arch work 
of stone, of brick. 

Page 163. What is the backing, and how is it laid? How are the ap- 
proaches to be finished? How are the shafts to be finished up? What 
provision is made for drainage ? Who provides the lime and cement used 
and why 

Page 164. What is the contractor's duty in case of delay? What items 
are included under the general specifications for the Cincinnati Southern 
R. R. ? What other items are to be included in the contract price for exca- 
vation ? 

Page 165. Describe the nature of the road and widths of road bed? 
How are excavations classified and define the subdivisions. How is the 
ditching ]^id for? What additional compensation is allowed when the haul- 
ing for road alterations, &c., exceeds the average distance ? Where is the 
waste to be deposited? Spoil banks where? What is included in the item 
for excavation in water? 

Page 166. What disposition is to be made of useful excavated material? 
Give the widths for the embankments inclination of slopes. State the re- 
strictions when embankment is formed from ditches. How is the shrinkage 
provided for ? What are the regulations for borrowed materials ? How is 
macadamizing to be done ? 

Page 167. The price for tunnel work is composed of what items ? How 
are the measurements to be made ? Give th^ conditions in the case of 
shafts. What provision is made for falls ? What are the requirements for 



206 QUESTIONS. 

timbering and arching in brick ? What provision is made for the escape of 
water ? 

Page 1 68. Note carefully the requirements in the various classes of ma- 
sonry. Of what is the back filling composed ? What should the prices for 
masonry include ? for tunnel and shafts ? How much is allowed per yard 
for hauls exceeding 500 feet ? 

Page 169. When may drain pipe be used and what conditions must it 
fulfill? 

Page 170. What are the proportions for mixing cement mortar ? How 
is masonry to be paid for ? How are paved foundations to be arranged ? 
timber ? 

Page 171. Give the required dimensions of piles and degree of penetra- 
tion. How are payments to be made? How are bridges to be estimated? 
Mention some of the general conditions applicable to all work. 

Page 173. What are the dimensions in the clear for through bridges ? 
What test must they stand ? Define camber. 

Page 174. What are the limits of tensile and shearing strains? What 
factor of safety is used for compressive strains ? Describe the quality of the 
iron to be used and its tests ? also of castings ? What are the maximum 
allowable errors of workmanship? 

Page 175. How many coats of paint are required? 

Page 176. What are the general conditions applicable to bridges and 
trestles? 

Page 177. What final test is required? Rails. Mention the require- 
ments for iron rails, method of manufacture, cutting, drilling, and straight- 
ening. 

Page 178. How should they be marked, inspected and tested? 

Page 179. What guarantee is required ? Bridge over the Ohio River ^ 
C. S. R. R. Describe the foundations for the abutments, piers and draw 
pier. What is the bed rock ? 

Page 181. What proportions are required for the components of con- 
crete ? 

Page 182. Give the dimensions in the clear of the bridge. What are 
the general specifications concerning the river navigation, risks, time, tests, 
estimates and changes ? 

The student should be required to prepare the siiecificatioDS for any piece of work to be selected by 
the professor. 



CHAPTER IV. 



Advertisements. 

Under this head it will only be necessary to give General instmc. 
a few forms as guides to show what features should *'°"^- 
be prominently mentioned in such publications, and to call attention 
to the fact that all public works, whether for the Government, 
State, city, county, or borough, are generally required by law or 
ordinance, to be advertised for a certain length of time and to a cer- 
tain extent before letting. In some instances the particular news- 
papers are mentioned, but generally those having the widest 
circulation are selected. It will be expedient for the engineer to 
inform himself as to the local requirements on this point before 
closing his contract, as legal objections have been sustained to 
contracts on the grounds that they were not properly advertised. 

It should be remembered that the object of adver- q^^^^ of adverds- 
tising is to bring into active competition all those who ^'^^• 
may be interested in and capable of performing a certain kind of 
work, and hence it should be done in such manner and localities, 
as to reach the greatest number of bidders. In general, the ad- 
vertisements sliould be addressed to them as a class, Headings. 
as, e.g. "Proposals to Iron Manufacturers," **To Ship Builders," 
&c. The law as passed by Congress, 2d March, i86i, in relation 
to advertising for proposals for Government supplies or services, 
is as follows :- 



concem- 



*'A11 purchases and contracts for supplies or services in u. S. law 
any of the departments of Government, excepting for per- »ng advertisements. 
sonal services, shall be made by advertising, a sufficient time previously for 
proposals respecting the same, when the public exigencies do not require 
the immediate delivery of the articles or performance of the service. When 
immediate delivery or performance is required by the public exigency, the 



208 ADVERTISEMENTS. 

articles or service required may be procured by open purchase or contract 
at the places and in the manner in which such articles are usually bought 
and sold, or such services engaged, between individuals.''* 

The advertisement should be concisely worded, and yet be suf- 
ficiently explicit as to the information required by persons desir- 
ing to bid, to prevent unnecessary delay. It should what should be 

,., . , • 1 1 17'7/- 7 •/ shown in the adver- 

exhibit, when practicable, the kind of work ^ material tisement. 
or service required to be done or furnished; the approximate 
amounts of each as determined by the preceding estimate ; the 
time required for its completion, the place where the labor is to be 
performed or the goods delivered; when and where drawings^ or 
the work itself, may be inspected; 2.viy general conditions ox m- 
structions with which bidders are expected to comply ; the names 
and ^addresses of the parties proposing to have the work done; 
the time before which all bids must be presented and the m.anner 
of presenting them^ with any suggestions that may be deemed 
necessary. 

The manner of assembling these various items will be clearly 
illustrated in the carefully selected advertisements which follow. 
All of the general conditions need not be published as a part of 
the public advertisement, but should be printed upon the blanks 
delivered to bidders, as they form part of the requirements of the 
contract. 



\ 3709, Revised Statutes, U. S. 



advertisements. 209 

Advertisements for Proposals for U. S. Government Works. 

Under the direction of the U, S, Corps of Engineers,* 

Harbor and River Improvements. 

United States Engineers' Office, ^ 

No. 40 Church Street, > 

Mobile, Alabama,(i) April 7th, 1877. ) 

Sealed proposals, in duplicate^ for dredging^ 20,000 cubic Advertisement for 

,A. ,,, , , -, dredging at Cedar 

yards, more or less,* through the bar at the mouth of the Keys, Florida. 
harbor of Cedar Keys, or in the channel between the bar and Cedar Keys, 
Florida,^ will be received at this office^ until 12 M., Tuesday, May 22, 
1877/ and opened immediately thereafter.^ 

A guarantee will be required that within ten days after notification of the 
award of the contract, contract shall be entered into.^ 

Printed blank forms of proposals and guarantee, specifications, instructions 
to bidders, and any desired information can be had on application to this 
office. !<» 

(Signed,) 

See pages 55, -9, 251. ^ A. N. DAMRELL,1» 

Captain Engineers, U, S, A, 



(i) Address. (2) Manner of Presenting. (3) Nature of work. (4) Amount. (5)Location. ^6) Where 
addressed. (7) Bidding close. (8) Proposals opened. (9) Security required for beginning work. 
(10) General information. (11) Party letting work as agent for the United States. 



^OPOSALS FOR Rip Rap Granite. 



Engineer's Office, U. S, A., 
Newport, R. I., Feb. 22, 1877. 



I 



Sealed proposals will be received at 'this office, until 10 o'clock A. M. on 
the twenty-second day of March, 1877, for Rip Rap granite For a Rip Rap. 
for Breakwater at Block Island, Rhode Island. 

Specifications in recra-d to the work, and blank forms for proposals and 
guarantee, upon which all bids must be made, will be sent on application 
to this office. 

G. K. WARREN, 

Major Engineers, and Brevet Major- Genera/, U. S, A, 

See pages 57, 219, 251. 



' N. B. — For the corresponding Specifications, Bids or Proposals and Agreements a.ccom'pa.nying 
these advertisement-i see the chapters on these subjects. They are separated here for purposes of class- 
ification and reference, but all belong together and/orni essential parts of a complete contract. 

N 



2IO ADVERTISEMENTS. 

Removing Obstructions in East River and Hell Gate, 

New York. 

, Army Building, Houston and Greene Sts., ? 

New Yokk, Oct. 5, 1876. > 

Sealed proposals in duplicate will be received until noon For dredging and 
of October 18, 1876, for removing about 24000 tons of grappling for rock. 
broken rock from Hallet's Point Reef, Astoria, N. Y. 

Proposals will be received only from parties having machines capable of 
resisting collisions. 

For forms of bids and other information apply at this office. 

JOHN NEWTON, 
Lieutenant-Colonel Engineers^ Breiet Major-General. 

See pages 58, 219, 251. 



For Breakwaters and Piers. 



Engineers' Office, U. S. Army, 
No. 120 Pearl Street, 
Buffalo, N. Y., March 26th 



.V. I 

1877. ) 



Extension of Cleveland Breakwater. 
Sealed proposals in duplicate addressed to the undersigned, will be re- 
ceived at this office until ten o'clock A. M. Monday, May 7th, 1877, for the 
extension of the shore-arm of the Cleveland Breakwater. 

Bids for iron material will be entertained from iron dealers only ; other 
bidders must bid for each and every item, excepting iron. 

Further information, with printed forms upon which all bids must be 
made, can be obtained at this office. 

Approximate Quantities of Material, 
175,000 ft. b.m. Hemlock Timber. 
140,000 " " Pine Timber and Lumber. ■ 
1,500 cords Rubble Stone. 
1,000 tons Block Stone. 
1,500 lbs. Screw Bolts. 
25,000 " Drift Bolts. * 

2,200 '* Spikes. 

C. E. BLUNT, 
Lieut, Col, of Engineers^ U, S, A. 

See pages 59, 219, 251. 

Iron for Landing Pier near Lewes, Delaware. 

U. S. Engineers' Office, 1 

No. 1328 Chestnut Sireet, V 

Philadelphia, Pa., March 31, 1877. J 

Sealed proposals in duplicate will be received until 12 For an iron landing 
o'clock, noon, of Monday, the j6th day of April, 1877, for P^^"^' 
iron for this work. 

Drawings can be examined and further information obtained at this office. 

J. D, KURTZ, 
Lieut, Col, of Engineers. 

See pages 61, 219, 251. 



advertisements. 21 1 

Removal of Snags, &c., from the Minnesota River. 

U. S. Engineers' Office, ) 
St. Paul, Minn., June 2, 1877. > 

Duplicate sealed proposals will be received by the under- Fox removal of 
signed until 2 o'clock P. M., July 2, 1877, for the work of ^^^^s, &c. 
removing snags, &c., from the Minnesota River. 
For all information apply to 

F. U. FARQUHAR, 

Major of Engineers. 

See pages 63, 219, 251. 

Tennessee River Improvement, 
Muscle Shoals Canal. 

U. S Engineers' Office, ) 
Chattanooga, Tenn., April 18, 1877. J 

Sealed proposals in duplicate will be received at this office until noon, on 
Tuesday, May 15, 1877, for the building of five locks on the For five canal 
Muscle Shoals Canal, Tennessee River, about eight miles 'ocks. 
above Florence, Alabama. 

For specifications and forms oC proposals, apply to this office. 

W. R. KING, 
Captain of Engineers, 

See pages 64, 219, 224, 251. 

Kanawha River Improvement. 
Proposals for Building a Dam on the Great Kanawha River. 

U. S. Engineers* Office, ) 
Baltimore, Md. , March 1, 1877. ) 

Proposals for building a dam on the Great Kanawha River, West Vir- 
ginia, near Cabin Creek, will be received until noon of For building a dam 
April 5, 1877, and opened immediately thereafter. 

Blank forms, specifications, can be had on application at this office. 

WILLIAM P. CRAIGHILL, 

See pages 71, 219, 225, 251. - 

Major of Engineers, 

The following is the general form of advertisement in use in 
the United States lighthouse establishments : — 

To Iron Manufacturers. — Advertisement for Proposals, for the 
Metal Work of the Superstructure of a Light-House. 

To be Erected at South-west Ledge, Long Island Sound. 

Office of the Light House Board, 
Washington, D. C, _ _ i875 

Sealed proposals will be received at the office of the Engineer of the Third 
Light-house District, Tompkinsville, Staten Island, N. Y., until 

o'clock of. .................... .. Time of opening. 

, 1875, 



212 advertiseme:;:... 

from iron manufacturers only, for furnishing the materials Nature of work, 
and labor of all kinds necessary for the completion of the metal-work of the 
superstructure of a light-house for Southwest Ledge, Long Island Sound, in 
accordance with the accompanying specifications and drawings. 

The same to be delivered, at the expense of the contractor, Place of delivery, 
on board of a sea-going vessel or vessels at 

The Light-House Establishment will provide the wood- Items excluded, 
work, the lens, the lamps, and furniture belonging thereto, and their cost is 
not to be included in the amount of the bid. 

The bid should state the sum, in United States currency, for which the 
entire metal-work, as shown on the drawings and described price and condi- 
in the specification, will be completed, fully erected at the tions of acceptance, 
workshops, then taken down after acceptance, and delivered as aforesaid, 
and should also state the day and date on which it shall be so completed and 
delivered, under forfeit, as specified in the "Form of bid.'' 

The work will be carried on under the personal supervision Inspection. 
of an agent of tho Light House Establishment, and all facilities must be af- 
forded him for mspecting the material and workmanship. Such parts of 
either as are not in accordance with the drawing^ and specifications must, 
in case of rejection^ be made good at the expense of the contractor. 

The right is reserved to reject any proposal for any reasons Right to reject, 
deemed sufficient. 

Each bid must be accompanied by a bond, signed by the Accompanying 
bidder and two competent sureties, in the sum of five thou- ^°"^- 
sand dollars, that, in the event of the acceptance of such bid, the necessary 
contract win be entered into within ten days after notice is given that the 
bid has been accepted. 

Bond and security in the sum of five thousand dollars, Security, 
signed by two competent bondsmen, for the faithful performance of the conr 
tract, will be required. 

A copy of the plans and specifications must be inclosed a copy oPplans to 
with the bid, as evidence as to the object of the proposal. accompany. 

All proposals must be signed, sealed, and indorsed '*Pro- Indorsement. 
posals for the metal-work of the superstructure of a light-house for (South- 
west Ledge, Long Island Sound,") and then inclosed in another envelope, 
and directed, prepaid, to the Engineer, Third L. H. District. 

Any bidder may be present and witness the opening of the Bidders may be 
bids at the time and place hereinbefore specified. P"^"^"^ ^^ opening. 

Payments for the work will be made upon estimates cer- Payments and 
tified to by the agent of the Light-House Establishment; drawbacks. 
but twenty per centum of the amount of each estimate will be withheld until 
the satisfactory completion of the contract. 



ADVERTISEMENTS. 21 3 

Plans, specifications, and forms of proposals may be ob- for information ap- 
tained from Gen. I. C. Woodruff, Engineer of the Third p'^ ^° 
Light-House District, Tomkinsville, Staten Island, N. Y.; from Col. F. 
Harwood, Light-House Engineer, Baltimore, Md.; or from the undersigned* 

PETER C. HAINS, 

See pages 77, 227, 254. jt j:' ■ tt Q A 

Major of ±L ngtneers, U. ^i. A., 

Engineer 'Seer eta fv Light House Boards 

Washington, D. C, 

To Iron Manufacturers.—Proposals for the MetaL Work and 
Erection of Two Lighthouses, to be Known as 
Liston's Tree Range Lights, 
Delaware Bay. 



Office of Lighthouse Engineer, Fourth District, 

Walnut Street, 
Philadelphia 



District, 1 

, April 18, 1876. ) 



Sealed proposals in duplicate will be received at this office, until 12 
o'clock M., Monday, May 13, 1876, from iron manufacturers only, for fur- 
nishing all the metal work of superstructures, and for the For two iron struc- 

Til 11 tures for range 

erection of the same, for two lighthouses to be known as light 
Liston's Tree Range Lights, Delaware Bay. 

The right to reject any or all proposals, or to waive defects, if it is 
deemed foi the interests of the United States to do so is reserved. 
Drawings and specifications furnished on application at this office. 
By order of the Lighthouse Board. 

W. F. RAYNOLDS, 
Brevet Brigadier-General^ Engineer /^th L. H, District. 



J 



Advertisements for Municipal Works. 

See pages 90, 230, 235. 259. Department of Public Highways, 

Office, S. E. Corner Sixth and Chestnut Streets, 

Philadelphia, April 17, 1876, 

Notice to Contractors. 

Sealed proposals will be received at the office of the Chief Commissioner 
of Highways, until 12 o'clock M., on Wednesday, April 19th inst., for the 
construction of a sewer on the line of 

New Street from Second to Fourth. 

Hamilton Street from Twenty-third to Twenty-fourth, 

Montgomery Avenue, from Woodstock to Uber Streets. 

Each with a clear inside diameter of three feet. Said For three feet brick 

, iri-i-i-i 1- sewers, with man- 

sewers to be constructed of brick, circular m shape, and in holes, &c. 
accordance with specifications prepared with the Chief Engineer and Sur- 
veyor, with such manholes as may be directed by the Chief Engineer and 
Surveyor. And the contractor shall take bills prepared against the pro- 
perty fronting on said sewer to the amount of one dollar and fifty cents for 
each lineal foot of front on each side of the street, as so much cash paid ; 
the balance as limited by ordinance, to be paid by the city ; and the con- 



^14 ADVERTISEMENTS. 

tractor will be required to keep the street and sewer in good order for three 
years after the sewer is finished. 

When the track is occupied by a city passenger railroad track, Ihe sewer 
shall be constructed alongside of such track, in such manner as not to ob- 
struct or interfere with the safe passage of the cars thereon ; and no claim 
for remuneration shall be paid the contractor by the company using said 
track, as specified in Act of Assembly, approved May 8, 1866. 

Each proposal will be accompanied by a certificate that a bond has been 
filed in the La\y Department as directed by Ordinance of May 25th, i860. 
If the contractor to whom the work is awarded shall not execute a contract 
within five days after the work is awarded, he will be deemed as declining, 
and will be held liable on his bond for the difference between his bid and the 
bidder to whom the contract may be awarded. Specifications may be had 
at the Department of Surveys, which will be strictly adhered to. The De- 
partment of Highways reserves the right to reject all bids not deemed satis- 
factory. No bid will be received from any bidder or bidders unless known 
to be skilled and regularly engaged in the construction of sewers. 

All bidders may be present at the time and place of opening said 
proposals. WM. BALDWIN, 

Chief Commissioner of Highways. 

Department for Supplying the City with Water, ^ 

Chief Engineer's Office, I^. W. Corner of Tnirteenth and Sprino: Garden Streets > 

Philadelphia, April lo, 187$ ) 

Sealed proposals will be received at this office for each of For trenches for 
the following items until Tuesday, April i8, 1876, at 3 ^tSn^g for ?o"unda- 
o'clock P. M., to be opened in the presence of the Water tion of engine house 
Committee of Councils : 

First. For the excavation and back-filling of a trench for the thirty-inch 
pumping main from the engine-house of the Frankford Water Works, at 
Lardner's Point, to the reservoir at the Wentz Farm, Twenty-third Ward. 

Second. For the excavation and back-filling of a trench for the twenty- 
inch distributing main from the reservoir at the Wentz Farm to the Seven 
Stars Hotel, Frankford. 

Third. For the excavation of the foundations of the engine and boiler 
house and stack at Lardner's Point, on the Delaware ; for the pile-driving 
and foundation of the engine and boiler house and stack, the foundations 
for the engine and air-chambers, the forebay walls, the arched conduit, and 
the construction of the wharf and inlet channel. 

Specifications and blank forms for proposals will be furnished upon appli- 
cation at the Chief Engineer's office, and no proposal will be received unless 
written upon such blank. Each bid must be accompanied with a certificate 
that a bond of $500 has been deposited with the City Solicitor as per ordi- 
nance of May 25, i860, and the successful bidder will be required to furnish 
security in one half of the amount of the contract, as per ordinance of July 
5, 1870. The committee reserve the right to reject any or all bids. 

W. H. McFADDEN, Chief Engineer. 



■ADVERTISEMENTS. 2 1 5 

rs., i 

4, 1876. > 



Department oe Highways, Bridges, Sewers, Etc. 
Office of the Chief Commissioner, S. E. Cor. Sixth and Chestnut Sts 

Philadelphia, April 



Notice to Bridge Builders.* 
Sealed proposals will be received at this office until 12 o'clock M., Satur- 
day, April 8, 1876, for building a bridge over Paper Mill Run at West 
Walnut Lane, in the Twenty-second ward. Proposals must For a bridge over a 
state the time in which to complete the work, and be ac- """"• 
companied by a certificate that a bond has been filed in the Law Depart- 
ment, as directed by ordinance of May 25, i860. 

Plans, specifications, and form of proposal may be examined at the De- 
partment of Surveys, No. 224 South Fifth Street. 

The city'reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. 

WILLIAM BALDWIN, 
Chief Commissioner of Highways, 

Office of the Board of Commissioners of Pilots, i 

No. 40 Burling Slip, > 

New York, Sept. 28, 1875. > 

Proposals will be received at this office until 12 o'clock noon of the 4th 
day of October, for the removal of so much of the pier For removal of por- 

- /-,! oTir 11 tion of pier at Sta- 

and structures at Stapleton, S. I., heretofore erected and ten Island, 
now maintained in the harbor of New York, by the New York and Staten 
feland Ferry Company, as are beyond the exterior line as fixed by law. 
Plans and particulars may be obtained at this office. 

By order of the Board, GEORGE W. BLUNT, 

Secretary, 

Fairmount Park, Office of Superintendent, Belmont, > 

Philadelphia, April 11, 1876. > 

Proposals will be received at this office until 1 2 o'clock For 4,000 cubic 

,, !• r 1- 1- 1 11 yards of gravel for 

M., 14th mst., tor sypplymg 4,000 cubic yards good clear a drive. 
Fairmount gravel on Chamounix drive, West Park, from Belmont to Cha- 
mounix. To be delivered before May 6, 1876. 

RUSSELL THAYER, 

Superintendent, 

Fairmount Park. — Office of Superintendent, > 

Belmont, April 8, 1876. i 

Proposals will be received at this office until 12 M., nth inst., for deposit- 
ing about 6,000 cubic yards of materialf on Thirty-fifth For 6,000 cubic 
street, near Girard avenue bridge ; same to be obtained y^^^ of material 
from the lot of ground on south side of Girard avenue, between Connect- 
ing Railroad Bridge and Junction Railroad bridge, and the work to be done 
in twenty days. RUSSELL THAYER, 

Superintendent. 

* This advertisement is too vague. The nature of the bridge, whether of wood, iron or stone, and 
the kind of service, whether foot, road orr ailroad, should be stated. 

t The material intended is that found on the lot within the specified limits. 



2l6 ADVERTISEMENTS. 

Proposals for Stone. 
Sealed proposals will be received at the office of the trustees of the New 
York and Brooklyn bridge, No. 21 Water Street, Brooklyn, until 12 o'clock 
noon, Saturday, October 9, for the delivery of 1,000 cubic For stone for East 

1 ^ r 1 1 • 11 11 /• River Bridge abut- 

yards cut face stone, and 731 cubic yards arch stone, all of ments. 
limestone; also for the delivery of 85 cubic yards of granite corners, 250 
cubic yards granite face stone, and 31 cubic yards granite arches. 

Printed specifications may be had at this office. Plans may be seen at 
engineer's office, corner Cherry and Dover streets. New York city. 

United States Centennial Commission, > 
International Exhibition, Philadelphia, 1876. > 

Proposals for Furnishing Steam-power., 
Manufacturers of steam machinery are invited to send to the Director- 
General of the International Exhibition, at the office of the Commission, 
No. 904 Walnut street, until Saturday, April 10, 1875, propositions for one 
or more stationary engines, with or without boilers, for driving the machi- 
nery in Machinery Hall. No engine for this purpose of less than 1 80 horse- 
power will be accepted. 
Proposals will state 

1. Diameter of Cylinder. 

2. Length of stroke. 

3. Number of revolutions per minute. 

4. Diameter and width of driving pulleys. 

It is estimated that 1,400 horse-power will be required for the uses of the 
Commission. 

Proposals will also be received for boilers without the engines, to be capa- 
ble of safely withstanding a working pressure of 100 pounds per square inch 
above the atmosphere. All proposals will be required to specify distinctly 
whether the foundations are included. 

Proposals will also be received for sixteen lines of shafting, including 
hangers and couplings, for driving the machinery in Machinery Hall, each 
line of shafting to be 650 feet in length, and to transmit 180 horse-power, 
to be applied at tbe middle of the shaft, the bearings to be 8 feet apart. 
There will be twelve lengths of this shafting to run at a speed of 120 revo- 
lutions, and four lengths to run at a speed of 240 revolutions pe^ minute, 
the diameter of the shafts, exclusive of " head" and '* second'' shafts, will 
be 3 and 2% inches respectively. 

Proposals in all cases must state the terms and conditions upon which 
machinery will be furnished, with estimated cost of running the same dur- 
ing the Exhibition, on a basis of being in operation seven hours a day. 

The main steam, water and drain pipes will be furnished by the Commis- 
sion, but the party furnishing engines or boilers will be required to supply 
all connecting pipes. All of the above-mentioned machinery, including 
boilers, to be transported, set up in place, kept in place, and removed at the 



ADVERTISEMENTS. OI/ 

dose of the Exhibition at the expense of the exhibitor. Engines, boilers 
and shafting to be in place ready for use by the 15 th day of January, 1876. 

All articles accepted and furnished will be subject to the control of the 
Commission from the 15th of January, 1876, until the close of the Exhi- 
bition. Such articles will be considered as Laving been entered for exhibition. 

The Centennial Commission reserves the right to reject any or all propo- 
sitions that may be made in answer to this circular. 

A. T. GOSHORN, 

John S. Albert, Director- General. 

Chief of Bureau of Machinery. 
Philadelphia, March 18, 1876. 

Bureau of Machinery. 

United States Centennial C'ommission, > 

International Exhibition, Philadelphia, 1876. 3 

Proposals for Furnishing Shafting. 

Manufacturers of machinery are invited to send to the Director-General 
of the International Exhibition, at the office of the Commission, No. 903 
Walnut Street, until 4 o'clock, P. M., Saturday October 15th, 1875, prop- 
ositions for one to eight lines of shafting, including hangers, couplings, and 
main driving and guide pulleys, for supplying power in Machinery Building; 
seven lines of shafting to be six hundred and twenty-four feet in length, and 
to transmit one hundred and eighty horse power, and one line to be three 
hundred and fifty-two feet in length, and to transmit one hundred and 
twenty horse power, to be applied at the ends of the shafts, the bearings, 
except for the head shafts, to be eight feet apart; hangers to have thirteen 
inches drop, except those for the head shafts, which will be eleven inches. 

There will be seven lengths of this shafting to run at a speed of one hun- 
dred and twenty revolutions, and one length to run at a speed of two hun- 
dred and forty revolutions per minute ; generally, the diameters, exclusive 
of the '^head " and second shafts, will be 3 and i}^ inches respectively. 

All of the above mentioned machinery to be transported, erected, and re- 
moved at the close of the exhibition, at the expense of the exhibitor, and 
must be ready for use by the ist of March, 1876. 

If accepted, it will be subject to the control of the Commission, from that 
date until the close of the exhibition, and will be considered as having been 
entered for exhibition. 

For more detailed information, parties wishing to make proposals will be 
furnished with " tracings " on application, by the Chief of the Bureau of 
Machinery. 

The Centennial Commission reserves the right to reject any or all prop- 
psitions that may be made in answer to this circular. 

A. T. GOSHORN, 

John S. Albert, Director General, 

Ch ief of Burea u of Mach inery. 
Philadelphia, September 20, 1875. 



2l8 QUESTIONS. 



QUESTIONS ON THE FOURTH CHAPTER. 



Page 207. When and how should advertising be done ? State the gen- 
eral conditions of the U. S. law. 

Page 208. What information should the advertisement exhibit ? 

Page 209. Analyze the advertisements given in this chapter in a manner 
similar to that given on pages 209 to 214. 

Page 215. Point out some of the defects in the advertisements for a 
bridge over a run, and for 6000 cubic yards of material. 

The student should be required to prepare an advertisement for some construction to be selected by 
the Professor* 



CHAPTER V.' 



Bids or Proposals. 

Bids or#proposals are offers, usually in writing, Bids defined. 
to do a certain act, or to perform a certain work for a conside- 
ration. 

Bona fide bids are those made in good faith, and Genuine bids. 
with the intention of fulfilling them. 

" Straw " bids are those presented over an as- straw bids. 
sumed name, or by an irresponsible party for fraudulent pur- 
poses. 

• The engineer or agent letting the work is ex- Engineer to pre- 
pected to prepare and furnish to the bidders blank and instructions. 
forms, to be filled out by them, with instructions concerning the 
manner of so doing, time of presentation and ©pening, and 
whatever restrictions may be imposed upon parties desiring the 
work, with any other information deemed necessary. 

The manner of filling out the blanks, endors- Filling out blanks 
ing the bids, and the general conditions to be com- ^°'' p'^°p°5^^^- 
plied with as required in all proposals for Government work, are 
fully set forth in the following "Instructions for Bidders," 
zvhich should always be attached to each blank proposal^ and form 
part of the contract. 

Instructions for Bidders. 

(Printed on same paper with specifications, &c.) 

I. All bids must be made in duplicate upon printed forms to 
be obtained at this office, and enclosed in two envel- ^ndorsin and ad- 
opes. The outside envelope will be directed to the dressing bids. 
engineer in charge at this office; the inside one will be endorsed 
{^' Proposals for Dredging at Cedar KeySy Florida'') 



220 * BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 

2. The guarantee attached to each bid must be "Guarantees to be 

. certified to by a U. 

Signed by two responsible guarantors, to be certi- s. officer. 
fied to as good and sufficient guaranters by a United States dis- 
trict attorney, collector of customs, or any other officer under the 
United States government, or responsible person known to this 
office. 

3. When firms bid, the individual names of the individual signa- 

rures of firms re- 

members should be written out, and should be quired in fuU. 
signed in full, giving the Christian names ; but the signers may, 
if they choose, describe themselves, in addition, as doing business 
under a given name and style as a firm. 

4. All signatures must have affixed to them Seais must be wax 

or wafer. 

seals of wax or wafer. 

5. The place of residence of each bidder, surety piaces of residence 
and witness, with county and State, must be given "^^^<^'"^""- 
after his signature, which must be written in full. 

6. Prices must be written as well as expressed Prices written. 

in figures. * 

7. A percentage often (10) per centum, more or Amount retained. 
less, will be retained from each payment until the completion of 
the contract ;* except where (as in case in which no Exceptions. 
payment is to be made until a work is completed) such percent- 
age may, in the opinion of the officer in charge, properly be dis- 
pensed with. 

8. The contract which the bidder and guarantors Form of contract 

will be furnished. 

promise to enter into shall be, in its general pro- 
visions, and in use by the Engineer Department of the Army^ 
blank forms of which can be inspected at this office, and will be 
furnished, if desired, to parties proposing to put in bids. Parties 
making bids are to be understood as accepting the terms and con- 
ditions contained in such form of contract. 

9. Reasonable grounds for supposing that any Fraudulent or straw 
bidder is interested in more than one bid for the bidding prohibited. 
same item will cause the rejection of all bids in which he is inter- 
ested. 

*Work. 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 221 

lO. The United States reserves the right to re- gjf^ to reject any 
ject any and all bids ; also to disregard the bid oi ^.wy failing bid- 
der or contractor known as such to the Engineer Department. 

If. The bidder must satisfy the United States S^%^e?w 
of his ability to furnish the materials or perform the work for 
which he bids. 

12. Payments for each month's work will be Time of making 
made as soon after the first of the month as prac- payments, 
ticable, 

1 3. Transfers of contracts or of interests in con- ^^^^^^^^ of contract 
tracts, are prohibited by law.* prohibited. 

14. In submitting proposals, the sealed envelope Endorsing proposals 
must be so endorsed as to indicate before being opened the par- 
ticular work for which the bid is made. 

15. A bond of (an amount usually about one- Security for the com- 

J \ J m:ncement of the 

third that of the contract) dollars, with two suffi- '^°''^- 

cient sureties, will be required to insure the commencement and 

completion of the work at the time stated. 

16. Proposals will not be received by telegraph ^obidsb teie- 
at any time. graph. 

17. Blank forms of proposals and guaranty must blanks must be 
be properly filled out in regard to guaranty, price properly mied. 

of doing work, time of commencement and completion, &c., ex- 
actly in the manner prescribed by them. 

1 8. Detailed maps of the locality can be seen at D^awin s to be 

.this office. seen at office. 

19. A copy of this advertisement and specifica- Advertisements 
tion will be attached to the contract and form part ^""-^ ^° ^''''^ ^^^ °^ 

x^ contract. 

of it. 

20. Bidders are requested to be present at the Bidders present at 
opening of the bids.f °p^°^^- 



■" § 3.737- Revised statutes, U. S. July 17, 1862. — No contract or order, or any interest therein, 
shall be transferred by the party to whom such contract or order is given, to any other party, and any 
such transfer shall cause the annulment of the contract or order transferred so far as the United States 
are concerned. All rights of action, however, for any breach of such contract by the contracting par- 
ties are reserved to the United States 

..t.§37io Revised Statutes of the United States. Whenever proposals for supplies have been 
solicited, the parties responding to such sohcitation shall be duly notified of the time and place of 
opening the bids, and be permitted to be present either in person or by attorney, and a record of each 
bid shall there and then be made. 



222 BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 

21. Ko award of the work above advertised No work awarded 

before appropna- 

will be made until the bill making the appropria- tions are made. 
tion for the same has been passed by Congress, and approved by 
the President of the United States. 

The object of these several provisions are so evident as to need 
no explanation. They are the results of a long The above pro- 
experience, and are found to be necessary safe- ^»o"s necessary, 
guards to ensure honesty and expedition in the execution of the 
contract. 

The Guaranty' provides that the contract shall \)e oulSity. * 
entered into within ten (lo) days, more or less, of the time of 
making the award. This is to prevent irresponsible parties 
having no "plant" from entering, with the expectation that if 
successful they will procure an equipment on credit, or sell out 
to other contractors for a " bonus." 

Blank forms of Proposals as used in the U. S. Service with the 
Guaranty attached, are appended as guides. 



^ra^asHk of. for 

Removing Snags, &c., from Minnesota River, Opened July 2, 1877. 

See pages 63, 211, 219, 251. 

(Town, County, and State) 

1877. 

- I, (or) We, the subscriber , do hereby propose to do the work of remov- 
ing snags, &c., from the Minnesota River, agreeably to the terms of your 
advertisement and specifications dated June 2d, 1877, (copies of which are 
hereto attached) relating to "Improvement of Minnesota River," in the 
manner and upon the terms specified below, viz. ; 

For removing Boulders , dollars and 

-- cents, ($ ) per cubic yard. 

For removing overhanging Trees from the banks, of the following dimen- 
sions, measured one foot above the roots : 

For those thirty-six inches in diameter and upwards, dollars 

and cents, ($ ) each. 

For those thirty inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding thirty-six 
inches in diameter, . . dollars and. cents, ($ ) each. 

For those twenty inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding thirty 
inches in diameter, dollars and cents, ($ ) each. 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 22$ 

For those six inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding twenty 
inches in diameter, dollars and cents, ($ ) each. 

For those four inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding six inches 
in diameter dollars and cents, ($ ) each. 

For removing Snags, Logs, Stumps, and Trees with roots imbedded in 
the bottom of the river, of the following dimensions, measured two feet 
above the roots : 

For those thirty-six inches in diameter and upwards dollars 

and cents, ($ ) each. 

For those thirty inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding thirty-six 
inches in diameter, dollars and cents ($ ) each. 

For those twenty inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding thirty 
inches in diameter, - dollars and cents, ($ ) each. 

For those six inches in diameter and upwards, not exceeding twenty 
inches in diameter, , dollars and cents, ($ ) each. 

For those four inches in diameter and upward, not exceeding six inches 
in diameter, dollars and cents, ($ ) each. 

I (or) We further propose to commence the work on or before the ist day 

of April, 1878 ; and I (or) we pledge to enter into a written 

contract with the United States, with good and approved security, within 
the space of ten days after being notified that the foregoing bid has been 
accepted. Your obedient servant, 

[L.S.] 

- Witness. 

Of the town of. county of State of. 

[L. S] 

Of the town of county of. State of. 

- [L.S.] 

Of the town of county of. State of - 

To MAJOR F. U. FARQUHAR, 

Corps of Engineers, 

Guranty, 

We, '. of the town of. in the county 

of- and State of. and of the town of 

.- ...in the county of and State of here- 
by, jointly and severally, covenant with the United States, and guarantee, 

in case the within bid of. be accepted, that 

will, within ten days after being notified of the acceptance of said 

bid, execute a contract of the character and form described in the accom- 
panying General Instructions for Bidders, and in conformity with the adver- 
tisement and specifications dated June 2d, 1877, under which the bid was 
made, together with a bond, with good and sufficient sureties, in the sum 
of three thousand dollars ; and in case the said 



224 ^IDS OK PROPOSALS. 

shall fail to enter into a contract as aforesaid, we guarantee to make good 

the difference between the offer by the said and 

the next lowest responsible bidder, or the person to whom the contract may- 
be awarded. 

Given under our hands and seals this day of ^^77* 

Witnesses : 

[L.S.] 

[L S] 

I hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the above 
named guarantors are good and sufficient as sureties for the amount for 
which they offer to be security.* 

The form of guaranty being the same for all Government pro- 
posals is not attached to any subsequent blanks. 



ro^asals of for 

Building Five Locks on the Muscle Shoals Canal, 
Tennessee River, 

Opened May 15M, 1877. 

See pages 64, 211, 219, 251. 

(Town, County, and State,) 



187 

I, (or) We, the subscriber , do hereby propose to furnish the materials 

and do the wprk required in building Lock No agreeably to 

the terms of your advertisement and specifications, dated April i8, 1877, 
(copies of which are hereto attached), relating to the building of locks on 
the Muscle Shoals Canal, in the manner and on the terms specified below, 
viz. : — ' 

1 . For earth excavation cents ( ) per cubic yard 

2. For rock excavation dollars and cents ($- .) per cubic yard 

3. For removal of old locks dollars and cents ($--) per cubic yard 

4. For cut stone masonry, set. .dollars and .cents ($- - ) per cubic yard 

5. For rock face masonry, set. ..dollars and cents ($--) per cubic yard 

6. For rubble masonry, laid. dollars and cents ($--) per cubic yard 

7. For concrete, laid dollars and cents ($ - - ) per cubic yard 

Allowing the United States for stone taken from old locks, and used as — 

8. Cut stone masonry dollars and cents ($- -) per cubic yard 

9. Rock face masonry dollars and cents ($ - . ) per cubic yard 

10. Rubble masonry dollars and cents ($ . - ) per cubic yard 



* To be cerrified by a U. S. District Attorney, Collector of Customs, or any other officer under the 
United States Government, or responsible person known to this ofi&ce. 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 225 

J, (or) We, have carefully read the foregoing specifications^ and have in- 
formed as to the nature of the work to be done. 

I, (or) We, further propose to commence the work on or before the. . . . . 
day of June, 1877, and to complete the same on or before the 30th day of 

June, 1878; and I, (or) we, pledge to enter into a written 

contract with the United States, with good and approved security, within 
the space of ten days after being notified that the foregoing bid has been 
accepted. 

Your obedient servant, 

Witnesses: — 



Seal. 

Of the town of County of State of 

Seal. 

Of the town of County of State of 

Seal. 

Of the town of. County of State of. 

To CAPTAIN W. R. KING, 
U. S. Corps of Engineers y 

Chattanooga, Tennessee. 



ffra^oisat of. for 

Building a Dam on the Great Kanawha K iver. 

Opened April ^th, 1877. 

See pages 71, 2n, 21Q, 251. 

(Town, County, and State), 

187 

-the subscribers offer to furnish all the materials not furnished 

by the United States, and to do all the work necessary to construct and com- 
plete the earthwork and masonry of Dam No. 4> of the Kanawha River im- 
provement, in conformity with the terms of your advertisement, dated March 
I, 1877, and with the specifications herewith, with the plans, and with such 
directions as may from time to time be received from the engineer, for the 
following prices for finished work, viz : 



Earth excavation per cubic yard 
Rock excavation 
Puddling 
Concrete 
Coping 

Cut stone masonry 
O 



" in place. 

H (C 



" laid. 

(C it 



226 BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 

Dressed rubble masonry per cubic yard, laid 

Rock faced " " " " 

Rough rubble " " " " 

Slope wall, including lining, pet cubic yard, laid 

Rip-rap per cubic yard •. in place 

Paving '' " " 

Timber and plank, per i,ooo feet, B. M., in place 

The above prices include all materials, w^orkmanship, labor, scaffolding, 
tools and machinery, and every expense necessary to the completion of the 
whole work. 

In compliance with the specifications, we have visited either in person or 
by competent agent, the localities in question, and have made the investiga- 
tions recommended. 

further propose to commence the 

oner before the day of. .187 , and to com- 
plete the same on or before the 31st day of December, 1878 ; and I [or] we 

pledge to enter into a written contract with the United 

States, with good and approved security, within the space of ten (10) days, 
after beir.g notified that the foregoing bid has been accepted. Your obedi- 
ent servant , 

Witnesses : 

[L S] 



[L. S] 

Residences 0/ Bidders, 

Of the Town of. County of State of 

Of the Town of.- County of. State of 



Of the Town of County of State of. 

To MAJOR WM. P. CRAIGHILL, 

Corps of Engineers, 
Union Bank Building, Baltimore, Md. 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS, 22/ 



U. S. Light-House Bureau. 

The forms in use in the U. S. Light-House Estabhshment 
differ somewhat from those of the Engineers. They are accom- 
panied by a guaranty or bond as well as by \h^ oaths of the Bonds- 
men, giving their pecuniary status and a certificate Requirements of 
of a Government officer relative to the solvency of House EstabUsh- 
the bondsmen. °^^° 

Form of Bid. 

See pages 77, 213, 254. ■ • - . . 



I, (or we,) , of the , State of 

, engaged in iron-manufacturing business under the 

name and style of , hereby agree to furnish 

all the materials and labor necessary to completely construct, erect at the 
workshops, take down after acceptance, and deliver on board vessel, (except 
the woodwork, the lens, the lamps, and other furniture belonging thereto,) 
at , the metal-work for the superstructure of the light- 
house for Southwest Ledge, Long Island Sound, in accordance with the ac- 
companying specifications and drawings, the work to be completed and de- 
livered on or before the day of , 187 , for the sum 

of- Toir dollars, ($ iinr ) in United States Currency ; 

and further agree to forfeit the sum of twenty dollars per day, as liqui- 
dated damages, for each day's delay in completing the work after said date, 
said amount to be deducted from any sum due me (or us) in the hands of 
the agent of the Light-House Establisnment. 

(Signed) [L. S.] 

.- [L.S.] 

[L S.] 

To GEN. I. C. WOODRUFF, 

Engineer Third Light-House District, 

Tompkinsville, Staten Island, New York, 



228 BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 



Form of Bond With Bido 

Rnow all men by these presents, that we, and 

, citizens of are held and firmly 

bound unto the United States of America in the full and just sum of 

dollars, ($ ,) lawful money of the United 

States, to be paid to the said United States, or to its proper agent or attor- 
ney duly authorized to receive the same, as liquidated damages ; to which 
payment, well and t'uly to be made and done, we bind ourselves and every 
of us, our and every of our heirs, executors, and administrators, in the 
whole and for the whole, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with our seals and dated this of. *. . .anno Domini one 

thousand eight hundred and seventy 

The condition of the above obligation is such that if 

and 

doing business under the name and style of their heirs, 

executors, and administrators, do, ard shall well and truly, within ten days 

after notice of acceptance of bid, enter into contract for the 

construction of the metal-work for the superstructure of a light-house for 

Southwest Ledge, Long Island Sound, in accordance with the terms of 

bid dated , 187 , conforming in all respects to the advertise- 
ment dated , 187 , calling for proposals, the same being hereto 

annexed, then the foregoing obligation to be void and of none effect; 
otherwise, to remain in full force and virtue in law. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of — 



Witnesses : 



[L. S.] 

1L.S.] 

,[L.S.] 

[L. S.] 



Notes. — All signatures of bidders and sureties should have affixed to them seals of wax or wafer. 

The residence of sureties and witnesses should be given. 

Bondsmen will qualify in double the amount of the bond, and will qualify in the forms following. 



Bondsmen' s Oaths, 



State of 

County of. 



ss: 



--- - , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he 

resides at No , street, in the of in the 

State of ; and that the value of his property, over and above 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 229 

all debts and liabilities incurred by him, is over dollars, 

($ ,) and that he is fully responsible for the amount of his obligation 

in the foregoing bond by him executed. 



Sworn and subscribed this day of , 187 , before me. 

--[L.S.] 



State OF , > 

County of. , > 

- , being duly sworn, deposes and says that 

he resides at No , street, in the of. in 

the State of ; and that the value of his property, over and 

above all debts and liabilities incurred by him, is over 

dollars, ($ ,) and that he is fully responsible for the amount of his 

obligation in the foregoing bond by him executed. 



Sworn and subscribed this — day of. , 187 , before me. 

,[L. S.] 



Certificate of Solvency. 
I certify that I have made due and diligent personal inquiry as to the 
ability of the signers of the foregoing bond, and am satisfied that they are 

good and sufficient, and fully responsible for the sum of - - 

dollars, ($ ) each. 



Date 



Notes. — The sureties' certificate of solvency must be signed by an officer of the Government known 
to the Treasuiy I^epartment. 

Each surety will qualify in double the amount of the bond. 



Municipal Work. 

The following bid is selected from a large number submitted 
for a sewer, and will serve to give some idea of the prices for 
that class of work. 

Accompanying it will be found the certificate of the City 
Solicitor as required by the Ordinance of May 25, i860, to 
which attention is called in the advertisement as pubhshed on 
page 



230 BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 

Department of Surveys, City of Philadelphia. 

The Snyder Avenue Main Sewer, 

On Snyder Avenue^ from Sixth street to Delaware Avenue^ as authorized 
by Ordinance approved November i, 1875. 

To Contractors. 

Proposals for the construction of the above work must be made upon 
the printed forms. They must have inserted the signatures of at least two 
responsible sureties, and also be accompanied by a certificate that a bond 
has been filed in the Law Department, as directed by Ordinance of May 25, 
i860. 

No proposal will be received from any contractor unless known to be 
skilled and regularly engaged in the construction of sewers. 

Proposals which contain any omissions, erasures, alterations, additions not 
called for, conditional bids or irregularities of any kind, will be rejected as 
informal. 

All prices must be written in words, and also stated in figures, and'hiust 
be for the whole work. 

Extra work, when necessary, will be done and paid for according to the 
estimate of the Chief Engineer and Surveyor. 

Contractors must make themselves acquainted with the conditions of the 
ground, whether the foundations will be rock, hard earth, or Soft bottom, 
so that they may make an intelligent bid. 

Proposal, 

Seepagesgo, «i3, 259. Philadelphia, June 14, 1877. 

To the Chief Commissioner of Highways. — Sir: — I hereby propose to 
furnish all the labor and materials necessary to perform the whole of the 
work, and submit to all conditions as represented, intended and implied, 
both particularly and generally in the plans, specifications and form of 
agreement examined at the Department of Surveys, and also in the Ordi- 
nance approved November i, 1875, ''to authorize the construction of cer- 
tain sewers,'* and perf(>rm all additional work that may be required, upon 
the following terms, to wit : — 

For Sewer 5^ ft. in diam. per lineal fool, the sum of five dollars $ 5.00 

For Sewer 6 ft. in diam. per lineal foot, the sum of twelve dollars. — 12.00 

For Sewer (i\ ft. in diam. per lineal foot, the sum of fifteen dollars 15.00 

For Sewer 7 ft. in diam. per lineal foot, the sum of twenty dollars — 20.00 
For Sewer ']\ ft. in diim. per lineal foot, the stim of thirty dollars — 30.00 
For Sewer 8 ft. in diam. per lineal foo;, the sum of thirty dollars 30.00 

And I hereby propose, as responsible sureties, the persons who have 
affixed their names to the annexed certificate, and who are willing to be 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 2$ I 

bound with me jointly and severally, in the sum of one-half the estimated 
value of the work herein proposed to construct, for the due and satisfactory 
performance of the whole work comprised in the contract, as well as of such 
additional works that may be ordered, and to complete the same within 
twelve (12) months after the date of the notice given by the Chief Engi- 
neer and Surveyor to begin work. 

As witness my hand this twelfth day of July, 1877. 

(Signed) 

HUGH DEEHAN. 

Address — Hugh Deehan, No. 1921 Hamilton Street. 

Certificate of Sureties, 

This certificate must be signed by two sure ties. 

We hereby certify that we are responsible sureties, and agree to be bound 
jointly and severally with the above-named Hugh Deehan, Contractor, in 
the sum of one-half the estimated value of the work herein proposed to 
construct, should this proposal be accepted. 

(Signed) 

JAMES DEEHAN, 

No. 807 North Sixteenth Street. 

CHARLES S. PANCOAST, 

No. 1907 Green Street. 

FRANCIS LOGUE, 

No. 803 North Eighteenth Street. 



\ 



Law Department, 
No. 212 South Fifth Street, 
Phila , March 3, 1877. 

This will Certify : 

That B. C. D. has complied with the ordinance of Councils, approved 
May 25th, i860, *' relating to proposals for work and materials," and has 
filed his bond with the requisite security, in $500, conditional that if his bid 

for the construction of a sewer on Street 

is the lowest, and he shall decline to do the said work or furnish said mate- 
rials, then he shall pay to the city the difference between the amount of his 
bid and the bid of him or them who shall actually perfotm said work or fur- 
nish said materials. 

W. N. A. 

Assistant City Solicitor, 
Proposals for Railroad Graduation and Masonry. 

Seepages 150, 280. 

The accompanying form of proposal is that in use at present upon the 
Pennsylvania Railroad and its branches. The prices are also written out in 
full in the contract of which this is a part, see page 220. 



■I 






I 



.5 a 



o 



tX3 V 

.S s 



-Eft- 



C CI- 

D rt 1) ^ 



w 

u 
w 

p:: 

Ph 
I 

o 



IS 

w 

> 
< 

X 



^f^ 





(f) 


Pi 




■a, 








(5 


■e«- 




(^ 




4-> 


o rt 


o 


55^ 






^«- 


"rt . 


(^ 






■•Cli 


o 


fc^ 




> 


m- 


bJO 


CO 


.s 


CJ 


rt 




Pi 


^«- 




• 

*-> 

o 


••go 


"■^ 


^fl- 








■?«- 


be rt 


u 






pq « 

H 


^«- 


•a a 


en 


u ti 


*-» 


j: cj 


o 


u > 








•<d 


^/5- 


tan- 

lar 

erts. 




CJ - > 






m- 



^ 


en 


B 'U 


4— > 


« C 


u 


rC U 




E £ 




M 


^«- 




tn 


."S^' 


o 


o O 




Cfif^ 






^«- 


^^ 


tn 


o o 


o 


o o 




^Pi 






■f/5- 




u5 


Xi 


4-> 




o 


rt 




W 






-E^ 





in 


C 


o 


01 
Oh 


'■!-> 


S 


T3 


o 


O 


U 


CJ 




4-> 



<U T) 

TO 

a, *i 

O "H 

^ in 
0) 



•J3 « 



c^ biO 



Vh 

o 
o 
o 



3 

■TO 

o 

> 

o 

rt 



O *" 
rt 



O 

Oh 
O 



(U 



(J 
rt 






u 

«*? c S 

Oh >% (U 

O XI > 

u o; o 

- Xi "^ 



s '- ^ .s 



tn 



c 
o <u 



c 

(U o 

x: '-S 
P en 



in O (u ^ 



o 



^^•^ 



<L) 



(L) 
X! 
O -^ 

Cl, «H_ 

p o 



•"I Vh 
C 



oj rt ^ 



r- x: 



t! rt 






ci ^ 









CJ 

13 O 
^ <D 

Xi *-> 

O 



O rt *-• 

rt g o 



(U ^ 

rt o 



a 



00 



(U 


• 


(J 


^ 


c 
<u 
'd 


CJ 


•Jn 


o 


^ 


en 




O 

PL, 


<u 


4-> 


en 


cn 


O 


?J 


Ph 
O 


a 
<u 


Ph 


;z: 



[232] 



CINCINNATI SOUTHERN RAILWAY, Also, that he ha carefully 

either or all the Sections, to which prices are affixed in the Schedule, according to 
(Execute a contract for the work at the following prices : — 



Concrete. 



$ cts. 



Macadamizing. 



Per Cubic Yard. 



Macada- 
mizing. 



$ cts. 



Remov- 
ing old 
Turnpike 
metal. 



$ cts. 



Drain Pipe. 



Per L, t. 



Inch. 



cts. 



Inch. 



Cts. 



Inch. 



Foundations. 



perMBM per lb. 



Timber 
in Foun- 
dations. 



Cts. $ Cts. 



Iron 
Work. 



Cts. 



perLft 



Piles. 



Cts. 



WOOD TRESTLES GiRDErBrIDGES 



perMBM 



Timber. 



$ Cts. 



per lb. 


perMBM 
Timber. 


per lb. 


Iron 


Iron. 


Cts. 


$ Cts. 


Cts. 



.day of- 1S7 



.Name of Firm. 



-^y 



:pk.o:pos-^Ij. 

The undersigned hereby certif , that he ha personally and carefully examined the Sections named in the bid below, on Division of the CINCINNATI SOUTHERN RAILWAY. Also, that he ha carefully 

examined Profile and Specifications of the same. 

Having made such examinations, the undersigned hereby propose to the Trustees OF THE Cincinnati Southern Railway, to do all the work specified, on either or all the Sections, to which prices are affixed in the Schedule, according to 
Conditions and Specifications aforesaid, and on the acceptance of this Proposal for either or all of the following Sections, do hereby bind to enter into, and execute a contract for the work at the following prices :— 





general excavation. 


Em- 
baiik- 


TUNNEL WORK. 


MAS(1NRY. 1 Macadamizing. 


Drain Pipe. 


Foundations. 


WOO-> TRESTLES 


GirderR 


inr.PS 




Per Cubic Yard. 


Per Cubic Yard. 


Per Cubic Yard. 


Per Cubic Yard. 


Per L. t. 


pcrMBM'perlb. 


perLft 


perMBM 


per lb. 


perMBM 


^crlb. 


Section 

and 

Division. 


Earth 
Exca- 
valion 


Hard 

Pan. 

cts. 


Loose 
Rock. 


Solid 
Rock. 


Iron 
Ore. 


Exca- 
Water 


pcr 
cubic 
yard. 


Tunnel 

E.xcava- 

tlon. 


Shaft 
Excava- 


Brick 
Work. 


Concrete 
Packing. 


Dry 
Packing 


Timber- 
ing per 
looo feet 
B. M. 


ist class 
Bridge 
Masonry 


2d class 
Laid dry. 


2d class 
in cement 


istclass 

Arch 
Masonry 


2d class 
Laid dry. 


2d class 
in cement 


Boxculv. 

Masonry 

Dry. 


Box culv. 
in cement 


Slope 
Watti. 


Rip Raps 


Stone 
Paving 


Brick 
Work. 


Concrete. 


Macada- 
mizing. 


Remov- 
ing old 
Turnpike 
meial. 


Inch. 


Inch. 


i8 
Inch. 


Timber 
in Foun- 
dations. 


Iron 
Work. 


Piles. 


Timber. 


Iron 


Timber. 


Iron. 




~cis. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$. Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 

■ 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


$ Cts. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


$ Cts. 


Cts. 


Cts. 


$ Cts. 


Cts. 


$ Cts. 


Cts. 



References : 



The undersigned further propose to commence work within -•, days from date hereof. 

Signed this day of. 



.187 



.Name of Firm. 



Post Office Address of Contractor, 



By- 






t 

1.^ 






■e/5- 






•efi- 



m 



«3- 









(fi 




■4-> 


Jai 


o 














M 






«3- 








tn 




■(-> 


c 


o 


o 








in 






■^3- 



■tfS- 



T3 *r r 

oj o i> 

P< o >■ 



■E«- 



C lu rt 



^«- 






<u o 



5 > 3 

H O 



m- 



S «J 
1^ 



CI ^ 
^ o 



<L> Ti 



O 

U 

a 
o 

u 



bo 

C 

u 
O 
o 
o 

a 



a 

(U 

rCi 

in 

> 

O 

C3 



ai 

a 

<u 
o 
a 

rt 

0) 

■4-1 

cl 
o 



o 
a, 
o 



c -^ 



'd 

(L) 

O 
+-» 



n3 



(J 

P. 



1/5 

c 
o 

o 

(U 



o ^ 

>- >. 

ex, ^ 
o a> 

6 no 
.o ,„- 



rCl 



vi O 

Oh (U 

>- r- 

^ o 






,C3 






o <u 

^ 2 
en rt 

CO 

<u 
o 



> 
O 












.2 S 



-^"^ 
o 
^, 
'd 

(/I 



rt 



o 

X! 



o 

(L> Ch 



o 



C 
O 



O 



rt 



oo 



o 

a 

0) 

o 

V) 

o 
o 



o 

O 



o 






[233] 



234 ^IDS OR PROPOSALS. 



Proposal for the Superstructure of an Iron Bridge. 

Officb of the Keystone Bridge Co., 
Philadelphia, Dec, 24, 1873. 

Robert H. Sayre, Esq., 

Chief Engineer, E. ^ A* R. R.: 

The Keystone Bridge Company respectfully submits the following prop- 
osition for the manufacture and erection of a first-class wrought-iron bridge 
on the Easton*& Amboy R. R., across Morris Canal and Lopatcong Creek; 
as per the accompanying diagram of strains and the following specifications: 

Bridge to be of double track, of span as given on profile sent us. 

Bridges to be proportioned to sustain a variable load of 3000 lbs. per lineal 
foot per track, on the chord system and 3,500 lbs. per lineal foot on the panel 
system, in addition to the dead weight of structure with the following strains 
on materials, viz: 

Tensile strains 10,000 lbs. per square inch. 

Compression, upper chord 8,000 '* '* " 

" posts 7,500 to 7,000 *' " " 

The iron to be of best quality bridge iron of an ultimate tensile strength of 
55,000 to 60,000 lbs. per sq. inch, tested in usual way. 

Track to be carried on wrought-iron cross girders with heavy longitudinal 
stringers and cross ties. 

Through span to have suspended cross girders at each post, wooden 
stringers and cross ties. 

Upper chords to consist of rolled channels, with top plate open on under 
side to admit of repainting on inside. 

Posts to be Linville patent, also made open to admit of repainting on 
interior. 

Lower chords, our patent weldless links. 

Caps and bases of posts to be of cast-iron. 

Deck spans to have no end posts, but to be supported by masonry carried 
to upper chords. 

Through span to have inclined end posts and upper lateral bracing. All 
lateral struts to be of wrought-iron. 

Price for the bridge erected complete ready for tlie cross ties ; iron work 
painted one coat, will be as follows : 

Two deck spans 146 "05 ft. clear, $22,300 each $44,600.00 

One through span, askew, 66.75 ft* on centre line 6,500.00 



Total $5 1, 100.00 

The company to prepare masonry to suit plans and remove any existing 
structure, and furnish and lay cross ties. 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 235 

We have assumed that there is railroad communication to bridge site. 

Payments to be made monthly on material delivered at our works and 
work in progress, ten per cent, being retained until completion. We can 
execute the work promptly and have the bridge completed in time specified^ 

I am, yours very respectfully, 

April 15, 1874. . J. H. LINVILLE, 

President. 



Opening the Bids. 



All proposals should be opened publicly, and in Proposals to be 
the presence of any bidders who may desire to at- p^^hciy opened. 
tend, that there may be no opportunity for a charge of unjust 
discrimination, or for the suppression of any of the bids. 

At the time appointed in the advertisement, the Method of pro- 
parties authorized by law to examine and compare '^^^^'"s- 
the bids, having assembled at the proper place, with such of the 
bidders or their proxies as may desire to be present, the " sealed 
proposals are then opened one by one, and the contents read 
aloud that all present may take notes. The parties letting the 
work enter the several prices bicj in a tabular form and proceed 
to determine the aggregate. If the number of proposals be 
numerous or the work extensive, this operation may continue 
several days, in which case the bidders may disperse after hear- 
ing the prices read, and await the announcement of results. It 
frequently happens that young and inexperienced contractors, to 
secure a piece of work will put in a bid at such low figures that 
it would be impossible to execute it at that price, and the attempt 
would only result in loss and delay to the operators. For this 
and other reasons, the clause reserving the right to reject any 
or all bids if deemed necessary has been introduced. 

In openincf the twelve proposals made for the Bids for Snyder 

>■ ^ i A Avenue Sewer, 

construction of the Snyder Avenue Sewer, (see Philadelphia. 



236 



BIDS OR PROPOSAI 



page 230), the prices bid were read out, and the results then 
tabulated as follows: — 



3 
7 

5 
8 

12 

9 
I 

2 

6 

4 
10 
II 



Names of Bidders. 



Estimated Quantities. . . 



Jos. R. B- 
Jas. M. K- 
Jas. A 



p. & T. C 

Sam. O 

S. H. C 

Hugh D 

B. F. D 

R. A. M 

E. D. S 

jas. K 

P.H. McL.&B.E. 



^ 


^ 


• 1 





J^ 


n ^ 


<« V 


■^ V 


■^ § 


V JC 


u ti 


En 


.s'-s 


■0^ 


v. 






c 


in 


^'-c 


■u u 





Pnt2 


1565 


$11.50 


.9 


14 


75' 


8 


10 


SO! 


6 


14 


80 


12 


15 


63 


6 


13 


75 


12 


5 


00 


10 


II 


50 


9 


13 


00 


6 


4 


46 j 


18 


14 


50 


12 


19 


78 






15.00; 

18.00 

I 1.50 

14.80! 

22.31: 

17.71 

12.00 

16.00 

16.50 

15.27; 

14-70; 

21.00 



4_» U 

o J 



't, >~ 



17.00 
19.50 

»4.oo 
19.70 
23.89 
19.58 
15 00 
17.00 
18.25 
16.45 
24.00 
22.00 



^ 


•" h 


^i 


i2 « 


.-. 


5 s 


S.2 


C r« 


ca 


— ■■a 




I- 4J 




<U 1) 




ftji 


4) >->\ 


t^ 


t-- 


"C t 


■5i k 


CL,^ 


a<c2 


380 


380 


19.00 


21.00 


20.25 


22.75 


27.00 


27.00 


23-75 


25.00 


26.17 


27.85 


22.00 


23.81X 


20 00 


30.00 


1 9. CO 


20.00 


21.25 


24.25 


16.69 


21.77 


24.72 26.00 


23.00 


24.00 






f^^ 



380 



24.00 
24.50 
28.00 
27.00 
30. 16 
28.60 
30.00 
22.0c 
28.50 
24 80 
27.68 
25.00 



Lineal Feet. 

Informal. 
64,815.50 

75.151-75 
71,903.50 

76,029.80 

89,013.21 

76,042.67 

57,125.00 

64,445.50 

72,923.00 

69,020,40 

79 259- 50 
88,653.70 



This table is computed by multiplying the quan- Method of caicu- 
tity at the head of each column by the price bid in ^^"&''^^"i's- 
the same column, and adding these several products together for 
the total. For convenience in adding, it would be better to re- 
verse the positions of the bidders and quantities, so as to bring 
the partial products in vertical columns, thus — 



No. of Proposals 


3 


. 3 


7 


Etc. 


II 


Names of Bidders 




Jos. R. B. 


Jas. M. K. 


Etc. 


P.H.McL 

and 

B. E. 


Time 







9 


Etc. 


12 


Price bid for s% feet . . 
" " " 6 "... 
Etc Etc 


No. lineal ft. 

1565 

770 

Etc. 


Bids. 

1 1 '5© 
15 00 
Etc. 


Par. prod. 

17.997" 50* 
ii,55o'oo 


Bids. 

1475 
18 "oo 
Etc . 


Par. prod. 

23.083-75 
i3,86o"oo 


Etc. 


19-78 
21 -oo 












Total amounts 




64,815 "50 


'7C.T«T •Te 































* These products may be very rapidly obtained with absolute accuracy by the use of Grant's cal- 
culating machine. 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 



237 



An examination of the table shows a difference Remarks on table. 
in the aggregates of nearly ^^32,000, and the highest bid is made 
out in odd cents, which is but an affectation of extreme accuracy 
where none exists. The figures were doubtless assumed without 
any reference to an estimate. 

There are also serious objections to the method malf?'°b ^ idS^" 
of bidding by the lineal foot based on a certain esti- ^°°'- 
mated amount of material, as it is impossible to foresee what kind 
of foundations may be required, for in some cases piles and a gril 
lage may be needed ; in others, a bed of masonry, &c. This 
method of lineal measurement has recently ^een introduced in 
Philadelphia in consequence of difficulties in determining quanti- 
ties for the Hart Creek Sewer, but the same objection still holds. 
The former method of estirnating, based on the actual amount of 
each kind of work done, being the better ; the following form is 
annexed as showing the manner of tabulating the results of bids 
made on that principle. 



Proposals Received and Opened i8. . ., As Approved by Ordinance. 



It 



No. of Proposal- - . . — i 




I 


2 


■ 




Names of Bidders 


c 

D 

cub. 
yds 


A. B. F. 

and 
J. S. P. 


P. & J. s. 


Etc 












Time in months 


8 


6 








Bid. 


Product. 


Bid. 


Product. 


Bid. 


Product. 


Bid. 


Product. 


















---•• 


























































( 
























Regular coursed pitched 




















c 


Random coursed pitched 






















Hammer dressed 




















Si 



Broken ashlar ....... 




















Rubble 




















c 



Dry walls 




















V2 


Coping (cub. ft. ) . . . 






















Arch and ring stones 
1 (cub. ft.) 






















Concrete 














-' 








Piline (lin. ft.) 




















Foundation timber and 

planking (per ]\I b m) 

Manholes, per piece. . . . 






































Wellholes (lin. ft.) 




















Inlet Basin (piece) 






























































Total amounts 

























A similar form will answer for a7ij/ kind of work. 



238 BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 

If, as sometimes happens, two bidders have equal amounts, 
there are other considerations, such as quality of Two or more bids 
material, promptness of delivery, responsibility of "^ ^quai amounts. 
bidders or sureties, etc., which will assist in determining to whom 
the contract should be awarded, or in some cases the award may 
be divided between them. 

The proper person h'aving been selected, official notice in 
writing^ should be served upon him to that effect, ^^ ,. , , 

o r .7 Notice to be sent to 

and the time within which to begin work after his successful bidder. 
receiving the notice, should also be specified. 

The accompanying extracts will explain the proceedings in 
opening bids for supplies of various kinds, and the manner of 
disposing of them. 

Philadelphia, April 19th, 1876. 
Meeting of the Water Committee of Councils. 

The regular meeting of this committee took place yesterday afternoon, 
Mr. Shallcross presiding. 

Bids were opened for excavating and filling the trench for the 20 and 30- 
inch mains, to connect the reservoir on the Wentz Farm with Ladner's 
Point, on the Delaware, and between the Wentz Farm and the Seven Stars 
Hotel. There were a large number of bids, the prices for excavation rang- 
ing from 15 cents per cubic yard for earth to (>Z cents, varying with the 
depth, and for rock excavations from 60 cents to $3 per cubic yard. 

Itemized bids were also received for building the foundations of the engine 
and boiler house and stack. All bids were laid over for one week, until a 
calculation can be made upon the several bids. 

The contract for furnishmg water pipe for the 48-inch mains for connect- 
ing the Spring Garden and Corinthian avenue basins was awarded to the 
Gloucester Iron Co., at 1.53 cents per pound. 

Several ordinances for laying mains were reported favorably. Adjourned. 

See page 214 

Water Department. 
Meeting of the Council Committee — Bids Opened and Contracts Awarded. 

The Water Committee of City Councils met at the headquarters of the 
Water Department, Thirteenth and Spring Garden streets, Mr. E. A. Shall- 
cross in the chair. 

Bids were opened for 250,000 pounds of pig lead for the use of the depart- 
ment, as follows : John Runkell and Joseph Solomon, at 8.85 cents per 
per pound, American; Tatham Bros.. 7.82 cents Spanish, and 7.48 Ameri- 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 239 

can; Phelps, Dodge & Co., 7.50 for American, and 8'5o for Spanish; Wil- 
Ham H. Trotter, American, 7.45 cents. 

Colonel Jones moved that the contract for all the lead required be awarded 
to William H. Trotter, when considerable discussion ensued, and finally the 
matter was postponed until the next meeting by a vote of 13 to 8, with the 
request that the Chief melt a little of Trotter's lead and see if it is good. 
This action made Dr. McFadden angry, and he said it would be impossible 
for him to do what he was requested. Proposals for furnishing 15,000 
pounds of brass castings were then opened, as follows: Joseph L. Travis at 
19^ cents per pound. Spear and Richards 17 cents, and W. W. Keys 17 
cents. A man named Welsh had the contract last year. 

Mr. Hill moved that the contract be awarded to both parties, one half of 
the amount to each. This was not voted on, but the entire contract was 
awarded to Spear and Richards. 

The following bids were then opened for 150,000 lbs. of iron castings : — 
Adams and Story, $2.24 per 100 lbs. ; David S. Creswell, $2.^7)4 ; Jesse 
W. Starr & Son, $2.50; R. D. Wood & Co., $2.33}^ ; Daniel Runkell, $3; 
Aaron Mellert, $2.12; Benjamin F. Archer, $2.75 ; and Todd & Jones, 
%2.i2}i. There were three proposals unaccompanied by a certificate from 
the City Solicitor. 

A motion was made to award the contract to Todd & Jones, although 
they were half a cent higher than the lowest bidder. This led to some dis- 
cussion. A motion to award it to the lowest bidder, Aaron Mellert, at 
$2.12 was agreed to. 

Proposals for branches and sleeves were then opened as follows : Aaron 
Mellert, $2.45 per 100 pounds; Runkell, $3; O'Neall and Archer, $2,75 ; 
Gloucester Iron Works, $2.61; R. D. Wood & Co., $2.33^; Jesse W. 
Starr & Co., $2.50. The contract was awarded to R. D. Wood & Co. 

Proposals for cast-iron pipes were then opened for 6, 8, 10, 12 and 48- 
inch pipes. The contract for the 6, 8, 10 and 12-inch pipes was awarded to 
Mr. Mellert at $1.42 for 100 lbs. he being the lowest bidder. The contract 
for the 48-inch pipes was awarded to R. D. Wood & Co., at $1.45 per 100 
pounds. 

A Meeting of the Com7nittee of the Select and Common Councils 

Was held Saturday Afternoon, April, 1871, at half-past three o'clock, in the 
Office of the Chief Engineer, Strickland Kneass, at the Department of Sur- 
veys, Fifth street, below Walnut. Present — Messers. W. S. Allen, Chair- 
man ; Robinson, Mitchell, Bickel, Smith and Cattell. Sealed proposals for 
the construction of a new bridge at the site of the present wire bridge at 
Fairmount having been received, were presented by Chief Engineer Kneas. 
C. H. Latrobe, Esq., of Baltimore, submitted a proposal for the construc- 
tion of the superstructure of the main bridge at the rate of $930 per linear 
foot. The Phoenix Iron Company submitted a proposal for the same work 
at $1125 per linear foot; also, for the Thirtieth street trusses, including 



240 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS, 



lateral bracing and exclusive of road formation above top cord $122 per 

linear foot ; for removing suspension bridge, including towers, cables and 

roadway, $ipo; amount to be credited to the city upon contract materials in 

suspension bridge, including towers, cables and roadway, $100; wrought- 

iron work in approaches, 9 cents per pound, cast-iron 7 per pound. 

Messrs. James F. Kennedy and John W. Murphy submitted the following 

proposals : 

Excavation. 

Earth per cubic yard, 

Rock per cubic yard $1.50 

In shafts, with curbing, per cubic yard 

Removing masonry, old abutment, per cub. yard. 

Removing timber platform per cubic ft 

Removing piles, each 

Embankment per cubic yard 

Masonry. 

Foundations per perch of 25 cubic ft 

Retaining walls " " — 

Old abutments (additions) " 

Shaft with base for stone columns, cu. ft 

Pitched ashler per perch of 25 " 

Drafted " " '' " 

Piers for columns '* '' " 

Belting courses per cubic foot _ 

Cornice " " 

Stone pedestals " " - 

Coping eight inches per square foot 

Coping ten " " '' 

Coping thirteen " 
Flagging inches 

Curbstone, twenty-six inches deep per lineal ft. 
Curbstone, twelve " . '^ 

Curbstone reset ** •* 

Stone block pavement per square yard. 
Cobble pavement, relaid, " " 

Wooden pavement " " 



iC 



(t 



Iron Work. 

Wrought-iron per pound 

Cast-iron per pound 

Cast-iron balustrade per lineal foot 

Wrought-iron railing " " 

Cast-iron railing pedestals each 

Cast-iron columns each 



Kennedy. 


Murphy. 


.40 


.40 


$1.50 


$1.48 


3.00 


3-94 


. . 


1.90 


- - 


2.00 


50.00 


50.00 


-- 


.28 


6.50 


8.10 


8.00 


8.70 


11.00 


9.50 


8.00 


980 


14.00 


20.00 


20.00 


22.00 


22.00 


22.00 


3.00 


:.8o 


8.00 


2.80 


6.55 


3-50 


2.40 ' 


1.50 


2.60 


1.8s 


2.85 


1.95 


.50 


.50 


2.00 


1.60 


1.40 


1. 00 


.20 


•15 


3.00 


3.00 


.40 


.40 


4.00 


3-50 


\ 




-- 


.09 


.. 


.05 X 


.. 


9.80 


-- 


5.40 


.- 


40.00 


„ „ 


80.00 



BIDS OR PROPOSALS. 



241 



One globe lamp and stand, with connections, each 
Three " '' '' " each 

Main bridge superstructure 

Thirtieth street trusses, &;c 

Pneumatic piling, including masonry 

Removing old bridge , 

Amount allowed to the city for materials of old 
bridge 



65.00 

120.00 

750.00 

128.00 

12,000.00 

4,500.00 

4,000.00 



Chief Engineer Kneass announced that he would be prepared to report 
upon the proposals submitted at an early day. Also, that it was understood 
by the contractors that all proposals were exclusive of the work on the west- 
ern approaches, which would be done, it was proposed, by the Pennsylvania 
Railroad Company for $47,000, at a clear saving of $67,000 to the city. 



242 QUESTIONS. 



QUESTIONS ON THE FIFTH CHAPTER. 

Page 219. Define genuine and straw bids. • Who prepares the forms of 
bids and issues the instructions to bidders ? How should proposals be en- 
dorsed and presented ? 

Page 220. Who are the guarantors ? and how many are required in gov- 
ernment contracts ? Why is not the name of a firm sufficient ? What is 
required concerning residence and prices? What amount is withheld from 
the monthly or periodical payments ? and why ? What forms shall be used 
for the contract ? For what causes may bids be rejected ? 

Page 221. When will payments be made? Why are transfers of con- 
tracts prohibited ? What security is required for the performance of the 
work ? Why may bids not be received by telegraph ? Why should the 
advertisement and specifications be attached to the bids ? Why should 
bidders be present at the opening ? State the law relating to the opening of 
bids. 

Page 222. Why is the time for beginning work limited to ten days from 
the date of signing the contract? 

Page 223 et seq. Prepare and fill up a form of proposal. Fill up a 
blank guaranty, a bond, and form for bondsman's oath. 

Page 229 et seq. What are the requirements in bids for sewers? What, 
is the form of proposal? How should it be filled up ? What are the con- 
ditions of the bond ? 

Page 231 et seq. State the classification and method of arranging the 
items in bids for grading and masonry, as used on the P. R. R. 

Page 233. Give the headings in the tabular form for tunnel proposals. 

Page 234. What are the principal items in the bid for an iron bridge on 
the Easton & Amboy Railroad. 

Page 235. When should the bids be opened ? Describe the method of 
proceeding. 

Page 236. State the form of table given for computing results of bids on 
sewers and its defects. What improvement is suggested ? 

Page 237. What criticisms are made on the bids ? What are the objec- 
tions to letting work of this kind by the lineal foot ? 

Page 238. What is to be done when two bids are equal ? How are the 
successful parties to be notified ? 

Page 239 et seq. How are bids on the superstructure of bridges gener- 
ally made ? 

The student should fill up bids for any piece of work which may be adverUsed in the daily pafiers. 



CHAPTER VI. 

The Contract. 
Veritatis simplex, oratio est. 



A contract {con^ together, traho, to draw,) is an Befmidoo. 
agreement to do a certain thing, such as performing work, fur- 
nishing supplies, or delivering materials, and is based upon a 
mutual understanding of the amount and nature of the work to 
be done by the contracting parties. That there may be no mis- 
conception concerning the intention of the parties, everything 
tending to throw light upon the subject-matter should be em- 
bodied in and form a part of the contract. Hence it is that the 
advertisements^ specification, drawings, proposals and Component parts. 
agreements all form essential parts thereof. They should be made 
out in duplicate, that each party may retain a copy, ^^^^ ^^^ i^^upU- 
and if there be more than two parties, as sometimes ^^'^• 
occurs, each should be furnished a copy. 

There is practically no limit to the number of parties entering 
into a contract, although some authorities assert that there can 
be but two. There may be as many as there are interests in- 
volved in the proposed subject for agreement, as is instanced in 
the combination for mutual protection in the case of common 
carriers or transporters of merchandise or products. 

Contracts are classified with reference to their form and 
objects into 



244 



CONTRACTS. 



Contracts or Agreements 






^3 



fD 



3^ 



i3 

ft) 
•-t 

<' 
<T) 



O 

3 

crq 

y 

o 
o 

(/) 

ft- 

C 

n 
o* 

3 

P 

r» 





(A 

c 
o 

p 



? 

n 
o 
p 

CI. 
«_■. 

c 

n' 

o 

a 
n 



p 



W 
X 

W 
P 



5* 

o 



p 



C/5 



> 
C 

r 
I-" 



p 
cr 
o 

n> 
n 

3 

3 

3 

(T) 



P 
3 
P- 



P 

a* 

n 

< 

n 

p 

I—* 

o 
•1 



o 

ha 
M 

O 

I— I 

> 

f 

H 

I— ( 

W 






^ r^ 55 "^ 



£L d 

ft 3 

(X 2. 



O) 



p 

ft) 

3 
3 

O 
►1 

(A 

ft) 
P 



3 



ft 
3 
n> 

El 



fD 



O 

P 

*T3 
P 
•t 

o' 
3^ 

P* 



^ 

» 

^ 



O 



JJ. -t 



o 



o 



n> 



3^ 



-. P 



o :i 

""^ o 

^ cr 

3 ^ 

r^ 3 



O 
CD 



(^ P 3 

<-► 3" c/i 

=^ ^ 

"" C^ £ 

P cj 3 

(^ "-^ S 

3 

p ^ :i 

crq 
>-( 

CD 



U) 



U) 



O 

!^ 

o 
o 

o 



s 



3. p 



P J^ 3. (T) 



3 

crq v> 
n> 

3 

o 

cr 

p 
■-{ 

crq 

P 



fD 



3^ 

-a 

fD 



CL 

3 



3 

ft P ii 

CL in: 3 

3 ^ e 

•T3 P 3 

o 2 "W 

3 



O 



fD 



r. 3 

ft) P o 

o- 2. ? 

p. >-{ 

8 B-^ 
B "^ 4 

2 S s" 
'=' 2 

O. fD 
3t "-! 








o 


o 


rs 




P- 


3' 


p 


O 


fD 


p. 


P 


3 


on 


crq 


O 



3 3 

3- 3 

^ 3 

3: o 



2^^ ^^ 



o 



fD 



ft) 

pT ^ 

3* 5-.' 

crq 3 
'^ P. 

p "-< 

fD fD 

S o 

fD 3 

• rt- 

fD 
P- 



crq 

3 

fD 
p. 

P 
3 

P- 

C/) 

fD 
P_ 

fD* 

P. 



■^^ 

^ 



3 S 

fD fD 
S P. 

(/)_ 

o' 

3 



P 



£L 3 (/: 14 



o 



^ 3 



fD 
hP 

3 



3 
orq 



3^ 
O 



fD 



fD 
O 

35 

o 

p 
o 



p 



fD o 

P fD 

^ fD 

C '=> 



o 
o 

3 



3 ^ 

3 p 

fD -^ 

^' P- 

3^ cr 



I 



cr > 

P 3 

O Q 

&•/§■ 

n a 
o o 
3 3 

& O 



crq (— I 

3 "-^ 

P CL 

2 fD* 



o 3 

3 a 



p 



O !!? 



2 fD 

P >-( 
i-t fD 

.- 3 
p ^ 

o 

o 

3 



3* 
3 



fD 

3 



3 
crq 



o 1-^ 

3 <-i 

-^ 3 

fD crq 



CONTRACTS. 245 

The Four Essential Constituent Elements of all The four elements 
Contracts are — 

1. That there shall be appropriate parties. 

2. That there shall be mutual consent to the terms of the 
agreement. 

3. That there shall be a valid consideration, actual or pre- 
sumed. 

4. And that there shall be a definite subject-matter to be acted 
on. 

7. — The Parties. 

There must be at least two parties, either indi- I.mor?^^^'^° 
viduals or corporations, but there may be more. Those having 
something to be offered or done are designated as -Of the first part 
of the first part ; those proposing to purchase or do the thing 
as the parties of the second part. All persons are Ofthe second part, 
capable of entering into contracts excepting those ^j^ persons may 
who lack sufficient age, as infants \ or who may be ^^^^^^ t^Sts^' 
of unsound mind, as idiots or lunatics ; tos^ether ^'^^"^^ °f lunatics, 

' • married women, 

with married women, aliens, seamen, drunkards, and ^•^^'^f' ^T^^^' 

y ' ' ' drunkards and 

in some instances, bankrupts. By infancy^ at law, is bankrupts. 
meant a person under twenty-one years of age, although somQ 
States make an exception in favor of women at eighteen. 

Idiots and lunatics being presumed to be incapable of under- 
standing the nature of an obligation, or its subject-matter, can- 
not, therefore, bind themselves in a contract. 

But insane persons having lucid intervals may make agree- 
ments under seal at those times. 

A contract signed by a person who has been in- Drunkards. 
toxicated by a drug or spirits to such an extent as to prevent rea- 
sonable action is void as having been obtained through fraud, 
before which nothing stands. So of a contract obtained through 
imposition upon weak minded persons. 

By marriage the legal rights of women are Married women, 
merged into those of their husbands, but in some States the laws 
are being relaxed in this respect. 

Persons who are forced into contracts by duress. Compulsory signa- 
either through imprisonment or reasonable fear of injury to life 
or limb, are excused from their fulfilment. 



246 CONTRACTS. 

Parties may make contracts on their own behalf Agents, 
or by duly authorized agents or representatives. 

A corporation, however numerous its members Corporations. 
may be, is regarded as a single individual, and it can generally 
only contract by deed under the corporate seal. 

2. — Mutual Consent. 

There is no contract in law until the parties to it Agreement. 
have agreed upon the same thing in the same sense. Fraud an- 
nuls all obligation and all contracts into which it F^ud. 
enters, and the law relieves the party defrauded, but the party 
acting fraudulently cannot set his own fraud aside for his own 
benefit.* 

An assent to a proposition is a simple and direct Assent 
affirmative. If any condition be imposed by the party accept- 
ing, they must first be approved by the other party before a con- 
tract can be made. 

If any offer be made on time for which a con- offers on time, 
sideration is allowed, the party offering cannot withdraw before 
the expiration of that time, but if there be no consideration he 
may revoke it at any reasonable time hejore acceptance, but not 
after. 

An offer made by letter holds good until a notice By correspondence 
of its withdrawal reaches the party to whom it was made; and 
an acceptance is complete as soon as the letter containing it is 
mailed, whether received or not. A withdrawal may be made 
by telegraph to anticipate the letter containing the proposal, be- 
fore it could have been received and accepted. 

J. — The Consideration. 

The consideration gives to a contract a legal, as distinguished 
from a moral validity ; for naked promises are not enforceable in 
law. The consideration is the cause, price or rea- Defined— good or 
son for the promise. It may be what is technically ^^"^^^^• 
called good, as a natural affection, or it may be valuable pecuni- 
arily, as in the payment of money, performance of work, for- 
bearance to sue in certain cases, delivery of property, etc. 

* Jeremiah xxii.: 13. , 



CONTRACTS. 24/ 

A legal consideration is necessary to the validity Legal consideration 
of every contract, and a seal upon a written instru- "^"^^s^^^- 
ment is regarded in law as an evidence of such consideration. 
The validity is not affected by the adequacy of the Adequacy of con- 

/ -^ ■"■ ^ sideration does not 

consideration, as that is a matter supposed to have afifect validity. 
been fully determined before the closing of the agreement. 

If a consideration be illegal or impossible, niegai or impossi- 
as from sickness, etc., the contract founded upon it ^^^ considerations. 
becomes nugatory. 

Or, should an apparently valuable and sufficient if the considera- 
tion becomes 

consideration become worthless before part per- worthless. 
formance on either side, the promise cannot be enforced, and 
money paid can be recovered. 

jf.. — Subject Matter. 
Contracts may be made upon any subject with the exception 
of anything; illeg-al or immoral. The subject must May be anything 

J c> o J not illegal or im- 

be some act agreed to be done, as some mechani- ^orai. 
cal labor in the production of articles, some personal service ren- 
dered, or some property transferred. 

It is understood that the parties contracting in- ^elX^i^dSJtood 
tend to do what is just and fair, and are not to be 
governed by the private intentions or mental reservations of 
either, but by the impressions produced upon one another by 
their mutual expressions, and as each must have understood the 
other. 

A perfect contract when made is in the nature of a perfect contract 

. , . is a private Law. 

a privatj law, and bmds the parties according to 
their intentions. Hence in case of dispute upon an oral agree- 
mejit, the intention must be proved by evidence, ma°'^^beTdmi?i?d to 
but if the contract be in writing it proves itself and p^oye intention but 

<=> c not if written. 

no evidence is admissible to vary the contract or affect its obli- 
gation. Evidence may be admitted, however, to prove the iden- 
tity of the parties or of the things forming the subject-matter or 
to explain its meaning, and for this purpose experts may be ad- 
mitted to testify.* 

* Hence, in the case of Malone vs. the City of Philadelphia, for non-payment for work done and 
service rendered in constructing the Hart Creek Sewer, Judge Mitchell ruled out the testimony pro- 
posed by experts on the grounds that it was intended to dispute the amounts of the estimates approved 
by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor, and not to explain technicalities. As this is an important rase 
and furnishes a good practical illustra^icn of many legal points; some extracts from it will be found 
given at the end of this chapter. 



24^ CONTRACTS. 

♦' Generally speaking all written instruments are S'wS. """^'"^ 
construed and interpreted by the l^-W accordirxg to the simple, 
customary and natural meaning of the words used." 

If the wording be so obscure as to convey no Obscure contracts 
idea of the intention, the instrument must be set aside. 

In determinijig the intention of the parties or the influence of cus- 
meanings of the words used, custom or usage ^ has tom or usage, 
great weight when it has been long established, and is not merely 
casual or is uniform and general, not personal and known to all 
the parties. But if the custom be illegal, unreasonable or op- 
pressive, it will be inert, or it may be excluded by the express 
provisions of the contract even when well established.! 

In addition to these four essential elements there other conditions. 
are other conditions which will modify the terms of the agree- 
ment, such as the time and manner of making payments^ time of 
beginning and completing worky penalties for non peiformance^ stip- 
ulations concerning extra work, provision for and precautions against 
accidents, &c., all of which will be more fully explained and illus- 
trated in the following pages. 

General Duties. 

The general duties of each party should be stated j^^^j^^ ^^ ^j^^ 
separately. The contractor agrees to perform a p^^ues. 
certain piece of work which should be carefully described, and 
the employer to pay a certain reward in a specified manner and 
currency. The general stipulations concerning the Those of the 
contractor are 1st, that he shall yf/z^V// the woi^k ; 2d, contractor, 
to exercise care and skill in its performance ; 3d, that he shall 
complete it in a given time ; 4th, to comply with particular stip- 
ulations as to the manner of performance, &c. These should all 
be clearly expressed by themselves and not confused with those 
of the other party. , 

The duties of the employer are 1st, to make the r^^o-ft of the 
payments at the times agreed upon ; 2d, to assist employer. 
the contractor in the execution of his contract, and not impede 



* E. g : "A man agreed to pay a carpenter 12 shillings a day for all the men he employed on a cer- 
tain building. The carpenter proved that by the usag-e of that trade "a day" meant ten hours work 
and as his men had worked tvvelv . an J a half he was permitted to charge fiiteen shillings for i^ da^ 
for every day so spent." 

t Parson's Laws of Business. 



CONTRACTS. 249 

him nor throw obstacles in his way. For instance, when the em- 
ployer agrees to provide the materials he should cause them to 
be delivered before required, that the contractor may not be un- 
necessarily delayed in the completion of his work. 

Payments, 

Payments may be made by instalments based Payments. 
on monthly estimates of work done, or they may be made at 
once on the completion and delivery of the work. In the former 
case it is customary to reserve a portion of the amount due, 
varying from 10 to 20 per centum, to insure completion. 

In the latter case, i. e. when the work is to be Risk of accident 
finished before payment, the risk of all accidents, tor/ 
either from fire, flood, or other agents, rests upon the contractor, 
but if there be no contract or custom requiring the work to be 
done before payment, the workman is entitled to pay for what he 
has done in the event of accident, fire, &c., provided it be not 
caused by his neglect of proper precautions. 

The contractor cannot claim a payment until the no payment before 
work has passed into the hands of his employer, ^^^'very. 
but if the latter should decline to receive the work the contrac- 
tor may bring an action to compel acceptance. 

Payments may also be made by instalments, based Payments by in- 

.-, , . f. , - , stalment based on 

on a certam specmed quantity of work. In such work done. 
cases nothing can be claimed until all the work required to en- 
title the contractor to a payment has been done. Should he stop 
before reaching that point, nothing can be recovered, but other- 
wise he is entitled to be paid for his work as it proceeds. 

If the contractor be required to obtain the cer- Certificates must 

. - _ . A 1 • T ^^ obtained if re- 

tincate 01 an r.ngmeer. Architect, or Inspector ^s to quired. 

the quality or quantity of the work, before payments are made, 

it must be done before he can claim a settlement. 

Payment of Penalties for Delays. 

If the contract provide for the payment of a pen- "^Sormance^a debt 
alty for delay in completing work it is a debt from *° employer. 
the contractor to the employer, and may be recovered by an 
action; but should the contractor be delayed by if contractor be 
the employer in the commencement of the work employer.^ 



250 CONTRACTS. 

or during its progress, he is not responsible for not completing 
in time or for the penalty. 

A breach of the contract by the employer which ^ breach by 

•^ XT J employer. 

does not operate to prevent completion of work 
within the time specified, and which may be compensated in dam- 
ages, does not excuse the contractor from performance or from 
the payment of the penalty for delay ; neither is he excused if 
additional work is ordered for which extra time Extra work. 
has been allowed. 

Tiine. 

When there is no time specified the work must be done within 
a reasonable period. 

The limit of a fixed time is the last moment of Limit of time. 
the day named, that is twelve o'clock at night, and in estimating 
the time, the day from which it is counted should be excluded. 
When time is expressed in months, the calender Calender months. 
months are intended, as six months from the 15th day of January 
would be until the midnight between the 15th and i6th of the 
July following. 

Limitations. 

The Statute of Limitations differs in different Limitations, 
states, but generally it enacts that all actions at law For simple cases 
in simple cases, that is, those which do not rest on ^'"^ ^^^^^ 
a seal or judgment, must be entered within six years from the 
time when they become due, and in the case of sealed instru- 
ments an action at law may be entered at any time 
before the expiration of twenty years. tractftwlnt^years. 

Guaranty. 

A guaranty is generally required of persons bid- Guaranty, 
ding for public works, but not usually in contracts with corpora- 
tions or private parties. 

It is a special promise to be responsible for the i^efined. 
payment of some debt or the performance of some obligation in 
case of the failure of another person who is primarily liable for 
such payment or performance. It requires all the its requirements. 
elements necessary to give contracts validity. 



CONTRACTS. 2$ I 

Written Contracts. 
The Statute of 2d June, 1862, relating to Government con- 
tracts in writing is as follows : 

$ 3709. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of War, of the Secretary 
of the Navy, and of the Secretary of the Interior, to cause and require every 
contract made by them severally on behalf of the Government, or by their 
officers under them appointed to make such contracts, to be reduced to 
writing and signed by the contracting parties, with their names at th^ end 
thereof; a copy of which shall be filed by the officer making^nd signing the 
contract in the Returns Office of the Department of the Interior, as soon 
after the contract is made as possible, and within thirty (30) days, together 
with all bids, offers and proposals to him made by persons to obtain the 
same, and with a copy of any advertisement he may have published inviting 
bids, offers or proposals for the same. All the copies and papers in relation 
to each contract shall be attached together by a ribbon and seal, and 
marked by numbers in regular order, according to the number of the papers 
comprising the whole number. 

21; luly, 1868. $3733. No contract shall be entered into Appropriations re- 

, , • ^•^/•^•^ n ■ -i.- c r.^^ V. -u- quired before mak- 

for the erecuon, repair or nnishmg of any public buildmg, ing contracts. 
or for any public improvement whatever, which shall bind the Government 
to pay a larger sum of money than the amount in the Treasury appropriated 
for the specific purpose. 

The annexed forms are given to fully illustrate the preceding 
principles. The first is the general form as used by the Engineer 
Corps U. S. A. with its accompanying bond. 

Articles of Agreement entered into this day of 

eighteen hundred and.. (18 ,) between 

, Corps of Engineers U. S. Army, for and in behalf of the United 

States of the first part, and , 

partners, doing business under the firm-name of , 

of. , in the county of , State of. , 

of the second part : 

This agreement witnesseth that the said parties have mutually agreed, 
and by these presents do mutually covenant and agree, to and with each 

other in the manner following, namely : That the said. ' 

shall, in conformity with the advertisement aud 

specifications hereunto attached, and which form a part of this contract, . . . 



252 CONTRACTS. 

That all materials furnished and work done under .this contract shall, be- 
fore being accepted, be subject to a rigid inspection by an inspector ap- 
pointed on the part of the Government, and such as not conform to 

the specifications set forth in this contract shall be rejected. The decision 
of the engineer officer in charge as to quality and quantity shall be final. 

That the said 

shall commence on or before the 

day of , eighteen hundred and , (18 ,) and shall complete 

the on or before the day of , eighteen 

hundred and (18 .) 

That payment shall be made when the contracted for shall 

have been delivered and accepted, reserving per centum from, each 

payment until the whole shall have been so delivered and accepted. 

And it is also agreed that if, in any event, the party of the second part 
shall delay or fail to commence with the delivery of the material or the per- 
formance of the work at the day specified herein, or shall, in the judgment 
of the engineer in charge, fail to prosecute faithfully and diligently the work 
in accordance with the specifications and requirements of this contract, then, 
in* either case, the party of the first part, or his successor legally appointed, 
shall have power, with the sanction of the Chief of Engineers, to annul 
this contract by giving notice in writing to that effect to the party (or par- 
ties, or either of them) of the second part; and, upon the giving of such 
notice, all money or reserved percentage due or to become due to the party 
or parties of the second part by reason of this contract shall be and be- 
come forfeited to the United States ; and the party of the first part shall be 
thereupon authorized, if an immediate performance of the work or delivery 
of the materials be in his opinion required by the public exigency, to pro- 
ceed to provide for the same by open purchase or contract, as prescribed in 
section 3709 of the Revised Statutes of the United States : Provided, how- 
ever, that if the party (or parties) of the second part shall by freshets, i-ce, 
or other force or violence of the elements, and by no fault of his or their 
own, be prevented either from commencing or completing the work, or de- 
livering the materials at the time agreed upon in this contract, such addi- 
tional time may, in writing, be allowed him or them for such commence- 
ment or completion as, in the judgment of the party of the first part, or his 
successor, shall be just and reasonable ; but such allowance and extension 
shall in no manner affect the rights or obligations of the parties under this 
contract, but the same shall subsist, take effect, and be enforceable precisely 
as if the new date for such commencement or completion had been the date 
originally herein agreed upon. 

And it is further expressly understood and agreed that no claim whatever 
shall at any time be made upon the United States by the party or parties of 
the second part, for or on account of any extra work or material performed 
or furnished, or alleged to have been performed or furnished, under or by 
virtue of this contract, and not expressly bargained for and specifically in- 



CONTRACTS. 253 

eluded therein, unless such extra worker materials shall have been expressly 
required in writing by the party of the first part or his successor, the prices 
and quantities thereof having been first agreed upon by the contracting 
parties, and approved by the Chief of Engineers. 

And it is also further agreed by the parties of the second part, as required 
by the 14th section of the act of Congress approved July 17, 1862, that 
neither this contract nor any interest therein shall be transferred to any 
other party or parties, and that any such transfer shall cause the annulment 
of the contract as far as the United States are concerned. 

No member of Congress, officer or agent of the Government, or any 
person employed in the public service, shall be admitted to any share here- 
in, or any benefit which may arise herefrom. 

In witness whereof the undersigned have hereunto placed their hands and 
seals the day and date first above written. 

(Executed in quintuplicate. ) 

Witnesses : 

[L. S]* 

[L.S.] 

I do solemnly swear that the copy of contract hereto annexed is an exact 

copy of a contract made by me personally with ., ; 

that I made the same fairly, without any benefit or advantage corruptly to 

the said ^ or any other person; and that the 

papers accompanying include all those relating to the said contract as re- 
quired by statute in such case made and provided. 



of Engineers. 

Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 



Bond. 

Know all men by these presents, That we, 

are held and firmly bound to the United 

States of America in the sum of lawful 

money of the United States ; for which payment, well and truly to be made, 
we bind ourselves and each of us, our and each of our heirs, executors, and 
administrators, for and in the whole, jointly and severally, firmly by these 
presents. 

Sealed with our seals, dated the day of. .in the year 

of our Lord eighteen hundred and seventy- (187 .) 

The condition of this obligation is such, that whereas certain articles of 

agreement, bearing date the day of , 187 , have been 

entered into by and between , Corps of Engineers, U. 

S. Army, acting for and in behalf of the said United States, and the above 



L. S. Locus Sigili, the place of the seal. 



254 CONTRACTS. 

bounden , for 

, at Now if the above 

bounden shall, for and during the per- 
iod during which the said articles of agreement shall, by their original 
terms, as well as by reason of any extension of time which, as provided in 
said articles, may be granted for their performance, continue in force, duly 
and fully observe, comply with, and perform all and singular the terms, 

conditions, covenants, and agreements which, on the part of the said 

, are in said articles of agreement covenanted and 

agreed to be observed, complied with, and performed, then this obligation 
shall be void ; otherwise, shall remain in full force and virtue. 
In presence of us : 



ft 



U. S. Light- House Board. 
c Contract. 

See pages 77, 211,227. i^i^^«.t/^M,t.^. 

Articles of Agreement, made and entered into between. 



, of the county of 

and State of of the first part, and Parties. 

- . .acting for 

and in behalf of the United St-:tes of America, of the second part, wit- 
nesseth : 

That the part of the first part, in consideration of the matters herein- 
after referred to and set out, and of the specifications at- Terms or condi- 

^ tions for party of 

tached hereto, and formmg a part of this contract, covenant first part. 
and agree , to and with the party of the second part, to furnish all the ma- 
terials and labor necessary to completely construct, erect at the workshop, 
take down after acceptance, and deliver (except the woodwork, the glass for 
the lantern, the lens, lamps, and other furniture belonging thereto), on 

board vessel at the port of , on or before the 

day of , anno Domini one thousand eight 

hundred and seventy- , the metal work for the ^, , . , 

' Place and time of 

superstructure for a light house for Southwest Ledge, Long delivering materials 



* Must be sealed with wax or other adhesive substance. 



CONTRACTS. 255 
Island Sound, and that the said 



.shall commence Time of beginning 

work. 



on or before the day of , eighteen hundred 

and , (18 ). 

And the said part of the first part further agree to forfeit the sum of 
tw'enty dollars per day, as liquidated damages, for each and Liquidated 
every day's delay in completing the work after the said date, "^^^^s^^- 
said amount to be deducted from any sum due the said part of the first 
part in the hands of the Light-House Establishment, and to conform in every 
particular to the stipulations and conditions specified in this Specifications to . 

, -n- 11-1 form part of con- 

contract, and to the specifications and drawings hereto an- tract. 

nexed, and which are to be considered as a part of this contract. 

The part of the first part agree to be governed in all matters regard- 
ing the work by the party of the second part, or the authorized agent thereof^ 
and that every portion of said work shall be subjected to a rigid inspection 
by the party of the second part, or his agents appointed 
therefor, and that this inspection shall be final. approval. 

And the party of the second part covenants and agree? to ^^'"'^y of second 
pay the part of the first part, as full consideration and 

i • r jr -jT-i^v Consideration and 

price of and for said light-house payment. 



•upon receiving satisfactory evidence that the work has been "Po^ evidence, 
completed and delivered in accordance with the terms of this contract, and 
to the -satisfaction of the authorized agent of the party of the second part : 

Provided, however, that in case the party of the second For failure to com- 
part shall at any time be of opinion that this contract is not woriTma/be'luir-"^ 
duly complied with by the part of the first part, or that pended end party 

. . . , -. . 1 1 ' • 1 of first part pay 

it IS not m due progress of execution, or that the said part damages. 

of the first part irregular or negligent, in such case he, the said 

party of the second part shall be authorized to declare this contract forfeited, 
and thereupon the same shall become null, and the part of the first part 
shall have no appeal from the opinion and decision aforesaid; and the right 
to except to or question the snme, in any place or under any circumstances 
whatever, is hereby released by the part of the first part ; but the part 
of the first part shall remain liable to the party of the second part for the 
damages occasioned to him by the said non-compliance, irregularity, or neg- 
ligence, and that all money or reserved percentage that may be due by vir- 
tue of the provisions of this contract will be forfeited to the party of the 
second part. 

And it is further stipulated and agreed that no member of improper influence 

_. 111-LJ-1 1 r ^ ■ ^^ securing con- 

Congress shall be admitted to any share or part of this con- tracts or appropria- 
tract or agreement, or to any benefit to arise therefrom ; and ^^°^^ ^°^ works. 
this contract shall be in all its parts subject to the terms and requisitions of 



256 CONTRACTS. 

an act of Congress passed on the twenty-first day of April, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and eight, entitled " An Act concerning 
public contracts." 

And this contract is also expressly understood to be sub- Law limiting 

^ ^ 1 , ,.. 1,.. ,. - amonnt of contracts 

ject to the terms and conditions of the joint resolution of to appropriations. 
Congress approved April fourteenth, one thousand eight hundred and 
fifty- two, containing a proviso in the following terms, viz : " Provided noth- 
ing herein contained shall be so construed as to authorize any officer or agent 
of the United States to bind the United States by contract beyond the 
amount appropriated by Congress, or to sanction any such contract hereto- 
fore made." 

And it is further covenanted and agreed, that no person Excluding employ- 

j • 1 1 • 1 T • 1 TT T- , ,• 1 ers and U. S. offi- 

connected with, or engaged in the Light-House Establish- ciais under penalty 
ment service shall be allowed to contract for labor or materials, nor to be in^ 
terested in this contract, nor to any benefit to arise therefrom ; and for any 
violation of this covenant and agreement the part of the first part sHall 

forfeit all moneys which may become due under 

this contract. 

Provided, also, that it is expressly understood and agreed Not to be sub-let 

... , ,, 1,1 • 1 1 nor assigned. 

that this contract shall not be sub-let nor assigned; but 
that it shall be well and truly carried out and fulfilled in good faith by the 
above recited part of the first part, and that payment on Payments to be 
account thereof shall be made to the aforesaid part of ^ade^" *^"^ 
the first part, heirs, executors, or administra- 

tors, or to such person or persons as may lawfully authorize, by 

power of attorney, to receive the same. 

And provided further, that this contract shall not be bind- Contract subject to 

^ , __ . , _ -1 • 1 11 1 1 1 the approval of Lt 

ing upon the United States until it shall have been approved House Board. 
by the Light House Board. 

And for the true and faithful performance of all and sin- Mutual consent, 
gular the covenants, articles and agreements hereinbefore particularly set 
forthy the subscribers hereunto bind themselves, jointly and severally, their 
and each of their successors, heirs, executors, and administrators. 

Bondsmen's Oaths. 

State OF , ) 

County 0/... ^ , > 

, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he 

resides at No , street, in the of. in the 

State of. ; and that the value of his property, over and above 

all debts and liabilities incurred by him, is over dollars, 

($ ,) and that he is fully responsible for the amount of his obligation 

in the foregoing bond by him executed. 



Sworn and subscribed this day of. , 187 , before me. 

--[L.S.] 



CONTRACTS. 2$/ 

State of , ) 

County of. , ^ 

- , being duly sworn, deposes and says that 

he resides at No street, in the of. in 

the State of. ; and that the value of his property, over and 

above all debts and liabilities incurred by him, is over 

dollars, {% ,) and that he is fully responsible for the amount of his 

obligation in the foregoing bond by him executed. 



Sworn and subscribed this day of. , 187 , before me. 

,[L. S.] 



Certificate of Solvency. 
I certify that I have made due and diligent personal inquiry as to the 
ability of the signers of the foregoing bond, and am satisfied that they are 

good and sufficient, and fully responsible for the sum of - . 

dollars, ($ ) each. 



Date : , 



Notes. — The sureties' certificate of solvency must be signed by an officer of the Government knows 
to the Treasury Department. 

Each surety will qualify in double the amount of the bond. 

Form of Bond with Contract. 

Know all men by these presents that we, ♦ 

, citizens of State of. 

are held and firmly bound unto the United States of America in the sum of 

rjo'lars, ($ ), lawful money of the said United States 

of America, as liquidated damages, to be paid to the United States of 
America or its authorized agent ; for which payment, well and truly to be 
made, we, and each of us, do bind ourselves, and each of our heirs, execu- 
tors, and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 

Sealed with our seals, and dated this day of anno 

Domini one thousand eight hundred and seventy- 

Whereas the above bounden 

by an instrument in writing, under hand and seal , dated the 

of. , contracted with the. United States of America to construct 

and deliver the metal work for the superstructure of the light-house for 
Southwest Ledge, Long Island Sound, on the conditions and for the consid- 
erations in the annexed and preceding contract, according to the specifica- 
tions contained in or annexed to said contract and the plans alluded or re- 
ferred to in the same : 

Now, therefore, the condition of the above obligation is such, that if the 

said 

Q 



258 CONTRACTS. 

shall well and truly, and in good, sufficient, and workmanlike manner, fur- 
nish and deliver the said light-house mentioned in the aforesaid contract, 
and complete the same in accordance with the terms and provisions therein 
stipulated, and in each and every respect fully comply with the conditions 
therein contained, then this obligation to be void ; otherwise, to remain in 
full force and virtue. 

Signed and sealed in the presence of — 
Witnesses : 

[L.S.] 

IL.S] 

[L. S.] 

[L. S.] 

Notes. — All the sighatures of bidders, contractor and sureties chould have affixed to them seals of 
wax or wafer, andlheir first names should be written in full, 
The residence of sureties and witnesses should be given. 
The bondsmen must qualify in the forms following. 

Thus covenanted, made, and agreed by the parties this ^^*'=- 

day of anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and seventy- 

, as witness their hands and seals. 

[Seal. 1 Signature of parties 

r ^ , * T under seal. 

,. .- [Seal.] 

[Seal.] 

[Seal.] 

[Seal.] 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of — 

Witnesses : 

"WiinesacM, 



CONTRACTS. , 259 



Forms used for Municipal Work, 

Contract 

For THE Construction of the Snyder Avenue Main Sewer, on 

Snyder Avenue, from Sixth Street to the Delaware River. 

City of Philadelphia. 

This Agreement, made this twelfth day of July, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy-i'^'Z/^/z, between " The City of 
Philadelphia,'' hereinafter called the party of the first part, and Hugh 
Deehan, of the City of Philadelphia, hereinafter called the party of the 
second part, 

WITNESSETH, That the party of the second part, for and in consideration 
of the payments hereinafter specified and agreed to be made by the party 
of the first part, hereby covenants and agrees to furnish and deliver all the 
materials and to do and perform all the work and labor required to be fur- 
nished and delivered, done and performed in and about the construction of 
a certain Main Sewer on the line of Snyder Avenue, from Sixth Street to the 
Delaware River, in the City of Philadelphia, as authorized by Ordinance, 
approved, in strict and entire conformity with the plans on file at the Survey 
Department, and in strict and entire conformity with the Specifications, a 
copy of which is hereto annexed, and which said plans and specifications are 
hereby made part of this agreement, as fully and with the same effect as if 
the same had been set forth at length in the body of this agreement. 

The party of the second part further covenants and agrees that all of said 
materials shall be of the best of their several kinds and qualities, and that 
all of said work and labor shall be done and performed in the best and most 
workmanlike manner : and that all of said materials and work and labor 
shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Chief Engineer and 
Surveyor of the City of Philadelphia, or his duly authorized assistant, and 
in case any of said materials or work shall be rejected by the said Chief En- 
gineer and Surveyor or his assistant, as defective or unsuitable, then the said 
materials shall be removed and replaced with other materials, and the said 
work shall be taken down and done anew to the satisfaction and approval of 
the said Chief Engineer and Surveyor or his assistant, at the cost and expense 
of the party of the second part. 

The party of the second part further covenants and agrees that all of said 
materials shall be furnished and delivered, and all of said work and labor 
shall be done and performed to the satisfaction and approval of the said 
Chief Engineer and Surveyor, on or before the expiration oi twelve months 
from the date of notice to commence work under this contract, and if for any 
reason, except for the written consent of the said Chief Engineer and Sur- 



26o , COiNTRACTS. 

veyor, as hereinafter provided, the completion of the said work shall be de- 
layed beyond that date, then the party of the second part shall pay to the 
party of the first part, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum 
of Twenty Dollars per day for each and every day during which the said 
work shall be so delayed. But the said Chief Engineer and Surveyor, upon 
written notice from the party of the second part, of the existence of causes 
over which he has no control, which must delay the completion of the said 
work, may extend the period of its completion, and in such cases the 
damages for delay shall begin to run from the period to which the date of 
completion shall have been so extended. 

And it is further expressly understood and agreed by and between the 
parties hereto, and it is hereby made part of this agreement, that if in the 
opinion of the said Chief Engineer and Surveyor the party of the second 
part shall be prosecuting the said work with an insufficient force of work- 
men, or with an insufficient stock of materials for the prompt completion of 
the said work, or shall be improperly performing the said work, or shall dis- 
continue the performance of said work before completion, or shall neglect 
or refuse to remove such materials or to take down and rebuild such work 
as shall be rejected by the said Chief Engineer and Surveyor as defective or 
unsuitable, then in any such case, it shall be lawful for the said Chief Engi- 
neer and Surveyor, and he is hereby authorized and empowered to purchase 
such materials and to employ such contractors or workmen as in his opinion 
shall be required for the proper completion of the said work, at the cost 
and expense of the party of the second part. 

And the party of the second part further covenants and agrees properly 
to enclose the said work and to place signal lights thereon all night, and to 
be responsible for and pay all loss or damage which may in any manner 
arise by reason of the construction of the said work, during the progress of 
the same. 

The party of the second part further covenants and agrees not to assign, 
transfer or sub-let this contract. It is further expressly understood and 
agreed by and between the parties hereto, and it is hereby made part of 
this agreement, that nothing contained in this contract or in the specifica- 
tions hereto attached, shall be taken o'r construed to preclude the party of 
the first part from contesting the estimates or certificates of the Chief En- 
gineer or other Officer, or the claim of the party of the second part under 
this contract, or under such estimate or certificate, but the party of the first 
part shall be at full liberty to take every legal defense to the character, 
quality and quantity of the said work and materials, and to the time and 
manner in which the same shall be furnished and done, notwithstanding the 
certificates or approval of the said Chief Engineer or other Officer.* 

In consideration of the premises, the party of the first part hereby agrees 



* This clause has recently been introduced and forms an Important element In all such cases. It is 
not always wise tT vest too much absolute authority in the hands of one man, leaving no redress ir> case 
of errors or misunderstandings which do frequenily arise. 



CONTRACTS. 26 1 

to pay to the party of the second, part the following prices as full compensa- 
tion for furnishing all the material and labor in building and constructing, 
and in all respects completing the aforesaid work and appurtenances, in the 
manner before specified, to wit: 

For furnishing the materials and building the sewer and appurtenances, 
according to the plans and specifications, and including all the excavation, 
whether rock, earth, quicksand, caves, or otherwise ; also all piles driven to 
such depths as may be ordered to render the work secure ; also all timber 
and plank used for sheet-piling, foundations and for supporting the banks 
or sides of the excavation ; also all embankment for foundation or covering 
or elsewhere ; also the filling in of the earth around and over the sewer and 
appurtenances to the height which previously existed, unless otherwise di- 
rected ; also the repairs to the water-pipes and gas-pipes ; the removal and 
disposal of all rock, rubbish, or surplus earth dug out of the trenches, the 
taking up and removing the paving stones, and the earth and sand from the 
trenches, to such pan of the street or vicinity as may be directed by the 
Engineer ; also all the relaying of curb, gutters, flag and paving stones? 
rendered necessary by the construction of the work ; also the furnishing of 
earth or sand for refilling the trenches^ in case of deficiency ; also the pre- 
paration of the bottom, where rock has been blasted out ; also all. pumping 
and bailing rendered necessary by the character of the work; also the 
cleaning out of the sewer and drains, and the removal of all rubbish imme- 
diately after the completion of each section ; also all loss or damage to 
person or property, arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid or its 
prosecution, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen ob- 
structions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the 
same ; including also the furnishing of all necessary materials and labor, 
and the performance of the whole of the work mentioned in the specifica- 
tions, and also all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension 
or discontinuance of said work as before specified, or of a faithful compliance 
with each and every of the requirements of this agreement, and for well 
and faithfully completing the same, and the whole thereof, in the manner 
elsewhere specified, to wit : provided the amount to be paid tinder this con- 
tract shall not exceed in the aggregate the sum of fifty-seven thousand one 
hundred and twenty-five dollars. 

For sewer 5^ feet in diameter, per lineal foot, five dollars, $ 5.00 

" " 6 " " "■ "■ twelve dollars 12.00 

" " 6X '' " " " fifteen dollars 15.00 

" '* 7 '^ " " " twenty dollars 20.00 

*' " 'jYz " " " ** thirty dollars 30,00 

'' 8 'i " '' " thirty dollars 30.00 

Payment therefor to be made in monthly instalments, upon certificates 
furnished by the Chief Engineer and Surveyor aforesaid, of the amount of 
work satisfactorily executed during each month, less twenty per cent, to be 
retained until the completion and acceptance of the said work. The said 



262 CONTRACTS. 

payments to be made in assessment bills, prepared as specified in Section 
Two of Ordinance '* Regulating the Assessment upon Property, for the 
Construction of Sewers," Approved May 12th, 1866, and Warrants upon 
upon the City Treasurer, payable in bonds or cash, at the discretion of the 
Mayor. All of which payments shall be received as so much cash, and be 
collected without recourse to the City of Philadelphia ; but for the purpose 
of the better enabling them to collect the same, the name of the said City 
may be used, and all her legal remedies, whether by bill or otherwise em- 
ployed. The final payment to be made in full settlement one montji after 
the date of the satisfactory completion of the said work. 

In witness whereof the Corporate seal of the party of the first part, at- 
tested by the Mayor of the said City, hath been hereto affixed, and the party 
of the second part hath hereto set his hand and seal, the day and year first 
above written, (Signed) 

Sealed and delivered in the ^ THOS. DEEHAN, [L. S.] 

presence of v 

(Signed) W. N. ASHMAN. ) W. S. STOKLEY, [Seal.] 



See page 104. CONTRACT 

For Completion of Cool Spring Reservoir, Wilmington, Del. 

This agreement made this Seventeenth day of 'July, one thousand 
eight hundred and seventy-seven^ between P. F. C a?td J. K , of 

the City of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania, of the first part, and 
John P. Allmond, Ja?nes Bradford and Ccesar A. Rodney, Water Com- 
missioners of the City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, of the second 
part. 

(The above mentioned Commissioners were appointed by act of the Gen- 
eral Assembly of the State of Delaware, passed at Dover on the twentieth 
day of March, One Thousand Eight hundred and Seventy-Seven. ) 

Witnesseth, 'that the said P, F. C and J. K , in consideration 

of the covenants of the said Con'missioners, hereinafter contained, do cov- 
enant and agree to and with the said Commissioners to complete the North 
Basin of the Cool Spring Reservoir in the time and manner as required by 
the attached printed Specifications (see page 104) and in accordance with 
the plans and directions of the Engineer in charge of the said work ; also 
to complete the South Basin of said Reservoir at such time as may hereafter 
be fixed by said Commissioners and under the conditions of section first of 
the attached specifications. 

\nd the said Commissioners do covenant and agree to pay to the said 
C &= K , the sum of Thirty- three thousand dollars ($33,000) at 

the times and in the manner specified in article thirty-four (34) of the at- 
tached specifications, for the material and labor required to complete the 



CONTRACTS. 263 

North Basin of the said Reservoir, and also to pay the said C &^ K 
at the times and in the manner specified in Article Thirty-four (34) of the 
attached specifications, the sum of Thirty -six thousand dollars (36,000) sub- 
ject to the conditions of Article First of said specifications for the labor and 
material required to complete the South Basin of said Reservoir. 

And it is mutually agreed by both parties to this contract that they shall 
be governed in all things relating to the work at Cool Spring Reservoir by 
the attached printed specifications or by such alterations or modifications of 
the same as shall hereafter be agreed upon by said parties. 

In witness whereof we have hereunto set our hands and seals this seven- 
teenth day of July, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-seven. 

Signed, J. P. A , (seal) 

JAS. B , (seal) 

Witnesses : C. A. R , (seal) 

JOB. H. J , Water Commissioners. 

WM. F , 



P. F. 
J. K 


C 


, (seal) 

, (seal) 

Contractors, 


Boston Aqueduct. 






Contract for Iron Pipe. 







Articles of agreement, made and concluded the day 

of in the year eighteen hundred and forty-seven, 

between 



of the one part, and the Water Commissioners of the City of Boston, of the 
other part, whereby it is covenanted and agreed as follows, to wit : the said 



hereby covenant and agree that will construct, furnish and 

deliver, in a good and sound condition, agreeable to the specifications here- 
inafter contained, on some wharf in the City of Boston, as may be designated 
by said Commissioners, a quantity of cast iron water pipes, as follows, 
to wit : 



including such variety of branch, curve, bevel hub, double hub, hydrant 
bends, taper pipes, sleeve pieces, and such other pieces for connecting with 



264 CONTRACTS. 

those above designated, as may be required by the said commissioners. It 
is understood that the diameter of pipes refers to the interior diameter. 

The pipes to be constructed so as to form, in laying down, Kind oi joint. 
the connection designated as the faucet and spigot joint. The dimensions 
and form of the hub, or socket end, and also the bead on the spigot end, 
are to be made in conformity with the plan submitted by the Chief Engineer, 
in the employ of the Water Commissioners, 

. The single hub pipes, including taper pipes and curved pipes, with the 
ordinary straight pipes, are to be made in lengths of 9 feet, Length of pieces, 
including the hub or socket. The double hub pipes are to be in lengths or 
pieces of 4 feet. The branch pieces are to have such length as will allow 
the joints to be conveniently made, beyond the curvatures of the several 
branches. 

The sleeve pieces will vary in dimensions, so as to suit the different-sized 
pipes, according to the drawing of the aforesaid engineer. 

The thickness of metal to be, for 30-inch pipes, i inch ; Thickness of metal, 
for ?4-inch pipes, J4 ; for 20 and 16-inch pipes, ^; for 12, 6 and 4-inch 
}4 of an inch. 

The pipes to be made from pig iron, of a quality Character of casting 

to make a sound and strong casting, and such as will bear drilling and filing, 
and be cast from a cupola or air furnace. All straight pipes to be 

cast in a vertical position with the hub end down, and all other pipes to be 
cast in the same position, so far as their form will permit. 

Care shall be taken to guard against the pipes falling short Ur.iformity in 
of the specified diameter in the inside, and that they do not 
exceed the specified diameter more than 3-16 of an inch, for 16-inch pipes, 
and a proportionate excess for pipes of intermediate and smaller sizes ; and 
that in all cases they have such uniformity in diameter as will not impair 
the facility of making the lead joint ; and to guard against inconvenience in 
assorting the pipes, the •said contractor agree to put a conspicuous mark 
on each end of each piece of pipe that exceeds the exact diameter, by which 
the varying diameters may be designated and known, to wit : those that 
exceed the exact diameter by the least amount, are to be designated as No. 
I. Those that exceed the exact diameter by the next largest amount, as 
No. 2. And those that exceed the exact diameter by the largest amount, 
as No. 3. 

The pipes shall be uniform in the thickness of metal, as Thickness of metal, 

- r J r ^ ■, i-rr • i- i Uniform. 

specihed for the several different sizes or diameters, and care 
taken that they shall not be less than the specified thickness, nor exceed the 
same, more than will produce an extra weight, or a deficiency of weight of 
one hundred pounds per piece of 30-inch pipe, eighty pounds per piece of 
24-inch pipe, seventy pounds per piece of 20-inch pipe, fifty-five pounds per 
piece of 16-inch pipe, forty pounds per piece of 12-inch pipe, twenty pounds 
per piece of 6- inch pipe, and ten pounds per piece of 4-inch pipe, over a 
Strict calculation of the contents specified, which is to be computed at the rate 



CONTRACTS. 265 

of twenty-seven hundredths of a pound to one cubic inch of metal. And 
pipes not conforming to this specification shall be rejected. 

By uniformity of thickness is understood that the pipes shall not vary from 
the specified thickness more than 1-16 of an inch on either side. This uni- 
formity, and also the quality of the metal, shall be tested, in any manner the 
said engineer shall deem satisfactory. 

After delivery on the wharf, as before provided, the 30, 24 and 20-inch 
pipes are to be subjected to a proof of two hundred and fifty Proof. 
pounds pressure per square ineh ; and all other pipes to a pressure of three 
hundred pounds per square inch. The pipes to be inspected and proved by, 
and under the direction of, the aforesaid engineer, and at the expense of 
the aforesaid commissioners. If any pipes are increased in thickness of 
metal, a corresponding increase of pressure in the proof will be applied. 

The pipes, branches and other pieces, to be furnished in Ordet of delivery. 
such order, in regard to the different kinds, as may be required by the 
aforesaid engineer, who will give bills specifying the order for delivery. 

The time of delivery to be as follows, to wit : 

Tons. 
a 

it 

« 

t( 
it 

The said commissioners may increase the quantity of Quantity may be 

•^ increased. 

pipes, beyond what is herem provided for, to any extent, 
not exceeding 10 per cent, of the specified amount, provided notice is given 
the Contractor of their decision to require it, at least three months before 
the time for the last delivery. 

In this contract a ton weight is understood' to mean a Ton Weight, 
gross ton, or to contain 2,240 pounds. 

And the said Commissioners do hereby engage that, whenever in the 
opinion of the said Chief Engineer, this contract shall be wholly completed 
on the part of the said contractor , they will pay for said work as follows : 

For straight and taper pipe, 

For curved and branch pipe. 

The prices above specified to be in full compensation, and to include 
every charge for materials, workmanship and safe delivery, as provided in 
this contract. 

During the prosecution of this contract, the said Com- Monthly estimates 
missioners agree to pay, on the certificate of said Engineer, as the pipe are 
delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this contract, as 
follows : — That on the delivery of a lot or parcel, as herein provided, the 



266 CONTRACTS. 

said Chief Engineer shall proceed to move the pipes to the yard or press 
prepared for the same, and after duly inspecting them and submitting them 
to the proof as herein provided, the said Engineer shall givt^ a certificate of 
estimate for so much of said delivery as he shall find to meet the require- 
ments of this contract ; and the said Commissioners will pay to the said 
contractor within lo per cent, of the contract price, for the pipe included 
in said estimate. It being fully provided and expressly understood that the 
said estimate will not be made oftener than once per month. 

For a more full explanation of the form of the several pieces and parts, 
and the manner of providing for joints in all the details, the said Engi- 
neer will furnish plans or drawings of the several kinds of pipes herein 
provided, and give such directions from time to time as may appear to him 
necessary and proper, in order to make the work complete and perfect on 
the plan contemplated by this contract ; and also bills specifying the num- 
ber of pieces wanted of each ; and the said plans, directions, and bills shall 
in every respect be complied with. 

To prevent all disputes, it is hereby mutually agreed that the said Engi- 
neer shall in all cases determine the weight of the pipes de- Inspection, 
livered under this contract, and inspect and prove the same; and also that 
the said Engineer shall, in all cases, decide every question that can or may 
arise relating to the execution of this contract, on the part of the said con- 
tractor , and his estimate and decision shall be final and conclusive. 

It is further agreed that whenever this contract, in the opinion of the 
aforesaid Chief Engineer, shall be completely performed on Final certificate, 
the part of the said contractor , the said Engineer shall certify the same in 
writing under his hand ; together with his estimate of the amount of the 
same, according to the terms of the contract ; and the said Commissioners 
shall, within thirty days after the receipt of such certificate, pay the said 
contractor , the sum or balance, which according to this contract shall be 
due. 

And it is further agreed that if, in the opinion of said Engineer, the con- 
tractor shall neglect or refuse to prosecute the work embraced in this con- 
tract, or perform the work in an improper manner, the said Engineer may 
certify the same in writing, to the said Commissioners, and in such case the 
said Commissioners shall have power to certify and declare that this con- 
tract has been violated and abandoned by the said contractor , and on 
making such certificate the said contract shall be deemed abandoned, and' 
the said Commissioners may proceed to contract for the work with any 
other person. 

It is hereby understood and agreed, that payment for the work herein 
contracted for shall be made in current bank notes of the city of Boston. 

And it is further agreed by the parties to this contract, that in the case 
of the absence or inability to act of the said Chief Engineer, then and in 
that case, the Principal Assistant Engineer, in the employment of the said 



CONTRACTS. 26^ 

Commissioners shall have, and is hereby invested with all the powers here- 
inbefore given to the said Chief Engineer in the premises. 
Signed, Sealed and Delivered in presence of 



See page no. 

Articles of Agreement Between the Trustees of the Univer- 
sity OF Pennsylvania and Messrs. Struthers & Sons. 

Aticles of Agreement made and entered into the day of March, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy-one 
(1871), between the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, of the 
first part, William Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr., 
all of the city of Philadelphia, copartners as contractors and builders, under 
the firm of Struthers & Sons, of the second part. 

The said William Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr. , 
copartners as aforesaid, for themselves jointly and severally, and for their 
respective executors and administrators, and for every of them "do, and 
each of them doth hereby covenant and promise, and agree to and with the 
said The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, and their successors 
in manner following ; that is to say, that they, the said William Struthers, 
John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, their 
several executors and administrators, for and in consideration of the sum of 
two hundred and thirty-one thousand nine dollars, to be paid to them by 
the said parties of the first part, at the times and in the proportions herein- 
after set forth, shall and will at their own proper costs and expense for all 
material, carriage, labor, machines, insurance, and other charges, before the 
first day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and seventy-two, with the best materials of the kinds specified and suitable 
for the proper purpose, substantially and in true workmanlike manner, to 
the entire satisfaction and under the supervision of Thomas W. Richards, 
the Architect appointed by said parties of the first part, and also with the 
approval of the Building Committee of the said The Trustees of the Uni- 
versity . of Pennsylvania, erect, build, set up, and finish according to the 
true intent and meaning of, and conformably in every respect with the 
plans, elevations, sections, drawings, and dimensions hereby adopted, and 
the specifications hereunto annexed, a Building with its appurtenances for 
the use and accommodation of the said The Trustees of the University of 
Pennsylvania and their successors, on the lot of ground bounded by Thirty- 
fourth and Thirty-sixth streets, and by Locust and Spruce streets in the 
city of Philadelphia, and upon the site therein designated by the said Ar- 
chitect and Building Committee — it being hereby agreed and covenanted 
by and between the said parties of the first and second part that the speci- 



26^ CONTRACTS. 

fications severally signed by the respective parties, and hereunto annexed 
before the execution of these presents, together with the plans and draw- 
ings by attestation of the said parties bearing even date herewith, shall be 
aS valid and as binding to all intents and purposes as if in these Articles 
particularly set forth or incorporated : and further, that the decision of the 
said Thomas W. Richards, the architect aforesaid, shall be final and con- 
clusive in any dispute which may arise by and between the parties hereto 
relative to the true purport and meaning of the plans and drawings herebv 
adopted, and of the specifications hereunto annexed ; and it is hereby cove- 
nanted and agreed, and distinctly understood by and between the parties to 
this Agreement, that the said William Struthers, John Struthers, and Wil- 
liam Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, shall not let or transfer this 
contract for erecting the said Building to any other person or persons, but 
will severally give their supervision to its complete performance ; and it is 
hereby further covenanted and agreed by and between the said parties 
hereto, that upon notice from the Architect aforesaid, or from the Building 
Committee of the said parties of the first part, the said William Struthers, 
John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, their 
respective executors or administrators, shall and will take down, change, 
alter and reconstruct at their own proper cost and expense, any and all 
unfit and unsatisfactory workmanship or materials made use of in the con- 
struction of the said Building, and the said Architect and Building Com- 
mittee shall jointly have the right to object to and to require the removal, 
change, and alteration of any and all materials and work not correspond- 
ing in quality and manner to those respectively designated in the specifica- 
tions hereunto annexed, provided nevertheless, that such removal, change, 
or alteration shall be required within two weeks next after the setting up or 
use of the materials or doing of the work objected to as aforesaid. And it 
is further covenanted and agreed by and between the said parties, that if 
the said parties of the first part shall, within three calendar months next 
after the date of these presents determine to have the said Building con- 
structed without the two Towers now marked on the plans hereby adopted, 
or to postpone the erection thereof, the sum of four thousand five hundred 
dollars shall be allowed by the said parties of the second part, and be de- 
ducted from the consideration money hereinbefore named ; and further, 
that if by like determination and direction, the terra cotta chimneys and 
pinnacles according to the said plans and specifications, shall be omitted, 
the sum of eight thousand dollars shall be allowed and deducted from the 
consideration money aforesaid, provided nevertheless, that notice in writing 
of such intended omissions or alterations shall be given by the said parties 
of the first part within the said three months to the said parties of the 
second part. And it is hereby further covenanted and agreed by and be- 
tween the parties hereto, that in case any other omissionS;, alterations^ ad- 
ditions or extra work from or to the said designs, plans, and specifi- 
cations shall, by the said Building Committee, be thought neces- 



CONTRACTS, 269 

sary or expedient to be made or done during the course of the erec- 
tion or construction of any part of the said Building or its appurtenances, 
the said omissions, alterations, additions, or extra work shall not in any 
way affect or invalidate these Articles of Agreement, but the particulars in 
writing of such proposed omissions, or alterations, or additions shall be 
signed and delivered by the said Building Committee, or the Chairman 
thereof, to the said William Struthers, John Struthers, and William 
Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, their several executors or administra- 
tors, who shall and will thereupon make and perform such additions or allow 
such omissions accordingly; and thereupon if the said parties of the first 
and second part cannot forthwith agree upon the proper increase to or 
abatement from the consideration money hereinbefore named on account of 
the said additions, alterations, extra work, or omissions, then the same shall 
be referred to the decision of three disinterested persons, one of whom shall 
be chosen by each of the said parties, and they two shall call in an umpire, 
and the joint award or determination of a majority of the said referees rela- 
tive to the value of the said additions, extra work, alterations, or omissions, 
and of the consequent increase or abatement of the consideration money 
aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding upon both the said parties, their 
successors, or their executors and administrators respectively. 

And it is hereby further covenanted and agreed by and between the said 
parties of the first and second parts, that during the construction of the said 
Building, and until the completion thereof and its delivery to the said The 
Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, and their successors, the said 
William Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr., copartners 
as aforesaid, their several executors or administrators, shall and will save 
and keep harmless and indemnified the said parties of the first part and 
their successors from all actions, suits, costs, and penalties, by reason of any 
neglect of city ordinances, encroachments upon neighboring premises, or 
from any other misfeasance or nonfeasance, accident, neglect, or other 
cause whatsoever, by or through the acts or defaults of any person or per- 
sons employed by the said parties of the second part in the erection of the 
Building, and all losses, costs, damages, penalties, or expenses thereby in- 
curred or occasioned, shall be borne, suffered, and paid for by the said par- 
ties of the second part, their several executors or administrators. And it is 
hereby further covenanted and agreed by and betv/een the said parties here- 
to, that the said parties of the second part, when and as often as by the 
said Building Committee so required, shall and will insure the said Build- 
ing, at the cost of the said contractors, from all general and special risks 
for such sums not exceeding two hundred thousand dollars* and in such fire 
inr.urance companies as the said Building Committee may approve, and 
shall and will forthwith assign and transfer the several polices of insurance 
to the said The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, and their suc- 
cessors, to be held by them unt 1 the completion and delivery of the said 
Building, as security against any loss that might occur by the destruction or 



2/0 CONTRACTS. 

injury of the said premises. And the said parties of the second part do 
hereby covenant and agree to and with the said parties of the first part, that 
on the first Monday of each and every month, commencing with the first 
Monday of June next ensuing the date hereof, and thereafter until the said 
Building shall be finished, they, the said William Struthers, John Struthers, 
and William Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, their several executors 
or administrators, shall and will make out and furnish to the said Architect, 
or to the said Building Committee, a careful and detailed statement and ex- 
hibit of the materials used in and towards the actual erection and construc- 
tion of the said Building, and of the work done thereon during the month 
next preceding, not including in such statement any materials intended or 
prepared for use therein, if the same be not at the date of such statement 
actually and permanently set up or worked into the said Building, in ac- 
cordance with the plans and specifications hereby adopted, which said state- 
ment and exhibit shall be submitted to the said Architect, who shall ex- 
amine and verify the same, and shall thereupon determine the fair cash 
value of the materials and work therein specified, and from and out of the 
amount of each and every monthly valuation as aforesaid, ten per centum 
thereof shall be reserved and retained by the said The Trustees of the Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, and their successors, upon making each monthly 
payment as hereinafter provided, as a security and guaranty for the true 
and faithful performance of the agreements and covenants of the parties of 
the second part herein contained. And the said parties of the second part 
do hereby further covenant and agree with the said parties of the first part, 
that in case default shall be made in completing and finishing the said 
Building and its appurtenances, in accordance with these Articles of Agree- 
ment, and delivering the same to the said The Trustees of the University' 
of Pennsylvania, and their successors, on or before the first day of August, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventy-two, it 
shall and may be lawful for the said parties of the first part to keep and re- 
tain out of any moneys in their possession to which, upon final settlement 
as hereinafter provided, the said William Struthers, John Struthers, and 
William Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, their executors or adminis- 
trators, might or would be entitled, the sum of two thousand dollars for each 
and every calendar month, or the part of any calendar month, that default 
shall be made as aforesaid, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages 
due by and received from the said parties so in default, and which 
liquidated damages the said William Struthers, John Struthers, and 
William Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, jointly and severally, 
and for their several executors and administrators, do and each of 
them doth hereby covenant and consent to be charged with, and to 
piy in the manner aforesaid to the said The Trustees of the University 
of Pennsylvania, and their successors. And the said The Trustees 
of the University of Pennsylvania, for themselves and their successors, do 
hereby covenant, promise, and agree to and with the said William 



CONTRACTS. 2/1 

Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr., copartners as afore- 
said, their several executors and administrators, that for and in considera- 
tion of the erection, construction, and finishing of the aforesaid Building 
with its appurtenances, in conformity with the plans and specifications here- 
by adopted or hereunto annexed, as well as of the true and faithful perform- 
ance of all and every the covenants and agreements herein contained, on the 
part of the said parties of the second part, the said parties of the first part 
shall and will well and truly pay, or cause to be paid unto the said parties 
of the second part, the sum of two hundred and thirty-one thousand nine 
hundred dollars, subject to abatement therefrom or increase thereto in man- 
ner aforesaid, in the several instalments, and at the respective times herein- 
after mentioned for the payment thereof, that is to say, in each and every 
month during the construction of the said Building, such sum as by the 
statement of materials used and work done, and the valuation thereof by 
the said Architect, shall appear to be due, whenever and as soon as such 
valuation shall be determined, first, nevertheless, deducting therefrom ten 
per centum of the amount thereof, to be reserved by the said parties of the 
first part as hereinbefore covenanted ; and when and as soon after the said 
Building with its appurtenances shall be completely erected, constructed, 
and finished, and ready for immediate occupancy, and all stone, soil, rub- 
bish, and superfluous matter shall have been entirely removed, and the said 
premises delivered up to the said The Trustees of the University of Penn- 
sylvania, that then the said The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, 
and their successors, shall and will well and truly pay or cause to be paid 
unto the said Williarn Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, 
Jr., copartners as aforesaid, their several executors and administrators, the 
full and entire balance and residue of the said sum of two hundred and 
thirty-one thousand nine hundred dollars (subject to abatement therefrom 
or increase thereto, in manner aforesaid, or deduction therefrom on default 
of completing the said building within specified time) then remaining due 
and unpaid, including all sums often per centum reserved from each and 
every monthly settlement as aforesaid, it being understood that no interest 
shall accrue or be payable upon any sums so reserved. 

And the said parties of the first part for themselves and their successors 
do hereby further covenant and agree to and with the parties of the second 
part, that upon the completion and delivery of the said building, they, the 
said " The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania," and their success- 
ors, shall and will purchase all policies of insurance effected as hereinbefore 
provided, to an amount not exceeding two hundred thousand dollars, and 
will pay, therefore the amount of premium paid by the said parties of the 
second part for the said several insurances, excepting, nevertheless, such 
part of the said premiums as shall at any time have been paid for extra risks 
while building. And it is hereby further covenanted and agreed by and 
between the said parties hereto, that whenever so required by either of the 
said parties of the first or second parts, the work done, and the materials- 



272 CONTRACTS. 

used in and towards the actual erection aud construction of the building 
and its appurtenances during any preceding period, not including any ma- 
terials intended or prepared for use therein, if the same be not bona fide and 
permanently set up or affixed in or to the said building in accordance with 
the plans and specifications aforesaid, shall be measured and estimated by 
three disinterested and competent persons, whereof one shall be chosen by 
each of the said parties, and they shall call in an umpire, and the joint 
award of a majority of the said referees, regard being had to the entire con- 
sideration money to be paid for the construction of the said building, shall 
be bmding and conclusive upon both the said parties, their successors or 
executors and administrators respectively, and all the costs and charges of 
such measurement and valuation shall be shared equally between the said 
parties ; and if, upon any such measurement and valuation, it shall appear 
that the aggregate of monthly statements and valuations hereinbefore pro- 
vided for, inclusive of the ten per centum of deductions, shall be in excess 
or below the just and true amount owing for the work done and materials 
furnished as before said, such excess shall be charged to, or such underval- 
uation shall be compensated for at the monthly settlement next succeeding 
such measurement and award. 

And the said William Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, 
Jr., copartners as aforesaid, do hereby jointly and severally covenant and 
agree to and with the said " The Trustees of the University of Pennsyl- 
vania," and their successors, that upon the execution of these presents they 
shall and will furnish sufficient and satisfactory security by their joint and 
several Bond or Obligation in writing, with warrant of attorney to confess 
judgment thereon forthwith to the amount of twenty thousand dollars, to be 
given to them the said parties of the first part, for the full performance by 
the said parties of the second part of all agreements and covenants herein 
contained, concerning the erection of the said building and appurtenances, 
and its delivery, when completed, to the said parties of the first part ; and 
further, that a full and legal release shall be duly executed by all persons 
who, under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, could or might 
file any lien on the aforesaid building and appurtenances for work done or 
materials furnished for constructing the same, the said bond to be held by 
the said parties of the first part, and the judgment entered thereon to re- 
main unsatisfied for the space of six months after the entire completion of 
the said building, and its due delivery to them, or for such further term as 
by the laws of said Commonwealth then in force may be necessary for a full 
and entire protection against any and every lien as aforesaid. And it is 
hereby further covenanted and agreed by and between the said several par- 
ties hereto, that the said " The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania,'' 
and their successors, shall be represented in all matters, agreements, altera- 
tions, settlements, supervision, and other necessary acts whatsoever relative 
to or concerning the erection of the said building and its appurtenances, and 
the fulfilment of these articles, by a building committee duly appointed by 



CONTRACTS. 2/3 

the said "The Trustees of ihe University of Pennsylvania," and all said 
agreements and acts of the said building committee shall be as valid and 
binding to all intents and purposes upon the said " The Trustees of the 
University of Pennsylvania," and their successors, and upon the said Wil- 
liam Struthers, John Struthers, and William Struthers, Jr., copartners as 
aforesaid, their several executors or administrators, as if formally entered 
into by and with the said " The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania'' 
under their corporate seal. 

In testimony whereof the said " The Trustees of the University of Penn- 
sylvania " have caused these presents to be sealed with their corporate or 
common seal, and the said William Struthers, John Struthers and William 
Struthers, Jr., copartners as aforesaid, have hereunto severally set their 
hands and seals the day and year first before written. 

This was followed by an agreement authorizing the majority of the 
*' Building Committee " to represent the trustees. 



General Form of Contract Between a Firm and Contractor. 

Articles of Agreement, made and concluded this day of 

Anno Domini One Thousand Eight hundred and 
by and between 

party of the first part, and 
party of the second part. 

Witnesseth, That for and in consideration of the payments and cove- 
nants hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the said party 
of the second part, the said party of the first part doth hereby covenant 
and agree to 



The whole of the said work to be erected, constructed and finished, in con- 
formity with the instructions which shall from time to time be given by the 
Engineers and Architects of the party of the second part, and in full ac- 
cordance with the plans thereof prepared by 

and with the specifications, a copy of 

which is hereunto attached, which plans and specifications are understood 
as forming part of this agreement. The aforesaid work to be commenced 

and finished on or before the day of 

Anno Domini One Thousand Eight Hundred and 

And the said party of the second part doth hereby promise and agree to 
R 



2/4 CONTRACTS. 

pay to the said party of the first part for the full and faithful performance 
of this contract the sum of dollar^. 

Payment to be made in the following manner, to wit ; 



And when all the work embraced in this contract is completed agreeably to 
the specifications and in accordance with the directions and to the satisfac- 
tion of the Engineers and Architects, there shall be a final estimate made 
of the quantity, character and value of said work, agreeably to the tc;rms of 
this agreement, when the balance appearing due to the said party of the 
first part, shall be paid to upon giving a release 

under seal to the said party of the second part from all claims or demands 
whatsoever growing. in any manner out of this agreement, and upon 

presenting clear evidence satisfactory to the Engineers and Archi- 
tects that all bills and claims against that in any way might 
remain as a lien against this work are fully paid and discharged. 

The said party of the first part further agrees that before any payments 
are made to by said party of the second part under this con- 

tract will execute to said party of the second part bonds 

in the sum of . dollars, with 

satisfactory security to said party of the second part for the faithful perform- 
ance of this contract and indemnifying the said party of the second part 
from all loss, cost or damages, for or by reason of any liens, claims or de- 
mands for materials, or from laborers, mechanics and others, or from any 
damages arising from accidents to mechanics or laborers employed in the 
construction of said building, or for damnges resulting to persons passing on 
streets on which the is being constructed, or for damage done 

to adjacent properties by the construction of said , or by de- 

positing material in such a manner as to damage either the City or the in- 
dividual ; said bonds and security to be and remain in force for 
months after said shall have been completed 

and accepted. 

It is further agreed and understood that should the party of the first part 
refuse, neglect or from any cause fail to prosecute the work with a force of 
men and supply of materials sufficient in the opinion of the Engineers and 
Architects for its completion within the time specified in this agreement, 
then and in that case the Engineers and Architects or such agent as they 
shall designate, may proceed to employ such a number of workmen, over- 
seers and laborers and purchase such materials as may in the opinion of 
said Engineers and Architects be necessary to insure the completion of the 
work within the time hereinbefore limited at such wages and prices as they 
may find it necessary or expedient to give, pay all indebtedness so incurred, 
and charge over the amount so paid to the party of the first part as for so 



CONTRACTS. 2^5 

much money paid to said party of the first part on this contract : or the 
said Engineers and Architects may at their discretion, for the failure to 
prosecute the work with an adequate force, for non-compUance with their 
directions in regard to the manner of constructing it, or for any other 
omission or neglect of the requirements of this agreement and specifica- 
tions on the part of the party of the first part, declare this contract or any 
portion or section of it forfeited ; which declaration and forfeiture shall ex- 
onerate the said party of the second part from any and all obligations and 
liabilities arising under this contract, the same as if this agreement had 
never been made, and any reserved percentage or balances unpaid upon 
any work done by the said party of the first part may be retained forever 
by said party of the second part. 

It is mutually agreed between the parties to this agreement, that if any 
changes, alterations or omissions are made in the building during the 
progress of the work, the value of such changes, omissions or alterations 
shall be decided by the Engineers and Architects, who shall make an equita- 
ble allowance for such changes, omissions or alterations, and shall add the 
amount of said allowance to the contract price for the work if the cost of 
the work has been increased, or shall deduct the amount from the contract 
price if the cost of the work has been lessened, as they the said Engineers 
and Architects may deem just and equitable. 

And it is mutually agreed and distinctly understood that the decision of 
the Engineers and Architects shall be final and conclusive in any dispute 
which may arise between the parties to this agreement, relative to or touch- 
ing the same, and each and every of said parties do hereby waive any right 
of action, suit, or suits or other remedy in law or otherwise, by virt^ '■ '^ oi 
said covenants, so that the decision of the said Engineers and Archi. "cts 
shall in the nature of an award be final and conclusive on the rights and 
claims of said parties. 

In witness whereof, 



Form for " Right of Way " Grant in Fee. 

This Indenture, made this day of 187 

between of the County of 

State of Pennsylvania, party of the first part, and the 

Company, parties of the second part, witnesseth : 

That for, and in consideration of one dollar, lawful money, by the parties 

of the second part to the said party of the first part well and truly paid 

before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is 

hereby acknowledged ; subject to the further payment of 



2/6 CONTRACTS. 

dollars, to be paid when work is commenced on the lands of the party of the 
first part, the said party of the first part does hereby grant, bargain, sell, 
assign, convey, confirm, release and set over unto the said parties of the 
second part, their successors and assigns, a certain strip of land lying along 
the located line of the Company, as the 

same has been now, is, or may hereafter be located, not to exceed one-half 
rod on each side of said centre line, with the right of said party of the second 
part by themselves or their employees, to enter upon said lands lying in the 
county aforesaid, for the purpose of constructing one or more lines of pipe 
with necessary stations and telegraph, and of maintaining the same forever. 
Reserving, however, the right to the party of the first part in all cases where 
the land is under or susceptible of cultivation, to use the same for that pur- 
purpose, and also reserving all minerals therein. 

And the said • 
for himself and his heirs, executors and administrators, doth covenant with 
the parties of the second part and their successors and assigns, to war- 
rant and defend the said parties of the second part and their successors and 
assigns, in the full and free enjoyments of all, and singular the premises 
and rights hereby granted, against all persons whomsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said parties of the first part have hereunto set 
their hands and seals the day and year first above written. 

Signed, sealed and delivered [Seal.] 



in presence of 



County of 

State of Pennsylvania. 



[Seal.] 



ss. 



This day of A. D. 187 before me, the subscriber 

a of said county, personally appeared the above named 

who, in due form of law, acknowledged the foregoing 

Indenture to be act and deed, and desired that the same might be 

recorded as such. 

Witness my hand and seal the day and year last above written, 

[L. S.] 



CONTRACTS. 27/ 

Preliminary Agreement to Grant a '* Right of Way." 

Know all men by these presents, that, j 

for and in consideration of the advantages to be derived 

from the location and construction of the railroad as hereinafter mentioned, 
and of the sum of. dollars to in hand paid by The 

Company at or before the execution hereof, the receipt where- 
of is hereby acknowledged, and of the further sum of dollars 

lawful money to be paid to by the said Company upon the execution 

and delivery of the conveyance or release hereinafter mentioned, do hereby, 

for heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, grant to the said 

Company, their successors and assigns, the privilege of surveying, locating, 
constructing, and using, by themselves, their engineers, contractors, agents, 
and employees, a railroad upon such line or route therefor as may be 
adopted by said Company, through, over, and upon a certain tract or par- 
cel of land belonging to situate in Township, County, and 

State of a plan whereof, more paiticulaily showing said line or 

route of said railroad, may be hereto attached 

And do also, for heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, 

hereby covenant and agree to execute and deliver to the said The 

Company, their successors and assigns, a proper deed of conveyance, or re- 
lease for the right of way for the said railroad, through the whole length or 
breadth of the above mentioned tract of land, if required, said right of way 

to be not over feet tvide, with such additional widths for slopes at deep 

cuttings, embankments, retaining- walls, bridges, and drains as may be re- 
quired for the proper construction, maintaining, and operating of said rail- 
road ; and further, to release the said Company, their successors and as- 
signs, from all claims and demands for damages which may accrue to 

heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns by reason of the taking and 
using of the said land for said railroad, or by reason of the construction, 
maintaining, and operating said railroad on and over said tract or parcel of 
land. 



Witness hand and seal, the day of one thousand eight hun- 
dred and 

Sealed and delivered in presence of (Seal) 

(Seal) 

(Seal) 

On the day of. A. D. i8. .before me, the subscriber. 

personally appeared the above named v/hoin 

due form of law acknowledged the foregoing agreement to be act and 

deed, and desired that the same might be recorded as such. 
Witness my hand and seal the day and year aforesaid. 

(L.S. 



2/8 CONTRACTS. 



Deed for Right of Way. 

Know all Men by these Presents, That whereas the 

Company have located or are about to locate their 
Rail upon and through certain tract , piece or 

parcel of land, situate in Township, 

County, State of bounded by lands of 



and being the property of the undersigned : Now, therefore, 

for and in consideration of the location of the said rail over 

lands, and of the advantages which may accrue to therefrom, and 

also of the sum of dollars to 

in hand paid, at and before the ensealing of these presents, 
have granted, bargained, sold and conveyed, and by these presents do grant, 
bargain, sell and convey to the said Company, 

their successors and assigns, for the uses and purposes of their rail 
and the construction of works connected therewith, the right of way through 
and over said lands the whole distance of said rail through the same, 

and in width feet, and with such additional width as may be 

required and necessary in the construction and use of a double-track rail 
at deep cuttings and embankments, one-half thereof on each side 
of t ^ centre line of the double track of said rail. a plan of which said 

strip of land and premises is hereto annexed, and the full liberty to make, 
maintain and use the said rail over said lands, with the usual road- 

bed, slopes, berms, ditches, spoil-banks and borrow pits, and also the right 
to take and use any water from springs or streams upon said lands, and to 
conduct and carry water, by pipes or otherwise, over or through said lands, 
and to establish water stations thereon. 

To Have and to Hold the said strip of land and the said rights and priv- 
ileges to the said Company, their suc- 
cessors and assigns, so long as the same shall be required for the uses and 
purposes of said rail . And for the considerations aforesaid, 
do hereby for heirs, executors, administrators, 
and assigns, release the said 

Company, their successors or assigns, from any further payments for or on 
account of the appropriation and occupancy of the said strip of land, as well 
as for any and all damages which have accrued, er which may hereafter ac- 



CONTRACTS. 2/9 

crue, by reason of the location, construction, and operating of the said rail 
over and upon the said lands, 



/;/ Witness Whereof, have hereunto set hand and seal 

the day of A. D. one thousand 

eight hundred and 

Sealed and delivered in the presence of us : "j [L. S.] 

[L.S.] 

[L.S.] 

[L.S.] 
Received, The date of the within indenture, of tha 

Company, the sum of being 

the full consideration money within meationed. 

Witnesses present : 



.s s. 



On the * day of Anno Domini iS before me, 

one of the in and for the said 

personally appeared the within-named 

and in due form of law acknowledged 
the within instrument of writing to be act and deed, and desired 

that the same might be recorded as such. And the said 
being of full age, and separate and apart from said husband by 

me thereon privately examined, and the full contents of the within instru- 
ment of writing being by me first made known unto did thereupon 
declare and say, that did voluntarily, and of own free will 
and accord, sign, seal, and as act and deed, deliver the within in- 
strument of writing, without any coerdon or compulsion of said 
husband. 

Witness my hand and seal the day and year aforesaid, 



28o CONTRACTS. 

County of ^ 

> ss. 
State of Pennsylvania. ) 
Recorded in the office for • recording deeds, &c., in and for the County 
aforesaid, in Deed-book No. page &c. 

Witness my hand and seal of office, this day of A. D. i8 . 

Plan of the land referred to in the annexed deed Scale feet to one 

inch. 

(N. B. — It is of vital importance that the plot of the property with the direction of the line of the 
proposed improvement be ehtered in this place.) 



Contract 

For Graduation and Masonry of Roads and Railroads as used 
ON the Pennsylvania, AND Philadelphia* & Reading Railroads. 

See pages ijo, 232. 

Articles of Agreement, made and concluded this day of 

A. D. one thousand eight hundred and seventy between 

of the first part, and of the 

second part, witnesseth, that for and in consideration of the payments and 
covenants hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the said 
party of the second part, the said party of the first part doth hereby cove- 
nant and agree to construct and finish, in the most substantial and work- 
manlike manner, to the satisfaction and acceptance of the Engineer of the 

all the graduation, masonry, and such other 
work as may be required on of said 

toad ; the said work to be finished as described in the following specifica- 
tions, and agreeably to the directions, from time to time, of the said En- 
gineer or his assistants, on or before the day of in the year one 
thousand eight hundred and 

(Note. — The specifications as printed on page 150 are here introduced.) 
And the said party of the second part doth promise and agree to pay to 
the said party of the first part, for completing this contract, as follows, viz.: 
For excavation of earth, cents per cubic yard. For loose 

rock, cents per cubic yard. For solid rock, 

cents per cubic yard. For embankment, cents per cubic 

yard. For masonry of rectangular culverts, dollar 

cents per cubic yard. For semi-circular or other culverts with curved arches, 
dollar cents per cubic yard. For bridge masonry, 

first quality, dollar cents per cubic yard. For 

bridge masonry^ second quality, dollar cents per 

cubic yard. For paving in foundations of culverts, dollar 

cents per cubic yard. For vertical wall, . dollar 

cents per cubic yard. For slope wall, dollar 



CONTRACTS. 28 1 

cents per cubic yard. For rip rap For timber 

laid in foundation of bridges and culverts, per cubic foot, 

cents. 

On or about the first day of each month, during the progress of this 
work, an estimate shall be made of the relative value of the work done, to 
be judged of by the Engineer ; and upon his certificate of the amount be- 
ing presented to the said party of the second part, or such disbursing agent 
as they may appoint, four-fifths of the amount of said estimate shall be paid 
to the party of the first part, between the loth and 20th of each month, at 
such time and place as the said disbursing agent may designate : Provided, 
The amount due on said estimate to the party of the first part shall be more 
than three hundred dollars ; and when all the work embraced in this con- 
tract is completed agreeably to the specifications, and in accordance with the 
directions and to the satisfaction and acceptance of the Engineer, there shall 
be a final estimate made of the quality, character, and value of said work, 
agreeably to the terms of this agreement, when the balance appearing due 
to the said party of the first part shall be paid to upon giving a 

release, under seal, to the said party of the second part, from all claims or 
demands whatsoever growing in any manner out of this agreement. It is 
also understood, that the party of the first part will make all Pay- 

ments; for the work herein contracted for, in such funds as may receive 

from the party of the second part. 

It is further covenanted and agreed between the said parties, that the said 
party of the first part shall not let or transfer this contract, nor any part 
thereof, to any other person, (excepting for the delivery of materials,) with- 
out the consent of the party of the second part, but will give personal at- 
tention and superintendence to the work. Nor shall the said party of the 
first part employ any person or persons who commit depredations on the 
neighborhood, or insult travelers or other persons ; and all such disorderly 
persons shall be discharged from employment, whenever the said party of 
the first part shall be directed so to do by the Engineer in charge of the 
work. The said party of the first part further bind not to keep, 

or suffer to be kept or used, any ardent spirits in any house or tenement 
built or occupied by or by the workmen, or boarding-house keepers 

under on or near said road; and to discharge from employment 

any workman, laborer, or boarding-house keeper who is guilty of a breach 
of this regulation, when required by the Engineer. 

The Chief Engineer shall have the right to regulate, from time to time, 
the wages of labor upon the line of the work, so as to maintain a proper 
distribution of the force, and prevent the injurious effects of competition 
among the contractors for hands. * 

It is further agreed and understood that the work embraced in this con- 
tract shall be commenced within days from this 



* This clause is not in use on the Pennsylvania Railroad. 



282 CONTRACTS. 

date, and prosecuted with such force as the Engineer shall deem adequate 
to its completion within the time specified; and if, at any time, the said 
party of the first part shall refuse or neglect to prosecute the work with a 
force sufficient, in the opinion of the said Engineer, for its completion within 
the time specified in this agreement, then, and in that case, the Engineer in 
charge, or such other agent as the Engineer may designate, may proceed to 
employ such a number of workmen, laborers, and overseers as may, in the 
opinion of the said Engineer, be necessary to insure the completion of the 
work within the time hereinbefore limited, at such wages as he may find it 
necessary or expedient to give ; pay all persons so employed, and charge 
over the amount so paid to the party of the first part, as for so much money 
paid to said party of the first part on this contract ; or the said Engineer 
may, at his discretion, for the failure to prosecute the work with an adequate 
force, for non-compliance with his directions in regard to the manner of con- 
structing it, or for any other omission or neglect of the requirements of this 
agreement and specifications on the part of the party of the first part, — de- 
clare this contract, or any portion or sections embraced in it, forfeited ; which 
declaration and forfeiture shall exonerate the said party of the second part from 
any and all obligations and liabilities arising under this contract, the same as if 
this agreement had never been made ; and the reserved percentage of one 
upon any work done by the party of the first part may be re- 
tained forever by the said parry of the second part; and it is mutually agreed 
and distinctly understood, that the decision of the Chief Engineer of the 
said Railroad shall be final and conclusive in 

any dispute which may arise between the parties to this agreement, relative 
to or touching the same; and each and every of said parties do hereby 
waive any right of action, suit or suits, or other remedy in law or otherwise, 
by virtue of said covenants, so that the decision of said Engineer shall, in 
the nature of an award, be final and conclusive on the rights and claims of 
said parties. 

In witness whereof, the said parties 

ha hereunto set hand and seal the day and year first above written. 

Witness : 

[Seal], 
[Seal]. 
[Seal]. 
[Seal]. 



QUESTIONS. 283 



QUESTIONS ON THE SIXTH CHAPTER. 



Page 243. What is a contract ? What are its component parts ? How 
many copies should be signed ? 

Page 244. How are they classified ? Define the different grades. 

Page 245. What are the four essential elements ? Who may be parties 
to a contract and who not ? Of what value is a compulsory signature ? 

Page 246. Is a party bound by the signature of his agent ? How are 
corporations regarded ? What is mutual consent ? How does fraud affect 
the validity of a contract ? What is assent ? What is an offer on time ? 
How long is an offer by letter good : Of what use is the consideration ? 
Define it. What is the distinction between a good and a valuable consider- 
ation ? 

Page 247. How is the existence of a seal to be interpreted ? Is the val- 
idity affected by the adequacy of the consideration ? What is the effect if 
it be illegal or impossible? What if a valuable consideration becomes 
worthless before part performance? Upon what subjects may contracts be 
made ? How is the intention of the parties to be interpreted ? What is the 
difference between an oral and written agreement ? Upon what points may 
evidence be received in written contracts ? 

Page 248. How are words to be interpreted ? If wording be obscure 
what results ? What influence has the customary or local meaning of a 
word or phrase ? What other elements may be introduced in an agree- 
ment to modify its terms and conditions ? How are the duties of the par- 
ties to be stated ? What are those of the contractor ? of the employer ? 
How may payments be made ? Upon whom does the risk rest ? May con- 
tractor claim a payment before acceptance of work ? What are the stipula- 
tions when payments are made by instalment ? May the certificates of an 
expert be required ? What is the ruling in case of penalties for delay ? 

Page 250. How does a breach of contract by the employer affect the ob- 
ligations of the contractor ? What effect has extra work ? What time may 
be allowed when none is specified? When does a given time expire ? What 
is meant by a month ? What is the limitation for simple cases? for sealed 
instruments ? When is the guaranty required ? What is it? 

Page 251. Give the substance of the law relating to Government con- 
tracts ; relating to appropriations for public works. Analyze the form 
given for use by the U. S. Engineers, indicating the general and several 
duties of the parties. 

Page 153. Fill up the bond. 



284 QxmSTIONS. 

Pages 254, 256, 257. What are the conditions imposed in the form of 
Light-House contract? What bonds and certificates are required ? 

Page 259. Analyze carefully the form of contract for a sewer. 

Pages 262, 263. What are the elements of the contracts for a Reservoir 
and the general form for Iron Pipes for Aqueduct on page 273 ? 

Page 275. What are the stipulations for a Grant of Right of Way in 
fee? 

Page 277. State the conditions of the preliminary agreement for Right 
of Way. 

Page 278. What is the form of deed for Right of Way for a R. R., &c. 

Page 280. Analyze the form of Agreement for Graduation and Masonry. 

(Students should now be required to prepare all the papers for a complete 
contract, including the proposals and drawings, and endorse them for filing 
away.) 



APPENDIX A. 



General Specifications 



FOR A WROUGHT IRON RAILWAY DRAW BRIDGE TO BE ERECTED FOR THE 

CHICAGO, MILWAUKEE AND ST. PAUL RAILWAY COMPANY OVER 

CANAL IN THE CITY OF MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN. 

The guage of the Railway is four feet eight and one-half inches. 

The entire superstructure will be of wrought iron, including floor-beams 
and track-stringers, except wheel tracks and wheels for turn table and end 
adjustments, rack and pinion for turning and centre pedestal, which may be 
of cast iron or steel. 

The structure will be a double track through span, and may have either 
two or three trusses. If the former, the tracks will be placed twelve (12) 
feet apart between centres, and the width in the clear between trusses must 
be twenty-six (26) feet. If the latter, there must be fourteen (14) feet in 
the clear in' each roadway. The height in the clear from top of rail to any 
upper lateral member must be at least nineteen (19) feet. 

Length of Span. — The length of the span must be such as to fit the 
Crossing shown on the following diagram, with the proviso that the centre 
ot the end bearings must be at least four (4) feet inside of the dock line, 
measured from the dock line on a line parallel to the line of track. 



'■■'f2_ 
Line ■ of North Truss. 




Dock to dock on line of E.ailway-18'1.20 ft 
Line of South Truss. 










The span may be built either square or skew ended, provided that in the 
latter case it is properly balanced on the turntable. 

The height from top of masonry of pivot pier to base of rail must not 
exceed ten (10) feet. 



28s 



286 APPENDIX A, 

The draw span will be rotated by hand powei;, and the end screws, 
latches, etc., must be arranged to work rapidly and from the middle of the 
span. 

Quality of Iron. — The iron subject to tensile strain shall be tough, 
ductile and of uniform quality, capable of sustaining not less than 50,000 
lbs. per square inch of sectional area when tested in large and long lengths, 
to have an elastic limit of not less than 26,000 lbs. per square inch ; the 
reduction of breaking area shall average 25 per cent., and the elongation of 
the bar before rupture to be at least 15 per cent., and when cold a round bar 
I ^ inch diameter must bend through 180^ without sign of fracture. 

The iron subject to compressive strain must be tough, fibrous, uniform in 
quality, and have an elastic limit of not less than 2 5,000 lbs per square inch. 

All cast iron in wheels or in minor details must be of good, tough metal, 
of such quality that a bar five feet long, one { i ) inch square, 4 feet 6 inches 
between knife edge supports will sustain a weight of 500 lbs. on knife edge 
at centre without breaking. 

The pins and all parts subject to shearing or bending strains shall be of 
the best quality of wrought iron. 

WeigJit of Structure a?td Moving Load, — In determining the total weight 
of tlie structure for the purpose of calculating strains, add to the total weight 
of iron in the trusses, lateral system, floor beams and track stringers, 700 lbs. 
per foot of bridge for weight of rails, splices, spikes, cross ties and guard 
timbers for the two tracks. From the dead weight thus determined and the 
live load hereinafter specified the proportion parts will be determined. 

Chords will be proportioned as follows : 
Case i. — Spans swinging and unloaded. 

Case 2,-^Spans in position and ends touching their bearings, but 
without end reactions ; and both spans covered with a uniform 
rolling load of 2,600 lbs. per foot on each track. 
Case 3. — Spans closed and the ends raised until the points of contra- 
flexure are one-third of each span distant from the turntable sup- 
ports, and both tracks of one arm loaded with a uniform load of 
2,800 lbs. per foot on each track. 

Strains in' Main-ties will be determined from cases of loading i and 2, 
and by assuming a train on each track weighing 2,800 lbs. per foot, headed 
by an engine occupying 24 feet of track, and concentrating 72,000 lbs. on 
three (3) piairs of drivers in 12 feet, and moving abreast from one end pier 
to the centre. 

Strains in Counter-ties will be determined by assuming that the above 
described trains are moving from the centre to the end of one arm while the 
bridge is raised at the ends, as in case 3. 

The maximum strains in each case shall be taken in proportioning any 
tie, counter-tie or post. 

Tensile Members. — The tension members shall be so proportioned that 
the maximum strains produced by the weight of the structure, and the speci- 



APPENDIX A. 



287 



fied moving and engine load shall in no instance exceed the following, viz : 

For tensile strains in primary members of the 

truss, or those upon which the principal weight 

comes directly from the floor- beam. . . 8,000 lbs. per square inch. 
For strains in secondary members, or those which 

receive their principal strains through the 

primaries, 9,000 lbs. per square inch. 

Strains in tertiary members, .... 10,000 lbs. per square inch. 
Strains in end suspenders, .... 8,000 lbs. per square inch. 

Strains in common floor-beam suspenders, . 4,000 lbs. per square inch. 

The foregoing are the strains to be used where the specified members are 
eyebars or bolts, but if they consist of riveted sections the strains allowed 
shall be as follows : 

For splice plates in tension, . . . 7,500 lbs. per square inch. 

For riveted members in tension in chords, . 8,500 lbs. per square inch. 
For riveted members in tension in web, . 8,000 lbs. per square inch. 

When any member is exposed to strains in opposite directions, the sections 
shall be determined by the following formula, in which S represents the 
sectional area in square inches required, and the column strength per square 
inch is determined by the formulae hereinafter given. 



h- 



MAXIMUM TENSION. 



MAXIMUM COMPRESSION. 



10,000, 



Column strength per square inch. 



Provided that the section thus found shall not be less than required by 
the foregoing specifications for members in tension, or the following specifi- 
cations for members in compression : 

Crippling Strains. — The ultimate crippling strength in lbs. per square 
inch of section of the several forms of posts, struts and chords will be 
determined by the following formulae, in which formulae H equals the length 
between the end bearings in terms of the least diameter. 



Flat 
Ends 

One 

Pin 
End 

Two 

Pin ' 

Ends' 



SQUARE 
COLUMN. 


PHCENIX 
COLUMN. 


38,500 


42, 500 


-I , H-^ 

-*- ' 5 820 
38,500 


-■- 45 00 
40,000 


-■- 3 
37,800 


■*- 225 

36,600 


-*■ 1900 


-■- 1500 



AMERICAN 
COLUMN. 



36,500 



1 



iii 

3 75 



36.500 

1 , H-^ 



36.500 

•*■ 175 



COMMON 
COLUMN. 



3^.500 
-■- ' 2700 

36.500 
-■- 1500 

36.500 
-■■ 1200 



The pin being 
so placed that the 
moment of inertia 
is, as near as prac- 
ticable, equal on 
both sides of 
same, use formu- 
lae for square col- 
umn. 



288 APPENDIX A. 

The maximum strain permitted in any purely compressive member will 
be the quotient resulting from dividing the ultimate strength, as determined 
by the above formulae, by a coefficient of safety, equal to 4+^^ " H," 
as before being the measure of length in terms of least diameter. 

Wind Strains shall be calculated at 30 lbs. per square foot on twice the 
surface of one truss, plus ten (10) square feet per foot of bridge for car surface, 
and the resulting strains therefrom shall be resisted by lateral and vertical rods 
proportioned to 15,000 lbs. per square inch in tension, and lateral struts pro- 
portioned to a factor of safety of four (4). 

Shearing and bending strains at the lateral connections shall be calculated 
with the same precision as the main strains, and shall be resisted by mem- 
bers proportioned so that the maximum shearing strain shall not exceed 
10,000 lbs. per square inch, and the maximum flexure or bending strain shall 
not exceed 22,500 lbs. per square inch. 

Floor-Beams and Track- Stringers. — The floor-beams shall be propor- 
tioned for the concentration of weight produced by two of the following 
engines (one upon each track) resting with their middle drivers on the same 
floor-beam or over the same panel-point. 

LOCOMOTIVE. TENDER. 



2'o" I 6'o' I 6'o" I 6'o" I 6'o" I . s'o" I S'o" I S'o" 



ca • cQ • n ■ n ■ a 



S| S| S| S| S| S| S| ^1 d^ 

To this live load there shall be added 25 per cent, for momentum and 
the dead weight of the floor and stringers ; and the resulting strains there- 
from shall not exceed 8,000 lbs. per square inch in compression or 10,000 lbs. 
per square inch in tension. 

The stringers immediately under the rails shall be proportioned to carry 
the above described engine weight plus 30 per cent, for momentum and 
their proper proportion of floor, and subject to the same conditions as to limit 
of tensile and compressive strains as specified above for floor -beams. 

If the floor-beams and stringers are of built sections, the rivets must be 
so spaced that between the points of application of the load and the points 



APPENDIX A. 289 

of support there are rivets enough to transmit the flange strains to the web 
and from the web to the flange, without exceeding a shearing strain of 7,500 
lbs. per square inch upon the rivets, or of 8,000 lbs. per square inch of mean 
pressure on the semi-intrados of the rivet holes. 

In case the bridge is designed with three trusses, there will be an exterior 
pair of iron safety stringers placed 3 feet outside of the main stringers on 
each track. In case the bridge is designed with two trusses, there will be an 
iron safety stringer 3 feet outside of the outer main track stringer of each 
track and one midway between the inner main track stringers of the two 
tracks. These safety stringers will be proportioned to one-half the strength 
of the track stringers under the rails. 

Pins. — The shearing strain on any pin must not exceed 7,500 lbs. per 
square inch of its sectional area. The strain on extreme fibres caused by 
bending, must not exceed 15,000 lbs. per square inch, and in determining 
this bending strain, the leverage distance shall be considered as from centre 
of eyebar to centre of bearing or of opposite eyebar. 

No pin shall have a less diameter than two-thirds of the width of the 
widest eyebar coming upon it. •» 

The bearing surface of any pin on chord, tie or post shall not be exposed 
to a greater strain than 8,000 lbs. mean pressure on the semi extrados. 

Pins must be turned true to size and straight, no error of more than -5^ o^ 
an inch in diameter being allowed. 

Eyehars. — f'inholes in eyebars shall be bored to exact sizes and distances, 
and to a true perpendicular to the line of strain. No error in length of bar 
or diameter of pinhole exceeding ^4 of an inch will be allowed. 

The section of metal in the eye opposite the centre of the pinhole and 
perpendicular to the line of strain, shall be proportioned according to the 
following table, the diameter of the bar being the unit : 



HYDRA ULIC FORGED EYES. 

ON WELDLESS BARS. 
Pin. Bar. Eyesection. 

0.67 i.o 1,50 

0.75 1.0 1.50 

1. 00 I o i 1.50 

1. 25 1.0 1.60 

1-33 1.0..- 1.70 

1.50 1.0 1.85 

1.75 1.0 2.00 

2.00 1.0 2,20 



HAMMERED EYES, 

' WELDED TO BARS. 

Pin. Bar. Eyesection. 

0-75 10 1-33 

I 00 1.0 1,50 

I 25.. 1.0 1.50 

1,50 1 o 1.67 

1.75 I.o 1.67 

2.00 1.0 1.75 



No eye on a weldless bar shall have a metal section less than i}4. times 
the area of bar, and for hammered eyes the least eye-section shall he. ly^ 
the section of the bar. 

A drawing of the standard shape of the eye proposed to be used must be 
filed with each proposal. 

S 



290 AP ENDIX A. 

Riveted Work. — In riveted work all joints shall be square and truly 
dressed. Rivet holes shall be accurately spaced, and the rivets must be of 
the best quality of iron for the purpose, and completely fill the holes. 

All rivets with crooked heads or heads not formed centrally on the shank, 
or rivets which are loose either in the rivet hole or under the shoulder, shall 
be cut out and new ones put in their places. 

Rivet holes shall not be spaced less than 2% diameters between centres, 
nor more than 16 times the thickness of the thinnest outside plate apart — 
nine (9) inches being the maximum pitch allowed in plate riveting. 

No rivet hole shall be less than i^ diameters from the end of a plate, or 
I y^ diameters from the side of a plate, nor ever nearer than i ^ inches from 
centre of hole to edge of plate. 

The diameter of the hole shall in no case be more than -^ of an inch 
more than the diameter of the rivet. 

When two or more thicknesses of plate are riveted together in com- 
pressive members the outer row of rivets shall not be more than three 
(3) diameters from the side edge of plates. 

All joint rivet holes -must be so accurately spaced that rivets of the proper 
size can be passed through all the holes in the joint after the parts are 
placed in position without the use ot drift pins. 

Unless abutting surfaces are machine-faced the transmission of com- 
pressive strains shall be considered as entirely through the medium of rivets 
and connection plates, and these must be proportioned accordingly. 

No inaccurate or otherwise defective work will be accepted under any 
circumstances in connection joints of riveted work. 

In members consisting of two or more pieces of shape iron connected by 
lattice or lacing bars, there shall be connection plates at each end, the row 
of rivets in which shall be not less than one diameter of the member in 
length. 

In all posts and chords the connecting rivets within two diameters of the 
ends shall be equal to the sectional area of three joined pieces, and in posts 
and elsewhere in all riveted work the distance between rivet supports across 
the plate shall not exceed thirty (30) times the thickness of the plate, and no 
closed sections shall have members of less thickness than -i\ of an inch. 

All rivets in splice or tension joints must be symmetrically arranged so 
that each half of a tension member or splice plate will have the same uncut 
area on each side of its centre line. 

For riveted members in compression the rivet holes need not be deducted, 
but for members in tension only the minimum uncut section will be 
considered. 

No rivet shall be exposed to more than 7,500 lbs. per square inch in shear, 
or more than 8,000 lbs. mean pressure per square inch of semi-extrados. 

Bed Plates and End Supports. — The bed plate supporting turn table 
centre shall be so proportioned that the pressure on the masonry shall not 
exceed 25,000 lbs. per square foot while the span is rotating and the pressure 



APPENDIX A. 291 

of the wheel track and end supports of span on the masonry shall not 
exceed this limit when the bridge is fully loaded as heretofore specified. 

Turn Tad/e.— The turn table may be a centre-bearing, rim-bearing, or 
combined rim and centre bearing table. If the first, it must be so designed 
that the rim wheels_bear no weight while the bridge is turning, and the truss 
or girder by which the weight is carried to the centre must be proportioned 
according to the same specifications as for the main truss. 

If a wearing or friction centre-pin is used, the pressure while rotating shall 
not exceed 6,000 lbs. per square inch, and the construction shall be such that 
the weight can be readily transferred from the pin to the rim wheels in order 
to put in a new pin or friction disc. 

If a lubricated centre-pin is used, the weight while turning must not 
exceed 1,000 lbs. per square inch on the spindle bearing. 

If a Sellers centre is used, the rotating load per lineal inch on the steel 
rollers shall not exceed that given by the following formula for steel rollers 
on steel plates : 

P=^/3,072,ooo.d in which formula 
P=pressure per lineal inch of roller, and 
' d=mean diafneter in inches. 
If a rim-bearing table is used, the circular girder must be of sufficient 
strength at the points of application of the load to carry the weight when the 
span is loaded, to the adjoining wheels, in case the wheel immediately under 
the point of support is not bearing. With this class of table the wheels must 
be faced to an exact size, the upper and lower wheel tracks planed to the 
true level, be of a face ^ of an inch wider than the tread of the wheels, and 
during the rotation of the span all the wheels must turn. 

The load per lineal inch of face of wheel while the span is turning shall 
not exceed that given by the formula 

P=l/352,ooo.d 
for cast iron wheels upon wrought iron wheel track. 

For cast iron wheels upon cast iron wheel track, the load per lineal inch 
efface of wheel while the span is turning shall not exceed that given by the 
formula 

P=|/222,222.d 

For steel wheels upon steel track, use the following formula as to 
limit of pressure per lineal inch of wheel face, viz : 

P=]/i,296,ooo.d 
For steel wheels upon wrought iron track, use 

P=|.'^i ,o24,ooo.d 
And for steel wheels upon cast iron wheel track, use the formula 

P=|/85o,ooo.d 
The edges of the rim of the bearing and trailing wheels will be beveled 
to an angle of 45O from the line of face for a width of ^ inch on each side. 



292 APPENDIX A 

and the trc;id w!U be of the width necessary to meet the requirements of the 
given formulae as to hmit of pressure; and the metal forming said rim and 
that formJng the web and hub of the wheel shall be of such thickness and 
form as will insure a strength proportionate to that of any part of the 
structure. 

If a combined rim and centre bearing table is used, the division of the 
weight between the two systems shall be clear, and unambiguous, and the 
proportions, e'c, shall be de'iermined by the foregoing specifications. 

In any case, the arrangement must be such that the bearing or trailing 
wheels, or rollers, can be readily removed if broken, and the frictional 
constant at the centre line of the outer wheel circle shall not exceed 
y-y^o-g- of the rotating weight. 

The table shiU be so designed that it will not require a masonry centre- 
pier of more than 32 feet in diameter. 

The lower circular track, circular rack, centre pedestal and end bed 
plates shall be securely bolted to the masonry, and in such manner as will 
easily permit adjustment in case of unequal settlement of the stonework. 

IVorkmanship, Painting, ^'C. — All workmanship must be first class, 
abutting joinis must be truly planed and dressed so as to secure a perfect 
bearing, and tlie pinholes in chords and posts shall be bored as truly as is 
specified for eyebars. 

The parts composing the posts or struts, must be of entire lengths without 
splicing between end bearings. 

All closed work, such as posts, struts, chords, etc., must have two (2) 
coats of approved metalic paint and boiled oil on the enclosed surface, and 
one coat on the exterior surface before leaving the shop. 

All turned and faced parts to receive a coat of tallow mixed with white 
lead before shipment. All rivets driven at the bridge site shall receive one 
coat of paint and all nuts must be checked. 

In all the exposed iron work, enclosed spaces must be so constructed or 
provision made so as to prevent the lodgement of water. 

Any work or part necessary to complete the entire structure in all 
respects in a first class manner, and which is not definitely specified herein, 
shall be supplied without extra charge by the contractor, and to the entire 
satisfaction of the Engineer of said Railway Company. 

All detail drawings, before going into the shop to be worked from, shall 
be submitted for the approval of the Chief Engineer ; ard no work shall be 
begun or finished according to drawings which have not received his 
approval and signature ; but such approval and signature will not relieve the 
contractor from making good at his expense any error in said drawings that 
may, through oversight, escape the observation of said Chief Engineer. 

Tests. — A skilled inspector will be retained by the Railway Company, 
who will examine and test the iron at the rolling mill before it leaves for the 
shop, and who will have the shop work under his constant supervision, with 
full power of rejection whenever the specifications are not complied with. 



APPENDIX A. 293 

The said Engineer of the Railway Company shall have the privilege of 
selecting, at any time before the erection of the bridge, any of the 
manufactured iron members and submit the same to such tests as he may 
deem proper, and should any of the members thus tested fail to be of the 
standard demanded, this will be considered sufficient evidence that the iron 
for the bridge does not comply with the specification, and will cause its 
rejection. 

Reasonable compensation will be allowed for all finished material of 
good quahty destroyed in making such tests. 

All bars subject to tensile strain shall be tested by the contractor, under 
the direction of said inspector of the Railway Company, to 18,000 lbs. per 
square inch of sectional area. 

On completion, the bridge, after being in current use for one day, will be 
tested with trains loaded approximately to the maximum specified, and after 
remaining on the spans for thirty minutes and then removed, no permanent 
set should take place. 

False Works, etc. — The Railway Comany will remove the present single 
track wooden bridge on the site of the proposed structure, support the track 
on a pile bridge, and build the masonry centre pier and abutments of such 
dimensions and heights as will meet the requirements of the said structure. 
Will furnish and put in the lower falsework for erecting the new span, and 
also furnish the necessary timber for the upper false work. The work of 
erecting the upper false work and also 'of the structure, shall be done by and 
at tlie expense of tlie contractor, without interfering with the passage of 
trains, and under regulations to be approved by the Superintendent of the 
Railway Company. 

The upper false works necessary for erecting the structure shall be 
removed by and at the expense of the contractor on completion of the work. 
The lower false works will be removed by the Railway Company. 

The Railway track iron and cross ties will be furnished and placed in the 
structure by the Railway Company. 



APPENDIX B.* 



NOMENCLATURE AND CLASSIFICATION OF MASONRY. 

A careful analysis of a large number of masonry specifications has 
revealed the Tact that serious discrepancies exist in the use and meanings of 
the terms employed to designate the several classes and grades of v^ork, 
giving rise to misunderstanding between the contracting parties. It is the 
object of this paper to attempt the removal of these ambiguities by 
comparing carefully the numerous authorities available, and stating the 
conclusions obtained in such form as may be readily referred to. 

In the preparation and manipulation of stones for building purposes three 
classes of artisans are employed, viz.: the quarryman, the stone-cutter and 
the mason. It is the duty of the first to detach the stone from its natural or 
quarry bed, in a rough state, constituting rubble ; of the second, to reduce the 
mass to prescribed dimensions with a specified finish, constituting cut or 
dressed stone ; and of the third, to lay the stone with its proper bed and bond 
in the structure, constituting masonry. 

Hence arise two general classes of masonry — one based upon the 
preparation of the individual stones, or the finish, and the other, upon the 
method of laying, or the bond. The first of the above classes naturally 
resolves itself into the subdivisions of CUT OR dressed and uncut or rough 
stones. The second may also be subdivided into masonry, in which the 
horizontal joints are continuous throughout the structure, or regular 
COURSED ; and that in which they are not continuous, but broken in offsets, 
constituting irregular-coursed or random masonry. 

In designating masonry, therefore, it is seen that to give a clear idea of 
the kind intended, not only the bond but the finish should be distinctly 
specified, and care should be taken that there be no ambiguity in regard to 
the ordinary meanings of the terms used. 

The terms ashlar and rubble do not appear to be clearly understood, and 
even the authorities are not in perfect accord on this subject. In a paper 
read before the American Society of Civil Engineers, November 7th, 1877, 
by Messrs. Croes, Merrill and Van Winkle, ashlar masonry is defined to be 
"Equivalent to cut-stone masonry. ^ * * As ^ rule the courses 
are continuous, but sometimes they are broken by the introduction of 
smaller stones of the same .kind,' and it is then called broken ashlar, 
* * "^ From this derivation, ashlar apparently means large, 
square blocks, but practice seems to have made it synonymous with 'cut- 



* Extracts from a paper read before the Engineers' Club, of Philadelphia, by Prof. L M. Haupt. 
«94 



APPENDIX B. 

stone,' and this secondary meaning has been retained for" convenience.'* 
And the same authorities define "cut-stone" to be those w.iich are "squared 
and have smoothly-dressed beds and joints." Another authority defines 
ashlar to be composed of "stones dressed and pitched well and properly so 
that the face of each be a polygon of straight sides not to exceed six in 
number." This is called broken ashlar ; but if ashlar be squared stone, as 
above defined, this class must be excluded ; and since it is more than rubble, 
having the j'omfs dressed, it must belong to the genera of "cut stone ;" yet 
accordmg to the definition given by the committee of the American Society 
of Civil Engineers the joints should be at right angles or squared, which they 
are not, hence it is desirable to make a distinction between ashlar and "cut- 
stone" by omitting the word squared from the definition of the latter, and 
calling the work just described ^/'^J5<?^r2/^^/^. By so doing it is excluded 
from the species ashlar, yet included in the genera " ciM-stone." 

It would appear then that definitions based on the relative position and 
kind of joints would preserve the distinction between the two grand [divisions 
of ashlar and rubble. So long as the stones are " squared," that is, having 
beds and vertical joints at right angles to each other, the masonry built of 
them is ashlar, whether the courses be continuous or not. If continuous and 
of equal heights it is ^'regular ashlar^' if discontinuous it is " broken-range^' 
*' zrregu/ar," or " random < ashlar" (These three terms are practically 
synonymous.) If continuous but of unequal height it is simply range work 
or block-in-course. 

If the stones are not "squared" but have hewnjoints perpendicular to the 
face, and making any angles with each other, it is " dressed rubble,'' and if 
unhewn or in a natural state, simply ''rubble,'' The face of "dressed 
rubble " may be hewn, pitched, or rough. 

Ashlar. 
GwiLT defines ashlar as " common or freestone, as brought from the quarry — 

also the facing given to square stones on a front of a building." Webster 

quotes from Gwilt. 
Rankin says, ashlar or hewn stone, consists of blocks of regular figures, 

generally rectangular, and built in courses of an uniform depth, seldom 

less than one foot. 
Burn, in Working Drawings and Designs, defines it as a facing of hewn and 

dressed stone given to walls, the back of which is rubble. 
Knight, American Mechanical Dictionary, makes two classes : [a) Rough, 

a. block of freestone as brought from the quarry, {b) Smooth, a block 

dressed ready for use. 
Parker, in his Glossary of Architecture, is most explicit, arid says it is hewn 

or squared stone, used in building, as distinguished from that which is 

unhewn or rough as it comes from the quarry ; it is called by different 

names at the present day, according to the way in which it is worked, 

and is used for the facings of walls, and set in regular courses as 

distinguished from rubble. 



296 APPENDIX B. 

Brande and Cox define ashlar as being stone reduced to a rectangular 

form ; and 
ToMLiNSON> as stone squared and dressed to given dimensions. 

Rubble. 

Parker defines rubble as "stones not large but irregular in size and shape, 
and not so flat-bedded as in rag work ; it is generally used for the 
backing." 

American EncyclopcEdia, as coarse walling of rough stones. 

Brande and Cox, as any stone broken from the quarry in rough, irregular 

masses, and not subjected to any further dressing. 
ToMLiNSON, stones used without being squared. 

From the authorities already quoted it is evident that the chief distinction 
between ashlar and rubble consists in the shape of the stone, the first being 
squared, the second not\ and yet we find a reliable authority defining 
dressed r«^<5/(? as consisting of ^^^^^air^^/ stone (not less than 18 inches high, 
with no bed less than 18 inches or less than the height of the stone). The 
term is a misnomer, as such masonry should be classed under the generic 
term ashlar and may be either rajige-work, randojn or irregular ashlar^ or 
"rock-face pitched ashlar, eic.y according to circumstances. 

Another authority says "rubble will be built of stone at least nine inches 
thick, and each stone must have one-fourth more bed than rise, and a length 
not less than twice nor more than four times the rise. Ttie coursing may be 
irregular." The stones herein described are evidently squared and 
consequently cannot properly be classed as rubble. 

In addition to the laxity existing in the use of terms, another source of 
trouble arises from the introduction of impossible conditions concerning 
dimensions. For instance, the specifications for first-class bridge masonry 
used on an important railroad, read as follows : 

" Courses of stone in abutments, piers and walls are to be not less than 
ten nor more than thirty inches thick. Stretchers to be not less than two and 
a half nor more than six feet long and not less than one and a half feet 
wide, nor less in width than one and a fourth times the depth." This would 
make the least allowable depth 14.4 inches, whereas above it may be 10 
inches. Again, "headers must not be less than three and a half feet nor 
more than four and a half feet long, where the thickness of the wall will 
admit the same, and not less than one and a half feet wide nor less in width 
than they are in depth of course. The joints, well broken, in no case less 
than twelve inches." These requirements give as the least width of header 
11^ feet, and for Tap of joint 12 inches on either side, making two feet more 
or 2/4 feet for least allowable length of stretcher, whereas above it may be 
but 2)4 feet. 

Since masonry is also specified as first, second and third-class, it is 
desirable to prescribe if possible the characteristics of these various classes. 



APPENDIX B. 297 

The requirements of first-class masonry are found generally to be as 
follows : 

Courses not less than twelve nor more than thirty inches in height. 

Stretchers not less than four and a half nor more than six feet long, 
height equal that of the course, and width one-fourth greater than the height 
for courses under 16 inches, and where course is greater it should at least 
be equal to height. 

Headers not less than three and a half feet long (unless in a narrow wall); 
height equal to that of the course, and width equal to height. The headers 
should occupy from one-fifth to one-third the face of the wall. 

Joints should not be more than three-eighths of an inch wide, and the 
vertical joints should be dressed back at least one foot from the face. The 
beds should be dressed true and out of wind. If the surface be "rock-face " 
it should be pitched and the projections should seldom exceed four inches, 
though the limits vary from one to six. It is frequently drafted. 

In SECOND-CLASS MASONRY the stones are smaller and need not be laid 
in continuous courses. It, therefore, includes random, broken-range and 
irregular ^ashlar. The joints are not so closely dressed, varymg from ^ to 
)^ of an inch, but should be horizontal and vertical. 

Third-class masonry consists of rubble either dressed or rough, but 
well scabbled and with close joints well filled with mortar and small stones 
(chips or spalls). There should be no spaces greater that six inches to be 
Tilled with mortar. 

Many combinations may be made of bond and finish, as rock-face 
Tiitched ashlar, regular-coursed smooth ashlar, regular-coursed polished 
ashlar, random-coursed toothed ashlar, etc. 

There are also other classes of masonry, based upon its use, as arch 
culvert, box, etc., to which the preceding remarks may be readily applied. 



u 

o 



si 



u 
o 

u 



^1 

oi 

o 

O 

o 

=5 

-t-3 



Pa; 



W 
W 
P 
P^ 



o 

H 
ft 

P5 
o 
o 
o 

Q 



OQ 
O 

CO 

'd 

OQ =^ 

tlj DC 

be 



(X! 



<M 



zn 



M 



-WOO 
"^ ^ ?- ^ 

O ^ S 5RC 

o ^r S . ^ 

!5 g 2 c - 

o4 



« o I 

« G § 

<J 08 g 






c« 



H 2 fl ^ 



o 



« 






Co 



o 

O 

M 

O 

o 

<^ 

Q 

K 

?^ 

ftp 



BETON, CONCRETE; an artificial substance composed ol 
broken stones, bricks, shells or other minerals, of various 
sizes, mixed with sand, cement and water in various pro- 
portions. 

RIP-RAP; an apron or revetment of rubble stone loosely 
thrown into position. 

RAG WORK ; masonry of small flat spalls of slates or shales 
laid in mortar. 



ROUGH ; unhewn stone as taken from quarry. 

DRESSED ; haVing the joints wrought to a plane surface, but 

iiot " squared." 



AXED ; dressed to a plane surface with an axe. 

BASTARD ; a term sometimes applied to combination walls, 

the face being ashlar ; back, rubble. 
BOASTED or CHISELED ; having face wrought with a chisel 

or narrow tool. 
BROACHED ; dressed with a " punch " after being droved. 
BROKEN ; six-sided (improperly used. See dressed rubble). 
BUSH-HAMMERED ; dressed with a bush hammer. 
CRANDALLED ; wrought to a plane with a crandall. 
DIAMOND work ; that in which the face is formed by four 

planes meeting at the intersection of the diagonals. 

DRESSED work ; that which is wrought on the face. 

DRAFTED ; having a narrow chisel draft cut around the face 
or margin. 

DROVED, STROKED ; Avrought with a broad chisel or ham- 
mer in parallel flutings across the stone from end to end. 

HAMMER-DRESSED; worked with the hammer. 

HERRING-BONE ; dressed in angular flutings. 

NIGGED, NIDGED ; picked with a pointed hammer or cavil 
to the desired form. 

PATENT-HAMMERED; dressed with a patent hammer. 

PICKED ; reduced to an approximate plane with a pick. 

PITCHED; dressed to the neat lines or edges with a pitch- 
ing chisel. 

PLAIN ; rubbed smooth to remove tool marks. 

POINTED ; dressed with a point or very narrow tool. 

POUSHED; rubbed down to a reflecting surface. 

PRISON ; having surface wrought into holes. 

RANDOIM -TOOLED or Droved; cut with a broad tool into 
irregular flutings. 

ROCK-FACED, QUARRY-FACED, ROUGH; left as it 
comos from quarry. It may be drafted or pitched to reduce 
projecting face to given limits. 

RUBBED; see plain. 

RUSTIC, RUSTICATED ; having the faces of stones project- 
ing beyond the arrises, which are beveled or drafted. The 
face may be dressed in any desired manner. 

SMOOTH ; see plain. 

SQUARE-DROVED; having the flutings perpendicular to 

lower edge of stone. 
STRIPED; wrought into parallel grooves with a point or 

punch. 
STROKED ; see droved 

TOOLED ; wrought to a plane with an inch tool (see droved). 
TOOTHED ; dressed with the tooth chisel. 
VERMICULATED, WORM WORK ; wrought into veins by 

cutting away portions of face. 



GLOSSARY 



OF TECHNICAL TERMS USED THROUGHOUT THIS WORK. 



Abutment — That portion of the masonry of a bridge or dam upon which the ends rest, 
and which connect the superstructure with the adjacent banks. 

Air Registers — Ventilators of iron or other material, covering apertures in walls, win- 
dows, or doors, to permit a free circulation of air. 

Angle Iron — A strip of flat bar iron bent longitudinally at right angles. 

Arch Caps — Voussoirs. 

Architrave — The lowest, principal division of an entablature, resting immediately over 
the abacus. 

Arris — The edge in which two surfaces meet ; the intersection of two planes. 

Ashlar — In masonry a stone squared and hewn, used for facing work when laid in 
regular beds or joints. Tooled ashlars are blocks marked with parallel flutings or 
grooves. 

Axed — in masonry, dressed with a stone hammer to a smooth surface. 

b" 

Backed — In masonry, built in on the rear face. 

Backed — In carpentry, is applied to joists having their upper surfaces hewed or planed 
off near the ends, decreasing to the middle, causing them to be slightly round on 
top, to allow for settling. 

Backed — In earthwork, filled, returned to place. 

Baluster — A small pillar supporting a rail. 

Balustrade — A railing composed of balusters. 

Base — Lower portion of a post or column, but is generally used to designate the lowest 
portion of arfy structure. 

Basil — The angle at the cutting edge of a tool or instrument. 

Bats — Broken bricks . 

Batter or batir — The slope or inclination given to the front or face of a wall. It is ex- 
pressed by dividing the height by the horizontal distance from the vertical to the 
face ; thus ^ represents a slope of 5 feet vertical for every i horizontal. 

Batten — A strip of board less than four inches in width, generally used for covering 
cracks or joints. 

Battlement — A notched or indented parapet, of which the higher parts are called merlons^ 
and the openings or lower portions, embrasutes or loops. 

Bay — in plastering, the distance between the screeds. 

Bay window, (^auriel or oneV) — A window forming a bay or recess in a room, often 
corruptly called a bow window. 



GLOSSARY. 299 

Bead — A small round moulding, of semi-circular cross-section, called also astragal. 

Beam — A general term to designate the principal horizontal timbers in a building. Its 
specific name is given by prefixing another term denoting its use or position, as 
binding, collar, dragon, hammer, straining, tie, &c. 

Belt Stones or Courses — Horizontal bands or zones of stone encircling a building or ex- 
tending through a wall. 

Berme or Berm — A narrow level strip of earth or stone between two slopes. 

Berm-ditch — A ditch just outside the berm, from which material has been taken to form 
an embankment. 

Bevel or Splay — A sloped or inclined surface making with adjacent surfaces an angle 
different from a right angle. 

Binders — In masonry, stones extending through a wall or from the faces well into the 
filling or heart to unite the portions more firmly. 

Blasting — Displacing rock or hard material by the use of an explosive agent. 

Blocked Apart — Held apart by small blocks or keys of hard wood. 

Blocked — Having triangular blocks glued in the angles to prevent change of form. 

Blockings — Pieces of material used to raise barrels, &c., off the ground, to prevent de- 
terioration of the contents from dampness. 

Block Plan — A general plan showing relative positions of objects on a comparatively 
small scale. 

Blocks — Pieces of material cut into a prescribed form for a particular purpose. 

Board Measure — The measure used in estimating the contents of lumber. The unit is 
a square foot of surface one inch thick or 144 cubic inches. 

Body Bound. — Fitting so snugly as to have to be driven into place, as in bolts, &c. 

Bolster Blocks — Plates on the lower side ol a bolster to diminish the friction, as in a 
bridge seat. 

Bond — The manner of arranging the materials in masonry, so as to unite the parts firmly. 

Bonus — A consideration.; a premium or award offered for work completed before a given 
time, hence it has become the synonym for work which has been hastily and im- 
properly done. 

Borrowed — In earthwork ; when the materials furnished by the excavation is not suffi- 
cient to form the embankment, the deficiency is supplied from points off the road 
bed. Sucli material is said to be borrowed. 

Borrow Pit — The excavation from which borrowed material is obtained. 

Boss — In architecture, a projecting ornament placed at the intersection of the ribs of 
ceilings ; a projection. 

Box Frames — Hollow wooden sash frames. \ 

Brace — An inclined member of a frame or truss. It may be subjected to strains of 
compression, when it is a strut, or of tension, when it is a tie. 

Bradded — In glazing, fastened in with brads. 

Bronze Furniture — A term applied to door knobs, washers, escutchions, &c., when of 
bronze. 

Build — In masonry, that dimension of the stone which is perpendicular to the quarry bed. 

Bull's Eye — A small round window, or light ; a lantern. 

Buoy — A floating body of wood or iron used to indicate a ship channel, or an ob- 
struction. 

Burnished — Rubbed smooth with a trowel. 

Bush Hammer — A mason's large breaking hammer. 

Butt — A term applied to the ordinary door hinge. 

Buttress— A projection built against the i?<Y/f?Vf^ of a wall to increase its stability ; when 
placed on the inside it becomes a counterfort. 



300 GLOSSARY. 



Camber — A slight vertical convexity given to a truss to stiffen it. 

Cantilever, Cantaliver or Cantihver — A projecting timber in one piece, used as a bracket 

to support eaves, cornices or balconies. • 

Caps — Coverings, usually of stone oi wood. 

Capital — The head or top of a column. 

Cappings — The flat stones covering buttresses, gables, &c. 

Cast — (Commercial) computed. 

Catamaran — A heavy four-wheeled wagon for transporting large blocks of stone. 

Ceiling — In plastering, on laths. 

Centre I a r r j ■ r- 

Cent S — trame of wood or iron for supporting arched mason work. 

Centre I'ieces — Ornamental bosses of plaster usually attached to ceilings. 

Chairs — Castings used to support the ends of rails or timbers. 

Chamfer — An arris or edge which is pared off, beveled. 

Channel Bar — A wrought iron bar having its edges turned up at right angles, making a 

square trough. 
Cheek Blocks — A block one side of which is formed by the cheek piece secured to a 

fixed object forming the other side. 
Chipped — Having small pieces or spalls broken off the edges. 
Chipping Piece — The projecting piece of iron left on a casting for the purpose of fitting 

it to another. • 

Chisel Marked — Having notches or indentations cut by a chisel to show the position of 

pieces in the structure. 
Circular Work — In carpentry, all work the surface of which is curved. 
Cleat— A strip of wood fastened to another to stiengthen it, or a belaying piece. 
Clerestory or Clearstory — Any window or row of windows in the upper part of a build- 
ing, usually applied to the upper part of the central aisle of a church in which the 

windows overlook the roofs of the side aisles. 
Coffer-dam — A temporary dam built around a pier or shaft in water and made water 

tight by puddling. 
Coils — Rope laid up ring fashion, flake on flake. 
Concrete — A composition of broken stone, cement and sand possessing the property of 

setting, and used largely for foundations or filling. 
Conductors — lines of water pipes leading from the roof to the well or drains. . 
Constructive measurements — Allowances extras. 
Container, — A pan placed in water-closets to hold a supply of water. 
Coping Stones — Large flat or sloping stones forming the uppermost course in a wall 

used as a protection from the weather. 
Copper Planished — Copper lined with tin. 

Corbel — A projecting stone or piece of timber supporting a superincumbent weight. 
Cornice — The horizontal moulded projection terminating a building, or the component 

parts of a building. 
Counterhewed — Dressed with an adze to a true surface. 

Countersink — To let in, as a screw, so that the head shall be even or flush with the sur- 
rounding surface. 
Coupling — A device for uniting adjacent parts or objects. 
Covering — In culverts, the large stones extending across the top from side to side and 

resting upon the walls. 
Cradle — The rubble masonry built around and below the haunches of an arch in sewers, 

&c. 



GLOSSARY. 



301 



r t R '1* \ — '^^^ railing surmounting the ridge of the roof of a building. 

Cross Bridging — Short battens placed in the form of an X between joists to stiffen them 

and prevent twisting. 
Cross Section — The section made by cutting across or through an object. 
Cross Section Paper — The paper used for plotting the cross or transverse sections of 

earthwork upon. 
Crown — The highest point in the curve of an arch. 
Culled — assorted, picked out, selected. 
Cut Stone Masonry — That built of stones having plane joints and smooth or dressed 

faces. 

D 
•« Dashed and Broomed " — Having mortar thrown against the surface to he covered, 

and smootned down with a broom. 
Davits — The iron brackets or cranes hinged upon a vessel or balcony for the purpose of 

raising boats or weights. 
Deck Bridge — One in which the track bearers rest upon the upper chord and the trains 

pass over the top. 
Deafened — So arranged as to interrupt the passage of sound. 
Dentils — Ornaments resembling teeth, used in the mouldings of Ionic, Corinthian and 

Composite cornices. 
Derrick — A kind of crane having a hinged jib or arm which can be raised or lowered at 

pleasure. 
Diagonals — Boards or laths nailed on the studding diagonally. 

Diamond Checkers — Diamond shaped cavities or projections in an iron floor to roughen it. 
Dimension Stone — Is that which is quarried of such sizes and shapes as to have, when 

dressed, certain given dimensions. 
Door Jamb — The vertical portion of the frame ; the sides. 

Dormers — Windows pierced through inclined roofs and having their frames vertical. 
Double Hung — Windows having two sa^.hes separated by parting strips. 
Double Trimmers — Two parallel joist arranged to receivj aud support others called tail 

joist at right an les to them. 
Dowel — A straight |)in of wood or metal inserted part way into each of two faces which 

it unites. 
Drafts — In stone cutting, are lines cut upon the faces to be "used as guides in dressing or 

laying. 
Drafted — Having drafts cut upon the surface. 
Drawn — Removed, pulled out. 
Drift Bolts — A rod used to drive out a bolt. 

Dump — An embankment where material is deposited from carts, cars or barrows. 
Dump Scow — A bateau having a movable bottom. 
Dumping Ground — Any site where waste material or refuse may be deposited. 

E 
Eaves — That portion of a roof which projects beyond the walls. 
Extrados — The exterior curve of an arch, measured on top of the voussoiis* 

F 
Facade — The exterior face or front of a building. 
Fall — The rope used with pulleys in hoisting. 

Fascia — A broad fillet, band or face used in classical architecture, generally in combina- 
tion with motildings. 



302 



GLOSSARY. 



Fence Stone. —Long rectangular stones suitable for fence posts. 

Fillet — A small flat band used principally between mouldings to separata them. 

Finial — The carved or ornamental terminal inserted in gables, canopies, &c., in Gothic 
architecture. 

Flagstones or Flags — Large flat slabs used for paving. 

Flashings — Broad strips of sheet lead, copper or tm having one edge inserted in 'he 
joints of brickwork or masonry, an inch- or more above a roof. The opposite edge 
is flattened down upon the roof and covered by slate shmgles, &c., to prevent leaks. 

Flat Work — In plastering, is that having no projections, beads or mouldings. 

Flatted Timber — That which is hewn or sawed on two sides only. 

Float — A plasterer's trowel, used \x\. floating plaster on a v/all. It is sometimes so long 
as to retiuire two men to use it. 

Flush — Even with ; being upon the same level. 

Flush Bolt — A screw bjlt whose head is »unk to the level of the surrounding surface; 
a sliding bolt let into the face or edge of a door. 

Flume — An artificial channel for conducting water around or through a piece of work 
in progress. 

Footings — The bottom of a trench for foundations. 

Frieze — The middle division of an entablature in architecture, lying between the ar- 
chitrave and the cornice. 

Function — A quantity or expression depending for its value upon that of some variable 
which it contains. 

Furring — Pieces inserted to bring others up to a required level as in joists ; a kind of 
chock. ' ^ 

G 

Gable — That portion of the end wall of a building above the eaves of a sloping roof. 

Girder — A beam which sustains the joists of a floor when the distance between walls 
renders additional support necessary. 

Girth or Girt — The periphery or bounding line limiting a right section of any body. 

Grillage — A platform of heavy timber notched together to support a structure incom- 
pressible soils. 

Grouting — A thin mortar or cement poured into the joints of masonry and brick work 
to fill the interstices. 

Grubbing — Removing roots and stumps from the surface ; clearing. 

H 

Halved — In carpentry, cut half away so that two timbers may pass each other and yet 

have their faces in the same planes. 
Hammer-Dressed — Dressed to a plane surface by repeated blows of the patent dressing 

hammer. 

i 

Hanger — An iron bracket or projection depending from a ceiling for supporting shafting. 

Hard Pan — A stitf clay which it is sometimes necessary to remove by blasting. 

Hatchings — In topographical drawings, are shade lines drawn in the direction of falling 
water to indicate the direction of the slope. Its angle or intensity is represented by 
the number and thickness of such lines in a given length of contour. 

Haunches — Those portions of an arch lying between the crown and the pier or abutment. 

Headers — Those bricks or stones having their ends in the face of a wall and their lengths 
perpendicular thereto. 

Heading — In tunneling, a gallery or drift excavated in advance of the bottom to facili- 
tate the work. 



GLOSSARY. 303 

Head Light — The light carried in front of a locomotive to illumine the way and act as 

a signal. 
Head Shaft — The main shaft connecting directly with the engine. 
Hearting — The interior filling of a wall. 

Hip Roof — One that slopes four ways, forming ridges or hips. 
Hollow Quoins — Cylindrical recesses or corners in canal locks in which are placed the 

posts of the gates. 
Honey Combed — Vesicular, spongy, full of holes. 
Hood — A cap or covering of stone, metal or wood. 
Horses— The inclined notched ribs which support the steps in a staircase. 

I 

Impost — The horizontal block of masonry at the point of junction between the arch 
and its piers. 

Isometrical — Of equal measure ; in drawing it is that method of representing objects 
on the flat by which their three dimensions are laid off upon three axes making 
with each other angles of 120° and the scale is the natural cosine of the angle" 
made by the edges of a cube with a plane perpendicular to its diagonal. 

Invert — An arch built on the ground, concave upwards, to support piers or walls and 
distribute the superincumbent pressure. 



Jambs— The side of a door, window, chimney, &c. 

Jettee or Jetty — A pier, mound or mole projecting into the water to protect a harbor or 

river bank. 
Jogs — In masonry indents or offsets either in the stones themselves or in the manner of 

laying them. 
Joist — Timber used in supporting floors and ceilings. 

K 

Knees — Crooked timbers used in ship building for uniting the ribs to the decl^ timbers; 

any angular pieces of wood or metal similarly applied. 
Keystone — The top stone or voiissoir at the crown of an arch. 



Laterals — The braces in the side of a truss. 

Lathing — The thin strips nailed to the studding to support the plaster. 

Lead — The length of haul from the pit to the dump. 

Lining — The arch of a tunnel or culvert. 

Lintel — A horizontal beam over an opening in a wall ; when the span is great and the 

beam supports heavy masonry, it is called a breastsummer or hressummer. 
Light — A pane of window glass. 
Lock — A chamber of masonry closed at the ends by gates to pass boats from one leveQ 

to another in canals. 
Lock-pit — The excavation for the masonry of a lock chamber. 
Lumber — Sawed timber, either boards, plank or squared pieces. 
Lugs — Small projections upon the surface of a casting by which it may be lifted or fes»- 

tened in place. 



304 GLOSSARY. 

M 

Manhole — An opening into a sewer, drain or culvert large enough to admit a man. 

Manilla — A fibre obtained Jrom the Musa textilus in the Philippine Islands, used for 
making ropes and paper. 

Mantel — A covering. 

Maul — A large mallet of hard wood bound with iron rings. 

Mean Low Water — The mean height of low tides, and the datum surface to which 
geodesic levels are referr,^d. 

Meeting-Rail — The central vertical rail of shutters. 

Mineral Furniture — Knobs, escutcheons, &c., made of clay, porcelain or other mineral 
substances. 

Mitre — The line formed by the intersection of mouldings, beams or parts of a frame 
meeting at an angle. 

Mitre Sill — The sill against which lock gates rest when closed. 

Mitre Posts — Those meeting over the mitre when the gate is closed. 

Modillions — Projecting brackets under the corona of the Corinthian and composite or- 
ders. 

Mortise — A hole or recess cut in the face o f a timber to receive the tenon projecting 
from the end of another. 

Moulding — A general term given to all linear ornaments whether projections or cavi- 
ties, as the fillet, bead, ogee, &c. 

Muck — Soft mud containing much vegetable matter. 

Muck-Bar — Bar iron which has passed once through the rolls. It is usually cut into 
lengths, piled and re-rolled. 

Mullions — The vertical strips separating window panes. 

Muntins — The horizontal strips separating window panes. 

N 

Nave — The part of a building in which the audience assembles. 

Neat Lines — Those by which the work is laid out. 

Neat Work — Work wrought to the neat lines. 

Newel — The central column around which the steps of a circular stairway wind ; the 

principal post at the angles and foot of a staircase. 
Normal — Perpendicular to any surface or line 
Nosing — The slight projection upon the front edge of a step or window sill, 

O 

Ogee — A moulding of an S shape. 

One- Man-Stone — A stone of such size as to be readily lifted by one man. 

Out of Square — Askew, oblique. 

Out of Wind — Perfectly straight or flat. 

Outlets — Openings through which gas pipes enter rooms, 

P 

Parget — The plastering applied to the interior surface of chimneys. 

Pediments — That portion of the end wall of a building which corresponds to the gable ; 

but it is much less acute at the top. The term is often applied to the triangular 

decorations over doors and windows. 
Parting Strips — The thin vertical strips in a window frame to separate the sash. 
Pinnacle — A shaft surmounted by a small spire and finial. 
Pilaster — A square column or pillar generally attached to a wall from which it projects 

a third, fourth, fifth or sixth of its breadth. It is sometimes disengaged. 



GLOSSARY. 305 

Pin Connections — The iron pins used in uniting the several members of a bridge or 

roof truss at the posts. 
Pinners — Small stones driven into joints to wedge others. 
Pinned — Held in place by wooden pins or tree nails. 
Pit — A hole or excavation from which material has been removed. 
Pitch — The slope of a roof, inclination, distance between teeth of a cog wheel or the 

threads of a screw. 
'« Pitched " — Chiselled to a line ; also rubble work in which the blocks a.xQ pitched vaXo 

place with a certain degree of regularity, so as to bind one another in place. As 

in the upper courses of breakwaters, jetties, &c. 
Plant*— The general arrangement of the machinery in any manufactory or process ; the 

tools and apparatus required in any operation. 
Plancier — The soffit or under side of the corona of a cornice in classical architecture. 
Plinth — A square member forming the lower division of the base of a column ; also the 

plain projecting face at tne bottom of a wall. 
Plumb — Vertical, upright 
Pointed — Dressed with a point and mallet to true planes ; also having joints filled with 

cement or mortar and lined with a trowel or pointing tool. 
Primed — Having the first coat of paint or " priming " laid on. 
Porcelain Furniture — Knobs, &c., of porcelain. 

Purlins or Purlines — The horizontal strips placed upon rafters to support the rdbf cov- 
ering. 

Q 

Queen-Posts — The two vertical members of a roof truss composed of two struts and a 

straining beam, ties and rafters. 
Quoin — The hollow into which the quoin post of a canal lock gate fits ; also the 

dressed stones on the vertical edges of buildings. 

R 

Racked Back — Built in steps or offsets out of plumb. 

Radiators — Coils or drums used in heating by steam or hot air. 

Rabbet or Rebate — A half groove along the edge of a board or moulding forming a 
longitudinal recess. 

Raked Out — Cleaned out with a scraper. 

Range Work — Built in horizontal layers of uniform thickness. 

Relieving Arches — Those built against the back of a wall and having their axes per- 
pendicular thereto to relieve the wall from the pressure of a backing of earth. 

Rendering — Plastering on a wall without laths. 

Registers — The open work castings inserted in walls for air passages. 

Return — The termination of the drip stone or hood-moulding of a window or door. 

Return "Walls — Wing walls used to support the side slopes of an embankment and 
keep open a passage way. 

Reveal, Revel — The sides of an opening for a doorway, window, &c., between the 
framework and ttie outer surface of the wall. 

Ridge — The line in which the slopes of a roof meet. 

Ring — To make a sonorous vibration. 

Rip-Rap — A covering or apron of rubble stones thrown over a bank to protect it from 
washing, » 

Riser — The vertical part of the face of a step. 

Rock Range Pitch Face— Masonry with roughly scabbled faces, but with «' beds " and 
*• builds " cut square and true. 



306 GLOSSARY. 

Rock Face — Not dressed or hammered to a plane on the face. 

Rostrum — An elevated platform in a hall, with a sedilia. 

Rough Cast — A mode of finishing outside work by dashing over the second coat of 

plaster while quite wet, fine washed gravel in lime. 
Rubble Work — Masonry in which stones are used in the rough without being dressed 

to size. 
Running Foot — A foot measured in the direction of the length of the material, without 

reference to the other dimensions. 

S 
Saddle Heads — Hollow castings resting on the heads of columns to sustain another 

series above and allow beams to pass through. 
Salmon Bricks— Pale yellow, underburnt bricks. 
Sand Finish, Floated — Plastering in which the finishing coat is composed chiefly of sand 

put on With the float and straight edge. 
Sash — The frame of wood or iron supporting the glass in windows. 
Sash Fasteners — The spring catches attached to the meeting rails to lock them. 
Sash Lifts — The buttons or hooks attached to the lower rail of window sash. 
Scabbled — Chipped off roughly with a stone hammer. 
Scarf — A longitudinal joint made in timber by notching and overlapping their ends, 

which are secured by bolts, straps and fish-plates. 
Scotia — A hollow moulding resembling a pulley. 
Screeds — Strips of plaster both horizontal and vertical, forming guides for the straight 

edge. 
Scroll — An ornamental form arranged like a band in undulations or convolutions. 
Seasoned — Dried either by exposure to weather or by artificial means. 
Second Shaft — The counter shaft connecting with the main or head shaft. 
Secret Nailed— In flooring nailed through the tongue so that the heads of the nails are 

invisible. 
Segmental Heads — Of doors and windows, arched so as to form an arc of circle. 
Separators — Thimbles or small pieces of iron inserted between girders to keep them 

apart. 
Set (n) — A permanent bend or deflection produced by straining a beam beyond its 

limit of elasticity. 
Set (v) — Hardened — a cement, according to Vicat, is said to have set when it will bear 

a wire 1-24 in. in diameter weighted with one pound. 
Shaft — A vertical pit or well ; the main part of a column. 

'ade — That part of an opaque object from which light is obscured by the object itself, 
vjhadow — That part of an object from which light is obscured by the interposition of 

an opaque body. 
Shakes — Longitudinal cracks in timber which has grown in localities exposed to the 

wind. 
Shank — The body of a bolt excluding the head ; the long straight part of many things. 
Skew-Back — The angular block supporting the end of an arched or inclined member. 
Square Droved — In masonry, cut by a broad chisel into small lines square with the 

edge. 
Splay — A surface making with another an angle differing from a right angle. 
Stepped — Cut out in offsets resembling steps, as in ioundatiou on sloping ground, &"c. 
Stiles (Styles) — In joinery, the upright pieces of a frame as of a door, shutter, screen, 

or other panel work. The horizontal pieces are termed rails. 
Stop-Bead — A small bead or projection on a metal surface to prevent a pipe or sash 

from slipping past. 



GLOSSARY. 307 

Straining-Beam — A horizontal beam placed between two struts inclined in opposite 

directions, producing a strain of compression. 
" Straw " Bids — Fraudulent bids. 
Strapped — Bound around with flat bands of iron. 
Stretchers — Bricks or stones placed with their longest dimensions parallel to the face of 

a wall. 
String Course — A projecting horizontal band or line of mouldings in a building. 
Stringers — Longitudinal beams generally used to support a uniform load. 
Stripping Grounds or Grounds — Strips of wood fastened to blocks in a wall to support 

architraves and mouldings. 
Struck Joints — Those filled with mortar which is pressed out and struck off with a 

trowel. 
Struck Measure — One in which all material projecting above the top of the vessel is 

scraped off. 
Stirrup — A pendant band of iron, supporting girders. 

Stud — A short stout projecting pin ; a t^rop ; the vertical pieces in a stud partition. 
Sub-Panel — One of the lower panels in a door, &c. 
Sub-Plinth — The lowest portion of the plinth. 
Suites — Adjoining apartments. 
Swedged — Hammered with the swedge hammer which has a cylindrical groove of 

proper diameter traversing its butt. * 

Swivel — A revolving link in a chain consisting of a ring or hook ending in a headed pin 

which turns in a link. 



Tail Joist — Short pieces of joist extending between two beams, girders or trimmers. 

Tap Screws — A screw of hard steel with a square head for cutting threads on nuts. 

Tap Bolt — A bolt which simply passes into its socket without penetrating it. 

Tapped — Reamed out. 

Templet or Template — A form or pattern. 

Tenon — A projection from the end of a timber made to fit a mortice. 

Terra Cotta — A substance manufactured from clay and sand or chamotte (ground terra 

cotta.) 
Thimble — A short piece of tube slipped over a rod to separate parts of a structure as, a 

post or chord. 
Through Bridge — One in which the vehicles pass through, the road bed bemg supported 

on the lower chord. 
Thickening Washers — Additional or extra washers used when the thread is not cut far 

enough on a bolt. 
Topped Out — Having a splay outward at the top as in chimneys. 
Toothing —Unfinished brickwork so arranged that every alternate brick projects half its 

length. 
Tool Dressed — Hammered to a plane surface, not smoothed. 
Transept — That part of an auditorium which project? at right angles to the body or 

nave, making it cruciform. 
Transom — A horizontal cross bar or mullion for a door or window usually separating 

the door from a light over head. 
Trap — A horizontal door, as in a floor ; a bend in a pipe to retain water and prevent 

foul gasses from flowing through. 
Tread — The flat or horizontal part of a step. 
Treenails — Wooden pins used in fastening timbers together. 



308 GLOSSARY. 

Trimmer — A short cross timber, framed into two joists to sustain the ends of intermed- 
iates where they would otherwise find no support. 

Turn Buckles — A small fastening turning about a screw through its centre ; a nut with a 
right and left handed screw for tightening up tie rods. 

Two-Men Stone — Stone capable of being conveniently lifted by two men. 

Three Coat Work — Plaster or paint put on in three layers. 

Tongued and Grooved — Having a rib projecting from the edge of one board and fit- 
ting a corresponding longitudinal recess in another, as in flooring. 

U 

Upset (or Stove Up) — Hammered back to thicken the end of an iron bar as in forming 
an eye or head for a bolt. 

V . 

Valley — A re-entrant angle formed by the intersection of two parts of a roof. 
Veneered — Covered by a thin sheeting of ornamental wood. 

W 

Wainscoting — A wooden facing around the walls of rooms about three feet high. 

Wall Plate — The plaTik laid on the side walls of a house on which the roof trusses rest. 

Wash Boards — The boards surrounding a room, at the floor, to a height of less than a 
foot. 

Wasted — Thrown aside. 

Water Closet Containers — The basins above the goose neck forming a trap. 

Water Table — A horizontal band or offset in a wall sloped on the top to shed the water : 
usually between the foundation and superstructure. 

Weather Boarding — An outer covering of boards which are generally placed horizon- 
tally so that the higher board overlaps the one below, sometimes arranged vertical- 
ly with battens over the joints. 

Weir — An opening in the breast of a dam or an embankment to discharge the ex- 
cess of water. 

Weld — The junction of two metals made by heating and hammering them together in 
connection with a flux. 

Web — The flat metalic surface connecting two or more ribs or flanges. 

Wind — Twist, warp. 



INDEX. 



Pages. 

ADVERTISEMTT-NTS 207 

object of 208 

part of contract 211 

for breakwater........ 210 

«« bridge 215 

•« canal locks 211 

*' digging engine-- 
house foundat'ns 214 

" dam 211 

•• dredging (rock) 210 
«• dredging (sand) 209 

•• gravel 215 

*' opening trenches 214 

*• pier 210 

*' removing piers .. 215 
«• removing snags.. 211 

•• rip rap 209 

' sewers 213 

*• stone for pier, 

East Ri.er Bridge, 216 
«« steam power, — 

Centennial, 216 

" shafting 2x7 

Agents, legal status of 246 

Agreement, articles of (form in use 

by U. S. Engineers) 251 

Agreement, form in use by U. S. 

Light-House Board 254 

Agreement for construction of Sewers 259 
" •• •• Reservoirs 262 
«« articles of, for the manu- 
facture of iron pipe 263 

Agreement for a college building 267 

" general iorm, between a j 

contractor and a firm , 273 | 



A Pages. 

Agreement for Right of Way in fee... 275 

" •' preliminary 276 

«« *' 277 

" for Graduation & Masonry 280 

Appropriations 251 

Arch, and ring stones 95, 162 

brickwork 162 

Artisan's Work, measuring 26 

Asphalt, flooring 113 

B 

Backing 163 

Bench Marks 173 

Bids 219, 246 

" opening of 235, 238, 239 

«* right to reject 211 

" by telegraph 211 

•* indorsing 211 

" to include what 146, 163 

'• in equal amounts 238 

*' for masonry, &c., (see Proposals) 146 

Blanks, where obtained 211 

Block Plan ..43, 44 

Board Measure 26 

Bonds 228, 253, 257 

Bondsmen's Oaths, forms of, 228, 255 

Book Sizes 25 

Borrow Pits 171 

Bricks, dimensions, &c 31 

Bricks and brickwork 49, 92, 106, 

113, 126, 162, 167 

Bridge, dimensions 174 

" strains 174 

" tests 177, 182 



3IO 



INDEX. 



C Pages. 

Contract 243 

" component parts of 243 

" conditions of 248 

" classification of 244 

•' four essential elements of .... 245 
" forms of, in use byU. S. En- 
gineers and others (see Agree- 
ments) 

Carpenters' work 27, 50 

Cement .«. 74,95. 106, 139, 161 

Certificate, of Solvency, (forms) 

229, 231, 257 

Certificate of City Solicitor 231 

Chairs and joints 42, 156 

Coffer Dams '. 171 

Colors, code of conventional , 6 

Compulsory Signatures 245 

Concrete 70.74.95. 139 

Connections, sewer 97 

Consideration, the .245, 246 

Coping , 95. 140 

Cross Ties 42, 156 

Custom or usage 248 



D 



Damages and penalties 102 

Day, a working 25 

Delivery 42, 157 

Dimensions, how indicated 2 

" of locomotives, 184, 186, 187 

•« cars, Boiler Tank 188 

" •' Box 192 

«' «* Butter and Egg... 198 

•• '' Gondola 201 

«' •« Rack 194 

*« «< Stock 196 

" for wrought iron bridge.. 142 

Drain Pipe 169 

Drawings, for contracts 7 

«' '' maps 7 

•• working 2 

" paper, sizes of 6 

•« law relating o 7 

*' where "'Cen 211 

Duress 245 

Duties, general, of carries 248 

«• of contractor 248 

•• of employer 248 



E 

Earth, excavation, (see Specifications 

for earth ex.) 165 

Eight-Hour law 25 

Embankments 91, 166 

Engineer „.. 173 

Estimates, required 7 

*« elements of 9 

•' formulae for computing 10 

" for superstructure C.S.RR. 42 

'« for an Art Building 43 

•• in detail 49 

«' for bridges 240 

" approximate, 62, 64, 70, 

109, 135, 144, 210 

Estimates, law, relating to 7 

Excavations (see Specifications for).. 



Fencing 157 

Filling and ditching 157 

Flagging 105 

Form i 

Forms of contracts, U. S. Eng's 251 

" " U. S. Lt. Hou-e... 254 
" •* Municipal, &c., — 

259, 262, 263, 267, 273, 275, 276, 277, 280 

Forms of contracts, furnished by whom 220 
(see Bonds, Certificates, Bids, &c) 

Foundations for abutments 179 

'« •' culverts 152 

*• paved and timber 170 

«« prices. 49 

" timber and planking 96 

Fraud 245, 246 



G 



General Conditions 98, 99, 100, loi 

Geometry, Descriptive i 

Grouting 163, 167 

Guaranty, forms of 223, 250 



H 



Hard Pan 165 

Headings 207 

Heating and cooking apparatus .....45, 52 
Heights, comparative, of noted domes 

and spires 48, 49 



INDEX. 



311 



I Pages. 

Instructions for bidders 219 

Interference with travel loi 

Iron, angle 175 

Ironwork^ prices for ., 50 

«' " galvanized 50 

Iron, wrought and cast, &c 38 



Law, relating to drawings and estimates 7 

'' " length of day 25 

" «' advertisements 207 

" '' contracts....^. 243 

Light 5 

•« direction of 5 

Limitations 250 

M 

Manholes in sewers ". 96 

Masonry in abutments 162 

" shafts, &c... 163 

(see Specifications for) 

Measures of length 14 

«• miscellaneous 14 

" of land (Surveyor's) 15 

" French, oflength. 16 

'« Spanish, of length 16 

" of surface 16, 17 

" " French i7 

" «• Spanish 18 

" of capacity 19 

" •• French 20 

" «' Spanish 20 

" liquid..,.. , 19 

" dry, Spanish 21 

Measuring, Artisan's work 26 

boards,.. .. .,,... 26 

bridges , 176 

timber , 26 

Bricklayer's work 31 

Carpenter's work .,... 27 

Excavator's work 28 

Glazing , 33 

Masonry 18, 28, 29, 30, 31 

Painting , 32 

Paving 31, 33 

Plastering , 33 

Plumbing 33 

Quarryman's 18 

Track, R. R 157 



M Pages. 

Metric System 15, 16, 17, 20, 23 

Mortar 68, 95 

Mutual Consent 245, 246 

O 

Offers, on time 246 

«• by correspondence 246 



Painting 32,52, 191, 201 

Paper, hot and cold pressed 7 

Parties, to a contract 245 

Paving 31, 170 

Payments, by instalment 249 

" upon certificates 249 

*« . of penalties 249 

" 58, 61, 64, 76, 103, 108, 159, 249 

Perch 18, 28 

Perspective i 

Piers 180 

Piles and piling 96, 171, 179 

Plastering, prices 52 

Plumbing, prices 50, 51 

Pointing 93, 112 

Prices 49, 50, 51, 52, 238, 239, 240, 241 

'« sewer 236 

'< must be in writing 220 

Profiles , 3 

Projections, orthographic i 

<« scenographic i 

" isometric. 4 

Proposals 219 

" for a Light House.. 227 

•« for a Sewer ... 230, 236 

" •• '• (tabulated) ... 237 

' < for Graduation and Masonry 

P. R. R. (table) ; 232 

Proposals for same C.S.R.R. (table).. 233 

" Tunnel (tabular) 233 

•• superstructure Iron B'dg 234 

•* removing Snags 222 

" building Lock 224 

'• building a Dam 225 

" bridge at Philada 240 

Puddling .^ 105 

R 

Rails 42, 156, 177 

Rail Tests 178 

Refilling 91 



312 



INDEX. 



R Pages. 

Residence 220 

Retaining walls 170 

Rip rap 170 

Risks 249 

River navigation 177, 182 

Rock, loose 165 

«• solid 165 

Rod 31 

Rolling Load 173 

Roofing Slate, price of 51 

«« galvanized iron and tin 52 

S • 

Sand 40. 74» ^39 

Scale i 

" position of 2 

" decimal and duodecimal 2 

" vertical and horizontal 3 

Seals 220 

Section Lines 6 

Shade and shadows i 

Shade Lines 5, 6 

Shoeing 90 

Signatures 220 

Slope Walls 170 

Specifications, Architectural— 

Carpenter work 114, 128 

«« College building ,. no 

•« Gas 121, 135 

•• Hardware 119. 137 

•• Heating 122, 137 

«• Ironwork 117, 127 

*« Lightning rods., 123 

•« Painting &glazing..i2i, 136 

«« Plumbing 120, 134 

•• Plastering 121, 133 

•« Railroad depot 124 

•« Tinning & slating.. 122, 137 

•* Breakwater, crib work.. 59 

•« «• riprap 57 

•• Bridge superst'ure 142, t8i 

•• Bridge, over R. R-iron 145 

•« Bridge R.R. masonry.. 139 

«« Bridge & trestles ...171, 173 

•• Clearing & grubbing... 164 

«* Canal Locks 64 

" Cars (freight) 188,192, 

194, 196, 198, 201 

Specification for a Dam , ; 71 



S Pages. 

Specifications, Dredging sand & mud 55 
" " loose rock .. 58 
•' Earthwork, 66, 72, 90, 
104, no, 165, 170 

Specifications, Excavations j or a — 

" Canal Lock 66 

" College building no 

•• Dam 72 

«• Masonry 170 

" Reservoir 104 

Roadbed (R.R.) 165 

«« Sewer 90 

«« Tunnel 161 

«« Grading a Drive 147 

•« Graduation & Masonry 

I50' 164 

Specifications, Lighthouse (iron) 77 

'« ■ Locomotives, 184, 186, 187 

•• Macadamizing a road, 

149, 166 

Specifications, Masonry for — "* 

•' Abutments 162 

•• Brick 92, 105, 113, 126 

•• Brolfen range ashlar... 112 

Bridge (R.R.) 94, 139, 

152, 180 

Specifications, Canal Locks \ 67 

'• Culvert 152, 169 

'« Dam 73 

•• hammer dressed 94 

•« random coursed pitch- 
ed ashlar v 94 

Specifications, regular coursed pitch- 
ed ashlar 94 

Specifications, rock range pitch face, 

^ 140,145, 154 

Specifications, (rubble) 154 

<« shaft 163 

*« of stone. 93,111, 126 

" tunnels. ..31, 161, 168, 169 

SPECiFlCATIONS/<7r d5 Pier (iron) 61 

" Rails (iron) 177 

" Removing Snags 63 

•« Reservoir 104 

«' River improvements, 

62,68,64, 71 

Specifications, Sewer (brick) 60 

" Superstructure (R.R) 15S 
•• Track laying 155 



INDEX. 



313 



S Page^. 

Specifications, Trestles 171, 173. 276 

" Tunnels 161, 167 

Specific Gravities 34 

" " table of. 36 et. seq. 

Spoil Banks , 171 

Stakes 172 

Statute relating to advertisements 207 

" " contracts..... 251 

•* " day's woik 25 

" " drawings 7 

" «« estimates 7 

Stone, estimated by U. S. Eng'rs 18 

«« dressed, prices 50 

•• (see Spec'ns for Masonry) 

Straw bids 219 

Sub-sills ; 155 



Timber 18, 26 

" for bridges , 175 

guard 175 

Time, divi^ons of 24 

" for completing work 250 

Track Laying 42, 156 

Turnouts 42, 157 



U Pages. 

Units, standard, American, English, 

French and Spanish, with relations 13 

Units of length 14, 15, 16 

'« surface 16, 17, 18 

«' volume 18 

" capacity, liquids 18,19,20, 21 

'• '' dry meas..i8, 19 20, 21 

" weight 21, 22, 23 

«« Time 24, 25 

•* miscellaneous table of. 25 

W 

Weight, of one cub. ft. of various sub- 
stances, (table) ....36 to 41 

Weight, Avoirdupois 21 

•« Troy 23 

•• Apothecaries 22 

" French and Spanish 23 

♦• of rails 177, 178 



ADDENDA. 



Specification f orDrawbridge, Appendix A 



Masonry, Nomenclature andClas«ii- 
■ fication Appendix B 



Students can procure Engineering and Surveying Instruments from: 



FAUTH & CO., 




tn 




Fronting Capitol Park, 

W^ASHINGTON, D. C. 



Prize Medal and Diploma awarded by the U. S. Centennial Commission iot excellence 
in design and construction of the Instruments exhibited. 

Illustrated Catalogue sent post-paid on application. 




HELLER & BRIGHTLY, Engineering and Surveying 
Instruments, 33 North Seventh Street, Philadelphia. 

Without decreasing' size of any part of our "Engineers' Transit," we have re- 
duced the weight one-lialf. An ordinary Transit Telescope magnifies from lo 
to 12 diameieri, our new Transit Telescope (length lo^ inches, shows objects 
erect and not inverted; magnifies -8 diameters, and will read time on a watch- 
dial at 983 feet. For description of our new Mining Transit (weight 55^ lbs.) 
and Plummet Lamp see Van Nostrand s Engineering Magazine, June, 1873. 

Extract from report of Committee of Civ. Engs. appointed by Franklin Inst, 
to examine H. & B 's new Transit [Dec. 1871I : " It exhibits several novelties 
of construction which, in the opinion of the cummiltee, render it superior to those 
now in use, and in its opinion the deviations which they have made from the 
common styles of Transit are decided improvements." 

John C. Tkautwine, Chairman. 

We have also ately (Jan., 1878) placed, several other valuable improvements 
on our Engineering Instruments, the most important of these being a patented 
device for instantaneously setting and leveling up field instruments, by which 
at least one-thiini more field wo k can be done than by the old method, and more 
correctly. Our instruments are exclusively used by the Univ. of Penna. ; Colum- 
bia Collejfe, N.Y. City ; Princeton College, also in the Polytechnic College, Phila.; 
Dartmouth College, N. H.; University of California, and others. 

Descriptive and Illustrated Price List sent postpaid on application. 

]y[ATHEMATICAL JnSTRUMENTS. 

Drawing Instruments, Transits, Levels, Compasses, Tape Measures, Scales, 
T Squares, Pocket Levels, Parallel Rulers, Drawing Papers, Water 
Colors, India Ink, Drawing Pencils, Hand Levels, Sur- 
veying Chains, Aneroid Barometers, &.c., &.c. 

JAMES W. QUJEEJV<^' CO., 924 Chestnut St., Philadelphia, 

p. S. — Prices and Illustrated Catalogue sent on application, 

T. JLLTENEDER, 

©siiwm© Hist iiiiiiiit IBusi^iB, 

Ho. 355 Kortli Tenth. Street, PhiladelpJiia. 



Protractors, Improved Boxwood Scales, Proportional and Beam Compasses, Dividers, 
RuJing Pens, &c,, always on hand or made to order. 



ANNOUNCEMENT! 




Ojf 'WMi '^n^mm 



TOWNE SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, 
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 



The Course of Study in this department extends over four years, the first 
two of which are regarded as preparatory, and embraces : 

In the Freshman Year, % 

The English, French and German Languages, History, Drawing, Mathe- 
matics and Chemistry. 

In the Sophomore Year, 

Rhetoric, Compositions and Declamations, Philology, French, German, 
Drawing, Mathematics, Chemistry, Geology and Physical Sciences. 

In the Junior Year, 

Logic, Compositions and Declamations, Physical Science, Geology, Chem- 
istry, Mineralogy, Metallurgy, Mathematics, Surveying, Drawing, Archi- 
tecture, Engineering and Modeling. 

In the Senior Year, 

History, International Law, Social Science, Compositions and Declamations, 
Astronomy, Physical Science, Geology, Chemistry, Mineralogy, Metal- 
lurgy, Drawing, Surveying, Geodesy, Engineering, Mechanics, Modeling 
and Architecture. 

For requirements for admission and graduation, details of studies, tuition, 
■^c, apply for the annual catalogue. 

In addition to the above, instruction is given in the Towne Scientific 
School in five parallel courses, viz. : 

I. Chemistry — Dr. F» A. Genth. 

II. Geology and Mining Engineering — Prof. J. P, Lesley^ 
IV. Dynamical Engineering— Z>r. Wm. D. Marks* 

V. Architecture — Prof Thomas W, Richards. 
VI. A course preparatory to Medical Studies. 

The remaining Departments of the University are those of Medicine, Law, 
Music and the Arts : for information concerning which application should 
be made to the Provost. 



ESTABLISHED 1845. 



W. <S^ l_. E. G U R L E V, 

arsaoTT, 3:t. sr.. 

Are now and have been for the last twenty-five years the most extensive 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

IN THE UNITED STATES. 
THE ATTENTION OF THE PROFESSION IS CALLED TO RECENT IMPROVEMENTS. 

Illustrated Price List sent post-paid on application. 

" BUFF & BERGER, 

lurPBging, Jngmccring and ptronomical InBtrum^nls, 

JSTo. 9 (pTovinoe OouuTt, ^oston^ J\d^cuss, 



BUFF & BERGER'S LARGE ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE AND MANUAL OF IMPROVED ENGINEErS* 

AND SURVEYORS' FIELD INSTRUMENTS, OF THEIR MANUFACTURE, WILL 

BE SENT ON RECEIPT OF FIFTEEN CENTS. 



This Catalogue— the finest and most complete published— should be in the hand of every 
Engineer who intends to purchase a superior instrument, or who takes an interest in the 
development of American Instruments as keeping pace with American Engineering. 

It contains many large engravings prepared from photographs of BUFF & BERGER'S 
Field Instruments, and gives a description of all their improvements in the Instruments 
made for the V. S. Corps of Engineers, for City, Mining, Sailroad, Topographical 
and Hydraulic Engineering, as *vell as for Land Surveying. 

Part I relates to the theory of Instruments : how to use, and how to take care of and 
adjust them. 



EAGLE ANVIL WORKS, TRENTON. N.J. 
MAKE THE BEST ANVIL IN THE MARKET. 

The only one that is fully warranted and sold at a less price than 

any others, viz : 

AT 9 CENTS PER POUND. 

The best tool CAST STEEL of the hardest temper for the face, and the horn 

O? TOUGH, UNTEMPERED STEEL. 

Circulars, with further information, will be furnished by the manufacturers y or can bi 
obtained at any of the gemral agencies. 



To Engineers, Contractors and Miners : 

E. I. DuPOHT de HEMOURS & CO., 



-MANUFACTURERS OF- 



©WW w©ww)mm, 



^9 

ESTABLISHED i8oa. WILMINGTON, Delaware. 

Star Blasting and Extra Mining. Eagle and Sporting, Ordnance, 

Musket and Rifle Powder, in any quantity. Also, Powder for 

Pyrotechny, Pile Driving and all other purposes. 

SHOEMAKER. VOUTE & BIRCH, AGENTS, 

126 South Delaware Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 

SAMUEL JACKSON'S 

OFFICE, 126 SOUTH ^SEVENTH STREET. 
JTACTOBT, CMMSTMS, TA.] Sesidence, 1414 JEllsworth St,, 

PHILADELPHIA, PA. 

COLORED FIRES for Illuminations, Tableaux and Night Processions. Sea-Rocket 

and Ship Signals. Rockets and Signals for Surveying Purposes. 

Railroad Fuses and Caps. 

FIRE-WORKS FOR Public and Private Exhibitions, Wedding, Birthday and Pic-nio 
Parties. Mottoes, Monograms and Portraits in Fire. 

REFERENCE LIBRARY FOR ENGINEERS. 

DAVIS', FORMULA FOR RAILROAD EARTHWORKS. J. W. DAVIS, School of 

Mines, N. Y. City |1 50 

DRINKER, H. S., TUNNELING, EXPLOSIVE COMPOUNDS AND ROCK 
DRILLS. Wylie&Son,N. Y 

FROME, COL., ON SURVEYING. John Weale, London D. Van Nostrand, N. Y. City. 

GILMORE, GEN'L Q. A., CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS, STREETS AND PAVE- 
MENTS. Published by D. Van Nostrand, N. Y.... 2 00 

GILMORE, GEN'L Q. A., TREATISE ON LIMES, HYDRAULIC CEMENTS] AND 

MORTARS. D Van Nostrand 4 00 

HAUPT, GEN. HERMAN, ON BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION. Appleton & Co. Y. Y.... 

HENCK'S FIELD BOOK FOR ENGINEERS 

ROBERTS' RULES OF ORDER. Maj. Henry M. Roberts, U. S. Corps Engineers 1 QQ 

STONEY, ON STRAINS. D. Van Nostrand, New York, N. Y.. 12 50 

TRAUTWINE'S ENGINEERS' POCKET COMPANION 5 00 

VOSE'S MANUAL FOR RAILROAD ENGINEERS 

WELLINGTON, ECONOMIC THEORY OF LOCATION. R. R. Gazette, N. Y 1 50 

WORTHEN'S CYCLOPEDIA OF DRAWING. D. Appleton & Co , N. Y 












v:*-' 






..H> 



.< ' v4. i;, 



^i;^.-V 



.V> A 



''--'b*^?^ 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proces 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date; Nov. 2003 

PreservationTechnologiej 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATIO 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 




21^ % "^ ^? 



« I 



•^ * - ... V 

,' .(. " . ■ •'. '• i" V.'* 



m ' 7-' 



' \ 



. 1 


,,-' 


1 


1^ 




k 




i^ti 






« 


.> 


u'. • 


%, 




r 



c\«. 



^^' 



>' •. 



n',.v 



ya 



:^-- y ♦ 



;3#/ -^i;-' 



-» V .• < • .,<».••• t . 



'. r 







/ 





3v :.: • ;:^ 



A< 



'.-^^J 



» . -t <v • 



:v *i: 



•• - " 



:V,-. n 



iS.''-" 



fs "^ 



>^ W^' ^ » 



• .• • •'• • 



^ . V 



rVi 



h* 



^^ 



[>tr 



iW: 



A A 






'^.-4 



'J^l 



^4 



>*1*^ 



f,< -ft; 



>#: 



r^r i'. 






,> .v< 



» ^ 



if* J :> 









ivy* Z 






•'^^ 







LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 











'mi 






